ВЛАДИСЛАВОВА А.В. £| Л И Б Е Р З Ш В . 4 . . .

ЧЕСНОКОВА КИ.

САМОУЧИТЕЛЬ АНГЛИЙСКОГО

ЯЗЫКА

ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ

Н артоящ ий «Самоучитель» предназначен для изучения англий­ского языка без помощи преподавателя. Он рассчитан на учащихся, ранее занимавшихся английским языком и имевших перерыв в учебе.

«Самоучитель» построен в соответствии с требованиями про­граммы по иностранным языкам для неязыковых высших учебных заведений и может быть использован на заочных отделениях не­языкового профиля с гуманитарным направлением.

«Самоучитель» ставит своей задачей научить учащихся читать и переводить английскую художественную литературу средней труд­ности, а также развить некоторые навыки разговорной речи.

«Самоучитель» состоит из двух разделов. Каждый раздел вклю­чает 5 уроков. Каждый урок состоит из грамматического коммен­тария с упражнениями, литературного текста с примечаниями списком слов и словосочетаний, рекомендуемых для запоминания упражнений к тексту, диалога и упражнений для развития навыков устной речи, текста для перевода со словами и упражнениями для развития навыков перевода, рассказов для пересказа.

К учебнику приложены: таблицы основных правил чтения, важнейших суффиксов и префиксов, нестандартных глаголов, воп­росительных слов и порядка слов в вопросительном предложении, предлогов места и времени, употребления артиклей, союзов; анг­ло-русский алфавитный словарь, включающий все слова, которые встречаются в текстах учебника; ключи к упражнениям.

«Самоучитель» не предусматривает обучения фонетике и пра­вилам чтения для этих целей рекомендуется пользоваться посо­бием Е. А Бонди и А. Ф Матвеева «Так начинают изучать анг­лийский».

При отборе слов и словосочетаний рекомендуемых для запо­минания авторы руководствовались словарем «Наиболее употре­бительных слов» под редакцией проф. И. В. Рахманова.

A u n v u m i n u u u m u u m m v

\

M t ^ H u t t u w i w u t t w u w w u v w t H i u w w u x n t u t M t t u u m u u m i w t i i x t t i i H t m u u t n u u t t u t i t w u u t u u w M m n i i n u u u u u m w w w m w w u w w w w w u w v u u u v n w u v u v m u m m m u H w v i m w

МЕТОДИЧЕСКИЕ УКАЗАНИЯ

I. Порядок работы над материалом урока

1. Прочитать и усвоить грамматические пояснения к уроку и выполнить грамматические упражнения в том порядке, в котором они даются в уроке. Сверить упражнения с ключами.

2. Прочитать текст и перевести его, обращаясь к словарю и примечаниям; проверить усвоение слов и словосочетаний, реко­мендуемых для запоминания.

3. Выполнить упражнения к тексту и проверить их по ключам.4. Если при проверке упражнений в них окажутся ошибки,

вернуться к соответствующему разделу учебника.5. В целях развития навыков устной речи:а) прочитать и перевести диалог;б) выполнить упражнения к нему;в) выучить диалог наизусть;г) выучить разговорные формулы;д) прочитать и пересказать тексты для чтения и пересказа,

отвечая на предлагаемые к ним вопросы.6 . В целях развития навыка чтения и перевода:а) прочитать и перевести дополнительный текст;б) выучить рекомендуемые слова и словосочетания;в) выполнить письменно упражнения к тексту.

II. Работа с англо-русским словарем

Чтобы научиться быстро пользоваться словарем, необходимо:а) выучить английский алфавит;б) твердо знать порядок слов в английском предложении,в) помнить, что слова в словаре даются в их основной (словар­

ной) форме.

Определение словарной формы слова

Найти основную (словарную) форму можно, отбросив суффик­сы и префиксы, если они имеются. Например, словарная форма от rewrite—write, от successfully—success, quickest—quick и т .д .

4

После того, как найдено значение основной формы по словарю, можно сделать вывод о значении каждого данного производного слова, если знать значения суффиксов и префиксов (см. таблицу в конце учебника).

При определении основной формы необходимо помнить также следующее:

1 . Если слово оканчивается па одну согласную, перед которой стоит краткая гласная, то при прибавлении некоторых суффиксов конечная согласная удваивается. Следовательно, при отыскива­нии основной формы слова эту вторую конечную согласную нужно отбросить:

big — big|ger; get — get|ting

2. Гласная у в конечном слоге после согласной переходит в ie; от слова cities основная форма — city, от слова studies — study.

3. В глаголах to lie — лежать, to die — умирать, to tie — за­вязывать при прибавлении суффикса -ing буквосочетание ie пе­реходит в у (lying, dying, tying), следовательно, основная форма от lying — I ie.

4 В прилагательных, оканчивающихся на у, при прибавлении суффиксов -ly, -ег, -est буква у меняется на i: happily, happier, happiest — основная форма happy.

5. При прибавлении суффикса -ing конечное -е от основы от­брасывается: to live (основная форма) — living.

Следует также хорошо знать формы неправильных глаголов, так как иногда в словаре дается только значение инфинитива. В случае сомнений пользуйтесь таблицей в конце учебника.

Выбор значения слова

В английском языке слова с одинаковым написанием могут вы­ступать в качестве различных частей речи. Это отражено в словаре, где каждое слово имеет гнездо значений.

Чтобы сделать правильный выбор, следует прежде всего опре­делить (по форме и месту в предложении), какой частью речи яв­ляется нужное вам слово, а затем начинать искать его значение в гнезде после букв, сокращенно указывающих часть речи: п (noun — существительное), v (verb — глагол) и т. д.

В разделе каждой части речи слово тоже может иметь различ­ные значения. Необходимо прочесть их все и выбрать то, которое подходит по контексту.

1) helpHis help was important. (n )Его помощь была важна.

5

He will help us. (u)Он поможет нам.

2) houseThere are many houses in our street, (n)На нашей улице много домов.This building houses a hospital. (t>)В этом здании размещена больница.

III. Работа над переводом текста

1) Анализ текста

Приступая к переводу текста, следует внимательно прочитать его до конца, чтобы познакомиться с его содержанием. Читая текст, нужно отметить все трудные места, затем разбить текст на абзацы и внимательно по предложениям начать переводить его. Если в аб­заце имеются сложные предложения, следует разобраться в каж­дом отдельно, связывая его затем с последующим.

2) Анализ предложенияПредложения анализировать так:а) найти подлежащее и сказуемое; б) разбить все предложение

на смысловые элементы; в) перевести дословно; г) не глядя на пред­ложение, рассказать себе простыми словами основной смысл его;д) сделать окончательный перевод, строя русское предложение согласно правилам русского языка.

Переведя предложение, следует выписывать незнакомые слова и одновременно отыскивать в словаре значение, соответствующее данному контексту.

Часто при переводе можно встретить идиомы, которые на рус­ский язык дословно не переводятся, поэтому перевод их надо де­лать, либо исходя из общего смысла данного предложения, либо прибегать к помощи специального словаря («Англо-русский фразе­ологический словарь», сост. А. В. Кунин, Госиздат иностр. и нац. словарей, Москва, 1955).

Переведя все абзацы текста, следует его еще раз прочитать, чтобы установить, хорошо ли читается перевод, понятен ли его смысл, а также обработать встречающиеся шероховатости стиля.

Что касается работы с русско-английским словарем, например, «Русско-английским словарем» под общей редакцией А. И. Смир- ницкого, то, прежде чем начинать работать с ним, рекомендуется ознакомиться с его структурой, прочитав предисловие к словарю. Это поможет быстро и правильно находить нужное слово и его зна­чение.

1№ м 1| м т м \ № 1ххшхх\ххххххххх\х\хххх\хх1х\\ххх\х\хх\ххххх\хих\ххххххх\ххххххх\хххххххххххххххх\ххххххх1хх\ххх\хх«»чх\хххххххххххххххххх\х\хххх\\хх\хххххххххх\х\хх\хххххххх\«\\ш\ххххххх\ххх\\х\мхх\ххххх\ххх\

С О Д Е Р Ж А Н И Е

Ч а с т ь I

Урон 1. Множественное число имен существительных (стр. 9). П ритяж а­тельный падеж имен существительных (Possessive Case) (стр. 12). Местоимения (Pronouns) (стр. 13). Наречия (Adverbs) (стр. 21). Неопределенная форма глагола (Infinitive) (стр. 23). Повелитель­ное наклонение (Im perative Mood) (стр. 23). Времена группы Indefinite (стр. 24). Замена будущего времени настоящим в при­даточных предложениях условия и времени (стр. 29). С пряже­ние глаголов to be бы ть и to h a \ е иметь в Present, Past и FutureIndefinite Tenses (стр. 30). Конструкция с вводящим there (is, are)(стр. 32). Порядок слов в вопросительных предложениях (стр. 34). Бессоюзная связь в английских сложноподчинен­ных предложениях (стр. 35). Альтернативные и разделитель­ные вопросы (стр. 35). . . . . 9

Текст-. Old Country Advice to the American Traveller (after W. SAROYAN) 37

Урок 2. Отглагольное существительное (Verbal Noun) (стр. 49). Степени сравнения прилагательных и наречий (стр. 50). Субстантивиро­ванные прилагательные (стр. 52). Модальные глаголы can (could), may (m ight) , must, need, ought (to), sha l l (should) и их экви­валенты to be able (to), to have to, to be to. to be allowed (to), will (would) (стр. 52) Безличные предложения (стр. 61). 49

Текст ■ A Visit to the Big House (after P. ABRAHAMS) 62

Урок 3. Причастие настоящего времени (Partic ip le I) (стр. 75). Времена группы Continuous (Present, Past , Future) (стр. 77). Герундий (простая форма) (Gerund) (стр. 84). Инфинитив (Infinitive)(стр. 89). Конструкция со служебным глаголом let (стр. 92). Неопределенные местоимения: many, much, (a) few, (a) l i t t le (стр. 93).Числительные (Numerals) (стр. 94). . . . . 75

Текст: Boy's Theatre at Rivermouth (after Th. B. ALDRICH) .. 97

Урок 4. Причастие II (Partic ip le 11) (стр. 119). Времена группы Per­fect (стр. 121). Времена группы Perfect Continuous (Present, Past) (стр. 129). Относительные местоимения who. which, that (стр. 132). Местоимения a ll . both (стр. 133). Инверсия (стр. 134). 119

Текст: Japanese Legend 135

Урок 5. Страдательный залог (Passive Voice) (стр. 150). Глаголы-связки (Link verbs) to be, to become, to get, to grow, to turn (стр. 157). Порядок слов в восклицательном предложении (Word Order in Exclamatory Sentence) (стр. 158) ...........................................150

Текст: Androcles and the Lion.........................................................158

7

Lesson Six. Sequence of Tenses (Согласование времен) (стр. 173). Direct and indirect Speech. (Прямая и косвенная речь) (стр. 176)Text: How George Once upon a Time Got Up Early in the Morning, (after J. K. JEROME) . ....................................

Lesson Seven. Revision G ramm ar Exercises (стр. 197) . . . .Text'. The incident of the Subscription (from “ Time of H o pe" by Ch P. SNOW)

Lesson Eight. Perfect Partic ip le (Перфектное причастие) (стр. 217). Abso­lute Part ic ip le Construction (Самостоятельный причастный обо­рот) (стр 218). Perfect Gerund (Перфектный герундий) (стр. 221)Text: The Way to Space (by H. TITOV)

Lesson Nine. Perfect Infinitive (Active and Passive) and Continuous Infinitive (стр. 240). Complex Object (Сложное дополнение) (стр. 242). Complex Subject (Сложное подлежащее) (стр. 248). Modal Verbs with Perfect Infinitive (стр. 252) . . .Text: Earning a Living (from “ The Roaring N ineties’ ’ by K. S. PR IC H A R D ) . . . .

Lesson Ten. Subjunctive Mood (Сослагательное наклонение) (стр. 271). Conditional Sentences (Условные предложения) (стр. 276).T ext: A nthony 's Secret (from “ Let (he Day Per ish ” by

G. GORDON) ..........................................................................................

Ключи к у п р а ж н е н и я м ....................................................................................

Т а б л и ц ы ...........................................................................................

Англо-русский словарь ................................................ ......

Ч а с т ь II

173

181

197

202'

217223

240

254

271

284

301

332

364

мишиишшшимшшмш

Ч а с т ь I

LESSON ONE

(The First Lesson)

Г р а м м а т и к а :1. Множественное число имен существительных2. Притяжательный падеж имен существительных. (Possessive

Case)3. Местоимения. (Pronouns)4. Наречия. (Adverbs)5. Неопределенная форма глагола (Infinitive)6. Повелительное наклонение. (Imperative Mood)7. Времена группы Indefinite.8. Замена будущего времени настоящим в придаточных предло­

жениях условия и времени9. Спряжение глаголов to be и to have в Present, Past и Future

Indefinite Tenses.10 Конструкция с вводящим there (is , are) .11. Порядок слов в вопросительных предложениях.12. Бессоюзная связь в английских сложноподчиненных предло­

жениях13. Альтернативные и разделительные вопросы.

Т е к с т : Old Country Advice to the American Traveller after W Saro­yan

I. МНОЖЕСТВЕННОЕ ЧИСЛО ИМЕН СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ

Как правило, множественное число имен существительных об­разуется прибавлением к форме единственного числа суффикса -s или -es.

9

Имена существительные, оканчивающиеся на букву у с пред­шествующей согласной, образуют множественное число путем при­бавления суффикса -es, причем буква у переходит в i:

city — cities duty — duties

Если же в существительном букве у предшествует гласная, то при образовании множественного числа буква у остается:

day — days

При помощи суффикса -es образуется множественное число существительных, оканчивающихся на буквы s. ss, ch, х, ch, о:

circus — circuses boss — bosses match — matches fox — foxes

Некоторые имена существительные, оканчивающиеся в един­ственном числе на f, образуют множественное число путем измене­ния f на v и прибавлением окончания -es.

a shelf — shelves a knife — knives a w ife— wives a life— lives a leaf — leaves

Исключения:a chief — chiefs a roof — roofs

Суффикс множественного числа произносится:а) после звонких согласных и гласных — [zl: dogs IcbgzJ, days

Ideiz J;б) после глухих согласных — IsJ: hats [haetsj, roots tru:fsJ;в) после шипящих и свистящих звуков Is], [zj, U 1, [5 ],

lt«f], ld5]— lizl: classes I'kla:siz), roses I'rouziz], dishes f'dufizj. benches ['bentjizj. pages l'peid3 iz].

Ряд существительных имеет особую форму множественного числа:

a m a n — men человек, мужчина — люди,мужчины

a woman — women женщина — женщины I'wuman] fw im in] a ch ild— children ребенок— детиa tooth — teeth зуб — зубыa goose — geese гусь — гусиa mouse — mice мышь — мыши

10

a sheep — sheep a deer — deer an ox — oxen

овца — овцы олень — олени бык — быки

Слова латинского и греческого происхождения образуют мно­жественное число по правилам того языка, из которого они за­имствованы, например:

datum ['deitam j — data ('deita|

formula ['fD:mjul3] — formulae ['formjmli:]

nucleus ['nju:klias| — nuclei ['nju.kliai]

basis ['beisis] — bases ['beisi:z] crisis ['kraisis] — crises ['kraisi:z]

данная величина — данные ве­личины

формула — формулы

ядро — ядра

базис — базисы кризис — кризисы

Не имеют формы множественного числа существительные, обозначающие неисчисляемые предметы — названия веществ (silver серебро, air воздух, ice лед) и абстрактные понятия (love любовь, hatred ненависть, strength сила).

Только в единственном числе употребляются такие существи­тельные, как money деньги, hair волосы.

Только во множественном числе употребляются названия мно­гих парных предметов (trousers брюки, spectacles очки, scissors ножницы), а также существительные собирательного значения (clothes одежда, contents содержание, savings сбережения).

Упражнение 1. Поставьте выделенные существительные во множествен­ном числе, сделав соответствующие изменения в предложении.

1. His ch ild studies very well. 2. This man works at our office.3. There is a new house in our street. 4. This story is very interesting. 5. The roof of the house is covered with snow. 6.1 have hurt my foot. 7 The wolf has been shot. 8 . He keeps his toys in the box. 9. In our country a 'iwmati is equal to a man. 10. Put this knife on the table.

Упражнение 2. Переведите на английский язык

1. Летом мы едим много фруктов. 2. Принеси мне ножннцы. пожалуйста. 3. Я знаю содержание этой книги. 4. У нее очень красивые волосы. 5. Положи свою одежду на стул. 6 . Он купил новые брюки. 7. Сколько у тебя денег? 8 . Мы получили новые дан­ные по этому вопросу.

1)

I

II . ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ ИМЕН СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ (POSSESSIVE CASE)

Притяжательный падеж существительных в единственном числе образуется путем прибавления к существительному окончания ’s (т. е. знака апострофа и буквы s), которое произносится [z], Isl или liz I согласно тем же правилам, которым подчиняется произ­ношение суффикса -s множественного числа имен существитель­ных.

the girl’s hat [бэ'дэ : lz'haet] шляпа девочкиJack’s friend ['dsaeks 'frendj друг Джекаthe horse’s leg [da'ho: siz'leg] нога лошади

Притяжательный падеж существительных во множественном числе образуется прибавлением только одного апострофа:

the boys’ book книга мальчиковthe girls’ bags портфели девочек

Притяжательные конструкции в английском языке употреб­ляются. как правило, в двух основных случаях:

1) для выражения принадлежности. В роли первого компонента конструкции в этом случае обычно употребляются слова, обозна­чающие одушевленные предметы:

the student’s note-book тетрадь студента the children’s mother мать детей Kate’s dog Катина собака

2) для выражения качественной характеристики предмета. В этом случае первый компонент конструкции, употребляясь в обобщенном значении, приближается по функции к прилагатель­ному:

a children’s room детская комнатаmen’s clothes мужская одежда

Притяжательные конструкции такого типа очень часто упот­ребляются для выражения временных и пространственных отно­шений:

a month’s leave месячный отпускtoday’s newspaper сегодняшняя газетаa mile’s distance расстояние в одну милю

Притяжательная конструкция может быть заменена конструк­цией с предлогом of:

the g irl’s room = the room of the girl

12

П р ед л о г o f

Предлог of, соответствующий русскому родительному падежу, употребляется:

1 ) для выражения принадлежности или части целого:the master of the house хозяин домаthe son of my friend сын моего другаthe wall of the garden стена дома

2) при указании а) материала, из которого сделан предмет:

a house of stone каменный дом (дом из камня)б) меры:

two pieces of chalk 2 куска мела

в) расстояния, направления:to the south of Italy к югу от Италии

3) при обозначении причины:

to be glad of smth. радоваться чему-л. (no какой-то причине)to die of smth. умереть от чего-л. (по какой-то причине)

Упражнение 3. Замените, где возможно, существительные с предлогом o f притяжательной конструкцией.

1. The room of my friend. 2. The questions of my son. 3. The walls of this room. 4. The wife of my brother. 5. The table of our teacher. 6 . The poems of Pushkin. 7. The engineers of our factory.8 . The voice of this girl. 9. The words of the first lesson. 10. The new club of the workers. 11. The letter of Pete. 12. The pages of this book.

Упражнение 4. Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Он показал мне письмо своей сестры. 2. Где план этого зда­ния? 3. Она взяла коньки своего брата. 4. Стены комнаты белые. 5. Дайте мне тетради ваших учеников. 6 . Принесите вещи детей.7. После десятиминутного перерыва они снова начали работать.8 . Вчера дети нашли птичье гнездо. 9. Где вчерашняя газета?10. В библиотеке института много интересных книг и журналов.

111. МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ (PRONOUNS)

Притяжательные

Каждому личному местоимению соответствует притяжательное местоимение; I — my, he — his, she — her, it — its, we — our, you — your, they—their.

Притяжательное местоимение its (3-е лицо ед. числа) соответ­ствует русским его , ее, употребляемым вместо имен существитель­ных, обозначающих неодушевленные предметы, а также животных, птиц и т. д., например’

1. Комната светлая.The room is light.Ее (комнаты) окно большое.Its window is large.

2. Наш город большой Our city is big.Его (города) улицы длинные.Its streets are long.

Сравните:

1 . ее (комнаты) окно its windowее (девочки) книга her book

2 . его (города) улицы its streetsего (мальчика) мяч his ball

Во множественном числе для всех существительных употреб­ляется притяжательное местоимение their — их.

В английском языке нет местоимений, соответствующих рус­ским возвратно-притяжательным местоимениям свой , своя, свое, свои. Они переводятся притяжательными местоимениями his, her. its. their в соответствии с лицом, с которым они соотносятся.

Он рассказал об этом своему сыну.Не told his son about it.

Он рассказал об этом своей дочери.Не told his daughter about it.

Он рассказал об этом своим детям Не told his children about it.

Они рассказали об этом своим детям.They told their children about it.

Она рассказала об этом своей дочери.She told her daughter about it.

(■1

Когда притяжательные местоимения в английском языке упот­реблены перед названием частей тела, предметов одежды, то они на русский язык обычно не переводятся.

Не closed his eyes.Он закрыл глаза.Не took his hat.Он взял шляпу.

Упражнение 5. Заполните пропуски, выбрав нужную форму притяжатель­ного местоимения, и переведите предложения.

1. The bookcase is in the room; ... (its, his) shelves are wide.2. They will build a new road; ... (her, its) length (длина) will be about fifty kilometres. 3. My sister has a new dress. ... (its, her) dress is brown. 4. The story of ... (its, her) life (the woman’s life', was very interesting. 5. Look at this machine. The story of ... (her. its) invention (изобретение) is very interesting.

Помимо простой формы, притяжательные местоимения имеют абсолютную форму, которая употребляется без последующего существительного. Притяжательные местоимения в абсолютной форме могут выполнять в предложении роль подлежащего, именной части сказуемого и дополнения.

Простая форма

т уhisheritsouryourtheir

Абсолютная форма

minehishersitsoursyourstheirs

His name is Nick. Hers is Kate. She has no pen. Give her yours. This room is mine. He is a friend of mine.

Упражнение 6. Переведите, выбрав нужную форму:

1. Эта ручка ее.2. Этот журнал мой? Нет.3. Дайте мне их тетради, а не ваши.4. Вы взяли не свои вещи, а наши.5. Это была их последняя работа.

hers, her mine, mytheir, theirs; yours, your yours, your; our, ours their, theirs

Упражнение 7. Переведите на английский язык, пользуясь русско- английским словарем, обратите особое внимание на перевод местоимения сво й

1Ь

1. Он часто пишет письма своим друзьям. 2. Когда вы возьме­те свои вещи? 3. Она дала мне свою книгу. 4. Завтра она увидит своих детей. 5. Вчера они закончили свою работу. 6 . Мы расска­зали ей о своей поездке в Ленинград. 7. Я прочту вам свое сочи­нение. 8 . Он принесет мне свой словарь. 9. Мы приготовили (свои) уроки дома. 10. Они пригласили своих друзей. 1 1 . Я спрошу об этом у своего преподавателя. 12. Она придет ко мне со своей сес­трой.

Неопределенные местоимения s o m e , a n y . п о, e v e r y и их производные

Неопределенные местоимения some и any выражают значение неопределенности. Они обычно являются определениями к сущест­вительным и стоят вместо артикля.

Some употребляется как правило, в утвердительных пред­ложениях. Выполняя функцию определения к исчисляемому су­ществительному во множественном числе, some имеет значение несколько, некоторые.

Не asked me some questions.Он задал мне несколько вопросов.Some people get up very early.Некоторые люди встают очень рано.

Выполняя функцию определения к исчисляемому существитель­ному в единственном числе, some имеет значение какой-нибудь.

Give me some interesting book.Дай мне какую-нибудь интересную книгу.

Выполняя функцию определения к неисчисляемому существи­тельному. some имеет значение немного, некоторое количество и обычно на русский язык не переводится.

Give me some water, please.Дай мне воды, пожалуйста

Местоимение some может также заменять существительное:1 need paper. Give me some.

Мне нужна бумага. Дайте мне бумаги.

Местоимение some может употребляться также и в вопроситель­ных предложениях:

а) если говорящий исходит из наличия чего-либо:Do you want some coffee?Вы хотите кофе?

б) а также, если вопрос относится к подлежащему или его определению:

Г16

Who wants some milk?Кто хочет молокa?

Whose child took some ol these toys?Чей ребенок взял некоторые из этих игрушек?

Some of переводится на русский язык как некоторые из:Some ot the boys came early.Некоторые из мальчиков пришли рано.

Any употребляется, как правило, в вопросительных и отрица­тельных предложениях.

Выполняя функцию определения к исчисляемому существитель­ному. any имеет значение какой-либо (-нибудь), (какая-либо, ка­кое-либо, какие-либо).

Have you any new book to read?Есть у вас какая-либо новая книга (почитать)?Are there any new magazines in the library?Есть какие-нибудь новые журналы в библиотеке?

В сочетании с отрицательной частицей not местоимение any означает никакой (никакого, никаких):

Не did not make any mistakes in his dictation.Он не сделал (никаких) ошибок в диктанте.I don’t see any new student in your group.Я не вижу (никакого) нового студента в вашей группе.

Выполняя функцию определения к неисчисляемому существи­тельному. any имеет значение сколько-нибудь•

Is there any ink m the ink-pot?В чернильнице есть чернила (сколько-нибудь чернил)?

Any ot кто-нибудь из употребляется в вопросительном пред­ложении:

Will any of them come tomorrow?Кто-нибудь из них придет завтра?

Any может заменять существительное:I need a match. Have you got any?Мне нужна спичка. У вас есть спички?

No выражает отсутствие чего-либо и может быть только опре­делением к существительному как в единственном, так и во мно­жественном числе:

I have no English books at home.У меня дома нет английских книг.There is no reason to worry.Нет причины для волнений.

No эквивалентно сочетанию any с отрицательной частицей not: not any=no:

There are no books on the she!f.=There are not any books on the shelf.

На полке Hei книг.Если no стоит перед существительным в роли подлежащего,

то оно переводится на русский язык ни один, никакой;

No student used the text-book during the test.Ни один студент не пользовался учебником во время контроль­

ной работы.Заметьте, что в английском предложении может быть только

одно отрицание. Сравните: “ No student used...” с «Ни один сту­дент не пользовался...»

None употребляется вместо уже упоминавшегося существитель­ного для выражения полного отрицания:

Have you got any cigarette?У вас есть сигареты?No, I have none.Нет, у меня совсем нет.

None of никт о из употребляется в отрицательном предложении:1 saw none of his students.Я не видел никого из его студентов.

Заметьте, что после попе глагол-сказуемое может употребляться как в единственном, так и во множественном числе:

1. None of them is the person we want.Никто из них не является нужным для нас лицом.

2. None of them are at the lecture.Никого из них нет на лекции.

Неопределенное местоимение every имеет значение каж дый, всякий.

Every citizen in the USSR has the right to vote.Каждый гражданин СССР имеет право голоса.

Местоимения, производные от some, any, по и every. Неоду­шевленность выражается местоимениями, оканчивающимися на -thing: something, anything, nothing и everything:

Give me something to read.Дайте мне что-нибудь почитать.Is there anything new?Есть что-нибудь новое?There is nothing in this box.В этой коробке ничего нет.

18

Everything is clear.Все ясно.

Одушевленность выражается местоимениями, оканчивающимися на -body и -one: somebody (someone), anybody (anyone), nobody (no one), everybody (everyone):

Somebody is knocking at the door.Кто-то стучит в дверь.

Is anybody in the garden?В саду есть кто-нибудь?

Nobody knows it.Никто не знает этого.

Everybody is present at the lesson.Все присутствуют на уроке.

Заметьте, что русское местоимение все большей частью пере­водится на английский язык местоимением everybody. Со словом everybody глагол-сказуемое согласуется в 3-ем лице ед. числа.

К производным от some. any. по и every относятся также наре­чия:som ew here (anywhere в вопросительных и отрицательных пред­

ложениях) где-нибудь, куда-нибудь, где-то anyw here (в утвердительных предложениях) где угодно, куда

угодно, везде everyw here везде now here нигде

I saw him somewhere.Я его где-то видел.

You can go anywhere to-day.Сегодня вы можете идти куда угодно.

Неопределенное местоимение o n e ( o n e s . ) Неопределенное ме­стоимение one (ones) употребляется:

1) для выражения подлежащего в предложениях, соответству­ющих русским неопределенно-личным предложениям:

One must study regularly to know English well.Нужно регулярно заниматься, чтобы знать английский язык

хорошо.

2) во избежание повторения ранее упоминавшегося существи­тельного:

I haven’t got a pen. I must buy one (a pen).У меня нет ручки. Я должен купить ручку.

This film is more interesting than the one we saw last week.Этот фильм интересней, чем тот, который мы видели на прош­

лой неделе.This box is heavy and that one is light.Этот ящик тяжелый, а тот легкий.This is a good pen, and that is a bad one.Это хорошая ручка, а та — плохаяI have got a black pencil. Give me two red ones.У меня есть черный карандаш. Дай мне два красных.

Упражнение 8. Заполните пропуски местоимениями s o m e , a n y , e v e r y , п о и их производными и переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. Can I have ... milk? Yes, you can have ... . 2. Will you have ... tea? 3. Give me ... book to read. 4. Put ... sugar in her tea. 5. Is ... the matter with you? 6 . We did not see ... in the hall. 7. ... was pres­ent at the lesson. 8. He is busy. He has ... time to go to the cinema with us. 9. What book do you need? .. that you will find. 10. Have you ... questions? 11. ... liked that play. 12. You will buy these poem s... . 13. Is ... ready? We shall begin our experiment. 14. ... went out of the diner. 15. ... of us wanted to stay at home. 16. Did ... of you see the film yesterday? 17. ... of the students work in the reading-room in the morning.

Упражнение 9. Переведите следующие предложения.

1. Мой дядя хочет что-то мне сказать. 2. «У вас есть папиросы?»— спросил он. «Да, есть (несколько)». 3. На другой день мой дядя знал всех. 4. Если вы захотите что-нибудь поесть, идите в вагон- ресторан. 5. Некоторые из игроков устали (got tired) и сели отдох­нуть. 6 . Он может прийти в любую минуту. Будьте готовы. 7. Мы слышали эту песню повсюду. 8 . Она дала мне чашку молока, но я попросил у нее (ask for) воды. 9. Они знают, что никакое лекарство (medicine) не поможет ему. 10. Кто-нибудь из вас знает его адрес?11. Никто из них не поймет меня.

Возвратные местоимения

Лицо Ед. число Мн. число

1-е my sell ourselves2-е yoursell

h im selfyourselves

3-е herself them selvesitse lf

Неопреде­ onesel fленно-лич­ная форма

20

Возвратные местоимения соответствуют в русском языке:1 ) суффиксу -ся, придающему глаголу возвратное значение-

She hurt herself.Она ушиблась.

Go and wash yourself, Mary.Иди умойся, Мария.

2) возвратному местоимению себя, себе, собой:

Не bought himself a new coat.Он купил себе новое пальто.

She spoke very little of herself.Она очень мало говорила о себе.

3) местоимению сам., употребляющемуся для усиления суще­ствительного или местоимения:

I saw it myself.Я сам это видел.

You said it yourself.Вы сами это сказали.

Словосочетание by oneself переводится на русский язык как самостоятельно.

Не did it by himself.Он сделал это самостоятельно.

Упражнение 10. Заполните пропуски соответствующими возвратными' местоимениями и пере вели те предложения.

I. Не bought a ticket to the theatre ... . 2. She will do the work ... .3 . They built a new house ... . 4. Will you bring the th ings... ? f>. And then they left me to ... . 6 . She thinks too much of ... . 7. He is kindness (доброта) ... . 8 . Did you study the English language ...?9. She wrote that composition ... .

IV. НАРЕЧИЯ (ADVERBS)

В английском языке есть наречия простые (well, already, often и т. д.) и производные.

Производные наречия обычно образуются от прилагательных, и некоторых существительных прибавлением к основе слова суф­фикса -1у:

cold—coldly day —daily

2t>

В большинстве случаев о значении наречия, образованного с помощью суффикса -1у, можно догадаться, зная значение суще­ствительного, от которого это наречие образовано:

part часть — partly частичноwarm теплый — warmly тепло

Но иногда догадаться о значении наречия невозможно:near близкий —nearly почтиhard трудный, жесткий —hardly едваshorl короткий —shortly недавноscarce скудный —scarcely еле-еле, едва

Некоторые наречия совпадают с прилагательными по форме:

hard а тяжелый, усердный —adv тяжело, усердноhigh а высокий — adv высокоlow а низкий —adv низко

Место наречий времени в предложении

1. Наречия определенного времени today сегодня, tonight сегодня вечером, yesterday вчера и др., обычно ставятся в конце или начале предложения:

Today I have much work to do.или

I have much work to do today.

2. Наречия неопределенного времени already уже, usually обычно, ever когда-нибудь, never никогда, often часто, seldom редко, always всегда обычно ставятся в предложении перед гла­гольным сказуемым, но после вспомогательных, модальных гла­голов и глагола to be в личной форме.

Не often goes to the cinema.He could never do it.He is always busy.

Упражнение И . Образуйте наречия от следующих прилагательных и переведите их:

beautiful, bright, great, new. loud, quiet, ready, quick

Упражнение 12. Поставьте наречия в соответствующем месте.

1. My uncle gets up early (always). 2. He comes to visit me (of­ten). 3. 1 am ill (seldom). 4. They have six lessons a day (usually). 5. She is al home (already). 6 . He is late (never). 7. You know your lesson (today). 8 . We shall leave for Minsk (tonight).

22

V. НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННАЯ ФОРМА ГЛАГОЛА (INFINITIVE) (INDEFINITE INFINITIVE ACTIVE)

li английском языке инфинитив имеет формы времени и залога. Одна из них — Indefinite Infinitive Active соответствует неопре­деленной форме глагола в русском языке. Например: ходить to go ('истица to — признак инфинитива). От этого инфинитива обра- муются все времена группы Indefinite.

Упражнение 13. Переведите следующие глаголы:

читать, писать, говорить, ходить, знать, играть, смотреть, ви­деть, давать, думать, слышать, приходить, брать, делать, бегать, начинать

VI. ПОВЕЛИТЕЛЬНОЕ НАКЛОНЕНИЕ (IMPERATIVE MOOD)

Форма повелительного наклонения, как и инфинитив (без ча­стицы to), совпадает с основой глагола. Глагол в повелительном наклонении стоит в начале предложения, например:

Read this text.Прочтите этот текст.

Отрицательная форма повелительного наклонения образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do и отрицания not перед смысловым глаголом, например:

Do not (don’t) read this text.He читай(те) этот текст.

Упражнение 14. Образуйте повелительное наклонение в утвердительной и отрицательной форме от глаголов, данных в скобках, и переведите предложения:

I. ... him about the dangers ot travel (to tell). 2 . ... and put your bag on the desk (to sit down). 3. ... him for his ticket (to ask). 4. ... him a cigarette (to offer). 5. ... here (to smoke). 6 . ... this work (to do). 7 ... them (to join). 8 . ... her lor help (to ask). 9. ... to bed early (to go). 1 0 . ... the money into your pocket (to put). 1 1 . ... this song (to sing). 1 2 . ... him again (to visit).

23

VII ВРЕМЕНА ГРУППЫ INDEFINITE

The Present Indefinite Tense

Спряжение глаголов в Present Indefinite

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопросительнаяформа**

Отрицательнаяформа**

1 work (go) there.You work (go) there

He 1 works* (goesi She ) there.

It works (goes) well

We )You [ work (go) there They )

Do I work (go; there.J Do you work (go) there?

he 1

D“ * , J » go’Does it work (go) well?

we ]Do you I work (go)there?

they 1

1 do not work (go) there.

You do not work (go) there.

He i1 does not workShe I {Z°r ,here'Г does not work (got

well.We )You do not work (go)They) ,here

Present Indefinite имеет наиболее широкое значение и упот­ребляется: I) для констатации факта; 2) для выражения обычного, повторяющегося действия; 3) для выражения действия, свойствен­ного лицу или предмету, выраженному подлежащим.

С формой Present Indefinite часто употребляются наречия не­определенного времени often, seldom, always, usually и др., а такжесловосочетания: every day. morning, evening, week и др.

1. He lives in Moscow.Он живет в Москве, (констатация факта)

2. 1 go to the University every day.Я хожу в университет каждый день, (повторяющееся дей­ствие)

3. Do you read English books?Вы читаете английские книги? (действие, свойственное лицу, выраженному подлежащим)

The Past Indefinite Tense

Английские глаголы делятся на два типа: правильные и непра­вильные (или стандартные и нестандартные). Правильные глаголы |

* Глагол в 3-ем лице ед числа всегда имеет окончание (e)s.** Вопросительная и отрицательная формы образуются при помощи вспо­

могательного глагола do в настоящем времени и смыслового глагола в форме инфинитива без частицы to.

.24

образуют форму Past Indefinite при помощи суффикса -ed, непра­вильные — в основном посредством чередования звуков в корне..

live—lived (правильный глагол)SCC — S3W |go —went) (неправильные глаголы)

Суффикс -ed произносится по-разному в зависимости от фоне­тических условий:

Id] после звонкого согласного (кроме d) и гласной: played» IpleidJ, sobbed Isobd]

[t] после глухого согласного, asked |a:skt J [id] после t и d: wanted I'wantid]В глаголах, оканчивающихся на у с предшествующей согласной,,

при образовании формы Past Indefinite у переходит в i:study—studied

Если букве у предшествует гласная, то она сохраняется:

play—played

Спряжение глаголов в Pasl InclMinite

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопросительнаяформа

Отрицательнаяформа

1 worked (went) there.

X °u) worked (went) She)

It worked (went) well.

v,?„ 1 worked (went) They) "* » ■

1 |you I work (go)

Did he I there? she J

Did it work (go) well?

1You did no! work (go)He thereSheII did nol work (go)

wel 1.

vv!,к I no1 work T h e y ) <g°>there

Past Indefinite выражает факт прошлого. В основном оно упот­ребляется в двух случаях:

1 ) в повествовании, в рассказе о том, что было, для сообщения отдельных фактов или при перечислении ряда последовательно- совершавшихся действий:

It happened five years ago.Это случилось пять лет тому назад.Не entered the room and switched on the light.Он вошел в комнату и зажег свет.

2 ) в устной речи для выражения действия, имевшего место до момента речи (если только не требуется выразить связь этого дей­ствия с моментом речи):

Не was there when I left.Он был там, когда я ушел.

С формой Past Indefinite часто употребляются следующие слова и словосочетания: yesterday вчера, the day before yesterday поза­вчера, last week на прошлой неделе, last month в прошлом месяце, last year в прошлом году , last night вчера вечером, two days (months, years) ago два дня (месяца, года) тому назад, in 1930 в 1930 году и т. д.

I met him last year.Я встретился с ним в прошлом году.

Last night he wasn’t (was not) in.Его не было дома вчера вечером.

The Future Indefinite Tense

Future Indefinite образуется при помощи вспомогательных глаголов shall для 1 -го лица ед. и мн. числа и will для 2 -го и 3-го лиц и инфинитива основного глагола без частицы to.

Спряжение глаголов в Future Indefinite

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопросительнаяформа

Отрицательнаяформа

I shall work (go) there.

h “U I will work (go)Shef lhereIt will work (go) well.

We shall work (go) there.

You \ will work (go) They j there.

Shal 1 I work (go) there?

"“ElTtjrWill it work (go) well?

Shall we work (go) there?

Will Уои f work W l" they j there?

I shall not work (go) there.

YouHeShe

will not work (go) there.

It will not work (go) well.

We shall not work (go) there.

They / (go) there.

Future Indefinite употребляется для выражения действия, которое совершится или будет совершаться в будущем.

Future Indefinite переводится на русский язык будущим вре­менем глагола как совершенного, так и несовершенного вида.

26

1 shall go to the cinema.Я пойду в кино (или Я буду ходить в кино).

She will study English.Она будет изучать английский язык.

С будущим временем часто употребляются следующие обстоя­тельства времени: tomorrow завтра, the day after tomorrow после­завт ра , in two days через два дня, in a week (month, year) через неделю (месяц, год), next week (month, year) на следующей неделе (в следующем месяце, году), soon скоро.

Не will come to Leningrad next week.На будущей неделе он приедет в Ленинград.

Next year we shall study French.В будущем году мы будем изучать французский язык.

Сокращенные формы, употребляемые в разговорной речи.do not—don’t Idount] does not—doesn’t I'dAzntJ did not — didn’t [ 'd idn tl shall not — shan’t [Ja :n t] will not — won’t Iwount I is not — isn’t [izntj are not — aren’t |a :n t I was not — wasn’t Iwoznt 1 were n o t— weren’t [wa:nt I has not — hasn’t 1'hacznt I have not — haven’* I'haevnt]

Упражнение 15. Образуйте инфинитив от следующих глаголов и пере­ведите их (где необходимо, смотри нестандартные глаголы, стр. 360).

travelled, got, paid, tells, chose, sat. will look, began, shall move, came, asks, offered, will smoke, ran, became, did, ate, does, spoke, will pretend, continued, passes, found, puts, kept, invited, slept, shall go, abandoned, knew, sang, visits, followed, saw. said, answers, pleased

Упражнение 16. Заполните пропуски соответствующей формой глагола и переведите предложения.

1. Не .. fnuch (to read). 2. She ... to Moscow last year (to come).3. I ... to him tomorrow (to speak). 4. They ... English well (to know).5. Yesterday he ... much (to work). 6 . Next year we ... to the Crimea (to go). 7. 1 ... to go the cinema (not to want). 8. He ... me many questions at the lesson yesterday (to ask). 9. He ... this book horn the library tomorrow (to take) 10. The train ... in time (not to come).

27

11. The lesson ... in 10 minutes (to begin). 12. We ...basket-ball in ■summer (to play). 13. I ... this place many years ago (to visit). 14. She ... her music lessons next week (to begin).

Упражнение 17. Откройте скобки, поставьте глагол в отрицательную форму и переведите предложения.

1. Не (to show) us his report yesterday. 2. They (to go) to the country tomorrow. 3. She usually (to live) in Kiev. 4. We (to see) the film last week. 5. 1 often (to visit) my friends. 6 . The boy (to like) to drink hot tea. 7. These girls (to play) tennis well. 8. Her brother (to play) the piano. 9. Next month we (to finish) our work. 10. She (to travel) much two years ago.

Упражнение 18. Заполните пропуски одним из сокращений (w o n 't , •d id n 't , d o n 't , d o e s n 't s h a n 't ) и переведите предложения.

1. They ... go to visit her tonight. 2. They ...take a bus when they go to the University. 3. We ... stay here any longer. 4. She ... drink milk. 5. I ... skate last year. 6 . You ... play chess two years ago. but now you play chess quite well. 7. She ... speak French, she speaks English. 8 . He ... see me next week.

Упраж нение 19. Поставьте предложения в вопросительную форму, выбрав в скобках подходящий вспомогательный глагол, н переведите их.

1. She likes to walk in the park in the evening (does, will, did).2. He made many mistakes in his homework (does, did, will). 3. I came home late (shall, do, did). 4. You will offer him a cigarette (do, will, did). 5. They know many Russian songs (does, do, did). >6 . He spoke to her yesterday (do. did, does). 7. She plays tennis well (do, does. did). 8 We shall prepare breakfast in ten minutes (will, shall).

Упражнение 20. Образуйте Past Indefinite от следующих глаголов, проверьте себя по таблице в конце учебника и выучите обе формы

to get, to pay, to tell, to choose, to sit, to begin, to come, to do, to run, to become, to go, to eat, to speak, to find, to take, to put, to keep, to sleep, to know, to sing

Упражнение 21. Дайте краткие и полные ответы на вопросы по образцу.

"D id he buy books in that shop?"“ Yes he d id. He bought books in th a t shop."

1. Does she smoke? 2. Will your sister pay him a visit? 3. Do you know my sister? 4. Does he like to travel? 5. Will they join our game? 6 . Did her mother work at this factory? 7. Will he go to the club with us?

2 8

Упражнение 22. Заполните пропуски подходящими по смыслу наре­чиями и обстоятельственными словосочетаниями, данными в скобках, и • переведите предложения.

1. ... uncle Garro paid him a visit (tomorrow, yesterday). 2. They will have a pleasant journey ... (last summer, next summer). 3. He visited this place ... (a year ago, in a year). 4. The train will start ... (in a minute, two minutes ago). 5. ... he went to bed very late (last night, tomorrow night). 6 . I began to smoke ... (the day before yesterday, last year, tomorrow). 7. I heard this song ... (now, the other day). 8 . He went to the dining-room to have a cup of tea ...<a minute ago, in a minute).

V III. ЗАМЕНА БУДУЩЕГО ВРЕМЕНИ НАСТОЯЩИМ В ПРИДАТОЧНЫХ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯХ УСЛОВИЯ И ВРЕМЕНИ

В придаточных предложениях условия и времени с союзами if если\ unless если не\ when когда; before до того как\ after после того как; as soon as как только; till пока; until до тех пор пока не будущее время заменяется формой настоящего времени, но на русский переводится будущим, например:

Когда он придет сюда, мы расскажем ему об этом.When he comes here, we shall tell him about it.

Если он поможет мне, я сделаю работу вовремя.If he helps me I shall do the work in time.

Упражнение 23. Поставьте глаголы, стоящие в скобках, в Present или F u tu re In d e fin ite Tense.

1. Не (to answer) you if he (to get) your letter. 2. They (not ю come) to the lecture unless you (to tell) them about it. 3. She (to come) to see us as soon as she (to finish) her work. 4. I (to go) to the theatre when I (to buy) a ticket. 5. You (to take) the book when we (to read) it. 6 . I (to speak) to him when I (to see) him. 7. The children (to tall asleep) when we (to return) home. 8 . If I (to see) her I (to tell) her about it. 9. When you (to read) the text (to write down) all the new words. 10. If I (to have) time I (to go) to the theatre.

Упражнение 24. Заполните пропуски союзами i f , u n le s s , a s so o n a s , w h e n , a f t e r , b e fo r e , t i l l , u n t i l и переведите пренложения.

1. ... you come to AAoscow, ring me up. 2. He will join the game ... he finishes his work. 3. ... you take a taxi, you will be late for the train. 4. ... you go to Leningrad please, visit us again. 5. ... he goes to bed at night give him a cup of hot milk. 6 . We shall not speak to you ... you apologize. 7. They will run ... you stop them.

29

Упражнение 25. разцом:

Закончите предложения, пользуясь следующим об-

/ shall go tor a w alk if (when) you in v ite me.

We shall finish our work

если вы поможете нам. до того как он придет, когда у нас будет весь материал

(material).после того как поговорим с учителем.

I shall ring him up

если он не придет на урок, как только приеду в город, когда получу письмо, после того как напишу доклад

(my report).

They will a visit

pay you

когда получат ваше приглашение (invitation),

если у них будет свободное время (spare time),

как только сдадут все экзамены (to pass examination),

до того как отправятся путешествовать.

IX. СПРЯЖЕНИЕ ГЛАГОЛОВ ТО BE Б Ы Т Ь И ТО HAVE И М Е Т Ь В PRESENT, PAST И FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSES

Present Indefinite Past Indefinite Future Indefinite

1 am, have You are, haveHe IShe > is , has It 1

We |You V are, have They J

1 was, had You were, hadHe |She ) was, hadIt J

We |You I were, had They)

1 shall be, have

You |He 1She f wi 11 be, have

» 1We shall be, have

They } wil1 be' have

При образовании вопросительных и отрицательных предло­жений с глаголами to be и to have вспомогательный глагол to do не употребляется. Вопросительные предложения с глаголами to be и to have образуются путем инверсии: сказуемое или часть его ставится перед подлежащим:

30

Is he at home? Was he at home yesterday?Is he a doctor? Was he a doctor?Have you an English book? Had you an English book?Отрицательные предложения с глаголом to be образуются при

помощи отрицательной частицы not которая ставится после гла­гола:

Не will not (won’t) be at home tomorrow.He is not (isn’t) at home now.He was not (wasn’t) at home yesterday.

Отрицательные предложения с глаголом to have образуются двумя способами:

1) с помощью отрицательного местоимения по, являющегося определением существительного, причем артикль перед существи­тельным опускается:

Не has no book (books).

2) с помощью отрицания not, относящегося к сказуемому. Та­кая отрицательная форма глагола to have чаще всего употребляется:

а) в кратких ответах на общие вопросы:

Have you a sister?У вас есть сестра?No. I have not (haven't).Нет.

б) когда существительное имеет при себе определение, выра­женное неопределенным местоимением any, many, much, enough или числительным:

I have not many (any, two) English books.

Предложение с глаголом to have в значении иметь может быть переведено иа русский язык двумя способами:

1Т , , , I У него много книг.Не has many books. { q h имеет много книг.

В разговорной речи в настоящем времени в значении иметь часто употребляете* словосочетание have got:

I have got a fountain pen.У меня есть авторучка.

Упражнение 26. Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Он в Комнате. 2. У нее хорошая комната? 3. Есть у него брат?4. Она доктор. 5. У меня есть интересная книга, б. У них много времени для этого. 7. Кто здесь?—Мы здесь. 8 . У нас мало времени.9. Мы были на уроке 10. У нас было шесть уроков. 11. Сал находит­

31

ся перед домом. 12. У них есть сад перед домом. 13. У нас будет завтра собрание? 14. Вы будете завтра на собрании?

Упражнение 27. Дайте краткие ответы на следующие вопросы.

1. Have you an uncle?2. Are you well?3. Is this a village?4. Had he many Russian newspapers?5. Are these pencils red?6 . Were you present at the meeting?7. Was she tired yesterday?8 . Has she children?

Упражнение 28. Заполните пропуски отрицаниями n o t или п о и пере­ведите предложения.

1. I have ... time. 2. They had ... any plan. 3. He had ... French books. 4. We had ... ink. 5. She h as ... English text. 6 . He had ... many interesting magazines (журнал). 7. I have ... two red pencils, I have a green one. 8 . She has ... lessons today. 9. They have ... tea in their cups. 10. He has ... any chalk.

X. КОНСТРУКЦИЯ С ВВОДЯЩИМ THERE (IS , ARE)

Конструкция с вводящим there утверждает наличие (или от­сутствие) какого-либо предмета (или предметов) в определенных ' условиях (в данном месте, в данное время, в определенных обстоя­тельствах).

There is a book on the table.На столе лежит (есть, находится) книга.

Как видно из примеров, подлежащее всегда следует за глаголом- сказуемым. В большинстве случаев существительное в конструк­ции с вводящим there употребляется с неопределенным артиклем или без артикля.

Русские предложения, соответствующие английской конструк­ции с вводящим there, обычно начинаются с обстоятельства места. Обстоятельство места, выраженное существительным с предлогом, обычно употребляется с определенным артиклем.

There is a picture on the w all.На стене висит (есть, находится) картина.

There is some ink in the ink-pot.В чернильнице есть чернила.

There are students in the room.В комнате студенты.

32

Отрицательные предложения образуются при помощи отрица­тельного местоимения по, которое ставится перед подлежащим, или отрицательной частицы not, которая употребляется в том слу­чае, когда перед подлежащим стоит числительное или слова, обо­значающие количество: many, much, enough и др.

There is no picture on the wall.There are not many (two, enough) books on the table." Is there a picture on the wall?” “ No, there is no t.”

Настоящее время Прошедшее время Будущее время

There is a book on the There was a book on There will be a book on(able the table the table.

T here a re books on the There were books on There will be books on jtable. the table. the table.

There is some milk in There was some milk There will be somethe cup. in the cup. milk in the cup.

Is there a book on the Was there a book on Will there be a book 1table? the table? on the table?

Are there books on the W ere there books on Will there be books ontable? the table? the table?

Is there any milk in Was there any milk in Will th e re be any milkthe cup? the cup? in the cup?

There will be no bookThere is (not a) no There was no book onbook on the table. the table. on the table.

There a re no books on There were no books There will be no booksthe table. on the table. on the table.

There is no milk in There was no milk in There will be no milkthe cup. the cup. in the cup.

Упражнение 29. Переведите следующие предложения по данным об­разцам, пользуясь англо-русским и русско-английским словарями.

1. There is a picture on the wall.На стене (висит, есть) картина.

1. There were many people in the dining-room. 2. There will be a skating-rink in our town. 3. There were many villages near our city. 4. Is there any library in your village? 5. There was a garden in front of her house. 6 . There* are some books on the bookshelf.7. There are no chairs in the hall. 8 . There is nobody in the room.

2. There are many new houses in the street.На улице много новых домов.

1 . У нее в кармане нет денег. 2. На кровати было две подушки.3. В этой книге много красивых картинок. 4. В трамвае нет мест.5. Когда вы откроете окно, в комнате будет много свежего воздуха.6 . В парке будет много цветов. 7. На столе стояли чашки с моло­ком. 8 . В этой комнате кто-нибудь есть? — Нет, там никого нет.

2— 1312 33

Упражнение 30. Переведите предложения с вводящим th e r e is (a re) там, где это необходимо.

1. В комнате есть дети. Дети в комнате."2. На митинге будут рабочие. Рабочие будут на митинге. 3. В городе было много турис­тов. Туристы были в городе. 4. В этой коробке папиросы. Папиросы лежат в этой коробке. 5. В классе много студентов. Студенты на­ходятся в классе. 6 . В комнате (стоит) письменный стол. Письмен­ный стол в комнате. 7. В поезде есть свободные места. Свободные места здесь.

XI. ПОРЯДОК СЛОВ В ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫХ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯХ

1 . Если вопрос ставится к группе подлежащего (подлежащему и определяющим его словам), то порядок слов остается такой же. как и в утвердительном предложении, например:

Her son goes to school every day. (Her son — группа подлежа- . щего)

1. Who goes to school every day?2. Whose son goes to school every day?

2. Если вопрос ставится к группе сказуемого (сказуемое, допол­нение и определяющие его слова, обстоятельство), то порядок слов будет следующий: вопросительное слово, вспомогательный гла­гол, подлежащее, смысловой глагол в неопределенной форме, дополнение и т. д., например:

Не goes to school every day. (goes to school every day — группа сказуемого)

1. Where does he go every day?2. When does he go to school?

•

Упражнение 31. Постаяьте вопросы к выделенным членам предложения.

1 . T his student translates well, (who? how?)2. M y mother works a t a factory, (whose? where?)3. He went to K ie v yesterday, (where? when?)4. She is the best student of our group because she works hard.

(why?)5. They will buy these books tom orrow, (what? when?)6 . 1 like to read newspapers, (what?)7. We saw th is film a month ago. (what? when?)8 . He gave me two interesting books, (whom? how many? what?)

34

XII. БЕССОЮЗНАЯ СВЯЗЬ В АНГЛИЙСКИХ СЛОЖНОПОДЧИНЕННЫХПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯХ

В сложноподчиненных предложениях с придаточными допол­нительными и определительными очень часто имеется бессоюзное подчинение, например:

1. “ I see (that) you a re all righ t,” he said.2. Where are the books (that, which) you bought lor my brother?3. The man (that, whom) you saw in front of the school building is

one of our teachers.

В тех случаях, когда союз (или союзное слово) не просто сое­диняет два предложения, а является членом придаточного предло­жения, он не опускается:

I spoke to a man, who is going to help us. (who — подлежащее придаточного предложения)

She gave me a book in which there was some interesting mate­rial. (in which — обстоятельство места придаточного предложения)

Упражнение 32. Перепишите предложения, опустив союзы, и переве­дите их.

1 . Не will tell us about the journey which he made a month ago.2. 1 see that you know everybody here. 3. Where are the young men whom I saw in the diner? 4. The man that you see there is my uncle. 5. The cigarettes which he bought yesterday are on the table.

X III . АЛЬТЕРНАТИВНЫЕ И РАЗДЕЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ВОПРОСЫ

1. Альтернативный вопрос (Alternative Question) представляет собой два общих вопроса, соединенных союзом ог:

“ Is he a student or a worker?” “ Не is a worker.”Он студент или рабочий? — Он рабочий.Следует запомнить, что вторая часть альтернативного вопроса

— вопрос общего типа, требующий употребления вспомогатель­ного глагола.

“ Will you have a cup of tea or do you prefer coffee?” “ I ’ll have a cup of te a .”

Вы хотите чашку чая или вы предпочитаете кофе? — Я хочу чашку чая.

2. Разделительный вопрос (Disjunctive Question) состоит из двух частей: повествовательного предложения и краткого общего вопроса. Разделительный вопрос требует краткого ответа.

Если повествовательное предложение является утвердительным, то вопрос обычно представляет собой отрицательно-вопроситель­ный оборот, например:

2*

You are a student, aren’t you?Вы студент, не так ли?

Если повествовательное предложение является отрицательным, то вопрос обычно представляет собой утвердительно-вопроситель­ный оборот, например:

You are not a student, are you?Вы не студент, не правда ли?

Вторая часть разделительного вопроса соответствует русскому вопросительному обороту «не правда ли, не так ли», подтверждаю­щему мысль основного предложения или подвергающему ее сом­нению.

Обратите внимание на употребление английских yes и по и сравните с русским утверждением или отрицанием:

You are a student, Yes, I ain. No, I’m not.aren.t you?

Вы студент, не так —Да. (Да, я студент.) Нет. (Нет, я не сту-ли? деит.)

You are not a stu- No, I am not. Yes, I am.dent, are you?

Вы не студент, не — Да. (Не студент.) Нет, я студент, так ли?

\ Ч ч \ J J \Упражнение 33. Ответьте на вопросы,, пользуясь данными образцами;

1. “Do you like lea or coffee?” “ / like coffee."1. Do you want to travel by bus or by train?2. Do wTe take breakfast at home or in the dining-room?3. Do you know English or German?4. Is it possible or impossible to bathe in winter?5. Do they work already'or do they still go to school?

2 . "Does he read quickly or slowly?” “He reads slowly."

1 . Does she play tennis or volley-ball?2. Does he get up early or late in the morning?3. Does it (машина) work well or badly?4. Does he like to go to the cinema or to the theatre?5. Does she sing or does she play the piano?

3. “ W ill you go home by bus or by tram?" “ / shall go home by tram."

1 . Will lie go to see his friend or ring him up?2. Shall we dai\ce or sing songs?3. Will you travel in the Crimea or in the Caucasus?4. Will she study English or French?5. Will she go to the club together with us or will she stay here?

36

4. " D id you meet him in the park or a t the stad iu m ?” “ / m et him a t the stad iu m ."1. Did he translate this or that article?2. Did they work at home or in the library?3. Did she go to the river or to the forest?4. Did you speak to her mother or father?5. Did you take your things or did you leave them at home?

Упражнение 34. Поставьте вопросы по данным образцам и ответьте на них.

1. "Не had an uncle, hadn't he?" "Yes, he had.”1. They met in the train. 2. She knows many songs. 3. They will

travel in summer. 4. They have many friends here. 5. You are glad to see us. 6 . He visited them yesterday.

2. “ They do not J ike foo tba ll, do they?" "No, they don't." “ Y es,they do." ■ м . ' - '■ v I4 | Л 1 ,A

1. She does not speak English well. 2. He}- brother was not ill.3. His friends did not meet him. 4. They will not read her letters.5. Your work is not ready. 6 . Their journey was not dangerous.

Т е к с т \ x j \ •.

OLD COUNTRY ADVICE TO THE AMERICAN TRAVELLER

after W. Saroyan

One day my uncle Melik travelled from Fresno to New York. Be­fore, he got aboard the train his uncle Garro paid him a visit and told him about the dangers of travel.

"When you get on the tra in ,” the old man said, "choose your seat carefully, sit down and do not look about. Several moments after the train begins to move two men in uniforms will come down the aisle and ask you for your ticket. Ignore them. They will be im­postors. Then a young man will come to you and offer you a cigarette.Tell him you don’t smoke. The cigarette will be doped1” .

"On your way to the diner a very beautiful young woman will run into you on purpose and almost embrace you. She will be extreme­ly apologetic and attractive, and your natural wish will be to become friends with her. Don’t do this, go into the diner and eat. If she speaks, pretend to be deaf. That* is the only way out- of the whole trouble.

“ On your way back to your sea t,” the old man continued, "you will pass through the smoker. There you will find a game of cards in progress. One of the players will invite you to join the game. Tell them, " I don’t speak English.”

"Thank you very m uch,” my uncle said.

37

“ One thing more,” the old man went on, “ when you go to bed at night, take your money out of your pocket and put it in your shoe. Put your shoe under the pillow, keep your head on the pillow all night and don't sleep. That is a ll .”

The old man went away and on the next day my uncle Л\е 1 iк got aboard the train and went to New York. The two young men were not impostors, the young man with the doped cigarette did not appear, the beautiful young woman did not sit at his table in the diner and there was no card game in progress in the smoker. My uncle put his money in the shoe and put his shoe under the pillow and put his head on the pillow and did not sleep all night, but the second night he de­cided not to follow his uncle’s advice.

On the second day he himself offered another young man a ciga­rette. In the diner my uncle went to sit at a table with a young lady and long before the train got to New York my uncle knew everybody and everybody knew him. When the train was near Ohio, my uncle, the young man and two young ladies sang American songs together. The journey was a very pleasant one. When my uncle Melik came back from New York, his uncle Garro visited him again.

“ I see you are all righ t.” he said. “ Did you follow my instruc­tions?” “ Yes, s ir ,” my uncle answered. “ I am pleased.” the old man said, “ that someone has profited by my experience3” .

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1 . will be doped — будет отравлена2 . the only way out — единственный выход (из положения)3. someone has profited by my experience — кому-то пригодился

мой опыт

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

run into случайно встретить, наско­чить

ex trem ely adv очень; чрезвычайно apologetic а извиняющийся a t t ra c t iv e а привлекательный na tura l а естественный wish я желаниеbecome friends with smb. подружиться

с кем-л. deaf а глухой the only единственный

• be in p rogress происходить, идти полным ходом

inv i te v приглашать go on продолжать

■ go to bed ложиться спать a t night ночью

on purpose умышленно, нарочно embrace v обнимать, охватывать one day однаждыget v доставать, получать; добраться get aboard (the t r a in , ship) сесть на

(поезд, корабль) get on the tra in сесть на поезд visit v посещать pay smb. a visit нанести визит danger n опасность look about оглядываться по сторонам several pron несколько move v двигаться come (go) down идти вдоль, по to ask smb. for smth. попросить

кого-л. о чем-л. ignore v игнорировать, не обращать

внимания

38

appear v появляться n s t ru c t io n n (обычно pi) указания,long before задолго до наставленияjo u rn e y n путешествие please v делать приятное; lo beto be all right Сыть в порядке pleased быть довольным

someone ргоп кто-то profit v получать выгоду, извлекать

пользу experience я опыт

Имена собственные и географ ические названия

Melik f 'melik] Мелик Garro ['qaerou] Гэроу New York f 'n ju : ' jo :k ] Нью-Йорк Fresno f 'fresnou] Фресно Ohio fou'haiou] Огайо

Упражнение 35. Образуйте существительные от следующих глаголов, пользуясь таблицей важнейших суффиксов в конце учебника, и перевепите их

teach, think, read, write, instruct, move, construct, build, con­tain. skate, swim. joke, paint

Упражнение 36. Определите значение слов с суффиксом -io n по корне­вому слову. Переведите предложения на русский язык

У1 . Не read about exploitation in capitalist countries. 2. Show

me your translation. 3. We have a rare (редкую) collection ot stamps.4. They will follow my instructions. 5. They spoke about education in the country.

Упражнение 37. Переведите со словарем следующие словосочетания:

beautiful picture, careful old man, fruitful work, restless day. careless person, truthful child, faithful friend, fruitless efforts

Упражнение 38. Переведите следующие слова:

Mexican, librarian Russian, Indian. Mongolian, republican. German. Asian

Упражнение 39. Переведите следующие гнезда слов. Обратите вниманиена словообразующие суффиксы и префиксы. Заполните пропуски одним изданных слов

I. care п —caretul а — carefully adv — careless а — carelessly adv

1. Do your work with more ... . 2. Be more ... . 3. If he is ... hewill make many mistakes. 4. Carry the glasses ... . 5. Don’t do your work ... .

2 . danger n — dangerous a — dangerously advI. It was a ... journey. 2. His life is in ... . 3. He is ... ill.

3. experience n — experienced a

1 . He is an ... teacher. 3. Only people with ... understand howdifficult it is to be a good doctor.

4. ignore v — ignorance n — ignorant a1 . She ... his remarks. 2. He was quite ... ; he did not like to read books. 3. If he made so many mistakes it was through his ... .

5. nature n — natural a — naturally adv

1 . They studied ... history. 2. She liked . . . and often spent her vacation in the country. 3. The actors played quite ... .

6 . continue v — continuation n — continuous a1. He intends ... his studies at school for two more years. 2. ... rain troubled me. 3. Turn to page 27 for the ... of this text.

7. invite v — invitation n

1 . ... her to go to the theatre with us. 2. He will send us his ... to his birthday party.

8 . please v — pleasure n — pleasant a1 . His singing gave us much ... . 2. It is difficult ... everybody.3. We like to listen to his ... voice.

Упражнение 40. Найдите в правой колонке русский эквивалент, соот­ветствующий английским словосочетаниям левой колонки.

1 . attractive face2 . natural voice3. beautiful flowers4. pleasant afternoon5. deaf boy6. young woman7. next year

глухой мальчик следующий год приятный день естественный голос привлекательное лицо красивые цветы молодая женщина

Упражнение 41. Переведите данные словосочетания:

1 . Я навещу его; 2 . садиться в поезд; 3. выбери место; 4 . он (поезд) начинает двигаться; 5. мой дядя путешествовал; 6 . не обращай на них внимания; 7. предложить папиросу; 8 . я подружил­ся с ним; 9. они притворились; 10. она проходила через; 11. я приглашу вас; 12. он присоединился к ним; 13. она ложится спать;14. они следовали указаниям.

40

Упражнение 42. Заполните пропуски одним из слов, данных в скобках, и переведите предложения.

1. When my uncle was young he liked ... (travel, to travel).2. ... was slow and dangerous in old days (travel, to travel). 3. He had no ... to go to the country with us (wish, to wish). 4. Do you ... to go by train? (wish, to wish). 5. We decided ... our old uncle on Sun­day (a visit, to visit). 6 . Will it be much ... to do this? (trouble, to trouble). 7. Don’t ... to meet me at the station (trouble, to trou­ble). 8 . We saw a cloud of ... in the distance (smoke, to smoke). 9. Aft­er dinner the old man usually ... one cigarette (smoke, to smoke).10. Children always ... in the afternoon (sleep, to sleep). II. The child talks in his ... (sleep, to sleep). 12. His experience will bring ... to us (profit, to profit). 13. They will ... by his experience (profit, to profit). 14. He usually ... me his help (offer, to offer). 15. I don’t want to accept his ... (offer, to offer).

Упражнение 43. Переведите предложения на русский язык, обращая внимание на выделенные слова.

1 . She hasn’t enough experience to look after little children. 2. Was it natural for him to say he skated when he didn’t? 3. The conductor asked the passengers to g e t aboard. 4. How long did your journey last? 5. I ran into an old friend of mine at the theatre. 6. She is not beautiful, but she is very attractive . 7. He is an extremely strange person, I should say (я бы сказал). 8. I wonder if he did it on pur­pose.- 9. He offered me a lot of books and said I could choose any of them.

Упражнение 44. Переведите слова и словосочетания, стоящие в скобках, пользуясь словами к тексту на стр. 38.

1. When we got on the train a man in a blue uniform (попросил) us for the tickets. 2. “ Everything (в порядке),” he said. 3. (Задолго до того как) the train came to town we (стали друзьями) with him.4. His sister often (ложится спать) very late because she likes to work in quiet (в тишине). 5. My brother often works (ночью). 6 . She is (единственная) daughter in the family. 7. The work isstill (продол­жается) but we shall soon finish it. 8 . They did it (нарочно). 9. I (случайно встретил) him in the street. 10. The students (прошли no) the corridor to the lecture hall. 11. The young woman sat down and (посмотрела вокруг). 12. They wanted (сесть на поезд) to go to Mos­cow. 13. (Однажды) my uncle decided to travel.

Упражнение 45. Вставьте слова и словосочетания из текста вместо слов и словосочетаний, выделенных курсивом.

1. I told her how to do it but she p a id no attention to my instruc­tions. 2. When I arrive in Kiev. I shall go to see my old friend. 3. I

41

am sure that your desire is to make friends with hei. 4 . Last Sunday m yjriends asked me to come to dinner. 5. “ It’s very important for me," he continued. 6. A few moments after the train starts two men in uniforms will come and ask you for your ticket. 7. At the station I accidentally (случайно) m et my fellow-worker. 8 . “ It was a very pleasant trip," he said.

Упражнение 46. Раскройте скобки, переведите заключенные в них гла­голы.

1. His uncle (любил) to travel. 2. Не (не знал) anything about the dangers of travel. 3. You (навестили) your uncle yesterday?4. His natural wish is (подружиться) with her. 5. If you (курите) your seat (будет) in the smoker. 6 . If you (притворитесь) to be deaf she (не будет разговаривать) with you. 7. When she (приедет) to that town she (найдет) many travellers there. 8 . He always (пригла­шает) us to join the game. 9. When he (ложится спать) he (кладет) his watch under the pillow. 10. She (не знает) anybody in this city.11. He often (ездит) to visit his parents. 12. She (не будет петь), with us. 13. He (не последовал) our instructions. 14. The train (на­чал) to move. 15. You (пригласили) her yesterday? 16. It is natural that they (хотят) to become friends with you. 17. You (ответите) my questions?

Упражнение 47. Поставьте к тексту вопросы

1) с вопросительным словом w h o ? (кто)?, например:

Who travelled from Fresno to New York?

2) с вопросительным словом w h e r e ? (где?, куда?), например:

Where did he go one day?

3) с вопросительным словом w h a t? (что?), например:

What did he tell him?

4) с вопросительным словом w h o m ? (кого?, кому?), например:

Whom will you see in the smoker?

5) с вопросительным словом w h e n ? (когда?), например:

When did he sing American songs?

6) с вопросительным словом w h a t? (какой?), например:

What woman did he meet?

7) с вопросительным словом w h y ? (почему?), например:

Why did the uncle visit him?42

Упражнение 48. Напишите краткие и полные ответы на следующие во­просы.

1. Did uncle Garro pay him a visit one day? 2. Did he tell him about the dangers of travel? 3. Will two men in uniforms ask him lor his ticket? 4. Will a young man offer him a cigarette? 5. Does uncle Melik smoke? 6 . Will a young attractive woman speak to him in the train? 7. Is uncle Melik deaf? 8 . Will he pretend to be deaf?9. Did uncle Melik go to New York? 10. Did a young woman sit at his table? 11. Did he put his money in the shoe? 12. Did he sleep at night? 13. Was the train near New York when uncle Melik began to sing? 14. Was the journey a pleasant one? 15. Was uncle Garro pleased? 16. Did uncle Melik follow his instructions?

Упражнение 49. Заполните пропуски предлогами и наречиями в тех случаях, когда это необходимо.

1 . Why didn’t you tell us ... the dangers ... this travel? 2. Ask him ... a sheet of paper. 3. When 1 was going along the street I ran

my brother. 4. You must do it, because i t ’s the only way ... .5. One ... my friends invited me to join ... them. 6 . Take your book your bag and put it ... the table. 7. I know that you are doingit ...purpose. 8 . Last year we travelled ... Moscow... Odessa. 9. The train came and we got ... . 10. ... my way ... the University I called at the bookstore, if . “ When you come there,” my mother went ... , “ don’t look ... . go straight ... your sea t.” 12. ... the next day Iwent ... the diner and sat ......... the table. 13. Did you becomefriends ... this family? 14. The building ... a new theatre is ... progress ... our town.

Упражнение 50. Составьте вопросы, используя следующие словосо- метания-

1 . to pay somebody a visit; 2. on purpose; 3. to go to bed;4. the only; 5. to become friends; 6 . to be pleased; 7. to get on the train; 8 . at night

Упражнение 51. Переведите следующие предложения:

1 . Я умышленно рассказал тебе об опасностях этого путеше­ствия. Я надеюсь, что тебе пригодится мой опыт, и ты избежишь (to avoid) их. 2. В прошлом году я подружилась с чрезвычайно привлекательной девушкой, единственной дочерью хозяйки (the owner) моей квартиры. Вчера я получила от нее письмо, в котором она просила меня приехать к ней (навестить ее). Я купила билет, села в поезд и ночью приехала в город N.^3. Когда я добрался до стадиона, футбольный матч был в полном разгаре. Я огляделся по сторонам и нашел одно свободное место. 4. У меня нет никакого

43

желания приглашать товарища Петрова. Он очень неприятный человек. 5. Послушайся моего совета и ложись спать. Завтра все будет в порядке. 6 . Я случайно встретил своего школьного това­рища на улице, но он притворился, что не видит меня, и не обра­тил на меня никакого внимания.

A .: What time do you get up as a rule?B.: I get up generally at about half past seven.A .: Wny so early?B.: Because I usually catch an early train up to town.A .\ Do you always go up by train ?B.: No, not always.A '•: jHow do you go if you don’t go by train?В .: By bus or tram.A.: When do you get to the office?B.\ As a rule, I get there about nine o ’clock.A ,: Do you stay in town all day?B.: Sometimes I do, and sometimes 1 don’t.A .: You are not in town all day and every day?B.: No, sometimes I get back after lunch.A .: Will you go by train this morning?B .: I think so: if I wait for a bus. I shall be late. Good-bye.A .: Good-bye.

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

» to get up вставать a l te r breakfast (lunch, d in n e r ,as a ru le как правило supper) после завтрака (после вто-about около рого завтрака, обеда, ужина)

to tow n, in town в город, в городе to be late (for) опаздывать, to go by tra in , by bus. by tram,

by m etro (by the underground)ехать на поезде, в автобусе, трам­вае, метро

Упражнение 52. Закончите предложения, пользуясь следующими об­разцами:

Д И А Л О Г

, to catch a tra in сесть на поезд lo wait for ожидать, ждать

1 . W h a t t im e do you g e t up?

В котором часу

он идет на станцию> она приезжает в учреждение? они начинают урок? вы заканчиваете работу?

44

2. a rule I get up at 7 o'clock

Как правило,

он занимается вечером, они приходят домой рано, она помогает брату готовиться

к урокам, я езжу на метро

3. A f te r lu n ch / sometimes ge t back.он любит читать газету, он уходит из дома, они идут в школу, она отдыхает.

После второго завтрака

4. A b o u t 9 o 'c lo c k / g e t to the office.он был на станции.

Около 9 часов она села на поезд, я пришел в библиотеку, мы пошли на каток.

5. Н е w a s la te f o r the conference.| лекцию.

Он опоздал на j урок.I концерт.

6. 1 s h a l l w a i t f o r him a t the station.< ее в библиотеке в 7 часов.I вас здесь I автобус.I его друзей на автобусной остановке.

Я подожду

ДО П О Л Н И Т Е Л ЬН Ы Е РАЗГОВОРНЫЕ МОДЕЛИ

1 . What is your (his, her) name? My name i s . . .

2. How old are you?I am twenty. |1 am twenty years old. |

3. Are you married?Yes, 1 am.No, I am not.

4. What are you?1 am a student.Who is he (she)?He is Ivanov.

Как вас зовут?Меня зовут...Сколько вам лет?

Мне двадцать (лет).Вы женаты (замужем)? Да.Нет.Кто b u j Я студент.Кто он (она)?Это Иванов

45

Б. Have you parents?Yes, I have.No, I haven’t.I have a father and a moth­er.

6 . What Institute do you study at?I study at the University.I am a first-year student of the History Faculty.

7. In what year did you lin- ish school?I finished school in 1958.

8 . What is your occupation?I work at a factory (an of­fice).

9. I am on leave now1 am on business here.

10. Where do you live?I live in Kiev.1 live in N. street.I live in a two-room flat.

У вас есть родители?Да.Нет.У меня есть отец и мать.

В каком институте вы учитесь?

Я учусь в университете.Я на I курсе исторического фа­

культета.В каком году вы окончили

школу?Я окончил школу в 1958 году. Чем вы занимаетесь?Я работаю на фабрике (в уч­

реждении).Я сейчас в отпуске.Я здесь в командировке.Где вы живете?Я живу в Киеве.Я живу на улице Н.Я живу в двухкомнатной квар­

тире.

Текст для перевода

Under1 Tsarism, the peoples of Central Asian republics experi­enced a double exploitation : colonial, by Tsarist Russia, and feudal, by the local national feudal lords. This is why, prior to the October Socialist revolution, these nations were backward both economically and2 culturally. Before the October revolution only from a half to two per cent3 of the population of Central Asia was literate. The pub­lic health service was at anextrem ely low level. The position of wom­en was a difficult one. They had no rights.

After the October revolution, socialist reforms changed radical­ly the lives of the people of the five Asian republics. Industry appear­ed, cities grew, agriculture flourished, and with these came univer­sities, national academies of sciences, and scientists, engineers, teachers and physicians from among the nationals.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1 . under — при (under capitalism, under socialism)2 . both ... and — (сочинительный парный союз) н...и, как... так и3. per cent — процент

46

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

experience v испытать double а двойной local а местный this is why вот почему

backward а отсталый population п население public а общественный level п уровень

Упражнение 53. Переведитг предложения, обращая внимание на вы­деленные слова.

I. This actress came to Moscow irom one of the small towns of our country where she worked at the local theatre. 2. London is one of the largest cities in the world. Its population is over 8 million people. 3. When it is raining for a long time, the level in this river is very high. 4. 1 was not well yesterday. That uas w hy I could not come. 5. P ublic organizations play a very important part in our country 6. Under socialism all power belongs to working people.

Упражнение 54. Употребите в следующих предложениях парный союз b o th ... a n d и переведите предложения на русский язык.

M y friend and / went to the theatre yesterday.B o th my friend a n d / went to the theatre yesterday.

1 . I shall bring you books and magazines. 2. He liked this film and the other one. 3. Uncle Sam and Mary enjoyed the play ..4. The work was difficult and unpleasant. 5. We can speak and write English. 6 . My brother and the two girls sang old English songs together. 7. They played football and tennis yesterday.8 . This woman was young and pretty.

Упражнение 55. Переведите предложения на русский язык, обращая внимание на неопределенно-личное местоимение one.

1. This pencil is longer than that one. 2. I don’t like this book. Give me another one. 3. One must know everything about this writ­er. 4. I lost rny pen and had to buy a new one. 5. One must know the history of one’s own country. 6 . I have no English textbook. I must get one. 7. When one doesn’t know grammar one often makes mis­takes. 8 . I liked this story much better than the one you told us yester­day

Упражнение 56. Переведите предложения на английский язык.

I. При царизме трудящиеся не имели никаких прав. 2. Царская Россия была отсталой страной. 3. После Октябрьской революции в республиках Средней Азии развилась промышленность и сель­ское хозяйство. 4. Теперь население этих республик грамотное.

47

5. В нашей стране нет эксплуатации. 6 . В Советском Союзе женщины имеют равные права с мужчинами. 7. Жизнь трудящихся измени­лась после Великой Октябрьской социалистической революции.

МАТЕРИАЛ ДЛЯ ЧТЕНИЯ И ПЕРЕСКАЗА

I. The Painter and the Banker

A rich London banker asked a well-known painter to do a little thing for his album. The painter did it and asked one hundred pounds.

“ W hy,” cried the banker, ' ‘ it took you only five minutes to do i t . ”

"Y e s ,” answered the painter, “ but it took me twenty years to learn how to do it in five m inutes.”

II . He Shot them A ll

There was a traveller who liked to boast (хвастаться) very much. One day he said to his friend: shot tigers in Africa.”

“ I t ’s a lie ,” answered his friend. “ There are no tigers in Africa.” “ Right you are. I shot them a ll .”

III. She was a Star PupilOnce a school-girl was at a dinner party. At table she was next

to a famous astronomer and decided to talk to him.“ What do you do in life?” she asked.“ 1 study astronomy,” he answered.“ Dear me (неужели)!” cried the young girl. “ I finished astron­

omy last year.”

Упражнение 57. Перескажите каждый из рассказов, давая полные от­веты на следующие вопросы:

I. 1. What did a rich London banker ask a well-known painter to do? 2. How much money did the painter ask for his little picture?3. Why was the banker surprised? 4. What was the pain ter’s answer?

II. 1. Who liked to boast very much? 2. What did he say to his friend one day? 3. Did the friend believe him? 4. What did the trav­eller answer his friend?

III. 1. Where was a school-girl once? 2. Who was next to her at table? 3. What did she decide to do? 4. What did she ask the astron­omer? 5. What was his answer? (5. Was the girl clever? 7. What did she cry?

LESSON TWO

(The Second Lesson)

Г р а м м а т и к а :1. Отглагольное существительное. (Verbal Noun).2. Степени сравнения прилагательных и наречий.3 Субстантивированные прилагательные.4. Модальные глаголы can (could), may (m ight) , must, need,

ought ( to ) , shall (should) и их эквиваленты to be able (to), to have (to), to be. to be allowed (to), will (would).

о. Безличные предложения.

Т е к с т : A Visit to the Big House after P . Abrahams.

I. ОТГЛАГОЛЬНОЕ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ (VERBAL NOUN)

Отглагольное существительное в английском языке образует­ся, как правило, прибавлением суффикса -in^ к основе глагола, например:

read-Ьing ^ re a d in g чтение

В предложении оно употребляется как обычное существитель­ное и имеет те же характерные признаки (окончание -s во множе­ственном числе, артикли и т. д.).

Упражнение 1. Переведите следующие отглагольные существительные:

waiting, reading, beating, retelling, burning, building, skating, swimming, shining

Упражнение 2. Заполните пропуски, используя отглагольные суще­ствительные, данные курсивом. Переведите предложения.

beating, singing, beginning, reading, rising, crying

1. At the ... of the journey he was very careful.2. He could hear the loud ... of his heart.

3. We liked her ... .4. We could see the ... of the sun.5. Her good ... pleased everybody.6 . I tried to stop the ... of the child.

fl. СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ И НАРЕЧИЙ

а) Односложных

Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная

shortbrightly

short-ег b r igh t-e r

( the) shortest brightest

б) Двусложных, многосложных

Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная

difficultseldom

more difficult more seldom

(the) most difficult most seldom

Запомните следующие прилагательные и наречия которые образуют степени сравнения от других корней.

Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная

Прилагательные Наречия

good well better (the) best best*

bad badly worse (the) worst worst*

much

many

much more (the) most most*

li t t le li tt le less (the) least least*

* Со следующими наречиями в превосходной степени артикль не упот­ребляется.

50

. ( older — (the) oldest( elder — (the) eldest

Формы elder — eldest употребляются, когда речь идет о чле­нах одной семьи, например:

My elder sisterМоя старшая сестра My eldest son Мой старший сын

Наречие и прилагательное far также имеет два ряда степеней сравнения.

Сравните:I farther — (the) farthest более (самый) отдаленный

,ar I further — furthest более (самый) отдаленный, даль­нейший, добавочный; далее

При сравнении степени качества одного предмета со степенью качества другого употребляется союз than чем, например:

This room is larger than that.Эта комната больше, чем та (больше той).

При сравнении двух предметов одинакового качества употреб­ляется союз as ... as так же ... как, такой же ... как.

Прилагательное в положительной степени ставится между as...as.

This book is as interesting as that.Эта книга такая же интересная, как и та.

В отрицательных предложениях употребляется союз not so...as не так ... как, не такой ... как, например

This room is not so light as that.Эта комната не такая светлая, как та.

Прилагательное o l d имеет два ряда степеней сравнения:

Упражнение 3. Найдите в колонке справа английское предложение, соотпегствующее каждому русскому предложению левой колонки.

1 . Мой брат моложе меня. They are not so busy as we are.2. Это самая маленькая ком- My brother is younger than I.

ната в нашей квартире.

51

3. Крым — одно из лучших мест для отдыха.

4. Он плавает так же хорошо, как и я.

5. У него было больше сво­бодного времени, чем у нее.

6 . Какая из этих книг самая интересная?

7. Его работа не такая труд­ная, как моя.

8. Сегодня он чувствует себя гораздо хуже.

9. В море плавать легче, чем в реке.

10. Петр — самый старший в семье.

11. У нее не так много оши­бок, как у вас.

12. Они не так заняты, как мы.

many mistakesShe has not so as you have.

This is the smallest room in our flat.

He feels much worse today.

He had more spare time than she had.

Which of these books is the most interesting?

He swims as well as I do.

Peter is the eldest in his fam­ily.

It is easier to swim in the sea than in the river.

The Crimea is one of the best places to rest.

His work is not so difficult as mine.

Упражнение 4. Переведите следующие предложения:

1. What is your height (рост)? You are taller than me. 2. She felt as strong as her brother. 3. We started earlier than you. 4. He was more careful than I. 5. This student is the most attentive in our group. 6 . I need more money. 7. He is less tired. 8 . He was one of the most experienced workers at the factory. 9. Better late than never.10. She was not so attractive as her mother. 11. Do it quicker! 12. Read further! 13. Don’t go farther! 14. He was the eldest in the family.

II I . СУБСТАНТИВИРОВАННЫЕ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫЕ

Прилагательные, употребляемые в значении существительных, называются субстантивированными прилагательными. Они обо­значают категории лиц, обладающих одним и тем же признаком, имеют значенне только множественного числа (не принимая окон­чания -s) и употребляются только с определенным артиклем, напри­мер, the rich, the poor, the coloured, the unemployed (богатые, бед­ные, цветные, безработные). Богатый человек (богатые люди) переводится на английский язык как a rich man (rich people).

IV. МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ

Модальные глаголы отличаются от других глаголов следующим:1) Не имеют формы инфинитива.2) Не могут самостоятельно употребляться в предложении.

52

3) Инфинитив, следующий за модальным глаголом, употреб­ляется без частицы to*.

Не must go there.

4) Не имеют окончания -s в 3-ем лице ед. числа настоящего- времени.

Не must write a letter.

5) Образуют вопросительную и отрицательную формы без вспомогательного глагола.

Must she go there?She can’t stay there.

Глаголы, выражающие долженствование, и их эквиваленты

1. Must должен, нужно означает долженствование или необ­ходимость (обычно внутренне сознаваемую) произвести действие, выраженное инфинитивом последующего глагола без частицы to, например:

Не must do it (today).Он должен это сделать (сегодня).

Глагол must может иметь значение вероятности, возможности действия и переводиться на русский язык должно быть, вероятно.

She must be at home now.Она сейчас, должно быть, дома.

Употребленный с отрицанием, глагол must выражает запре­щение. Для выражения отсутствия необходимости употребляется! needn't не нужно, не надо:

Must we read the text?Должны мы читать текст?Yes, you must.Да, вы должны.No, you needn’t.Нет, не нужно (в этом нет необходимости).May I read the text?Я могу прочесть текст?No, you must not (m ustn’t).Нет, нельзя (запрещается).

Т о ,h a v e .(to )— эквивалент глагола must. Модальное значение- глагола to have (to) — необходимость, вынужденность выполне­ния действия (должен, вынужден, приходится), например:

*Кроме глагола ought.

53-

He has to go there.Он вынужден (ему приходится) идти туда

Глагол to have (to) в отличие от неизменяемого глагола must употребляется и в Past и Future Indefinite.

Не had to go there.Он должен был пойти туда.

Не w ill have to go there.Он должен будет пойти туда.

Вопросительные и отрицательные предложения с модальным глаголом to have (to) обычно образуются с помощью вспомога­тельного глагола to do.

You don’t have to wait for him.Вам нет необходимости ждать его.

То be (to) — эквивалент модального глагола must. В отличие от must и to have (to) выражает необходимость совершения дей­ствия в связи с договоренностью, планом, программой. На русский язык этот глагол переводится не только словом должен, но также и словом предстоит, например:

Не is to make a report tomorrow.Завтра ему предстоит делать доклад.

Форма настоящего, времени модального глагола to be (to) от­носит действие к будущему.

Shall со 2-ым и 3-им лицом ед. и мн. числа выражает убежден­ность в необходимости совершения действия. В русском языке зна­чение глагола shall передается словами: должен, обязательно, непременно.

Не shall go with из.Он должен поехать с нами.

Глагол shall употребляется в вопросительной форме с 1-ым и 3-им лицом ед. и мн. числа. В этом случае говорящего интересует мнение собеседника относительно необходимости совершения дей­ствия.

Shall I read turther?Читать дальше?

Should подобно must в сочетании с lndetinite Infinitive выра­жает необходимость, моральный долг, но в менее категорической форме и с оттенком совета. В этих значениях should употребляет­ся во всех лицах ед. и ми. числа.

You should work more at your sounds.Вам следует больше работать над звуками.

54

Ought(to) в сочетании с Indefinite Infinitive выражает необ­ходимость совершенна действия в настоящем или будущем и имеет следующие оттенки этого значения:

1) целесообразность действия, например:

Perhaps she oughtn’t to work in the kindergarten, she is too nervous.

Возможно, ей не стоит (не следует) работать в детском саду, она слишком нервная.

2) необходимость совершения действия, которое нужно совер­шить в силу морального долга или обязательства:

You ought to visit your sick friend.Вы обязаны (ваш долг) навестить больного друга.

3 ) в сочетании с местоимениями 2 -го и 3-го лица глагол ought используется для выражения совета или вежливого приказа со­вершить действие:

You ought to consult a doctor.Вам следует посоветоваться с врачом.

Need как модальный глагол в сочетании с Indefinite Infinitive выражает наличие или отсутствие необходимости совершения дей­ствия в настоящем или будущем времени. Обычно употребляется в вопросительной и отрицательной форме, например:

Need he go there immediately?Нужно ли ему идти туда немедленно?

Не needn’t go there immediately.Ему не нужно (нет необходимости) идти туда немедленно.

Упражнение 5. Найдите в колонке справа соответствующее русское предложение.

1 . She must be at home now.2. His English is very poor,

he should study better.

3. I had to cook dinner afterwork.

4. Will you have to get up ear­ly tomorrow?

5. He was to make a report atthe conference yesterday.

6. There was to b ean interest­ing concert at our club lastnight.

Вам не нужно ждать его.Нам нужно сделать эту работу

сегодня, так как завтра мы будем заняты.

Сейчас она должна быть дома.

Он очень слабо знает англий­ский, ему следует лучше ра­ботать.

Мне пришлось готовить обед после работы.

Вам придется завтра рано вста­вать?

5 5

7. He is to come here at 5 o’clock.

8 . You needn’t get up early tomorrow.

9. They must work better to pass their examinations.

10. You must not run so fast.

11. We have to do this work today, because we shall be busy tomorrow.

12. You needn’t wait for him.13. He ought to help you.14. May be he ought to show

his article to you first.15. Shall 1 send for the doctor?

16. You oughtn’t to speak to your neighbours in the din­er.

•17. They shall come here at II o’clock.

Вчера на конференции он дол­жен был сделать доклад.

Вчера вечером в нашем клубе должен был состояться ин­тересный концерт.

Он должен придти сюда в 5 часов.

Они должны работать лучше, чтобы сдать экзамены.

Вам нет необходимости вста­вать завтра рано.

Вам нельзя бегать так быстро.Он должен помочь вам.Они непременно придут сюда в

11 часовМожет быть, ему следует сна­

чала вам показать статью.Послать за врачом?

Вам не следует разговаривать с соседями в вагоне-ресто­ране.

Упражнение 6. Переведите предложения на английский язык, пользуясь данным образцом:

I. Не m u s t go there.M u s t he go there?He n e e d n o t go there.

Он должен Должен ли он...?Он не должен (ему не нужно)

знать о ее приезде, торопиться, сам купить билет, ходить пешком (to walk) каждое

утро.играть с ними в теннис.

2 . Не h a d to open the window.D id he h a v e to open the w indow?He d id n o t h a v e to open the window.

Он вынужден был Должен ли он был ...? Он не должен был

встретить нас на станции пойти в библиотеку, следовать его указаниям, прийти рано, поговорить с ним вчера.

66

3. He s h o u ld try to do i t again.S h o u ld he try to do i t again ?He s h o u ld not try to do i t again.

говорить громко.Ему следует Следует ли ему ...?Ему не следует

путешествовать, остаться в городе, помнить об этой поездке, вставать в 7 часов.

Он обязан

4. Не o u g h t to spend the evening w ith you.знать об этом больше, чем он

знает, заботиться о детях, слушать внимательно.

5. Не i s (w a s ) to read his new novel on Sunday.поехать в Ленинград по делам, позвонить мне в 5 часов, присоединиться к ним на станции, посоветоваться с доктором, заботиться о детях, гулять каждый день.

6. Не s h a l l make the report.представить ее своим друзьям, поговорить с директором сделать этот перевод, написать им о своей болезни.

Он должен Он должен

был

Он (обязательно,непременно) должен

7. S h a ll I (we) buy the tickets?Сказать вам, куда он поехал?Послать за такси?Купить хлеба?Огкрыть окно?

Глаголы, выражающие физическую возможность или умение произвести действие

Сап (могу, умею) означает физическую возможность или уме­ние произвести действие в настоящем или будущем времени, вы­раженное инфинитивом последующего глагола сез частицы to, напри.уер:

The child can alieady walk.Ребенок уяе может ходить.I can do that for you.Я могу сделать это для вас.I can speak English.Я умею говорить по-английски.

57

В отрицательной форме отрицание not сливается с глаголом сап образуя cannot (сокращенная форма can’t), наприкер:

Не cannot read German.Он не умеет читать по-немецки.

Глагол сап имеет форму прошедшего времени — could. Эк­вивалентом глагола сап в значении физической возможности яв­ляется to be able to... быть в состоянии, который употребляется в настоящем, прошедшем и будущем времени.

Are you able to walk fast?Ты можешь идти быстро?Were you able to walk fast?Ты мог идти быстро?W ill you be able to walk last?Ты сможешь идти быстро?

Упражнение 7. Закончите предложения, пользуясь данными образцами:

1 . Не cart work.C a n he work?Не c a n n o t work.

двигаться. &находиться в вагоне для курящих, предложить им папиросы, сесть на десятичасовой поезд, предупредить их об опасности, молчать.поехать с ними в город.

2 . Не cou ld , go to bed earlier.C o u ld he go to bed earlier?He c o u ld n o t go to bad earlier.

случайно встретить ее на улице, подружиться с ним в Крыму, последовать за ними, притвориться глухим, положить ручку в карман, положить туда свои вещи.

3. Не w i l l b e a b le to read English books.W il l he b e a b le to read E nglish books?He w i l l n o t b e a b le to read English books.

кататься на коньках через ме­сяц. ,

? пообедать с нами.1 добраться до города до утра.

найти дорогу домой.| услышать нас.

Он может Может ли о н ...? Он не может

Он мог Мог ли он ...? Он не мог

Он сможет Сможет ли он Он не сможет

58

May выражает разрешение выполнить действие.

May I come in?Могу я (Можно мне) войти?

З а п о м н и т е , что в английском языке на вопрос такого типа обычно отвечают: Yes, do please.

Помимо этого значения глагол may выражает также предполо­жение, вероятность совершения действия.

They may come tomorrow.Они, возможно, приедут завтра.Они могут приехать завтра. (Но могут и не приехать.)

Глагол may имеет форму прошедшего времени — might. Эк­вивалентом глагола may в значении разрешения является модальный оборот to be allowed (to) иметь разреш ение. Обычно он употреб­ляется для выражения разрешения в прошедшем и будущем вре­мени.

Не was allowed to come here.Ему разрешили (он смог) прийти сюда.

Не w ill be allowed to come here.Ему разрешат (он сможет) прийти сюда.

Упражнение 8. Переведите предложения на русский язык:

1. You may take any book tor your report. 2. He may come here for consultation at any time in the evening. 3. “ May I ask you?” “ Yes. do please.” 4. The train may arrive in a minute. 5. He may be here at any moment. 6 . May I ask you to explain this rule once more? 7. He may not get the telegram in time.

Упражнение 9. Переведите на английский язык предложения, поль­зуясь данными образцами:

1. Не m a y take т у book.

I пойти домой раньше, выпить эту воду, уже ходить в институт, спросить ее об этом.

2 . Не m a y come tomorrow

написать (напишет) нам. тоже купить (купит) эту книгу, пригласить (пригласит) нас

в театр, приехать (приедет) через не­

сколько дней, сделать (сделает) это сам.

Он может (возможно, он)

59

W ill (прошедшее время would) употребляется в качестве мо­дального глагола и выражает желание, согласие, готовность, ре­шимость совершить действие. У

I w ill do it straight away.Я хочу сделать это немедленно.If you will take my advice I shall be very glad.Я буду рад, если вы согласны (готовы) последовать моему

совету. (В данном предложении глагол w ill — модальный гла­гол, а не форма будущего времени.)

В отрицательном предложении глагол w ill (would) означает упорное нежелание, отказ выполнить какое-либо действие.

I will do nothing more.Я больше ничего не буду делать.1 asked him to go home, but he w ouldn’t obey.Я просила его идти домой, но он не хотел слушаться.

В вопросительном или вопросительно-отрицательном предло­жении глагол w ill (would) выражает просьбу или вежливое пред­ложение что-то сделать.

W ill you sit down? (Won’t you sit down?)Садитесь, пожалуйста.Would you kindly tell me ...He могли бы вы сказать мне...

Форма would передает меньшую уверенность говорящего в том, что его просьба будет выполнена или предложение будет при­нято.

Упражнение 10. Найдите в колонке справа соответствующее русское предложение

1 . You needn’t hurry so much.

2. He had to visit you yester­day.

3. She may go to bed late.

4. They are to come tomorrow.5. I cannot play chess.

6 “May 1 take your pen?” “No, you m ustn’t . ”

7. He could not move.

Он должен был навестить вас вчера.

Я не умею играть в шахматы.

Можно мне взять вашу ручку?— Нет, нельзяОн не мог двигаться.Сможете ли вы окончить игру \

через час?Ей не следует бежать так

быстро.Они должны помочь ей понять '

новый материал.

6 0

8 . Will you be able to finish the game in an hour?

9. She should not run so quickly.

10. They ought to help her un­derstand the new material.

11. She wanted to talk to me, but I wouldn’t listen to.

1 2 . 1 will not write another word.

13. He always wore his uniform but he might put on his ordinary clothes too.

14. Your son ought to be among other children.

15. Won’t you have a smoke?

16. 1 want to help him and 1 will.

17. Shall I wait for you here?

18. You oughtn’t to work so late.19. They shall j'oin us on the

way there.20. He ought to attend (занять­

ся) to the documents him­self.

Вам нет необходимости так спе­шить.

Они должны приехать завтра.

Возможно, она ляжет спать поздно.

Я ничего не желаю больше пи­сать.

Вашему сыну следует быть сре­ди других детей.

Я хочу ему помочь и помогу.

Вы не должны работать так поздно.

Он должен сам заняться доку­ментами.

Она хотела поговорить со мной, но я не хотел и слушать.

На нем всегда был его формен­ный костюм, но он также мог носить и свою обычную одеж- ДУ-

Не хотите ли покурить?Подождать вас здесь?

Они непременно присоединятся к нам по дороге туда.

V. БЕЗЛИЧНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ

Русским безличным предложениям типа: Холодно. Темно, со­ответствуют в английском языке безличные предложения типа: И is cold. It is dark, ( i t — безличное местоимение, являющееся подлежащим, is c o ld — составное сказуемое).

Так же строятся предложения, начинающиеся со слов Т рудно..., Невозможно..., Важно... и т. д.

It is difficult to decide what to do.Трудно решить, что делать.

It is impossible to help him.Невозможно помочь ему.

It is important to be present at every lesson.Важно присутствовать на каждом уроке.

Cl

Русским предложениям: Идет дождь, Идет снег соответствуют в английском языке безличные предложения, где подлежащим является безличное местоимение it, а сказуемым — безличный гла­гол tp rain, to snow в соответствующем времени.

It rains in autumn.Осенью идет дождь. ^

Does it rain in autumn?Идет ли осенью дождь?

It does not rain in winter.Зимой не идет дождь.

Упражнение 11. Переведите слова, данные в скобках.

I. (Тепло) in the room. 2. (Было темно) in the street. 3. (Невоз­можно) to forget it. 4. (Было трудно) for him to skate. 5. (Шел снег) yesterday. 6. (Пойдет дождь) in a minute. 7. (Интересно) to listen to him. 8. (Было уже темно) and he turned on the light. 9. (Будет ли легко) for him to work in the morning ? 10. (Было жарко) in the sun and they sat down under a tree. 11. (Так холодно) outside that I think that (будет идти снег) tomorrow. 12. (Будет интересно) to see this film.

Т е к с т

A VISIT TO THE BIG HOUSE

after P . Abrahams

Lanny stepped past Sam. A big man sat at a table at the far side of the room. His beard was as red as the hair on his head. He said “ You can go now, Sam .” The big man at the table did not move or look up what seemed ages to Lanny1. Lanny could hear the beating of.his heart.

Gert Villier raised his eyes and looked at him. “ So you are Lanny Sw artz,” Gert Villier said finally. Lanny remained silent.

“ C an’t you speak, m an?” Villier roared suddenly.“ What am I to say?” Lanny asked softly.“ You are going to start a school2 here, 1 understand.”“ At Stilleveld ... Yes.” ,“ On whose property will the school be?”“ Stilleveld is government property3. ” 'Villier got up and walked towards Lanny.“ And who do you think you are to make plans and not to

consult me or other Europeans around here?”“ We яге not slaves.” '

62

••Oh,” Villier exclaimed. “ An independent man, 1 see. You are proud. You feel as good as any man ... We don’t like that sort of spirit here, Mister Swartz. 1 want to warn you now and I never warn more than once. 1 don’t care if you have all the educaion authoritiesin the world behind you.4 If you make one wrong step you will getmore trouble than is good for any man5 ”

Villier went back to his chair and took up his original position. “ You may go,” he said.Lanny went out. He passed the outhouses. He could see the out­

lines of Stilleveld to his right.Then quite suddenly two dark figures rose in front of him. Some­

thing hard sank into the pit of his stomach...8The dog found.the still figure of Lanny and stood over him till

Sarie Villier came up. The young woman bent down and raised his head. Lanny opened his eyes. Painfully he got up.

“ What happened?”“ I don’t know. They suddenly jumped on m e.”“ Did you quarrel with uncle Gert?”“ No. He quarreled with m e.”

She was silent for a while, then she asked:“ Does it hurt much?”“ No, i t ’s all right now. I t ’s lucky you came along. I ’ll go along

now. Thank you very m uch.”“ You can wash your face in out kitchen ” Sane suggested. “ Gert

never comes into the kitchen. It will be quite all right and then your mother needn’t know.”

They walked back to the big house. Sarie gave Lanny a bowl ol water. She wanted to help him dust the back of the jacket. But something held her back. She was white and he was coloured. It was hard, though, to remember it all the time. He didn’t behave as though he were coloured'.*She had to force it into her mind" in order to remember it all the time.

And now. should she give him a towel to wipe his lace? She gave him her own hand towel.

“ Is it education that makes you behave as you do?” she asked. Lanny understood her. He smiled.

“ Yes, it is partly education.”“ Are there many others like you?” 9“ Yes. You see the colour bar10 is not so strong in the Cape.11 “ Do they treat the coloured people like white people there?” “ Some of them — yes.”

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. what seemed ages to Lanny — и это показалось Лэнн-и вечно­стью.

2. to start a school — открыть школу

63

3. government property — собственность правительства, государ­ственная собственностьВ английском языке существительное, стоящее перед другим

существительным, выполняет функцию определения, например:

4. 1 don’t care if you have all the education authorities in the world behind you. Мне наплевать, что тебя поддерживают все отделы народного образования.

5. than is good for any man — что хватит для любого человека6. Something hard sank into the pit of his stomach ...\— Что-то

твердое ударило его в низ живота...7. Не didn’t behave as though he were coloured — Он вел себя так,

как будто он не был цветным8. She had to force it into her mind ... — Ей приходилось застав­

лять себя думать так (внушать себе)...9. Are there many others like you? —А таких, как ты, много? (букв.

А много других, подобных тебе?)Здесь others — мн. число от other. Помимо категории числа

слово other имеет два падежа: общий и притяжательный: theothers’ things — вещи других.

Местоимение another имеет два значения: 1) другой и 2) еще един.

1) Не went to another place.Он поехал в другое место.

2) She did not want to stay another week in the country.Она не хотела остаться в деревне еще на одну неделю.

10. colour bar — цветной барьер, т. е. ограничение прав цветного населения

11. the Cape (Cape Town) — Кейптаун

look up v смотреть вверх, поднимать be going to do sm th . собираться.

hand tow el— полотенце-для рук pen knife — перочинный нож silk dress — шелковое платье

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

s tep v шагать, идти; п шаг past adv мимо

roar v реветь рычать, орать; п рев softly adv тихо, мягко

глаза age п векages pi долгий век, вечность beating п биение, стук

намереваться что-либо сделать p roper ty п собственность consult и советоваться с European п европеец

finally adv наконец, в конце концов slave п рабra ise v подниматьlook (at) v смотреть (на)rem ain и оставаться; rem ain

exclaim v восклицать independent а самостоятельный; не­

зависимый(be) s i len t сохранять молчание proud а гордый

04

warn о предупреждать behind adv сзади, позади original а первоначальный right а правый

to the right направо, Справа to the left налево, слёва

sink (sank, sunk) v погружаться come up о подходить bend (bent, b en t) v сгибать(ся);

наклонять(ся) painfully adv мучительно, болезненно quarre l v ссориться come along v идти go a long v идти, торопиться

suggest v предлагать dust v отряхнуть, стряхнуть hold (held, held) v держать;1ю№

back v сдерживать(ся), удержи­вать

coloured n цветной force v заставлять, принуждать behave v вести себя, поступать in o rd e r to для того чтобы to make smb. do smth. заставить

кого-либо сделать что-либо pa r t ly adv частично some of некоторые из

Имена собственные и

Lanny Sw arts f 'laoni'swoits) Лэнни Сварц

Sam [saem| СэмGert V ill ier [ 'd j a . ’ t 'v i l j a l Герт

Вильер

географические названия

Sarie (sasri) СариCape (Cape Town) [ 'k e ip ' ta u n ) Кейп

таунSt i 11 с veld [ 's t ilveld] Стиллекельд

Упражнение 12. Образуйте существительные от • данных глаголов, пользуясь таблицей важнейших суффиксов в конце учебника, стр. 335 и пе­реведите их.

improve (улучшать), move (двигать), treat (обращаться), agree (соглашаться), develop (развивать), employ (нанимать), achieve (достигать), accomplish (завершать)

Упражнение 13. Определите, от каких существительных образованы следующие прилагательные и переведите их:

original, formal, natural, cultural, personal

Упражнение 14. Переведите следующие гнезда слов. Обратите внима­ние на словообразующие суффиксы и префиксы. Заполните пропуски одним из данных слов.

1 behave v — behaviour п1. The child ... badly and nobody liked him. 2. He got a bad mark for his ... at school.

2. colour v — colour n — colourless a

1. There isn’t enough ... in the picture. 2. What a ... story he told me yesterdayl 3. The workers began ... the walls.

3. dust v — dust n — dusty a

1. When it rains there will be no ... in the street. 2. The grass and the road were ... .3 . She began ... the table, chairs and other things. 4. 1 want ... this cake with sugar.

3— 1312 65

\

4. exclaim v — exclamation n — exclamatory a

1. “ What a nice picture!” he ... . 2. Nobody heard her ... . 3.There are five sentences on the blackboard. Show me an ... one

5. final n — final a — finally adv1. Everybody heard his ... decision. 2. We did not like the ... of the play. 3. .. he understood me.

6. origin n — original n — original a1. He read about the ... of the life on the earth. 2. This is notthe ... ; i t ’s only a copy. 3. He could read “ Hamlet” in the ... .4. They changed the ... plan of the journey.

7. own v — owner n — own a1. I saw it with my ... eyes. 2. This house is his; he ... it. 3. I amthe ... of this car.

8. pain n — painful a — painless a1. I felt some ... in my left hand. 2. He raised that .. question again and we decided to discuss it. 3. She thinks that the opera­tion will be quite ... .

Pa '$t W- ) / 1 . 1 I9. part v — part n — partial a — partly adv Pal’,t'W Y ' •-1

•pfc j • &£ I Э-* i v

1. The friends ... in anger. 2. Only a ... of his story is true. 3. The player is not happy as he thinks that it was only ... success. 4. He is ... right.

10. pride n — proud a — proudly adv1. The boy was ... of his parents. 2. She was too ... to complain.3. He smiled ... and remained silent. 4. He takes ... in his work.

11. roar v — roar n — roaring a1. They could hear the ... of a tiger. 2. When he heard the news he ... with anger. 3. We did not want to listen to those ... sounds.

12. slave n — slavery n

1. Before the Civil War ol 1861 there were many ... in the USA2. He read about ... in his textbook of history.

13. warn v — warning n

1. We ... them not to go to skate on such thin ice. 2. He paid no attention to my ... .

Упражнение 15. Замените выделенные слова и словосочетания их си­нонимами, данными в колонке справа, и переведите предложения.

1. He w alked past Sam. stepped2. At last he raised his eyes. go3. You can leave now, Sam. walked back4. He kept silence. softly5. He shouted suddenly. finally6. Lanny spoke in a low voice. roared7. Do you intend to start a school? remained silent8. He took up his earliest position. are you going9. The dog found the quiet figure of Lanny. still

10. They returned to the big house. hard11. It was d iff ic u lt to remember it all the original

time.

Упражнение 16. Найдите русские эквиваленты, соответствующие ан­глийским словосочетаниям левой колонки.

1. huge body2. independent people3. dependent people4. wrong decision5. wrong way6. original view7. dark face8. still weather9. silent person

10. strong man

сильным человек громадное тело независимые люди зависимые люди неправильное решение первоначальная точка зрения не та дорога (неправильный путь) .темное лицо тихая погода молчаливый человек.

Упражнение 17. Переведите лийский эквивалент в тексте

следующиеурока.

словосочетания, найдя анг-

в дальнем конце комнаты; биение сердца; он поднял глаза; соб ственность правительства; один неправильный шаг; первоначаль ное положение; независимый человек; более одного раза; справа что случилось; помочь ему отряхнуть; было трудно; вытереть лицо все время; что-то удерживало ее; они прыгнули на меня; тысоби раешься.

Упражнение 18. Заполните пропуски одним из слов, данных в скобках, и переведите предложения.

1. Не nevei ... with his friends (to quarrel, a quarrel). 2. Two days ago they had ... (to quarrel, a quarrel). 3. His ... were very soft (to step, a step). 4 He ... on the platform (to step, a step). 5. She is ... ill (still a, still adv). 6. "Stand she said to him (still a, still adv) 7. “ I am all he said to her (right he right). 8. He turned

3* . 67

to ... (right, the right). 9. She reads English books in ... (theoriginal, original^ 10. They told us about the ... plans (original, an original).II. He worked ... at his English (hard a , hard adv). 12. It was .. .to think about it all the time (hard a. hard adv). 13. Please ... me wash the cups fto help, help). 14. We thanked him for his ... (to help, help). 15. He behaves ... white people do (to like, like). 16. Everybody ... his music (to like, like). 17. They went ... to their house (back, a back). 18. The doctor says that he must lie on his ... for one month (back, a back). 19. He put his big ... on the table (to hand, a hand). 20. Let us ... her our copybooks (to hand, a hand).

Упражнение 19. Переведите слова, данные в скобках, найдя их в тексте

1. Lanny (собирался) to start a school at Stilleveld. 2. (Некото­рые) his friends came on a visit. 3. Lanny did not want (посовето­ваться) those Europeans. 3. She (помогла) him (вытереть) his lace. 5. He returned to his native country (для того, чтобы) work for his people. 6. She (подошла) and saw the still figure of Lanny on the ground. 7. («Пойдем») she said to Lanny. 8. (Справа) he saw the out­lines of his village. 9. The big man (поднял) his head and (посмотрел на) Lanny. 10. Lanny always spoke (тихо). 11. When Gert roared with anger Lanny (молчал). 12. She (заставила его) get up and walk to the house. 13. He tried to speak to her but something (удержи­вало) him. 14. Villier went back to his chair and (занял) his original position.

Упражнение 20. Ответьте на следующие вопросы к тексту:

1. Where did the big man sit?2. What could Lanny hear?3. What was Lanny going to do in Stilleveld?4. Whose property was Stilleveld?5. What did Villier want to tell Lanny?6. Who jumped on Lanny?7. Who found Lanny?8. Where could Lanny wash his face?9. What did Sarie give Lanny?

Упражнение 21. Переведите предложения на английский язык по панным образцам:

1. Не is going to work in this office.

Он собирается

путешествовать, посоветоваться с врачом, уехать из этого села, воспользоваться моим опытом, рассказать нам о своей поездке, остаться летом в городе.

68

2. He made her tell him everything.ее улыбнуться.нас пообедать в вагоне-ресторане.

п их самих купить билетызаставил своего товарища помочь нам.

нас взять теплые вещи, меня выучить все новые слова.

Упражнение 22. Поставьте вопросы к предложениям по данным об­разцам.

1. A big man sa t a t the table. Who sat a t the table?His beard was red. What was red?

1. I am going to start a school. 2. Lanny remained silent. 3. His big hands were on the table. 4. Education makes him behave so.

2. A big man sat at the table. Where d id a big man s i t ?Lanny went to the big house Where d id Lanny go?

1. Lanny was going to start a school in Stilleveld. 2. Villier went back to his chair. 3. He could see the outlines of Stilleveld to his right. 4. They walked back to the big house. 5. He washed his face in the kitchen.

3. She wanted to help him. What d id she w ant to do?

1. lie was going to work as a teacher. 2. They decided to consult him. 3. He can work at home. 4. He will wash his face and hands

4. He saw a beautiful picture. What kind of picture d id he see?

1. She found some beautiful flowers. 2. We heard her soft voice.3. He will give me an interesting book to read.

Упражнение 23. Переведите следующие предложения.

1. Он услышал рев на расстоянии. 2. Она села за стол и начала писать. 3. Он не мог объяснить ей новое правило (explain to).4. Все хорошо меня поняли. 5. Он поднялся и пошел домой. 6. Собака нашла его на дороге. 7. Когда она наклонилась над ним, он открыл глаза. 8. Она дала ему чистое полотенце. 9. Он много думал о своей жизни в городе. 10. Он увидел крупного мужчину за столом. 11. Она должна была помочь ему. 12. Он купил билеты и подошел к ним <come up to).

Упражнение 24. Раскройте скобки, поставьте глаголы в соответствую­щем времени и переведите предложения.

1. Tell her that my uncle (to come) to Moscow yesterday. 2. He <must) speak to Gert because he wanted to start a school there.

69

3. If you (to find) the way, we (to take) the evening train. 4. It (to be) always hard for her to remain silent. 5. When he was a child he (not to like) to wash. 6. If you (to come) to the station earlier you (can) choose any seat near the window. 7. He (to know) anything about our plans? 8. He (to be) to make a report at our club tomorrow. 9. She (to be going) to dine in the diner. 10. We (cannot) come to visit you last week.

Упражнение 25. Заполните пропуски предлогами и наречиями, где это необходимо.

I. My uncle sat ... the table. 2. “ Look ... this p icture,” she said.3. I think that you must consult ... me. 4. He went ... to his place.5. ... the right ... the sofa there is a table. 6. Put this book ... front ... you. 7. A young woman came ... and bent ... ... the still figure ... Lanny. 8. Two dark figures jumped ... Lanny. 9. “ I d idn 't quarrel ... h im ,” he said. 10. There was a deep silence ... a while. 11. Go ... the kitchen and wash your face. 12. Some ... coloured people went ... Cape Town to get education there.

Д И А Л О Г

A .\ May 1 come in?S.: Is that you Ann? Come in! It is very good ot you to come and

see me;A.: What is the mattei with you? Are you ill?B .: I feel bacf. I have a headache. Besides, I have a cold in the head. A .: What is your temperature?В : Thirty-seven and five. I have a bad cold. My doctor says that I

must stay in bed for two days until my temperature is normal.A.: Do you miss your friends?B.: Very much. Then 1 am afraid I ’ll lag behind in my lessons now.A.: Don’t think about it. I shall help you gladly. I hope you will

soon be all right.B.: Oh I shall be glad when i t ’s all over. Thank you very much for

coming.A.: Good-bye and come again.

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

to come in входить to have a cold (in the head) иметьit is very good of you это мило с насморк

твоей стороны ^ stay in bed лежать в постели„ л to miss (smb.) скучать по кому-ли-to come and see навещать , ' ' J 3

What is the matter? Что с тобой? бо» с , . , , to be afraid боятьсяto feel bad чувствовать себя плохо, , Q |ag behind отставать

- to be glad радоватьсяto feel well чувствовать себя здоро- t0 |je over быть оконченным, закон-

вым читьсяI have a headache у меня болит г о thank you very much lor coming спа-

лова сибо за то, что ты пришла

70

Упражнение 26. Закончите предложения

1 It is very good of you that

2. I am afraid that

3. 1 am glad that

4. Thank you for

вы навестили ее вчера, вы собираетесь их встретить. вы помните об этом, вы купили билеты вчера

он будет скучать по дому, она не сможет путешествовать с нами, они поссорятся, мы не станем друзьями, вы не сможете подняться,

он будет играть с нами, вы поможете ей сделать уроки, она навестит меня, я смог вспомнить его имя. мы вымыли детей вчера, когда было

тепло.что предупредили об опасности, что показали нам ваши картины, что помогли мне подняться, что проинструктировали меня, что обсудили его поведение.

Упражнение 27. Переведите предложения:

1. Вчера у меня была сильная головная боль (a bad headache) и я не мог заниматься. 2. Откройте окно, пожалуйста. У него очень болит голова. 3. Так как я не очень болен, я не хочу лежать в по­стели. 4. Он был болен и лежал в постели в течение (for) месяца.5. Когда кончатся лекции, мы пойдем в кино (to the cinema). 6. Ми­тинг окончился, и мы пошли домой. 7. Мы будем очень скучать по нашему старому учителю. 8. Когда мать уходила из дома, дети очень по ней скучали. 9. Она простудилась (to catch cold) и долж­на была остаться дома. 10. Вы простудитесь, если не наденете (to put on) пальто. 11. Что с тобой? Ты чувствуешь себя плохо? 12. Я чувствовал себя вполне здоровым.

Д О ПО ЛН ИТЕЛЬН Ы Е РАЗГОВОРНЫЕ МОДЕЛИ

1. “ How are you feeling?”“ I am well, thank you

2. I am ill.3. She is in bed.4. 1 h^ive caught a cold.5. I am geing to see a doctor.6. 1 have a headache.7. There is something wrong

with my heart.

Как вы себя чувствуете?— Спасибо, хорошо (я здоров). Я болен.Она в постели.Я простудился.Я собираюсь к врачу.У меня болит голова.У меня что-то неладно с серд­

цем.71

8. 1 have a temperature.9. Let me take your tempera­

ture.10. I have to stay in bed.11. 1 feel better.12. This medicine does me good

У меня температура.Дайте я измерю вам темпера­

туру.Я должен лежать в постели Я чувствую себя лучше.Это лекарство хорошо мне по­

могает.

Текст для перевода

LENIN’S LINKS WITH LONDON

Hounded by the Tsarist police, Lenin had to spend many years in exile abroad. But he never gave up his struggle to organize that strong Party which led the workers and peasants of Russia to victory, the overthrow of Tsarism and the establishment of the first Socialist State. In many countries Lenin and his wife Krupskaya found refuge. And London too gave hospitality to Lenin on five separate occasions during his wanderings abroad. He first came in April 1902 to continue the illegal publication of “ Iskra” . Then he attended the Second, the Third and the Fifth Party Congresses which took place in London. His last visit was in April — May 1908 to work at the British Museum gathering material for his work on “ Materialism and Empiriocriticism” .

So London played an important part in those early days of that small group of men and women led by Lenin which was later to be­come the Soviet Communist Party.

And B ritain’s capital can claim with pride that British working class helped Lenin to publish “ Iskra” . Harry Quelch, editor of the journal of the Social Democratic Federation “ Justice” made arrange­ments for the publication of “ Iskra” in the editorial offices of “ Jus­tice” . He placed his printing press at the disposal of Lenin.

The tiny room where Harry Quelch and Vladimir Lenin worked together is a memorial to the cooperation between the Socialist movements of Britain and Russia.

Слова , рекомендуемые для запоминанияgive up v отказываться от, бросать

(какое-либо дело) overthrow v свергать; п свержение establishment п установление separate а отдельный occasion п случай publish v издавать publication п издание, выпуск attend v посещать

claim v утверждать; заявлять pride п гордость arrangements п pi приготовления place v помещать disposal п распоряжение memorial п памятник cooperation п сотрудничество movement п движение

72

1. Why did Lenin have to spend many years abroad?2. Who led the workers and peasants of Russia to victory?3. How many times was Lenin in London?4. What for did Lenin come to London in April 1902?5. What did Lenin do in London during his last visit?6. Who helped Lenin to publish “ Iskra” ?7. Who was Harry Quelch?

Упражнение 29. Заполните пропуски словами из текста.

1. 1 shall be at your ... in the evening. 2. She always speaks about her son with ... 3. Do you ... all the English lessons? 4. Russian work­ers and peasants ... tzarism in 1917. 5. You must make ... for to­morrow’s evening party. 6. The Soviet press ... a message from the Central Committee of the CPSU on the ... of International Women’s Day. 7. ... is one of the principles of peaceful co-existence. 8. He took part in the ... for peace.

Упражнение 30. Переведите на английский язык:

1. В Лондоне Ленин собирал материал для своих работ. 2. Ле­нин должен был провести много лет за границей. 3. Английские рабочие помогали Ленину выпускать газету «Искра». 4. Ленин присутствовал (посетил) на партийных съездах, которые происхо­дили в Лондоне. 5. Ленин очень много работал в Британском музее.6. Ленин не отказался от борьбы даже в изгнании.

МАТЕРИАЛ ДЛЯ ЧТЕНИЯ И ПЕРЕСКАЗА

I. The Spoon

One day a young gay Irishman came to a little restaurant in Lon­don, sat down at a table and ordered dinner. Soon the waiter brought him a plate of soup and put it on the table in front of him. The Irishmanlooked at the soup and said: “ I can’t eat the soup.’ '

The waiter did not say a word; he took the plate and went out. Some minutes passed and he came in with another plate of soup and put it on the table before the Irishman. The Irishman looked at thesoup and said again: “ I can’t eat the soup.”

T«e waiter did not know what to do and called the manager oi the restaurant. The manager came up to the Irishman and asked him: •‘W hat’s the matter, sir? Why can ’t you eat the soup?”

“ O h ,” said the Irishman. “ I can’t eat it because I have nospoon.”

II. A Historical AnecdoteGeorge Washington, the first President ot the United States, had

a secretary, a young man. One morning the secretary came late. He

Упражнение 28. Ответьте на следующие вопросы:

73

tried to excuse himself. “ My watch is wrong, ” he said to Washington. Washington replied quietly: “ 1 am afraid you will have to get an­other watch, or I another secretary.”

I I I . A StoryA tramp asked a farmer for work.“ You can gather eggs for m e.” said the farmer, “ if you don’t

steal any .”“ S ir,” answered the tramp with tears in his eyes, “ you can trust

me. For twenty years I was manager of a bath-house and I never took a b a th .”

Упражнение 31. Перескажите каждый из рассказов, давая полные от­веты на следующие вопросы:

I. I. Where did a gay Irishman come? 2. What did he order?3. What did the waiter bring him? 4. Where did he put the plate?5. Could the Irishman eat the soup? 6. What did the waiter do then?7. What happened after that? 8. Did the waiter know what to do?9. Whom did he call? 10. What did the manager ask? 11. What did the Irishman reply?

II. 1. Who had a secretary? 2. When did the secretary come one morning? 3. What did he try to do? 4. What did he say? 5. What did Washington reply quietly?

III. 1. What did the tramp ask the farmer for? 2. Could the faimer trust the tramp ? 3. Why could he trust him? 4. What did the tramp say?

r

LESSON THREE

(The Third Lesson)

Г р а м м а т н к э :1. Причастие настоящего времени. (Partic ip le 1)2. Времена группы Continuous (P resen t, P as t , Future)3. Герундий (простая форма). (Gerund)4. Инфинитив. (Infinitive)5. Конструкция со служебным глаголом let.6. Неопределенные местоимения: many, much, (a) tew. (а)

li tt le.7. Числительные. (Numerals)

Т е к с т : Boy’s Theatre at Rivermouth after Th. B. Aldrich.

I. ПРИЧАСТИЕ НАСТОЯЩЕГО ВРЕМЕНИ (PARTICIPLE I)

Причастие I (Participle I) может быть образовано от любого глагола прибавлением к его основе суффикса - ing, например:

to read — reading to play — playing

Причастие I как член предложения может употребляться в функции:

1) определения:В функции определения причастие 1 обладает свойствами при­

лагательного и соответствует русским причастиям, оканчиваю­щимся на -щий или -вший. и деепричастиям, оканчивающимся на -я или -а. Оно всегда выражает одновременность действия (как в настоящем, так и в прошлом) с глаголом-сказуемым.

The man reading the book is my uncle.Человек, читающий книгу, — мой дядя.They could see the children playing in the garden.Они могли видеть детей, играющих в саду.

75

2) обстоятельства:

Если причастие I в функции обстоятельства выражает дей­ствие, одновременное действию, выраженному глаголом-сказуемым, то оно соответствует в русском языке деепричастию несовершен­ного вида на -а, -я: крича, играя или деепричастию совершенного вида.

Playing chess, I noticed...Играя в шахматы, я заметил...Hearing his voice she said ...Услышав его голос, она сказала ...

Упражнение /. Определите функцию Participle I и переведите предло жения на русский язык, пользуясь англо-русским словарем.

1. A group of laughing people саше up to us. 2. He stood ta lk ­ing 1o her in a soft voice. 3. Not understanding what they wanted he repeated his question. 4. Travelling all over the world the scien­tist saw many interesting things and collected important material.5. She stopped to look at the birds singing in the tree. 6 The old man showing them those photoes lived in our house many years ago.7 Being tired they decided to lie down and rest a little.

П р и м е ч а н и е 1: Причастия действительного залога прошед­шего времени не имеют соответствующей формы в английском языке, поэто­му обороты с подобными причастиями следует переводить на английский язык определительными придаточными предложениями с глаголом в личнойформе.

Мальчик, приехавший вчера а Москву, — мой брат.The boy, who саше to Moscow yesterday, is my brother

П р и м е ч а н и е 2: Причастие i от глагола to be—being не упот­ребляется в оборотах, выражающих обстоятельство времени. Поэтомурусское предложение «Будучи студентом, он любил ходить в театр» следует перевести “ When he was a s tudent (when a student) he liked to go to a th e a t re .”

Однако причастие I от глагола to be — being употребляется в оборотах, выражающих обстоятельство причины.

Being absent-minded he often left the keys to his room.Будучи рассеянным, он часто забывал ключи от комнаты. (Так как он

был рассеянным ..)

Упражнение 2. Переведите следующие предложения на английский язык по образцам.

1. Не looked a t the p l a y i n g ch ild

Он посмотрел на

танцующих девушек (to dance), смеющихся студентов (to laugh), падающие звезды (to fall), плачущего мальчика (to cry), спящую собаку (to sleep).

76

2. The man sitting a t the table is m y brother

стоящий у доски, — наш учитель, поющий песню, — один из наших студентов.

Мужчина, идущий по дороге, — его друг.моющий руки, — ее отец, работающий в саду, — мой дядя.

3. Не stood looking а/, те.

(весело улыбаясь (gaily), думая о чем-то. читая газету, куря папиросу.

4. She left looking a t me. оставив чембдан (the case) в комнате, поставив тарелки на полку.

Она вышла, сказав что-то сестре.положив книгу на письменный стол, оставив ему полотенце и мыло.

Упражнение 3. Переведите предложения.

1. Человек, написавший эту статью, хорошо знает жизнь со­ветских космонавтов. 2. Студенты, принимавшие участие в этой работе, поедут в Ленинград. 3. Вопросы, обсуждавшиеся на этом собрании, очень интересны. 4. Я знаю человека, читавшего эту лекцию (to give a lecture). 5. Кто эта девушка, приходившая к вам вчера вечером?

II. ВРЕМЕНА ГРУППЫ CONTINUOUS (PRESENT. PAST, FUTURE)

Времена группы Continuous образуются при помощи вспомо­гательного глагола to be и причастия I смыслового глагола и выра­жают действие в его течении, в его конкретном совершении, пред­ставляя действие как процесс, одновременный с каким-либо мо­ментом или отрезком времени*.

Следует помнить, что в отличие от времен группы Indefinite, времена группы Continuous не могут 1) выражать действия, со­вершающегося постоянно, при любых условиях или бесконечно, 2) употребляться для выражения ряда последовательных действий.

Время, к которому относится действие, выясняется из контек­ста

I am reading.Я читаю (сейчас).

* С некоторыми глаголами (to be, to exist, to w ant, to see и др.) вре­мена.группы Continuous не употребляются.

77

When I was working she came to see me.Когда я работал, она пришла навестить меня.I was working all night long.Я работал всю ночь.1 shall be working the whole day tomorrow.Завтра весь день я буду работать.

Во всех этих примерах действие, выраженное одним из времен Continuous, приурочено к определенному моменту, отрезку време­ни: сейчас-, в тот момент, когда она пришла навестить-, всю ночь; весь день.

Глагол в форме Continuous может сочетаться со следующими обстоятельствами: now, s ti l l , a ll day long, the whole day, a ll night long, through this period, throughout the year (throughout 1957).

The Present Continuous Tense

1 am working now. Я работаю (сейчас).

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопросительнаяформа

Отрицательнаяформа

1 am working.You are working. He \She > is working It IWe |You } are working They J

Am 1 working?Ате you working’

f he )Is { she > working?1 it If we ]

Are < you } working? 1 they)

1 am nol working.You are not working. He |She i is not working.It JWe |You ̂ are not working. They 1

Present Continuous выражает длительное действие, совершаю­щееся

а) в момент речи:1 am writing now.Я пишу (сейчас, в данный момент).

б) в настоящий период времени (не обязательно в момент речи):

It is raining all day long.Весь день идет дождь.

Упражнение 4. Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык:

1. “ Where is Peter now?” 'H e is speaking to his teacher.”2. “ What are you doing?” “ I am writing a le tte r.” 3. “ Is she

7 8

sleeping?” “ No, she is n o t.” “ She is reading a book.” 4. ‘ What is he reading?” “ He is reading a newspaper.” 5. “ We are having dinner now. ’ ’

Упражнение 5. Раскройте скобки, поставьте глагол в Present Continuous. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. It is 9 o ’clock now. They (to listen) to the latest news. 2. Look at him. He (to hurry) somewhere. 3. Come to see me. 1 (to have a rest) now. 4. “ Where are the students?” “ They (to have) their English lesson.” 5. Don’t touch (трогай) the cat. He (to eat)., and he will be angry if you touch him. 6. Why you (to smoke) here? It is not al­lowed to smoke in the lecture hall. 7. “ Ivanov (to write) in his note­book now?” “ No, he (to write)on the blackboard.” 8. The schoolchil­dren (not to skate) at the skating-rink now. 9. She (not to read) a news­paper now. she (to read) a magazine.

Различие между Present Continuous и Present Indefinite

Present Continuous выражает длительное действие, происхо­дящее в момент речи или в период, к которому этот момент отно­сится, тогда как Present Indefinite обычно выражает действие, со­вершающееся постоянно, без ограничения во времени, например:

Не is going to the factory. (Present Continuous)Он (сейчас) идет на фабрику.Не goes to the factory every day. (Present Indefinite)Он ходит на фабрику каждый день.

Упражнение б. Переведите предложения и определите время глагола- сказуемого

I. She is swimming. She often swims very far. 2. He is still trans­lating the text. He usually translates very slowly. 3. What are they doing? They are playing tennis. They play tennis well.

The Past Continuous Tense

I was working when he came in.Я работал, когда он вошел (какой-то отрезок времени в прош­

лом).79

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопроснтельнаяформа

Отрицательнаяформа

1 was working You were working. He 1She > was workingК 1We |You } were working. They )

Was 1 working?Were you working?

( h e )Was i she } working?

1 it )

( we 1 Were { you } working?1 they J

1 was not w o r k in g You were not working. He ]She 1 was not working.It JWe |You I were not working. They 1

Past Continuous употребляется для выражения:1) конкретного процесса, протекающего в определенный момент

(или отрезок времени) в прошлом. Момент совершения действия может быть указан (at this time, at that moment).

At this time yesterday I was taking my exam in literature.Вчера в это время я сдавал экзамен по литературе.

2) процесса, протекавшего в момент, когда произошло какое- либо другое действие (это действие выражается глаголом в Past Indefinite):

She was playing the piano when I called on her.Она играла на рояле, когда я заш ел к ней.

Различие между Past Continuous и Past Indefinite

Past Continuous употребляется для выражения длительного действия, происходившего в определенный момент в прошлом. Past Indefinite употребляется для выражения обычного повторяю­щегося действия или ряда последовательных действий в прошлом. Past Continuous в этих случаях не употребляется, даже если дейст­вие выражено как процесс.

Сравните:

1) Не was preparing his report yesterday from ten to twelve.2) He prepared his report for two hours, then he went for a walk

and came home only in the evening.

Упражнение 7. Поставьте глаголы, стоящие в скобках, в Pasl In­definite или в Past Continuous.

1. Yesterday at this time I (to finish) my report at the meeting.2. At 5 o ’clock yesterday we (to listen to) the concert over the radio.

80

3. At 7 o ’clock I (to get up, to wash and to go out) of the house. 4. In the morning I (to read) newspapers, (to translate) articles, (to help) my friend with English.

The Future Continuous Tense

I shall be working from 3 till 5.Я буду работать с 3 до 5 (в определенный отрезок или момент

времени в будущем).

Утвердительнаяформа

Вопросительнаяформа

Отрицательнаяформа

1 shall be working You will be working.He )She >will be working.И 1We shall be working.

Thev } W’" ke working'

Shall 1 be working?Will you be working?

( he )W ill { she) be working?1 >» J

Shall we be working?

Will | j ^ y j be working?

1 shall not be working. You will not be working. He ]She [will not be working.It JWe shall not be working.You 1 will not be work- They j ing.

Future Continuous выражает действие, которое совершается в определенный отрезок времени в будущем:

You must hurry. Не w ill be waiting for you at 6 o ’clock.Вы должны торопиться. Он будет ждать вас в 6 часов.

Различие между Future Continuous и Future Indefinite

Future Indefinite употребляется для выражения однократного или повторяющегося действия, которое будет иметь место в буду­щем.

Не will graduate from the Institute next year.В будущем году он окончит институт.

Future Continuous употребляется для выражения действия, которое происходит в определенный момент или отрезок времени в будущем.

Не w ill be working the whole day tomorrow.Завтра весь день он будет работать.

В этом предложении действие глагола-сказуемого ограничено обстоятельством весь день.

Упражнение 8. Откройте скобки и поставьте глаголы, смотря по смыс­лу, в Future Continuous или Future Indefinite.

1. The teacher (to ask) us at the lesson. He (to ask) us the whole lesson. 2. He (to return) home on Sunday. Please come and see us.3. I (to work) in the library from six to nine o ’clock. 4. They (to go) to the South at this time tomorrow. 5. She (to become) a doctor in two years. 6. At the beginning of the lesson one of our students (to show) us his pictures. 7. His daughter (to take) music lessons.

Особые случаи употребления формы Continuous

1. С глаголами to come, to leave, to start, to go и т. д. Present Continuous часто употребляется для выражения действия, отно­сящегося к ближайшему будущему:

I am coming in a minute.Через минуту я приду.

2. Глаголы выражающие восприятие и умственную деятель­ность, иногда употребляются во временах группы Continuous. Употребление их в формах продолженного вида придает этим глаголам оттенок особой значительности процесса и его интенсив­ности.

Не was thinking much about that problem.Он много думал (в какой-то определенный отрезок времени)

об этой проблеме.

П р и м е ч а н и е : Часто для выражения действия, совершающе­гося в определенный момент, глаголы данного типа употребляются с мо дальним глаголом сап.

I c an see (hear).Я вижу (слышу) (в данный момент)

3. Глаголы-связки, как например, to be во временах группы Continuous не употребляются.

Упражнение 9. Поставьте следующие предложения 8 вопросительную и отрицательную форму по образцам:

I / am reading a book.Am I reading a book?/ am not reading a book.

1. 1 am writing a letter to my father now. 2. Comrade N. is read­ing something in the hall. 3. They are speaking to their friend.4. You are trying to open the window.

2. У was reading when she entered the room.Was I reading when she entered the room?I was not reading when she entered the room.

82

1. The girl was walking near the house when she found a little cat. 2. She was returning home yesterday when she ran into her friend.3. They were playing chess all the evening. 4. 1 was swimming when I saw a boat.

3. He w ill be tak in g his exam, a t 12 o'clock tomorrow.W ill he be tak in g his exam a t 12 o'clock tomorrow?He w ill not be taking h is exam a t 12 o'clock tomorrow.

1. They will be working in the kitchen garden (огороде) the wholeweek. 2. At this time the day after tomorrow they will be approaching the village of N. 3. He will be having his breakfast from 9 to 10 o ’clock tomorrow.

Упражнение 10. Данге краткие ответы по образцам:

“Are you reading?" “ Yes, I am. No, I am not.""Is she working?" “Yes, she is. No she is not (isn't)."

1. Are they having a rest? 2. Is he dressing? 3. Are you buying a book? 4. Is she trying to fall asleep? 5. Are you having breakfast?6. Is it (машина) working?

“ Was he having a rest when / came to see him?" “ Yes. he was."“No, he was not (wasn't)."“ Were they w ritin g when you rang them up?" “ Yes they were"“No, they were not (weren't)."

1. Was she cooking dinner when you came in? 2. Were you sing­ing when he came home? 3. Were they having their French lesson when he came? 4. Was he doing his homework when his mother asked him to help her?

Упражнение 11. Поставьте вопросы к предложениям но образцам:

They were playing tennis.

1) Общий вопрос (General Question)

Were they playing tennis?2) Общий вопрос с отрицанием (Разве не...?)

W eren't they (were they not) p laying tennis?3) Альтернативный (Alternative Question)

Were they p laying tennis or volley-ball?4) Разделительный (Disjunctive Question)

They were p laying tennis, weren’t they?

83

5) Специальные вопросыа) к подлежащему:

Who was p laying tennis?6) к дополнению:

W hat were they playing?

1. The children were listening to the interesting story. 2. He is walking home with his sister. 3. The boy was standing still at that moment. 4. She will be playing the piano from eleven to twelve o ’clock.

Упражнение 12. Заполните пропуски глаголами, данными в скобках в соответствующем времени.

1. Не (is having, has) an examination in English now. 2. He (is having, has) an examination twice a year. 3. They (are discussing, discuss) the new film now. 4. They (are discussing, discuss) every new film. 5. When 1 came to see him he (was sleeping, slept). 6. She went straight (прямо) to bed and (was sleeping, slept) till 8 o ’clock. 7. She sat down and (was looking, looked) at him. 8. Don’t speak so loudlyl He (is making, makes) a report in the next room. 9. He usually (is making, makes) very interesting reports.

Упражнение 13. Раскройте скобки и переведите текст на русский язык.

A.: Good afternoon, Mary! What! Again you (to read)! When­ever (когда бы) 1 (to come) I always (to see) that you (to read). Yesterday when I (to call) on you, you (to read) too.

М .: Well, I (to be) very fond of books, you know.A .: What you (to read)?М .: 1 (to read) a new novel by Paustovsky.A.: It (to be) a good book?М .: Very. You (to want) to read it?A.: I should like to (Мне хотелось бы). When you (to finish) to

read it?М .: I hope that I (to finish) to read it today. 1 (to read) the whole

evening. Tomorrow you (can) take it.

I I I . ГЕРУНДИЙ (ПРОСТАЯ ФОРМА)(GERUND)

Герундий (Gerund) является неличной формой глагола, соеди­няющей в себе свойства существительного и глагола. Gerund об­разуется путем прибавления суффикса -ing к основе глагола. В русском языке соответствующей формы глагола нет. На русский

84

язык герундий может переводиться как существительное (отгла­гольное), деепричастие, глагол, целое придаточное предложение.

1. Существительное

Reading is useful.Чтение полезно.

2. Деепричастие

On arriv ing in Moscov...Приехав в Москву...

3. Глагол

Stop talking.Перестань болтать.

4. Целое придаточное предложение

She knows of his being here.Она знает о том, что он (находится) здесь.

Если перед герундием стоит притяжательное местоимение или существительное в притяжательном падеже, то при переводе на русский язык они превращаются в подлежащее придаточного пред­ложения.

1 heard of Comrade Petrov’s living in Moscow.Я слышал, что товарищ Петров живет в Москве.

1 know of her being free today.Я знаю, что она сегодня свободна.

Еели подлежащее выражено герундием с относящимися к нему словами, то обычно такие герундиальные обороты переводятся на русский язык придаточным предложением.

His being appointed to the post of director was quite unexpected.To, что его назначили на пост директора, «было совершенно

неожиданно.

Your taking part in this work is desirable.Желательно, чтобы вы участвовали в этой работе.(Ваше участие в этой работе желательно.)

Различие между герундием и отглагольным существительным

Герундий отличается от отглагольного существительного сле­дующим:

8&

1) не употребляется с артиклем и не имеет множественногочисла:

Eating much fruit is useful.

2) как любая глагольная форма определяется (а) наречием (eat­ing slowly), тогда как существительное определяется прилагатель­ным (slow reading); (б) существительным или предложным оборо­том, являющимся дополнением или обстоятельством.

Stop reading this book.On arriv ing in Moscow.

Однако герундий сохраняет некоторые черты существитель­ного.

1) Он может вводиться предлогом:Tell him of taking his book.

2) Ему может предшествовать:а) существительное в притяжательном падеже

Mary’s reading

б) притяжательное местоимениеI don’t know of his speaking English.

в) отрицательное местоимениеNo smoking here!

Обладая свойствами существительного, герундий выполняет в предложении те же функции, что и существительное. Он можетбыть:

1) подлежащим:

Swimming is pleasant.Плавать приятно.

2) частью составного сказуемого:

Her greatest pleasure is reading.

Для нее величайшим удовольствием является чтение. Не began reading the book yesterday.Он начал читать книгу вчера.

3) прямым и предложным дополнением:

1 remember reading this article.Я помню, что читал эту статью.1 am fond of singing.Я люблю петь.

86

В функции предложного дополнения герундий употребляется после следующих глаголов и словосочетаний:

to depend (on) — зависеть (от) to rely (on) — полагаться (на) to insist (on) — настаивать (на) to object (to) — возражать (против) to agree (to) — соглашаться (на) to hear (of) — слышать (о) to think (o f)— думать (о) to thank (for) — благодарить (за) to prevent (from) — помешать, препятствовать to be fond (of) — любить (кого-либо или что-либо) to be sure (of) — быть уверенным (в чем-либо) to be pleased (at или with) — быть довольным (чем-либо или

кем-либо)to be surprised (at) — удивляться (чему-либо) to be interested (in) — интересоваться (чем-либо) to be afraid (of)— бояться (чего-либо)

4) определением:

I had the pleasure of seeing her yesterday.Я имел удовольствие видеть ее вчера.

5) обстоятельством:

After receiving the letter 1 rang him up.Получив письмо, я позвонил ему.

Герундий с предлогами on (upon), after и before можно переводить на русский язык деепричастием совершенного вида (приехав , написав) или личной формой глагола в придаточном обстоятель­ственном предложении.

On coming home he went to bed at once.Придя домой, он сразу лег спать.After sleeping for an hour he woke up.Проспав час, он проснулся.Before doing this he decided to consult his teacher.

Прежде чем сделать эго (или прежде чем он сделал это) он решил посоветоваться со своим преподавателем.

Герундий с предлогом without следует переводить деепричас­тием совершенного вида с отрицанием:

Не went out without saying a word.Он вышел, не сказав ни слова

8 7

Упражнение 14. Замените придаточные предложения герундиальной ■конструкцией в соответствии с образцом.

When / returned home / found that the m ail had not been delivered.

On (after) returning home / found that the m ail had not been delivered.

1. After I had read the book I went to bed. 2. When I saw his :pale disturbed face I realized that something had gone wrong. 3. When he arrived in the town he sent a telegram to his relatives. 4. After he had looked through the article he found many typing mistakes. 5. When •she had checked the students’ papers she singled out some typical mistakes. 6. After she had copied the telephone number she tried to memorize it. 7. When they received that letter they realized that it was necessary to take urgent steps.

Упражнение 15. Обратите внимание на перевод герундия с предлогом w ithout.

1. W ithout thinking long, he agreed to our offer. 2. “ You can’t .go home without finishing your task ,” said the teacher. 3. I can’t tell you the whole story without reading it to the end. 4. This -article is difficult. You can’t translate it w ithout us ing the dictionary.5. He went there without telling his friends about it. 6. She could not speak with him without quarrelling. 7. It was nearly eleven that night when Ashurst put down the pocket “ Odyssey” which for half an hour he had held in his hands without reading, and slipped through the yard down to the orchard. 8. He walked a long way, without looking either to the right or left. 9. He had saved a small sum of money, but it was not enough to live on without doing something.

Различие между герундием и причастием I

Герундий и причастие I имеют две общие функции — опреде­ления и обстоятельства. Однако их легко отличить друг от друга, так как причастие I в функциях определения и обстоятельства употребляется без предлога, а герундий — всегда с предлогом.

1. Не sat on the sofa reading a letter (reading читая — прича­стие I).

2. On reading the letter he put it into the pocket (on reading прочитав — герундий).

Упражнение 16. Переведите предложения, заменив выделенное слово ■герундием в функции:

I) подлежащего

■88

I. Беседа с ним занимает обычно около часа. 2. Так много ку­рить вредно. 3. Плыть далеко опасно. 4. Рисование — полезное развлечение для детей. 5. Писать ему об этом бесполезно.

2) части составного сказуемого

1. Величайшим удовольствием для нас будет прочитать его новый роман. 2. Они начали громко разговаривать. 3. Студенты кончили обсуждать доклад и поблагодарили докладчика.

3) прямого и предложного дополнения

1. Он любил гулять по лесу. 2. Она боится заболеть. 3. Я уве­рен в том, что он напишет статью. 4. Он настаивал (insisted оп> на том, чтобы навестить ее. 5. Мы знали, что он в больнице.

4) определения

1. Он имел удовольствие услышать эту замечательную певицу.2. У нас было мало надежды (little hope) найти эту книгу.3. Мы будем иметь удовольствие посетить картинную галерею.4. Не было никакой возможности (no chance) предупредить его.

5) обстоятельства

1. Придя домой, мы начали готовить ужин. 2. Написав доклад, он прочел его еще раз. 3. Он подумал, прежде чем ответить нам.

IV. ИНФИНИТИВ (INFINITIVE)

Инфинитив — это неличная форма глагола, которая, называя действие, не указывает ни лицо, ни число, ни наклонение. Инфи­нитив в английском языке употребляется с частицей to и отвечает на вопросы что делать?, что сделать?

to read читатьto play играть

В предложении инфинитив употребляется в функции:

1. подлежащего

То read that book was a real pleasure.Читать эту книгу было настоящим удовольствием.

2. части сказуемого

His aim was to master English.Его целью было овладеть английским.

89

позвонить вам завтра. 5. Она решила пойти в столовую пообедать.6. Герт позвал Лэнни, чтобы предупредить его. 7. Они пошли в дом, чтобы вымыть лицо и руки.

Упражнение 19. Переведите на английский язык слова, данныр в скоб­ках, пользуясь конструкциями u s e d to + и н ф и н и т и в , w o u ld + и н ф и - н и т и в .

I. Не (бывало приходил) to our place to play chess. 2. We (часто ходили) to the cinema together when we were students. 3. She (обычно предупреждала) me of any danger. 4. They (часто помогали) us in our work. 5. She (часто навещала) her grandfather when he was ill.6. The teacher (обычно брал) our copy-books home. 7. He (обычно курил) only these cigarettes.

Упражнение 20. Переведите предложения.

1. Мы знаем, что она пришла первой. 2. Следующим, кто при­слал поздравление, был его учитель. 3. Они последними присоеди­нились к нашей экскурсии. 4. Он будет последним, кто узнает об этом страшном событии. 5. Я третьим отвечал на экзамене. 6. Кто первый заметил эти следы (traces)?

V. КОНСТРУКЦИЯ СО СЛУЖЕБНЫМ ГЛАГОЛОМ LET

С помощью конструкции со служебным глаголом let -f- субъект действия -|- инфинитив (без to ) выражается побуждение к дейст­вию, обращенное к 3-му или 1-му лицу.

Субъект действия выражается местоимением в объектном паде­же или существительным.

Let him do it.Пусть он сделает это.Let the boy do it.Пусть мальчик сделает это.

Побуждение, обращенное к 1-му лицу множественного числа, является приглашением к совместному действию.

Let us do ittДавайте сделаем это!L et’s (let us) not do it. (Don’t let us do it.)Давайте не делать этого.

Когда субъектом действия является 1-е лицо единственного числа, то выражается желание говорящего сделать что-то.

Let me do it.Дайте я сделаю это.

92

Упражнение 21. образцам:

Переведите предложения на английский язык по

1. Let us have breakfast.вымоем руки и будем обедать, переведем этот текст.

Давайте спросим его об этом.сядем и отдохнем, подождем вашу сестру.

2. Let him do it.

Пусть он

играет эту роль, узнает все об этом, войдет в комнату, работает в саду, позвонит ей.

V3 . Let A n ti play in the garden.выберет место. 'покажет билеты, пойдет с вами в театр, сыграет главную роль в этой пьесе.

Пусть Анна

Упражнение 22. Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык:

1. Let us go to visit our sick (больного) teacher. 2. Let the girl sing this song. 3. Let the woman wash the child’s hands. 4. Let her dance a little. 5. Let them discuss the plan of our journey. 6. Let us find some indoor amusement. 7. Let him act that character himself.

VI. НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ MANY, MUCH, (A) FEW, (A) LITTLE

Местоимения many и few употребляются с исчисляемыми, a much и little — с неисчисляемыми существительными.

I have many (few) books.У меня много (мало) книг.I have much (little) time.У менд много (мало) времени.

Местоимения few и little имеют отрицательное значение мало,a a few и a little имеют положительное значение несколько, немного, например:

1 have little time, so I can’t help you.У меня мало времени, поэтому я не могу помочь тебе.

93

1 have a little time, so I can help you.У меня есть немного времени, поэтому я могу помочь тебе.

Вместо much можно употреблять следующие словосочетания: a lot (of), a good (great) deal (of), а вместо many — a numberof, a great many, a good many, lots of.

Упражнение 23. Переведите следующие пары слов:

1. много тетрадей, много молока, много воды, много дней, мно­го газет, много мела, много снега, много лет, много картин, мно­го музыки;

2. мало домов, мало чернил, мало чая, мало чашек, мало яб­лок, мало окон, мало бумаги, мало кофе, мало статей, мало радости;

3. немного денег, несколько стульев, несколько песен, не­много времени, немного веселья, несколько человек, несколько минут.

Упражнение 24. Заполните пропуски местоимениями m any, much,few , little , a f e w , a little и переведите предложения.

1. He had ... English books at home. He had to take them from the library. 2. She gave him ... water to wash his hands and face.3. There were ... vacant (свободных) seats in the train. 4. Here are ... words about my journey. 5. After the playeverybody felt ...tired .6. Let us stay here ... longer. 7. Peter spent ... time learning these words. 8. There was ... hay in the barn and they could not play there.9. There was ... water in the river and they decided to cross it (пе­рейти).

V II. ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ (NUMERALS)

Числительные делятся на три группы:'1) количественные числительные (Cardinal Numerals)2) порядковые числительные (Ordinal Numerals)3) дробные числительные (Fractional Numerals)

К о л и ч е с т в е н н ы е ч и с л и т ел ь н ы е(C a r d in a l N u m e r a ls )

13— 19 Название0— 12 суффикс

- teen 100 1,000 1,000,000 1,000,000,000десятков,суффикс

-ty

0—nought zero

1—one2 —two3— three4—four5—five6—six7—seven8—eight9—nine

10—ten11—eleven12—twelve

13—thirteen14— fourteen15—fifteen16—sixteen17—seven­

teen18— eighteen19— nineteen

a hun­dred

a thou­sand

a million a milliard a billion

20— twenty 30— thirty 40—forty 5 0 - f i f t y 60—sixty 70— seventy 80—eighty 90—ninety

Остальные числа образуются путем сочетания вышеприведен­ных числительных:

21 — twenty-one 115 — one hundred and fifteen

3,506 — three thousand, five hundred and six

Числительные hundred и thousand, перешедшие в разряд су­ществительных: a hundred, a thousand во множественном числе при­нимают окончание -s, а следующие за ними существительные упо­требляются с предлогом of:

a hundred ot books (сотня) hundreds of books (сотни)

Количественные числительные употребляются вместо порядко­вых при нумерации глав, страниц книги, актов пьесы, домов, ком­нат, трамваев и т. д., например: page two вторая страница, act three третий а к т , house (number) twelve дом 12, room seven седьмая ком нат а и т. д.

Упражнение 25. Переведите следующие словосочетания:

автобус № 43, восьмая комната, второй акт, двадцатая стра­ница, дом № 18, пятая глава (chapter), вторая статья, трамвай № 26, триста шестьдесят восьмая страница, двадцать девятый урок, шестой ряд (row), третий том (volume)

95

Все порядковые числительные, за исключением first, second и third, образуются от соответствующих количественных числитель­ных путем прибавления суффикса -th: Fourth, eleventh, twentieth, hundredth и т. п. Порядковые числительные обычно употребляются с определенным артиклем: the first первый, the tenth десятый.

Упражнение 26. Переведите на английский язык:

двенадцатый день, второй раз, третий час (hour), четвертый месяц, первый раз (time), восьмая минута, третья чашка чая, пя­тая капля (drop), десятая секунда

Хронологические даты

При чтении четырехзначных цифр, обозначающих годы, сна­чала читаются две первые цифры, а затем две последние':

1955 — nineteen fifty-five1900 — nineteen hundred1905 — nineteen five (nineteen and five)

Даты пишутся так: October 12, 1962 или 12 October, 1962 или 12th October, 1962 и читаются: October the twelfth nineteen sixty- two или the twelfth of October nineteen sixty two.

Упражнение 27. Напишите словами следующие цифры:

1793, 1882, 1917, 1945, 1861, 1357, 1949, 1909

Упражнение 28. Напишите словами следующие даты:

May 22, 1961; January 1, 1938; 10 April 1945; 7 November 1917; October 27, 1941; September 30, 1900; 8 March 1924

П о р я д к о в ы е ч и с л и т е л ь н ы е(O r d in a l N u m e r a ls )

Дробные числительные (Fractional Numerals)

а) Простые дроби (Common Fractions)

В названиях простых дробей числитель обозначается количе­ственным числительным, а знаменатель — порядковым (если числи­тель больше единицы, то знаменатель оканчивается на -s):

' / з — one third 2/з — two thirds

96

Особо образуются следующие дробные числительные:

1/г — one (a) half (половина)'/ 4 — one (a) quarter (one fourth) (четверть)8/4 — three quarters (three fourths) (три четверти)

В названиях смешанных чисел между названием целого числа и дроби стоит союз and:

2‘/ 3 — two and a third (one third)

Сочетания дробных числительных с существительными читают­ся следующим образом:

l/2 mile — half a mile (a half mile); 3/ 4 hour — three quarters otan hour; 11/2 tons — one and a half tons

б) Десятичные дроби. (Decimal Fractions)

В названии десятичных дробей каждая цифра обычно обозна­чается отдельным количественным числительным. Целое число от­деляется от десятичной дроби точкой, которая читается point.

0.5 — nought point five (или point five)1.15 — one point one five (или one and fifteen)

12.305 — one two (twelve) point three nought fiveУпражнение 29. а) Напишите словами следующие простые и десятичные

дроби:

Чъ 35/„; 4/„; 21/,; 4.8; 1.05; 52.718; 0.05; 62/ 3

б) Переведите следующие словосочетания:

а/4 секунды; 22/3 тонны; 1*/„ килограмма; 1/ 2 фунта (pound); 97з мили (mile); 3*/2 метра

Проценты

Проценты обозначаются: 2% или 2 per cent.Упражнение 30. Напишите словами:

100%; 13/б%; 0.5% ; 3.05% , 1/5%; 123%; 11%; 1.6%; 82/ 3%; 23.4% ; 25%

Т е к с тBOY’S THEATRE AT RIVERMOUTH

after Thomas B aily A ldrichIt was raining hard during all those six weeks at Rivermouth and

we set ourselves at work to find some indoor amusement for our holidays.

4— 1312 97

‘Now boys, what shall we do?” 1 asked addressing my friends who were sitting thoughtfully in our barn one rainy afternoon.

“ Let’s have a theatre ,” said Binny Wallace.The very thing1! But where? The loft of the stable was ready to

burst with hay2, but the long room over the carriage house was empty. The place of all places3! 1 used to go to the theatre in New Orleans and therefore knew something about it. So in a few moments we were setting up some extraordinary scenery of my own painting.

The theatre was a success so far as it went. 1 played all the prin­cipal parts myself — not that 1 was the finer actor than the other boys4, but because I owned the establishment.

At the tenth performance my dramatic career ended because of an unfortunate circumstance. We were playing the drama of William Tell, the Hero of Switzerland. Of course,I was William Tell, in spite of Fred Laugdon who wanted to act that character himself. I would not let him9, so he left the company, taking the only bow and arrow we had. I made a cross-bow and did very well without him. We reached that exciting scene where Gessler, the Austrian Tyrant, commands Tell to shoot the apple from his son’s head. Pepper Whitcomb played the part of T ell’s son. To guard against mischance6. a piece of paste­board was over the upper portion of W hitcomb’s face, while the ar­row was in a strip of flannel.

1 can see poor little Pepper now, as he stood still, waiting for me to perform my great feat7. I raised the cross-bow amid the breathless silence of the audience, consisting of seven boys and three girls. I raised the cross-bow. I repeat. Twang8! wenl the whipcord, but in­stead of hitting9 the apple the arrow flew right into Pepper’s mouth which was open at the time I destroyed my aim. 1 shall never be able to forget that moment. Pepper’s roar is still ringing in my ears10. Luckily the arrow did not hurt Pepper seriously; but Grandfa{her who appeared while young Tell was howling, ordered to close the theatre.

This was my last appearance on any stage.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. The very th in g !— Самое подходящее!2. ... was ready to burst with hay ... —...так был набит сеном, что

готов был вот-вот развалиться...3. The place of all places! — Самое замечательное место!4. ...not that I was the finer actor than the other boys...— не то.

чтобы я играл лучше других мальчиков5. 1 would not let him... — Я не хотел позволить ему...6. ...to guard against mischance — ...во избежание несчастного

случая7. ...waiting for me to perform my great feat.— ...ожидая, когда я

совершу свой великий подвиг.

9 8

8. Twang!— Дзинь!9. ...but instead of h itting ...— ...но вместо того, чтобы попасть...

10. Pepper’s roar is still ringing in my ears.— Рев Пеппера все ещезвучит в моих ушах.1) still — еще употребляется в утвердительных, вопросительных

и отрицательных предложениях в значении все еще.

Is he still here? He is still here.Он все еще здесь? Да, он все еще здесь.Не still doesn’t want to write to me.Он все еще не хочет писать мне

2) else — еще означает дополнительно к, кроме, помимо.Обычно употребляется после вопросительных слов и неопреде­

ленных местоимений.Where else did he go? — Куда еще он пошел?Не took somebody else’s hat.— Он взял чью-то шляпу.3) Yet в значении пока еще, до сих пор употребляется в от­

рицательных предложениях.Your breakfast is not ready yet.— Ваш завтрак пока еще не

готов.

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

to se t oneself at som eth ing заняться чем-либо

indoor а комнатный, внутренний: indoors adv внутри дома; в помеще­

нииam usem ent п развлечение, увеселе­

ние, забава, веселье though tfu l ly adv задумчиво r a in y а дождливый therefore adv поэтому to set up устанавливать e x t r a o rd in a ry а чрезвычайный, не­

обычный scenery n декорации success n успех; to be a success

иметь успех so far prep пока pr in c ip a l а главный ac to r n артист; to act у играть (роль) because of prep из-за c ircu m s tan ce n обстоятельство in sp i te of несмотря на character, n герой

4*

c om pany n труппа to do w i th o u t обходиться без reach v достигать e x c i t e v волновать, возбуждать com m and v командовать, приказы­

вать part n рольguard v охранять, караулить, сторо­

жить, стоять на страже m isch an ce п неудача, несчастный

случайperform о исполнять, играть; выпол­

нятьperform ance п представление, спек­

такльbreath less а затаивший дыхание, без­

дыханный h i t v ударять, попадать (в цель) destroy v разрушать, уничтожать;

to destroy the a im попадать в цель ap p ea ran c e п появление; выступле­

ние (ни сцене) stage п сцена

99

Thomas Beily Aldrich f' tomas 'belli Switzerland ['switsaland] Швейцария'DildritJJ Томас Бейли Олдрич Fred Laugdon | ' l r e d 'b :g d a n ] Фред

Rivermouth [,riv3 'mau0] Рипермаут ЛогдонNew Orleans [ ' n j u 'o : l i a n z J Новый Gessler [ 'd ie s is ] Гесслер

Орлеан Pepper Whitcomb I'pepa'witkoumJWilliam Tell f 'w il jam ' tel] Вильгельм Пеппер Витком

Телль Binny Wallace f'bini'wDlis) БинниУоллис

Упражнение 31. Определите, от каких корней образованы данные слова, дайте перевод как исходных, так и производных слов:

1. indoor, misadvice, mischance, inclose, income, misdoing, mis­lead, ingrow, inlet

2. lucky, funny, roomy, snowy, sunny, windy, noisy, foggy, leafy

Упражнение 32. а) Образуйте прилагательные от данных существитель­ных с помощью суффикса -o u s и переведите их.

danger опасностьvolume объемcourage смелостьhumour юморglory славаfame слава, известность

Имена собственные и географические названия

б) Переведите следующие словосочетания:

dangerous travel, courageous people, glorious life, humourous stories, voluminous correspondence, famous writer

Упражнение 33. Переведите следующие гнезда слов. Обратите внима­ние на словообразующие суффиксы и префиксы. Заполните пропуски одним из данных слов.

1. amuse v — amusing а — amusement п

1. We could not find any ... for ourselves. 2. His manner of talk­ing... me. 3. That was an ... scene!

2. appear v — appearance n — disappear о

1. His strange ... impressed me greatly. 2. Suddenly a strange figure ... before my eyes. 3. The car turned round the corner and

100

I

3. perform v — performance n

1. 1 did not like yesterday’s ... . 2. Who ... the part of Onegin?

4. act v — actress n — actor n

1. A friend of mine ... in this play. 2. She is alam ous ... . 3. Who is your favourite ...?

5. paint & — painter n — painting n

1. I saw the pictures of this ... at the exhibition (выставка). 2. Do you like his ...? 3. He likes to ... in water-colours (акварельными красками).

6. excite v — exciting a — excitement n

1. Yesterday she told me a very ... story. 2. We don’t know any­thing about the cause (причине) of her ... . 3. The child will go tobed. Don’t ... him.

7. succeed v — to succeed in-bgerund — success n — successful a

1. His wife ... as a doctor. 2. Everybody wished me great ... in my future work. 3. I can’t say that her work is ... , but 1 hope that everything will be all right. 4. He ... in painting some extraordi­nary scenery.

8. luck n — lucky a

1. I wish you good ... . 2. We think that he is very ... . as he may be present at the performance.

Упражнение 34. Замените выделенные курсивом слова и словосочета­ния синонимами, выбрав их в правой колонке. Переведите предложения.

1. The children could not think ot any gam e in the house therefore they decided to go for a walk.

2. He is a fine player and l think that our per­formance will be a success.

3. He took the rifle, fired and hit the aim.4.

o.

When I lif ted my bow I saw that the au­dience was sitting breathless watching my handsThe perloimance was successful and the lit­tle actors and actresses were extremely happy

was a success

indoor amuse­ment

raised actor

shot

101

Упражнение 35. Составьте предложения, пользуясь данными в скоб­ках союзами, замените выделенные курсивом слова антонимам», выбрав их в правой колонке. Переведите предложения.

1. The day was sunny, (and) They decided to indoorsstay at home.

2. The box is fu ll, (and) You may put all your upperthings there.

3 I could hit his forehead (лоб), (therefore) emptyHe put a piece of pasteboard over the lowerpart of his face.

4. Suddenly several men jumped on Lanny. Lan­ disappearedny fell down, (and) The men appeared inthe darkness.

5. Gert stood up and walked to the window. rainyHe closed it. (and) Then he returned to hisplace again.

6. It was raining hard, (so) The children were openedspeaking about some amusement in <he openair.

Упражнение 36. Переведите следующие словосочетания и найдите в тексте предложения, где они употреблены

идти сильно (о дожде); заняться делом; сидеть задумчиво; уста­навливать декорации; пользоваться успехом; главная роль; пе­чальное обстоятельство; несмотря на; обойтись без чего-либо; волнующая сцена; герой (в книге, пьесе); на всякий случай; сто­ять не шелохнувшись; стрела влетела прямо в...

Упражнение 37. Переведите следующие предложения, обращая вни­мание на слова, выделенные курсивом.

1. Не stood s t i l l staring at me. He could not recognize me2. N ot that I had something against him, but I remembered my un­cle’s instructions and felt out of place in his presence. 3. Soviet bal­let was a great success all over the world. 4. I could not get all the necessary material in the library, but after all / d id very well w ith ­out it. 5. They set themselves a t work to prepare a new program for their theatre. 6. As i t was rain ing hard we decided to put off on- excursion. 7. This actor will play the principal p a rt in the plav. 8 Let us go to our club tonight and listen to the music. 9. My glance fell rig h t on his face and he looked up. 10. In sp ite of bad weather they decided to continue their trip.

102

Упражнение 38. Переведите предложения на английский язык по дан­ным образцам:

I. In s p i t e o f the ra in y d a y we went for a walk

Несмотря на

темноту, они продолжали свой путь его предупреждение, он решил остаться и ждать, ее приглашение, он боялся войти в зал. совет моего дяди, я познакомился в поезде с не­

сколькими молодыми людьми, трудную работу, она смогла навестить нас. болезнь, он очень много работал и написал статью

в срок

2. У (he) w o u l d go to a theatre w ith my friend' ездил в город во время каникул,

рисовал декорации для нашего школь- ного/театра,

играл во всех пьесах, мылся холодной водой, навещал старого дядю.

Я (Он) бывало (часто)

3. S h e u s e d to до to the forest when she was a ch ildобедала в столовой завода, а теперь

обедает дома, много путешествовала в молодости играла главные роли, брала детей с собой на прогулку.

Она обычно (бы­вало)

Упражнение 39. Заполните пропуски словами и словосочетаниями, данными к уроку на стр. 99. и переведите предложения.

1. There are plenty of ... in a big city. 2. The ... was a success and we congratulated the actors. 3. We think that she will play the ... part in the play. 4. If the day is ... tomorrow again the children will not be able to play in the garden 5. The friends were sitting ... round the table trying to find some explanation to his absence (от­сутствие). 6. I hope that we shall hear his ... fine voice at this concert.7. It will take us half an hour to ... the station. 8. Tell me all the ... of the case (дела) and we shall decide what to do. 9. The officer ... his men to fire at the enemy. 10. The boy likes to shoot but he can’t ... his aim yet. 11. To ... his task he had to look for (искать) some new material. 12. The collective farmers will ... this old barn and will build a new bigger one. 13. We asked him to ... our camp that night to protect (чтобы защитить) us from wild animals. 14. The partisans were waiting for the ... of the plane (самолет) when they saw a group of enemy soldiers coming out of the forest and opened fire. 15. While

103

travelling in America we could not ... comrade N. because he knows foreign languages. 16. They were almost ... when they stopped run­ning.

Упражнение 40. Переведите предложения согласно данному образцу:

а) as — так как, пот ом у чтоAs he is a t home now we can go to see him.Так как он уже дома, мы можем навестить его.

1. As it is rainy today you must not go out. 2. As he came home late I could not speak to him. 3. As the day was hot they decided lo go to the river. 4. As the performance was a success we asked the ac­tors to repeat it.

б) as — когда , в то время какA s he was going home he noticed something in the grass.В то время как он шел домой, он заметил что-то на траве.

1. As she was translating the text she found it easier and easier.2. As I raised the bow 1 saw my friend standing in front of me. 3. As Lanny was washing his hands and face the girl was holding the towel.

в) as — ка/с. в качествеHe works as a teacher.Он работает учителем.

1. After he graduates from the Institute he will go to the country to work as a doctor. 2. He served (служил) in the army as a soldier.3. As a friend I want to tell you that you were not right.

r) as ... as — так же ... как, т акой же ... какНе speaks E nglish as well as he speaks French.Он говорит по-английски так же хорошо, как и по-французски.

1. Не was as tired as all other comrades. 2. 1 am sure lie willstudy as well as his brother. 3. The second story is as interesting asthe first one. 4. My uncle knows as many stories as your grandfather.

д) as soon as — как только/Is soon as / come home, / shall ring you up.Как только я приду домой, я позвоню вам.

1. We shall go for a trip as soon as we finish our homework. 2. As soon as you come to town come to see us. 3. The child will be able to go out as soon as he is well again. 4. As soon as they reached the town they went right to his flat.

е) as well a s — т ак же, как и, а такжеThere is a radio-set as well as а Т. V. set in the room.В комнате есть телевизор, а также и радио.

104

1. They will read as well as write English at the lesson. 2. She bought all the necessary books as well as copybooks for you. 3. I am ready to drink tea as well as coffee.

ж) as well — т акж е, тоже

He w ill bring his book as well.Он принесет также и свою книгу.

1. She translated this article as well. 2. I shall show you my paint­ing as well. 3. He will drink this milk as well. 4 We want to study French as well.

з) so far (as) — пока

I t is a ll r ig h t so far.Пока все в порядке.

1. The theatre was a success so far as it went. 2. He studied we!! so far as he lived with us. 3. They spoke English every day so far as they studied in the same group.

и) as far as — насколько

As far as / know he is fond of music.Насколько я знаю, он любит музыку.

1. As far as we know, she is a good actress. 2. As far as I under­stand, they will not be able to work at this problem. 3. As far as I know, he will not follow my advice.

к) as far as — do

/ shall go as far as the forest.Я пойду до леса.

1. Не will swim as far as the bridge (моста). 2. They ran as far as the station. 3. The children are walking as far as the camp (лагерь).

Упражнение 41. Переведите следующие предложения:

1. Я буду бежать до берега реки (bank) и затем поверну обрат­но. 2. Так как моя сестра прекрасная актриса, она сможет помочь нам с нашей пьесой. 3 Насколько мне известно, он любил путеше­ствовать. 4. Я также хочу его видеть. 5. Его жена работает на фаб­рике директором. 6. Когда он поднял голову и посмотрел на нее, она поняла, что что-то случилось (that something had happened).7. Этот мальчик такой же смелый, как и ваш брат. 8. В библиотеке есть газеты, а также и журналы

105

улыбающаяся девочка; спящий ребенок; играющие дети; чи­тающий мужчина; танцующая молодежь (youth); ожидающий сту­дент; лежащие вещи; бегущая собака

Упражнение 43. Переведите предложения, пользуясь данными об­разцами:

I. Сейчас он читает.Не is reading now.Он много читает.Не reads much.

1. Посмотри, идет дождь. Летом здесь редко идет дождь. 2. Онсидит задумчиво в кресле. Он часто сидит так. 3. Они теперь путе­шествуют по Советскому Союзу. Они обычно путешествуют летом.4. Что они делают? Они играют в волейбол в саду. После работы они играют в волейбол. 5. Где сейчас доктор? Он делает операцию(to perform ап operation). Этот доктор делает операции почти ежед­невно. 6. Она сейчас едет на работу. Она ездит на работу в 8 часов.

2. Когда мы чошли, он о чем-то думал.When we came in, he was th inking about something.Он много думал об этой пьесе.Не thought much about this play.

I. Лэнни лежал на дороге без движения, когда его нашла соба­ка. Он часто лежал на траве, читая книгу. 2. Он шел в театр, когда купил этот журнал. Он ходил в театр очень редко, так как был за­нят по вечерам. 3. Когда она отдыхала, зазвонил телефон. Она редко отдыхала днем, нужно было присматривать за детьми (look after). 4. Когда они шли на станцию, они потеряли билет. Они хо­дили на станцию встречать вечерние поезда. 5. Когда она мыла посуду, она уронила стакан. Она всегда мыла посуду после еды.

3. Завтра * это время он будет идти в школу.Не w ill be going to school a t th is time tomorrow.Завт ра он пойдет в школу. Он уже здоров.Не w ill go to school tomorrow. He is already well.

1. С 1-го июня по l-e августа они будут жить в деревне и ра­ботать там в больнице. После окончания института они будут жить в деревне и работать там в больнице. 2. Весь день он будет работать в библиотеке. После уроков он будет работать в библиотеке. 3. Зав­тра в это время я с товарищами буду играть в футбол. В воскресенье я с товарищами поеду за город и буду стрелять в цель.

Упражнение 42. Переведите следующие словосочетания:

106

Упражнение 44. Замените причастные обороты придаточными пред­ложениями и переведите на русский язык.

The boy playing in the garden is m y brother.The boy who is playing in the garden is m y brother.

1. The man reading a newspaper in the reading-room is our teacher.2. There are many people resting in Sochi now. 3. He knows the actor playing the principal part in this play. 4. The woman painting the scenery is his wife. 5. The student speaking now is our monitor.

Упражнение 45. Переведите следующие предложения, определите, является ли выделенное слово Participle I или Gerund, и установите его функ­цию в предложении.

1. Не stopped w riting and sat th inking tor a while. 2. 1 can see that exciting scene now. 3. “Where are you hurrying to?” he asked his sister who was w alk in g quickly along the s tre e t.“ I am go in g to the club,” she answered. “There is a new film on there and I am a- fraid of being late." 4 Our company consisting of two boys and five girls decided to perform a play. 5. After preparing dinner she began to lay the table. 6. P laying volley-ball is a good amusement for young people. 7. She left the room without saying good-bye. 8. Trying to calm the crying girl he told her his life story. 9. The girl found Lanny lying on the ground. 10 We had the pleasure of seeing the perform­ance.

Упражнение 46. Переведите предложения, заполнив пропуски ге- рунд нем.

1. Не started ... (стрелять). 2. She began ... (рассказывать) us an interesting story. 3. Stop ... (болтать) and listen to me. 4. Go on ... (рисовать). 5. He finished ... (разучивать) the principal part of the play. 6. They succeeded in ... (найти) the book they were looking for. 7. She enjoys ... (гулять) in the field in spring.

Упражнение 47. Переведите предложения на английским язык, поль­зуясь данными образцами:

1. Instead o f h ittin g the apple he h it another aim.

пойти со мной в библиотеку, он пошел в клуб, поехать автобусом, они пошли туда пешком.

Вместо того пообедать в столовой, он решил выпить чашку чтобы кофе.

оставить ребенка дома, она взяла его с собой, купить эту книгу, она взяла ее в библиотеке.

107

2. H e s u c c e e d e d in w ritin g the article.

(купить билет на стадион, сыграть главную роль, поговорить с товарищем П.

3 . Не d i d n o t k n o w o f our being in the hall.она играет в театре.

Он не знал , они хорошо стреляют, о том, что мы его ожидаем здесь.

его дядя путешествует.

Упражнение 48. Переведите предложения, используя герундий.

I. Установив декорацию, ребята начали готовиться к представ­лению. 2. Вместо того, чтобы попросить его остаться, я приказал ему выйти из комнаты. 3. Быть актерами (играть) было очень интересно. 4. Мальчик боялся попасть в голову своего друга.5. Маленьким детям нравилось (enjoy) сидеть в зале и смотреть представление. 6. Я не знал, что он сам играет главную роль.

Упражнение 49. Прочтите и переведите предложения.

1. One rainy afternoon we children set ourselves at work (чтобы найти) some amusement for our holidays. 2. It was not easy (испол­нять) the principal part in that play. 3. We hope (сыграть) the play as soon as possible. 4. The task was (найти) an actor. 5. I had to (стрелять) at the apple on his head. 6. (Играть) in that play was a real pleasure and therefore all of us wanted (принять участие) in the performance. 7. Our uncle ordered (закрыть) the theatre because of an unfortunate circumstance. 8. The boy used (ходить) to the theatre therefore he thinks that he knows something about acting.9. I had no desire (разрешить) him to be William Tell and he decided (уйти) the company. 10. I took the pencils (чтобы нарисовать) some new scenery.

Упражнение 50. Переведите предложения на английский язык

1. Давайте не пойдем гулять. Идет дождь. 2. «Пусть Петр на­рисует декорацию»,— сказал я своим друзьям. 3. «Дайте я буду играть главную роль!» — воскликнул один из детей. 4. «Давайте сыграем эту драму во время каникул»,— сказал он. 5. «Пусть он попадет в это яблоко!» — закричали дети. 6. Пусть она подождет нас около театра. Мы ей тоже привезем билет. 7. Пусть он пригла­сит своих друзей смотреть нашу постановку. Мы уверены, что она им понравится. 8. Давайте споем эту песню еще раз. Пусть она на­чинает.

108

Упражнение 51. Заполните пропуски местоимениями m a n y , m u c h , f e w , l i t t l e , a f e w , a l i t t le и переведите предложения.

1. There was ... hay in the barn and we could not use the barn for our theatre. 2. In ... minutes they will be ready to begin the play.3. They played the drama ... times. It was a success. 4. He played the role of William Tell and the other principal parts himself because they had ... actors. 5. We h a d ... time before the beginningof the per­formance therefore'we had to hurry.

Упражнение 52. Переведите словосочетания на английский язык по образцу:

один из друзей (двое из, некоторые из, и т. д.) one of the friends ( two of, some of, etc.)

двое из мальчиков; некоторые из актеров; десять из пятидесяти рабочих; четверо из студентов; один из них; трое из публики; чет­веро из семьи; одна из девочек

Упражнение 53. Поставьте вопросы к выделенным членам предло­жения.

1. One rainy afternoon they were sitting thoughtfully in the barn.2. M y dram atic career ended because of an unfortunate circumstance.3. I can see poor little Pepper now.

Упражнение 54. Поставьте глаголы-сказуемые в соответствующее время. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. One afternoon my friend and 1 (to decide) to go for a walk. We (to be) ready to leave when the door (to open) and my sister (to come in). “ It (to rain) hard ,” she (to say). “ It (to be) better if you (to stay) at home. I (to hope) we (to find) some indoor amusement.” And we (to stay) at home.

2. Once when my uncle and his son (to travel) in the Ukraine they (to come) to Odessa. As you (to know) Odessa (to be) one of the most beautiful cities on the Black Sea shore. There (to be) one of the largest and finest opera-houses there. My uncle (to succeed) in buying the tickets and on the following evening they (to sit) in the theatre and (to look) at the stage. They (to like) the singers who (to sing) the principal parts. The performance (to be) a success.

3. On Saturday evening Ann (to call on) her friend Helen and (to ask) her: “ W hat you (to do) at 10 o ’clock on Sunday?”

“ 1 think that I (to read) the drama of William Tell as I (to make) a report on German literature on Monday. I guess that you (to intend) to invite me to go to the theatre with you in the afternoon but I (to be) sorry to say that I cannot accept your invitation.”

109

Упражнение 55. Ответьте на следующие вопросы к тексту урока:

1. Was it raining hard during all those six weeks at Rivermouth?2. What did Binny Wallace suggest?3. Why couldn’t they have a theatre in the loft of the stable?4. Where did they decide to have a theatre05. Why did the author of the story know something about’ the

theatre?6. The theatre was a success, wasn’t it?7. Who played the part of William Tell?8. Why did Fred Laugdon have to leave?(). What did he take with him?

10. What was over W hitcomb’s face?51. Did the arrow hit the apple or did it flow into Pepper’s mouth?12. Did the arrow hurt him seriously?13. What did the grandfather order?

Упражнение 56. Заполните пропуски предлогами и наречиями, где это необходимо.

1. The boy was waiting ... me to go ... the theatre. 2. The audi­ence consisted ... several boys and girls. 3. Instead ... hitting the apple the arrow flew right ... his mouth. 4. There w'ere very many people ... the performance. 5. William Tell had to shoot the apple ... his son’s head. 6. They wanted to find some indoor amusement ... their holidays. 7. “ What shall we do?” 1 asked addressing ... my friends.8. In spite ... his refusal (отказ) to help us we did very well ... him and succeeded ... preparing everything ... the performance.

Упражнение 57. Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Когда они вышли из дома, шел сильный дождь. 2. Я любил театр, поэтому я решил принять участие в представлении. 3. Пье­са имела успех. 4. Он ушел из нашей труппы, забрав все свои ве­щи. 5. Вы знаете, что Вильгельм Телль стрелял в яблоко? 6. Не рассказывайте ему об этом несчастном случае. 7. «Подними ружье и стреляй!» — приказал он мне. 8. Вместо того, чтобы попасть в цель, он попал в дерево. 9. «Ты должен нарисовать какую-нибудь не­обычную декорацию для нашей пьесы»,— сказал он мне. 10. «Кто сможет сыграть главную роль?» — спросил он.

Д И А Л О Г

AT THE THEATRE

I

A .: What a wonderful theatre this is! How large it is!В The house is full1 today. Did you have any trouble in getting2

the tickets?

110

<4.: 1 booked seats in advance.B.: Where are our seats?A.: The attendant (usher) will show us our seats. They are in the

stalls, in the middle of row 11.B .: I am eager for the performance to begin8, you know. I am very

fond of drama.A.: Oh, let’s hurry. There goes the second bellS.: How long will the play last?A.: I t ’s a play m foui acts. The performance will be over by 10

o ’clock, I suppose. I am sure you will enjoy the play depictingthe life of ordinary people.

B.\ I am glad of the chance4 to see this play.

II

A.: Well5, what do you think of the play ?B.: I enjoyed every minute of it." We had a very good time this

evening.A.: I think the acting was excellent.В So do К7 The main characters were superb.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. The house is full ... — Театр заполнен...2. Did you have any trouble in getting the tickets? — Было труд­

но достать билеты?3. I am eager for the performance to begin. — Я с нетерпением жду

начала спектакля.4. I am glad of the chance... — Я рад случаю...5. Well — Hyl Итак6: 1 enjoyed every minute of it.— Мне все в ней понравилось (до­

ставляло удовольствие).7. So do I.— И я гакже.

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

wondertul а чудесный, изумитель­ный, замечательный

lull (of) а полный, наполненный have trouble иметь затруднения book v заказывать in advance заранее seat л место, сидение attendant п зд. билетер stalls ft партер middle п середина row п ряд

be eager сильно делать , очень хо­теть

be fond (of) любить, нравиться; I am fond of swimming Я люблю пла­вать

last v длиться, продолжаться be over оканчиваться by prep к (какому времени) suppose v предполагать, полагать take place происходить, иметь место

111

enjoy v наслаждаться, получать удо- have a good time хорошо проводить вольствне время

depict v описывать, изображать ____,,_* л _ordinary О простой, обычный, обык- « се1|е" ‘ а отличны», превосходный

новенный superb а великолепный, превосход*be glad быть довольным, радоваться ный

Упражнение 58. Переведите следующие пары слов, употребляя ссуществительным указанные прилагательные:

а) wonderful

чудесная погода, чудесный вечер, изумительное здание, изу­мительная картина, чудесная декорация, чудесный голос

б) full

полный воздуха, полный воды, полный новостей, полный при­меров, полный книг, полный радости

в) ordinary

обыкновенный человек, обыкновенный цветок, простой матрос, простые люди, обычная работа, простое платье, обычный разговор

г) main

главная улица, основная идея, главная роль, главное здание, основная мысль, основная часть

д) excellent

отличная отметка, отличная работа, отличный ответ, отличная игра, отличная мысль

Упражнение 59. Переведите следующие словосочетания:

двенадцатый ряд, пятый ряд, первый ряд, двадцатый ряд. седьмой ряд, двадцать шестой ряд

Упражнение 60. Переведите предложения на английский язык, поль­зуясь данными образцами:

1. Не was g lad o f the chance to see th is play.

Он был рад случаю (возможности)

прочитать этот новый роман, поговорить с нею. показать всем свои картины, еще раз посмотреть эту пьесу, сыграть роль Гамлета, поехать за город.

112

2. He was fon d of reading (books).

Он любил

кататься на коньках, играть в шахматы, слушать музыку, путешествовать, веселые игры, его песни, цветы.

3. Н е is e a g e r tо m aster h is English.посмотреть эту драму, заниматься в вашей группе, увидеть Черное море, возвратиться домой, иметь этот красивый цветок, достать билеты на (for) этот спек­

такль.

Он очень хочет

4. Н е h a d ( s o m e ) t r o u b le in g ettin g the tickets.

Ему было трудно (ему стоило много хлопот)

сделать это. приготовить обед, присмотреть за детьми, найти хорошего доктора. • нарисовать декорацию к пьесе, достать красивые цветы зимой.

5. Н е e n jo y e d seeing th is picture.читая эту книгу.

Он наслаждал­ся.

играя с ним в теннис, купаясь в море.разговаривая с ней о литературе, играя эту роль, гуляя в саду.

6. I a m s u r e you w ill like the play.что вы последуете моему совету, что они возьмут меня с собой.

Я уверен, что я запомню все слова.что я смогу найти эту книгу, что он сыграет эту роль хорошо.

Упражнение 61. Переведите слова, данные в скобках, а затем пере­ведите предложения на русский язык.

1. If you want to see this play you should (заказать) the tickets (заранее). 2. Bad rainy weather (продолжалась) for three days and we could not play tennis. 3. Let him move the table to (середину)

из

of the room. I think he will be able to do it. 4. 11 you go to the club with us you (хорошо проведете время) there. 5. “ How long will this play (продолжаться)? “ I (полагаю) for about three hours.”6. Our seats were in (ряду) 3 and we could see everything perfectly well. 7. The meeting (будет иметь место) in the hall. It will begin at 12 o ’clock. 8. As you know the play (изображает) the life of schoolchil­dren of our days. I hope you will (получите удовольствие от нее).9. Don't put the books into this bookcase, it is already (полон книг).10. They were ready with their work (к) the end of the working day.11. What а (чудесный) dayl Let’s go to the river. 12. His sister (сильно желает) to become an actress. 13. Her uncle (был рад) to see the performance. He enjoyed it very much. 14. We know that he (лю­бит) classical music and often goes to the concerts. 15. The lesson (окончится) in 15 minutes. 16. I (уверен) that he will be glad to see you.

Упражнение 62. Перепедите предложения.

I . Кто покажет нам наши места? — Билетер. 2. Где наши места?— Они в 5-ом ряду партера. 3. Когда вы достали билеты? — Вче­ра. 4. Вам нравится драма? — Нет. мне нравится комедия. 5. Когда окончится представление? — Оно окончится к И часам. 6. Вы уверены, что ему понравится пьеса?— Да. 7. Вы хорошо провели врем я?— Да. 8. Что изображает эта картина? 9. Почему вас не было вчера в театре? — Я был болен. 10. Что вы думаете об этой пьесе? 11. Как вам понравилась игра актеров?

Упражнение 63. Выучите диалог “ At the theatre” наизусть.

ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫ Е РАЗГОВОРНЫЕ МОДЕЛИ

1. “ Where would you like to go?”“ I should like to go to the theatre (cinema).”

2. W hat’s on at the theatre to­day?

3. “ Who is this play by?”“ It is by N., the famous English playwright.”

4. It is worth seeing.5. He can arrange to get tickets

for me.6. Thanks for the tickets.7 The performance will begin

at 7 30

Куда вы хотели бы пойти?

— Мне хотелось бы пойти в те­атр (кино).

Что сегодня идет в театре?

Чья эта пьеса?— Она написана Н., известным

английским драматургом.Ее стоит посмотретьОн сможет достать для меня

билеты.Спасибо за билеты.Спектакль начнется в 7.30.

114

8. He played the part (therole) of ... in ... .

9- Who’s playing the leading role?Who’s performing the part of ...?

10. “ How did you enjoy theplay?”“ I enjoyed the play verymuch.”

11. Where is the film on?He is a movie-goer (film- fan).The script of the film is in­teresting.

Он играл роль ... в ... .

Кто играет ведущую роль?

Кто исполняет роль...?

Как вам понравилась пьеса?

— Я получил большое удоволь­ствие от этой пьесы.

Где идет этот фильм?Он — любитель кино.

Сценарий этого фильма инте­ресный.

Текст для перевода

ONE OF THE CENTRAL THEMES

Peace and how to get it is one ot the themes on which the Morning Star concentrates its attention.

From its very first issue it set out to expose the war-mongers, the merchants of death who made millions out of war and threats of war, and their men in the imperialist Governments who carried out policies which result in war.

It set itself the task, too. of showing how the ordinary people, those who suffered from war, could prevent it. provided they united their forces in a fight for peace.*

From its birth it backed up every struggle by colonial people to free themselves from the grip of the imperialists, because the British and the colonial peoples are fighting the same enemy.

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

central а центральный issue п зд. номер (газеты)-, выпуск,

издание atten tion п внимание expose v разоблачать war-monger п поджигатель войны

merchant п торговец, продавец, ку­пец

death п смерть threat п угроза war п войнаgovernment п правительство

* could prevent it provided they united their forces — могут предотвра­тить ее при условии, если они объединят свои силы

115

carry out о проводить (полит ику) policy а политикаresult (in) v кончаться, иметь pe-

providcd с/ при условииunite v объединятьforce n силаfight n борьбаbirth n рождениеstruggle n борьбаpeople, peoples n народ, народыfight v боротьсяenemy n враг

зультатом set v ставить (устанавливать) task n задачаordinary а простой, обыкновенный ordinary people простые люди suffer v страдать, пострадать prevent v предотвращать войну

Упражнение 64. Ответьте письменно на вопросы:

1. What is the Morning Star?2. On which theme did the newspaper concentrate its attention?3. Whom did the newspaper expose in its issues?4. Why did it expose those people?5. What can ordinary people prevent, if they unite their forces?6. What did the “ Morning S ta r” back up from its very birth?

Упражнение 65. Переведите предложения, пользуясь английским сло­варем:

1. Борьба за мир во всем мире — одна из тем газеты «Утрен­няя звезда». 2. Газета разоблачает поджигателей войны. 3. Эти торговцы смертью наживают миллионы на войне. 4. «Утренняя звезда» старается показать простым людям, как они могут предот­вратить войну. 5. Газета рассказывает своим читателям о борьбе колониальных народов за свое освобождение от власти (grip) им­периалистов.

I. Не Understood!

Two Americans were travelling in Spain. One morning they en­tered a little restaurant for lunch. They wanted some milk and sand­wiches. They did not know Spanish, and the waiter d idn ’t know English. So one of them took a piece of paper and began to draw a cow.

The waiter looked at it and then ran out of the restaurant. “ You see,” said the traveller to his friend, “ what a pencil can do for a man, who has difficulties in a foreign country.”

The waiter was back some time later, but he brought no milk. He put down in front of the men two tickets for a bull-fight.

МАТЕРИАЛ ДЛЯ ЧТЕНИЯ И ПЕРЕСКАЗА

116

II. A Busy Mother

One day a young lady was travelling by train together with her two sons. One of the boys was very quiet. He sat in the corner of the compartment looking through the window. His little brother was quite a different boy. He was playing noisily with other children in the corridor. The boys’ mother was reading a very interesting book. She paid no attention to her children.

Suddenly her eider son said:“ Mother, do you know the name of the station we passed a few

minutes ago?”‘No, I don’t , ” said the mother. “ And, please, stop asking me

questions. Don’t you see that 1 am reading?”“ I shan’t ask you any more questions. But i t ’s a great pity that

you don’t know the name of that station, because my little brother got off there.”

III. Not a Robber

One dark night a young man was going home from the railway sta­tion. The road was very lonely, for it was very late. He was walking as fast as he could. Then very suddenly he saw somebody following him. The faster he went the faster the man behind followed him.

At last he decided to turn into a side-street. So he turned into the first side-street and walked as fast as he could. After sometime the young man turned his head, looked back and saw the man walking behind him. “ It is c lear,” he thought, “ the man is a robber.” He took another turn and so did the robber. At last the young man turn­ed to him and said “ What do you want? Why are you following me?”

“ I ’m going to Mr Brown’s ,” said the man, “ and the porter at the station told me to follow you as Mr Brown lives next door to you. I don’t know his address.”

Упражнение 66. Перескажите каждый из рассказов, лавая полные ответы на следующие вопросы:

I. 1. Where were two Americans travelling? 2. What restaurant did they enter one morning? 3. What did they want to eat? 4. Did they know Spanish? 5. What did one of them draw? 6. What did the waiter do? 7. What did the traveller say to his friend ? 8. Did the waiter bring any milk? 9. What did he put down in front of the travellers?

II. 1. With whom was a young lady travelling by train? 2. What kind of boy was her elder son? 3. What was he doing? 4. What kind of boy was his brother? 5. What was he doing? 6. How was he play­

117

ing? 7. Did the mother pay attention to her children? 8. Why d idn 't she pay attention to them? 9. What did her elder son say sud­denly? 10. Was the mother angry with him? 11. Did she tell him to stop asking her questions? 12. What did the boy tell her?

III. 1. Who was going home from the station one dark night? 2. Why was the road lonely? 3. How was he walking? 4. What did he see suddenly? 5. What did he decide to do at last? 6. Did he walk as fast as he could? 7. Whom did he see behind him again? 8. What did the young man think? 9. What did he do at last? 10. What did he ask the robber? 11 Was the man really a robber? 12. What did he tell the young man?

LESSON FOUR

(The Fourth Lesson)

Г р а м м а т и к а :1. Причастие 11. (Partic iple 11)2. Времена группы Perfect.

3. Времена группы Perfect Continuous (Present. Past).4 Относительные местоимения who, which, that .

5. Местоимения all, both6. Инверсия

Т е к с т : Japanese Legend

i. п р и ч а с т и е II(PARTICIPLE II)

Participle II правильных глаголов образуется при помощи при­бавления суффикса -ed к неопределенной форме глагола:

to ask — asked to work — worked

Participle 11 неправильных глаголов образуется чередованием звуков в корне (см. таблицу на стр. 360, II! форма глагола).

to s it — sat to write — written to make — made

Participle II соответствует русским страдательным причастиям настоящего и прошедшего времени.

finished — заканчиваемый, законченныйwritten — написанныйasked — спрашиваемый, спрошенный

1) Participle II входит в состав сказуемогоа) всех времен группы Perfect:

1 have done my homework.Я сделал свою домашнюю работу.

б) всех времен страдательного залога (Passive Voice, см. стр. 150):

This book was read by many students.Эта книга была прочитана многими студентами.

2) Participle II употребляется в качестве определения к суще­ствительному:

Do this exercise in w ritten form.Сделайте это упражнение в письменной форме.

Причастие II, как и причастие I в функции определения, в ан­глийском предложении употребляется как перед определяемым словом, так и непосредственно после него.

The written composition...Написанное сочинение...

The composition written by the student...Сочинение, написанное студентом...

Упражнение I. Образуйте Participles II от следующих глаголов и переведите их:

to smoke, to cut, to write, to prepare, to love, to arrive, to trans­late, to watch, to kill, to paint, to wash, to begin, to buy, to find, to know.

Упражнение 2. Переведите следующие словосочетания:

fallen tree; excited student; sent letter; frightened look; turned face; translated article; bread cut; story begun; things hidden, pencil offered; closed theatre; film shown; question asked; song heard

Ф у н к ц и и P a r t ic ip le N в п р ед л о ж е н и и

Упражнение 3. Переведите на английский язык следующие слова и словосочетания:

1) сделанный, умытый, застреленный, сыгранный, оставлен­ный, наполняемый, положенный, рассказанный, успокоенный, известный, пропетый, организованный

120

2) театр, закрытый его дядей; школа, открытая в этой дерев­не; декорация, нарисованная моим братом; вещи, положенные на кровать; удивленный мальчик; книга, забытая в поезде; папироса, предложенная им; история, рассказанная вчера

Упражнение 4. Переведите на английский язык.

купил, покупая, купленный; спросил, спрашивая, спрошенный; играл, играя, сыгранный; заказал, заказывая, заказанный; разру­шил, разрушая, разрушенный; разоблачил, разоблачая, разобла­ченный; достиг, достигая, достигнутый; поднял, поднимая, подня­тый; повторил, повторяя, повторенный

Упражнение 5. Заполните пропуски, выбрав нужную форму причастия и переведите предложения.

1. The girl ... on the blackboard is our monitor. Everything ... here is quite right, (writing, written)

2. The house ... by tall trees is very beautiful. The wall ... the house was very high, (surrounding, surrounded)

3. Who is that boy ... his homework at the window? The exer­cises ... by the pupils are easy, (doing, done)

4. The girl ... the floor is my sister. The ... floor looked very clean, (washing, washed)

II. ВРЕМЕНА ГРУППЫ PERFECT

Времена группы Perfect образуются при помощи вспомогатель­ного глагола to have в соответствующем времени и Participle II смыслового глагола.

I have written a letter.Я написал письмо.

Не had finished his work by 6 o ’clock.Он закончил свою работу к 6 часам.

She will have finished reading this book by Monday. Она прочитает эту книгу к понедельнику.

В вопросительной форме вспомогательный глагол to have ставится перед подлежащим.

Have you written a letter?Had he finished his wotk by six o ’clock?

121

В отрицательной форме частица not ставится после вспомога­тельного глагола to have.

I have not written a letter.He had not finished his work by 6 o ’clock.

В разговорной речи вспомогательный глагол to have употреб­ляется в сокращенной форме, если подлежащее выражено место­имением:

I ’ve [aivj done he’s [hi:z ] done we’ve [w i:v| done

В отрицательной форме возможны два варианта сокращений:I ’ve not done, f haven’t done

Participle II является неизменяемой частью этой формы. Из­меняемой частью является вспомогательный глагол to have

Present Perfect Past Per feci Future Perfect

1 have just come home. 1 had come home by 3 o'clock.

1 shall have come home by 3 o'clock to ­morrow

He will have come home by 3 o ’clock to­morrow

Перфектные формы выражают действие, предшествующее тому или иному моменту настоящего, прошедшего или будущего. Эта связь с последующим моментом в перфектных формах часто приоб­ретает характер результативности и завершенности.

Не has just come home.Он только что пришел домой. (Он уже дома.)

After he had got their telegram he went to meet them.Он пошел встретить их, после того как получил их телеграмму.

I shall have finished my work by the time you comeЯ уже закончу работу к моменту вашего прихода.

Перфектные формы не употребляются в повествовании для вы­ражения ряда последовательно совершающихся действий. В та­ких случаях употребляются формы Indefinite.

Не went to the table, sat down and began writing.Он пошел к столу, сел и начал писать.

The Present Perfect Tense (Настоящее время группы Perfect)

Present Perfect употребляется для выражения действия, закон­ченного к настоящему моменту и связанного с этим моментом.

Pr.esent Perfect употребляется:

1) когда говорящий лишь констатирует факт совершения дейст­вия, не указывая время его совершения:

(a) I have written my report.Я уже написал доклад. (Вот он, вы можете его взять.)

В этом предложении говорящий сообщает, что было совершено определенное действие и результат его налицо.

(b) I have been to the Tretyakov Gallery*Я был в Третьяковской галерее.

В этом предложении говорящий сообщает, что было совершено определенное действие, он констатирует факт его совершения, не указывая, когда оно совершилось.

2) когда указан период времени, который еще не закончился, например: today this week, this month, this year.

1 haven't seen him th is week.Я не видел его на этой неделе.

3) с наречиями неопределенного времени never, ever, just, yet, already и т. д.

Не has just returned.Он только что возвратился.

4) с предлогом since с.I haven’t seen him since then (1945).

С тех пор (с 1945 г.) я его не видел.

5) в сложноподчиненном предложении с союзом since Present Perfect употребляется в главном предложении, а в придаточном Past Indefinite.

I haven’t heard of him since he left Moscow.Я не слышал о нем, с тех пор как он уехал из Москвы.

6) вместо Future Perfect в придаточных предложениях времени и условия.

И I have read this article by the end of the week, 1 shall give you the magazine.

* После глагола to be в значений посетить во временах Perfect обычно употребляется предлог to.

123

Если я прочту эту статью к концу месяца, я дам тебе этот журнал.

Present Perfect никогда не употребляется, если есть точное ука­зание времени в прошлом. В таких случаях употребляется Past Indefinite.

I was in Leningrad last month.В прошлом месяце я был в Ленинграде.

Present Perfect обычно переводится на русский язык прошед­шим временем.

В тех случаях, когда Present Perfect обозначает действие, еще не закончившееся, глагол в этой форме переводится на русский язык, как правило, глаголом в настоящем времени.

Не has been ill for two weeks.Он болен две недели (в течение двух недель).

1 have known hei since 1950 Я знаю ее с 1950 года.

Упражнение 6. Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык:

1. Have you evei been to Kiev? 2. She has already done her work.3. He has not come yet. 4. She has lost her copy-book. 5. He has not written her since their last meeting. 6. I have lived in this house all my life 7. She has not visited us since she graduated from the University and went to the Far East to work. 8. We have bought all the necessary things. 9. Have you seen her today? 10. We have already heard this song.

Упражнение 7. Перевел и те следующие предложения на английский язык:

1. Я никогда не был в Англии. 2. Мой друг только что кончил читать вашу статью. 3. Эта студентка перевела несколько англий­ских стихов на русский язык 4. Вы обедали? 5. Какие новые фильмы вы видели на этой неделе? 6. Вы уже окончили универси­тет? 7. Я не разговариваю с ним с тех пор, как мы поссорились.8. Он еще не ответил на ваш вопрос.

Различие между Present Perfect и Past Indefinite

Present Perfect обозначает действие, совершившееся в прошлом, но соотнесенное с настоящим временем, имеющее какой-то резуль­тат в настоящем времени, тогда как Past Indefinite обозначает дей­ствие, совершившееся в прошлом и никаким образом не связанное с настоящим.124

Сравните:Present Perfect Past Indefin ite

1. 1 have got a letter. 1. I got a letter yesterday.Я получил письмо. (Вот оно.) Я вчера получил письмо.

2. Have you been to the Cri- 2. When were you in the Cri­mea? mea?Вы были в Крыму? (Говоря- Когда вы были в Крыму? (Го-щего интересует сам факт, а ворящего ннтересует времяне время.) действия.)

Упражнение 8. Переведите следующие предложения, употребляя Prcs- enl Perfec t или Past In d e f in i te :

1. Кто сказал вам о этом? 2. Я очень сожалею, но его нет дома. Он только что ушел. 3. Он окончил институт два года тому назад.4. Они уже сдали два экзамена. 5. Вчера она была в театре. 6. Мы ничего не слышали об этой пьесе. 7. Читали ли вы рассказ о Виль­гельме Телле? 8. Он поехал туда в воскресенье. 9. На этой неделе они были в музее Ленина. 10. Когда он обедал? 11. Мы с ним не ви­делись с 1945 года. 12. Она болела несколько дней. Сейчас она оченьслаба./

Упражнение 9. Ответьте на следующие вопросы по данному образцу:

"Have you ju st come here?" “ Yes, / have."“ When d id you come here?" “ / came here five m inutes ago."

1. Have you ever been to London?When were you in London?

2. Have you had your breakfast?When did you have your brea'dast?

3. Have you read the newspaper today?When did you read the newspaper?

4. Have you learned new words from the text?When did you learn new words from the text?

5. Have you fulfilled the plan of your work?When did you fulfil the plan of your work?Упражнение 10. Заполните пропуски соответствующими наречиями

и наречными словосочетаниями: e v e r , a lr e a d y , s e v e r a l y e a r s a g o , y e t , n e v e r , n o w , la s t y e a r , j u s t .

1. Hurry up. The train has ... arrived. You may be late. 2. ... the child could not walk, but ... nobody can even catch him. 3 Shehas ... been to England but she knows English quite well. 4. Hehasn’t finished reading the magazine... . As soon as he finishes read­ing it he will give it to you. 5. It happened to me ... . 6. They have ... met him. I think they are on their way home now. 7. Have you ... heard this American song?

125

Упражнение 11. Ответьте на следующие вопросы по данному об­разцу:

Are you s ti l l reading this book? No, / am not. / have read i t a l­ready.

1. Are you still speaking about it? 2. Is he still preparing his home work? 3. Are you still having a rest? 4. Is she still smoking? 5 Are they still doing their work? 6. Are you still washing your hands?

Упражнение 12, Ответьте на следующие вопросы, обращая внима­ние на время глагола.

1. Have you been to Leningrad? 2. When did you finish school?3. What new plays have you seen this month? 4. What kind of plays do you like best of all? 5. How many English stories have you read this week? 6. When did you come home yesterday? 7. Where is your copy-book? Have you done your homework?

Упражнение 13. Поставьте глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужном вре­мени. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. If everybody (to read) this new novel, let us discuss it. 2. The girl (to find) Lanny lying on the road motionless. 3. She (to be ill) the whole week. You ought to go and help her in her studies. 4. “ You (to book) the tickets?” “ Yes. I have. I (to book) them several days ago.” 5. “ I (to warn) you,” said Gert to Lanny. "And I never (to warn) tw ice.” 6. “ I am glad that you (to follow) my instructions,” my uncle (to say). 7. When they (to enter) the kitchen she (to give) him a bowl full of water to wash his face and hands. 8. I can hardly recognize you. I (not to see) you since you (to leave) for Odessa. And you (to change) so much. 9. The children (to decide) to play in the garden because the day was warm and the sun (to shine) brightly. 10. “ You (to travel) never, therefore you (not to know) anything about the dangers of travel.” my uncle said to me.

Упражнение 14. Поставьте следующие предложения в PresentPerfect, сделайте другие необходимые изменения. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. 1 shall have breakfast in 10 minutes. 2. She is washing the child.3. They often quarrel. 4. He will join us. 5. She was here a minu­te ago. 6. What happened to him yesterday? 7. 1 understand every­thing. 8. He tells me the news. 9. The students are already dining.10. “ What will you do tomorrow?” he asked me.

Упражнение 15. Переведите предложения по следующим образцам:

1. Я не видел моего учителя, с тех пор как закончил школу./ have not seen т у teacher iince I fin ished school.

126

Я не видел моего дру­га, с тех пор как

мы отдыхали с ним на юге. я уехал из города, уехал путешествовать, начал учиться по вечерам, он стал актером окончилась война.

2. Сколько прошло недель с тех пор, как он написал вам?

How many weeks have passed since he wrote to you?она приехала домой? вы начали свое путешествие? ваш сын пошел в школу? его навестил дядя? он заболел? (to fall ill)

Сколько прошло с тех пор как

дней.

The Past Perfect Tense (Прошедшее время группы Perfect)

Past Perfect употребляется для выражения действия, закончив­шегося к определенному моменту в прошлом. Этот момент может быть определен как обстоятельством времени, например, by five o ’clock, by Saturday, так и другим действием, выраженным глаголом в Past Indefinite.

1 had written a composition by 6 o ’clock yesterday.Я написал сочинение вчера к 6 часам.

1 had written a composition when you came.Я написал сочинение к тому времени когда вы пришли.

After he had passed his examinations he went to see his parents.После того как он сдал экзамены, он поехал навестить роди­

телей.Before she entered the University she had worked at our factory.До того как поступить в университет, она работала на нашей

фабрике.

Упражнение 16. Переведите следующие предложения на русский язык: •

1. She thought that Gert and Lanny had had a quarrel. 2. By the time we came lo see him, he had returned home. 3. During the holi­days my friend decided to visit the village where he had lived be­fore the war. 4. When they entered the hall the performance had al­ready begun. 5. When I came home my wife told me that she had re­ceived a letter from her parents. 6. Where had you worked before you entered the Institute? 7. When we reached the station our train had

127

already gone. 8. By 2 o ’clock the teacher had examined all the stu­dents. 9. On my way to the office I remembered that I had left the report at home. 10. All of my friends were glad to hear that I had pass­ed all the examinations successfully.

Упражнение 17. Употребите глаголы, данные в скобках, в Past Perfect или Past Indefinite.

1. Не (to study) French before he (to enter) the University. 2. Lan­ny (to say) toG ert that he (to get) his education in Cape Town. 3. The boy (to want) to play the principal part in the play because he (to organize) their theatre. 4. Lanny (not to know) who (to attack) him in the darkness. 5. The girl was glad that she (to find) a seat near the window. 6. Suddenly he (to remember) that he (not to ring) her up in the morning. 7. By the time the train (to reach) the city he (to make) friends with many passengers. 8. After his uncle (to leave) he (to rush) to the station to book a ticket.

Упражнение 18. Переведите следующие предложения:

1. Я сказал, что уже предупредил его. 2. К концу июня они уже сдали все экзамены. 3. До того как она приехала в деревню работать учительницей, он уехал в Киев. 4. Когда она возвратилась домой, дети уже ушли в школу. 5. Вчера я встретил моего друга, которого не видел с 1940 года. 6. После того как мой брат начал работать в этом институте, он написал очень интересную статью.

The Future Perfect Tense (Будущее время группы Perfect)

Future Perfect употребляется:1) для выражения действия, которое будет закончено к опре­

деленному моменту в будущем.I shall have written a composition by 6 o ’clock tomorrow.Я напишу сочинение завтра к 6 часам.

2) для выражения будущего действия, которое совершится ранее другого будущего времени.

[ shall have written a composition when you come.Я напишу сочинение к тому времени, когда вы придете.

Упражнение 19. Переведите следующие предложения и определите время сказуемого:

1. I hope that you will not have forgotten me by the end of the week. 2. I hope that you will not forget my address. 3. We shall be painting the scenery the whole morning tomorrow. 4. We shall have

128

painted Ihe scenery by the time the pertormance begins. 5. You will learn this poem by heart. 6. You will have learned this poem by heart by the end of the lesson. 7. 1 shall have bought that magazine before you come. 8. He will examine his students tomorrow. 9. He will be examining his students the whole day tomorrow. 10. By the end of the week I shall have spent the money. 11. I think he will spend the money on books.

Упражнение 20. Переведите следующие предложения:

1. К тому времени как они придут, я уже вернусь домой. 2. К тому времени как поезд подойдет, мы уже приедем на станцию-3. К трем часам мы уже пообедаем. 4. К какому времени вы закон­чите обсуждение этой статьи? 5. Я приготовлю обед к тому време­ни, когда дети придут домой из школы. 6. К тому времени, когда пойдет дождь, они уже добегут до леса. 7. К тому времени, когда он встанет, почтальон (postman) уже принесет газеты.

Упражнение 21. Поставьте глаголы, стоящие в скобках, в Past In­definite, Present, Past или Future Perfect.

1. “ You (to see) this play?” “ Yes, 1 (to see) it last week.”2. When he (to perform) this role? 3. 1 (not to know) that she (to grad­uate from) the University. 4. He (to go) to the theatre last night. 5. By the end of next week he (to write) his report. 6. 1 (to speak) already to our teacher about it. 7. He (to think) that they (to return) home the day before. 8. You (to be) ever to Leningrad? 9. I (to buy)a new text-book because 1 (to lose) my old one. 10. I (not to visit)my native town since I (to leave) it.

III. ВРЕМЕНА ГРУППЫ PERFECT CONTINUOUS (PRESENT. PAST)

Времена группы Perfect Continuous образуются при помощи вспомогательного глагола to be в соответствующем времени Per­fect и причастия настоящего времени смыслового глагола.

She has been working here since 1960.Она работает здесь с I960 года.

She had been working for two hours before her friend came.Она работала в течение двух часов до того, как пришел ее друг.

При образовании вопросительной формы первый вспомога­тельный глагол ставится перед подлежащим:

Has she been working here since 1960?Had she been working for two hours before her friend came?

5 - 1 3 1 2 129

При образовании отрицательной формы частица not ставится после первого вспомогательного глагола.

She has not been working here since 1960.She had not been working for two hours before her friend came.

Как формы продолженного вида (Continuous) они выражают действие в процессе его совершения и исключают его законченность.

Как формы перфектные (Perfect) они выражают действие, на­чатое до момента высказывания.

She has been waiting for me tor two hours.Она ждет меня в течение двух часов.

В этом предложении говорящий сообщает о том, что его не толь­ко ждут сейчас, в данный момент, но что начали ждать за 2 часа до этого момента, что состояние «ожидания» началось в прошлом и продолжается и сейчас.

Сравните:Present Continuous Present Perfect Continuous

She is waiting for me there. She has been waiting for methere for 2 hours.

Она ждет меня там. (Сейчас, Она (уже) ждет меня там в те- в данный момент). ченне 2 часов.Во временах Perfect Continuous не могут употребляться те же

глаголы, которые не употребляются и в формах Continuous (to love, to be, to see, to possess, to seem, to like и т.п .). Чтобы передать значение Perfect Continuous, эти глаголы употребляются в форме Perfect.

1 have known him for several years.Я знаю его несколько лет.

The Present Perfect Continuous Tense

Present Perfect Continuous употребляется для .выражения дли­тельного действия, начавшегося в определенный момент в прошлом и продолжающегося в настоящее время.

Present Perfect Continuous переводится на русский язык глаго­лом в настоящем времени.

I have been working at this factory for five years.Я работаю на этой фабрике пять лет.

The Past Perfect Continuous Tense

Past Perfect Continuous употребляется для выражения действия, которое началось в определенный момент в прошлом, продолжалось130

в течение определенного периода до начала другого действия, вы­раженного глаголом в Past Indefinite.

I had been working for two hours when you came.Я работал уже два часа, когда вы пришли.

• Past Perfect Continuous обычно переводится на русский язык глаголом несовершенного вида в прошедшем времени.

Упражнение 22. Поставьте глаголы, стоящие в скобках, в нужном времени:

а) в Present Continuous или Present Perfect Continuous

1. He (to run) now. He (to run) for ten minutes without any rest.2. What they (to do) now? They (to work) in the reading-room. They (to work) for some time. 3. She (to wash) in the bathroom (now). She (to wash) for half an hour. 4. Where is he now? He is in the gar­den. He (to play) volley-ball with his friends. He (to play) the whole morning.

б) в Past Continuous или Past Perfect Continuous

1. When I came home he (to sleep). He (to sleep) for some time.2. It (to rain) when they left the house. It (to rain) hard during the whole morning. 3. She (to go) to this school for several years when the war broke out. 4. They (to sit) on the platform for 15 minutes before the train arrived.

Упражнение 23. Переведите на английский язык.

1. Они давно переписываются друг с другом. 2. Он говорил уже целый час, когда мы решили прервать его. 3. Он работает в этой больнице с 1950 года. 4. Они живут на этой улице многие годы. 5. Я шел около двух часов, пока наконец не пришел к лесу. 6. Он долго смотрел на него, пока наконец не начал говорить. 7. Ребенок спит уже больше часа.

Упражнение 24. Поставьте глаю лы, данные в скобках, в нужном времени. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. “ What you (to do) here?” “ I (to prepare) for my report.” “ How long you (to prepare) for it?” “ I (to prepare) for it since last Sunday.”2. He (to teach) at school five years when the war (to break out). 3. She (to study) English since 1962. 4. “ What you (to read)?” “ I (to read) a magazine.” “ How long you (to read) it?” “ 1 (to read) it for half an hour.” 5. She (to live) in Moscow for two years when her sister (to come) to live with her. 6. Our teacher (to come). Now he (to speak) with our monitor. 7. They (to speak) when I (to look) at them. 8. I (to walk) about an hour when I (to see) a little house not far from the river. 9. After he (to read) the newspaper he (to give) it to his brolh- er. 10. He (to leave) for Leningrad in 1950 and since then he <to-5* 131

live) there. 11. He (to tell) me about a new film. 12. Tomorrow at this time we (to discuss) your report. 13. She (to read) a book which I (to give) her the day before. 14. “ You ever (to be) to Leningrad?” “ Yes, I (to be) there last summer.” 15. “ What your friend (to do) now?” “ She (to have dinner). She usually (to have dinner) at 3 o ’clock.” 16. 1 (to buy) a new dress. I (to show) it to you tomorrow.17. Who (to take care) of your children when you (to go) to Leningrad?18. When our train (to arrive) in Kiev? 19. “ Hallo, Peter! Where you (to go)?” “ 1 (to go) to the library .” 20. What you (to do) when I (to ring) you up?

tv. ОТНОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ WHO, WHICH THAT

Относительные местоимения who, which, that вводят опреде­лительные придаточные предложения, т. е. употребляются для связи придаточного определительного предложения с главным.

Относительное местоимение who, whom употребляется по от­ношению к лицам.

The man who came here is my sister’s Iriend-Человек, который пришел сюда, — друг моей сестры.

Относительное местоимение which употребляется по отношению к неодушевленным предметам и к животным

Не showed me the letter which he had received the day before.Он показал мне письмо которое получил накануне.

At last 1 saw the dog which my brother had promised to show me.Наконец я увидел собаку которую мой брат обещал пока­

зать мне.

Относительное местоимение that может употребляться как по отношению к лицам, так и по отношению к неодушевленным пред­метам и животным.

The text that 1 translated yesterday was not difficult.Текст, который я перевел вчера, не был труден.

The girl that we were talking about will come in the evening.Девушка, о которой мы говорили придет вечером

Упражнение 25. Переведите следующие сочетания, употребляя мес­тоимения w h o , w h ic h , th a t :

1. мальчик, который спит; мой друг, который прислал письмо, девушка, которая нашла деньги; студенты, которые пойдут в те­атр; учитель, который показывал эти книги; доктор, который придет

132

2. комната, которая полна народу; место, которое было у окна; декорация, которую ом нарисует; театр, который мой дедушка закрыл; дверь, которую он открыл; книга, которую он берет

3. собака, которая нашла его; полотенце, которое я дам ему; молодая женщина, которая сидит за столом; молодые люди, кото­рые поют песню; песня, которую я вспомнил; правило которое она объяснила

Упражнение 26. Заполните пропуски относительными местоимениями who (whom), which,

1. The people ... are sitting near the window are his neighbours.2. It was the only play ... they had seen in that theatre. 3. The wo­man ... came to my sister was a well-known actress. 4. The house ... you saw yesterday belongs to her old uncle. 5. The man ... came to help her often comes into our park to listen to music. 6. The neigh­bour ... had brought her brother’s letter was a very kind man. 7. The text ... they had copied is from my text-book. 8, The girl brought home the cat ... she had found in the street. 9. This is the man about ... I was speaking. 10. The young men ... we saw in the park are my students.

V МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ ALL. BOTH

1) All весь, вся, всё, все может быть в предложении подлежащим, частью составного сказуемого, дополнением и определением:

All is said.Все сказано.That is a ll that l know.Это все, что я знаю.Не forgot a ll about it.Он все забыл.All the students have passed their exams.Все студенты сдали экзамены.

(Заметьте, что с местоимением all слово mankind человечество употребляется без артикля - all mankind.)

Местоимение all не употребляется с исчисляемыми существи­тельными в единственном числе. В этих случаях употребляется словосочетание the whole, а с именами собственными the whole of ...

the whole country вся страна the whole ot France вся Франция

133

Часто вместо артикля употребляются притяжательные место­имения his, her.

her whole family вся ее семья

All of означает все из, все: All of them все они.

Упражнение 27. Переведите следующие предложения:

1. Я хочу осмотреть всю Москву. 2. Он прочитал всю газету. 3. Она съела все яблоки. 4. Учитель просмотрел все контрольные работы.5. Вся его семья встречала нас. 6. Прочтите всю статью. 7. Все мы видели этот фильм. 8. Мы хотим прослушать всю пластинку (record).9. Все дети выбежали из класса.

2) Местоимение both оба, обе употребляется как подлежащее, определение и дополнение.

Both seemed tired.Оба казались усталыми.Both (the) articles are interesting.Обе статьи интересные.Не pointed to both.Он указал на обоих.

VII. ИНВЕРСИЯ

Помимо общих случаев (обратный порядок слов в вопроситель­ном предложении) инверсия имеет место в предложениях, начинаю­щихся со следующих наречии или союзов: never никогда, hardly, scarcely едва, seldom редко, in vain напрасно, little мало, nei­ther..., nor также не, (not) only (не) только, no sooner ... than кактолько, не успел ... как, и др.

Only as he left the room did he remember his promise.Только когда он вышел из комнаты, он вспомнил свое обещание.

В этих случаях перед подлежащим стоит только вспомогатель­ный или модальный глагол, вход.ший в состав сказуемого (как и в вопросительных предложениях).

Never in my life have 1 seen such a thing.Никогда в жизни я не видел такого.

Scarcely had he entered the house when it began to rain.Едва он вошел в дом, как начался дождь.

Hardly had he locked the door when the bell rang again.Едва он запер дверь, когда снова зазвонил звонок.

134

1. Only when we reached the house did she turn to me. 2. Never have 1 read such an interesting article. 3. Only then did he under­stand his mistake. 4. In vain did we try to make him do it. 5. No sooner had he arrived than he fell ill. 6. Never, indeed, did he for­give1 her that episode. 7. No sooner had they disappeared than Nicho­las heard the sound of clattering footsteps. 8. Hardly had our party reached the station when it began to rain. 9. In vain did he try to explain what had happened.

Упражнение 29. Составьте предложения из следующих слов, применяя инверсию.

1. They, to shoot, had, warned, him, scarcely, I, began, when.2. Never, lie, visit, us, will. 3. We, in vain, him, ask, not to leave us, did. 4. She, only, the train, as, started, did, find out (узнала), that, had left, at home, she, her ticket. 5. Than, no sooner, I, return­ed, home, had, came, my friends, to see me. 6. He, little, know, did, her life, about. 7. Hardly, got, our company, had, on, board the train, it. when, to move, began.

Упражнение 28. Переведите на русский язы к, пользуясь словарем.

Т е к с m

' JAPANESE LEGEND

There is a strange belief among the Japanese people that mirrors have souls. Therefore mirrors have an honourable place in a Japanese house.

Here is' a short story which illustrates the high esteem in which some Japanese families held these fashionable articles of toilet2.

There was a certain house in the town of Kyoto, which people,, avoided. The reason for their fear w'as that two of the former owners of the house had drowned themselves in the well that stood in the yard. Both of these tenants had been very happy and there seemed no cause3 for them to commit suicide1, yet both had become victims of some wicked spell.

The house had been lying empty for some time, as no one was will­ing to occupy a place with such a bad reputation, and so it was let5 very cheaply to Matsumura, a poor man.

Shortly after Matsumura became the owner of the house8, a gr^at drought occured in lhat area. M atsumura’s well was one of the few that did not go dry7 and he allowed people to come and draw' wa­ter from it.

One day there was an outcry in the yard. A young man had drown­ed in the well! Only then did Matsumura recall all the queer sto-

135

ries about the strange house. Once more the people of the neighbour­hood shunned the house and went to draw their water elsewhere, leaving Matsumura alone.

As he sat on the brink of the well something white appeared in the dark water below. It was a face of a very beautiful woman. She smiled wistfully up at the man. Matsumura had hardly strength to run from the well. Then he called some men to help him to cover the well with great stones and logs.

That night there came a knock at his door8. He opened it and saw the maiden of the well standing in the moonlight. In spite of his terror Matsumura cried, ‘‘Witch, what do you want? Why have you drawn people to the death?”

The girl said, “ I am not a witch. I did not desire the death of those good men. I only wanted their help. Search for my body in the well and then I shall be at rest".”

So saying she melted like a wisp ol smoke.Matsumura spent a troubled night. Early next morning he told

his story to the neighbours. When they had searched the well thor­oughly, all that they found was a mirror covered with mud.

Matsumura carefully cleaned it and found it was a silver mirror. On the back there were inscriptions which he could not read save for"1 a few scattered dates and names.

One evening the maiden was in his room again. “ Kind m an,” she said, “ I thank you for your care of me. I am the soul of the mir­ror. I belonged in ancient times to Lady Kamo and had been an heir­loom in her family for many years. One day however a jealous lady in a fit of rage threw me into the well. I longed to escape. Oh man, give me to Lord Yoshimasa, the descendant of my first mistress andI shall be happy, again.” With these words she vanished.

Matsumura brought the mirror to Lord Yoshimasa and it spent the rest of its days in Lord Yoshimasa’s house.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. Here is ... — Вот...2. ...the high esteem in which some Japanese families held these

fashionable articles of toilet.—... большое уважение, которым пользовались в некоторых японских семьях эти модные пред­меты туалета.

3. ... there seemed no cause...—... казалось, не было причины... There в оборотах типа there is, кроме глагола to be, употреб­ляется с рядом других глаголов, близких по значению к гла­голу to be, например, to live, to exist, to seem и др.

Примеры:Once upon a time there lived a man.Много лет тому назад жил (=был) человек.

1 3 6

There comes a time...Наступит время...

4. to commit suicide — покончить жизнь самоубийством5. it was let — он был сдан внаем6. Shortly after Matsumura became the owner ol the house ...—

Вскоре после того, как Мацумура стал владельцем дома...7. did not go dry — не высох; глагол to go в сочетании с прила­

гательными употребляется в значении делаться, становиться, например, to go mad сойти с ума (букв, сделаться су­масшедшим), to go bad испортиться (буки. сделаться пло­хим) и т. д.

8. there came a knock at his door. — раздался стук в дверь.9. I shall be at rest.— я успокоюсь.

10. save for — за исключением, кроме

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

belief п вера, убеждение, поверисJapanese а японскийmirror п зеркалоhonourable а почетныйfashionable а модныйarticle п предметavoid v избегатьthe reason for smth. причина чего-то,

основание для чего-тс. lear п страхtwo of (both of, one ol) двое из (оба,

один из) former а бывший drown t' тонуть yard п дворtenant л арендатор, съемщик yet adv тем не менее v ictim п жертва wicked а злойto be willing (о do something хотеть

сделать что-либо occupy v занимать such a bad такой плохой cheap а дешевый occur о случаться

area п район recall v вспоминать queer а странный once more еще раз neighbourhood п соседство, по со­

седству hardly adv едва knock (at) v стучать f knock n стук terror n ужас draw v тянуть, тащить desire v желать, хотеть search v искать, обыскивать: search foi smth. искать что-либо melt v таятьthoroughly adv тщательноcover v покры вать, накрыватьmud n грязьcare n заботаbelong (to) v принадлежатьancient а древнийtake care of заботиться оrage n гневlong v стремиться к чему-либо escape и спастись

Имена собственные и географические названия

Matsumura |m a t ' s u : im r a | Мацумура Yoshimasa | /joJ’i'meizaJ Йошимаса Kyoto (ki 'otou) Киото

Упражнение 30. Образуйте от данных слов новые слояа, исполь­зуя указанные суффиксы и префиксы (значение основных суффиксов и пре­фиксов см. в таблице на стр. 335). Переведите производные, пользуясь сло­варем.

1 3 7

а) out-shout, line, number, house, let

б) -ablehonour, respect, remark, change, comfort

в) -eseChina, Portugal, Viet-Nam

r) -hoodchild, man, brother, mother

Упражнение 31. Переведите следующие гнезда слов. Обратите вни­мание на словообразующие суффиксы и префиксы. Заполните пропуски одним из данных слов.

1. honour п — honourable а

1. It is a great ... for me to take part in this work.2. You will be an ... guest in our house.

2. believe v — belief n

I. He has a strong ... in this man. 2. I have no doubts. I ... you.

3. fashion n— fashionable a

1. ... has changed very much for these last years. 2. You have bought a ... dress.

4. reason n — reasonable a

1. He is a ... man. 2. Do you have a good ... for doing so?

5. neighbour n — neighbourhood n

1. There are many fields in our . . . . 2. My ... told me that the film was very interesting.

6. cover v — discover a — discovery n

1. She began to cry and ... her face with her hands. 2. Soviet scientists are making wonderful ... . 3. Lomonosov ... some new laws of nature.

7. happy a — happiness n — unhappy a

1. A little boy looked very ... . 2. He was so ... that he could not live in this town any more. 3. Shelley tells the people of Eng­land that the storm of revolution will bring them ... and freedom.

8. fear n — fearless a — fearful a

1. There are hundreds of stories about ... men fighting against the fascists during the Great Patriotic War. 2. Yesterday there occured a ... railway accident. 3. She trembled with ... .

9. mud n — muddy a

1. Rain turns dust into ... 2. We could hardly cross that ... road and reach a dry place.

Упражнение 32. Замените выделенные слова синонимами и переве­дите предложения на русский язык.

to hold, to occur mirror, hardly, thorough, terror, to allow, cause, desire, save (for)

1. There were scarcely a hundred people present. 2. Yesterday a fire took place in the theatre that is near my house. 3. Keep yourself upright when you walk. 4. Nobody helped me except my best friend.5. Your hair is in disorder. Can’t you see it in the looking-glass?6. The scheme was improved by careful examination. 7. What was the reason for the tree’s falling down? 8. My sister had a strong wish to enter the University. 9. His hands were raised in horror, he could not move. 10. My mother let me go to the cinema and take my brother with me.

Упражнение 33. Найдите в колонке справа антонимы к следующим словам:

to forbid, death, ugly, to appear, expensive, rich, strength, to forget, present

to vanish, to allow, poor, life, beautiful, weakness, former, cheap, to recall

Упражнение 34. Переведите предложения и определите, какой час­тью речи являются выделенные слова.

1. a) The children stood in the darkness in fear and trembling, b) He did not fear to die for his fatherland.

2. a) There is no cause for fear, b) What caused his illness?3. a) It is impossible to satisfy (удовлетворить) all their desires.

b) Lanny desired to organize a school in the village.

4. a) I can’t lift this box alone; please, help me. b) Thank you foryour kind help.

5. a) R est is necessary after hard work, b) He rested for an hour before going on with his work.

139

6. a) She came here in search of work, b) The police searched the room, but found nothing.

7. a) What is making you smile? b) There was a pleasant smile on her face.

8. a) Take the cover from the dish, please, b) You must cover the young plants to protect them against frost.

9. a) Escape from this prison is dangerous, b) Where can we go to escape the crowds?

10. a) She heard a knock at the door and said: “Come in.” b) “Don’t knock at the door. The children may be sleeping," she asked me.

11. a) It was not pleasant to swim in the cold water but he tried not to show that he was trembling, b) I asked her to water the

flowers every morning.

Упражнение 35. Переведите следующие сочетания, пользуясь сло­вами из текста:

1. а) древние времена, древняя надпись, древняя история;б) японский язык, японские цветы, японская легенда;в) модное платье, модный отель, модные вещи;г) ужасный рассказ, ужасная картина, ужасный гнев;д) бывший друг, бывший учитель, бывший владелец;е) почетное место почетное звание. почетная работа:

2. а) владелец собаки, владелец сада, владелец театра;б) народ Японии, народ этой страны, народы всего мира;в) арендатор дома, арендатор земли, арендатор сада;г) сосед моего брата, соседи этого человека, сосед его учитель­

ницы;д) зеркало его жены, зеркало этого актера, зеркало девушки.

3. а) еще раз спрошенный, еще раз написанный, еще раз сыгранный;б) несмотря на погоду, несмотря на дождь, несмотря на страх; ,в) вскоре после его смерти, вскоре после его прихода, вскоре

после моего письма.

Упражнение 36. Переведите слова, данные в скобках, пользуясь сло­вами и выражениями из текста.

1. (Причиной) for my departure was the illness of my mother.2. She is a very boring (скучный) person, and I always try (избегать) meeting her. 3. It was so dark that I could (едва) see anything. 4. She couldn’t find the way out and (покончила жизнь самоубийством).5. It was not raining in summer and our crops (высох). 6. (Дым) of the chimneys showed us that we came to an industrial centre. 7. He is always at work, I have never seen him (в покое, без дела). 8. Не (хотел) to ask me help him as he is unable to do it himself. 9. They

140

saw that the beast had sprung at its (жертву). 10. 1 cannot describe (ужасов) of the night which followed. 11. I walked about on the shore thinking of my comrades who (утонули!. 12. 1 found many things (принадлежащих) to my brother. 13. She trembled with (гнева) and terror. 14. It (случилось) that one evening little Hans was sit­ting by his fireside when a loud knock came at the door. 15. Father drew his chair back to its (бывшее место). 16. King Lear believed his (злым) daughters and gave them his kingdom (королевство).17. Sitting on the bench under the tree I (вспомнил) my happy child­hood, my school and friends. 18. She spent much time on studying (древнюю) history. 19. Nobody likes his (странную) way of talking. 20. (Двое из) their friends could not go travelling with them. 21. When she looked out of the window she saw many children playing in the (дворе).

Упражнение 37. Переведите предложения на английский язык, поль­зуясь образцами.

1. T h e re s e e m e d п о c a u s e f o r y o u to worry.

У вас не было оснований

ссориться с ней. избегать этого человека, предупреждать ее об опасности, оставаться здесь так долго, вспоминать этот случай.

2. N o o n e w a s w i l l i n g to come here.

Никто не хотел

занимать этот дом. говорить об этом, покидать родной город, приглашать его сюда, искать пропавшие вещи.

3. Н е h a d h a r d ly s t r e n g th to utter a word.

двигаться дальше.У него едва хватило сил j продолжать эту работу.

подняться со своего места.

Упражнение 38. Выберите в колонке справа правильный ответ на вопрос.

1. Because they did not like its owner. Because the former owners of the house had drowned themselves in the well.

1. Why did the people avoid the house in Kyoto?

141

2. Why was no one willing to occupy the place?

3. Why did the people come to draw water from Matsumu­ra’s well?

4. What did Matsumura see in the water?

5. When did he hear a knock at his door?

6. Whom did he see when he opened the door?

7. What did the girl ask him about?

8. What did he find in the well?

9. Why did the maiden find her­self in the well?

10. Whom did Matsumura bring the mirror?

2. Because the house was very expensive. Because the peo­ple were afraid of this house. Because it had such a bad reputation.

3. Because they liked to come to see him. Because the wa­ter in his well was better. Because all the wells went dry.

4. He saw the face of a very beautiful woman. He saw something black there.

5. He heard a knock at his door in the morning. He heard a knock at his door in the aft­ernoon. He heard a knock at his door at night.

6. He saw his friend. He saw the maiden of the well. He saw his neighbours.

7. She asked him to save her. She asked him to find her body.

8. He found a m irror covered with mud. He found the body of the girl. He found no­thing in the well.

9. Because she drowned there. Because she was dropped there by some careless woman. Because she was thrown there in a fit of rage.

10. He brought it to his friend. He brought it to the des­cendant of its first mis­tress.

Упражнение 39. Поставьте вопросы к выделенным членам предло­жения.

1. The house had been lying empty for some time. 2. The poor man spent a troubled night. 3. There were inscriptions on the back of the mirror.

142

A. 1. Кто владелец этого дома?2. Кто сидит у колодца?3. Кто поможет ему найти эту женщину?4. Кто слышал вчера этот странный крик?5. Кто брал воду из вашего колодца, когда я вчера заиел во

двор?

Б. 1. Что он увидел, когда подошел к колодцу?2. Что вы сделали, после того как она показала вам эти надшей?3. Что лежало на дне колодца?4. Что он делал, когда она внезапно появилась?5. Что случилось с арендаторами до того, как он занял тог дом?

B. 1. Какой рассказ он прочитал им?2. Какой дом он купил очень дешево?3. Какая женщина появилась перед ним?4. Какую ночь он провел?5. К каким временам относилась эта вещь?

Упражнение 41. Определите функции глагола to h a v e и переведите предложения на русский язык.

I. I have to go there once more. 2. Did you have your dinner in the dining-room yesterday? 3. We did not know that he had been ill.4. He has no friends in Moscow. 5. Have you invited a lot of peopleto the party? 6. 1 shall have to do it while my friend is away. Willyou have a cup of tea or a cup of coffee? 8. She had a good rest last summer. 9. I had to do it because there was no other w>y out.10. She had a great desire to help her husband.

Упражнение 42. Поставьте глаголы, данные в скобках, в нужное время и переведите рассказ на русский язык, пользуясь англо-русским сло­варем.

Once a famous actor (to be) ill. He (to have to take) medicine of a very dark colour. One day his servant (to give) him some ink by mistake. When he (to find out) what he (to do), he (to cry out) in horror: “ I (to beg) your pardon, sir, but I (to give) you ink instead of your medicine!” “ Never m ind,” (to say) the actor, “ I (toswallow) a piece of blotting-paper (промокательной бумаги).”

Упражнение 43. Переведите следующие предложения на английский язык:

1. После того как он вытащил воду из колодца, он сел немногоотдохнуть. 2. Он сказал нам, что купил этот дом в молодости.3. Сумочка и зеркало, найденные вами, принадлежат этой девушке.

Упражнение 40. Переведите следующие вопросы на английский язык;

143

4. Она стучала очень долго, но никто не открыл дверь. 5. История, которую он рассказал соседям, удивила их. 6. Не успели они вые­хать из дома (to leave the house), как новый владелец занял его.7. Она уже 30 минут носила воду из колодца, когда они увидели это и помогли ей. 8. Ботинки, очищенные от грязи, снова будут новы­ми и красивыми. 9. С тех пор как они услышали эту историю, они не берут воду в колодце

Упражнение 44. Заполните пропуски предлогами и наречиями, где это необходимо.

1. The travellers decided to rest ... the village ... Nikitino. 2. The reason ... their fear was that one ... their pupils had gone... the for­est alone and had not returned yet. 3. The house had been lying empty ... some time because his owner had gone ... town. 4. She liked to draw water ... that well because the water was always very clean there. 5. He recalled all the queer stories... that house. 6. She covered the sleeping child ... a blanket (одеялом) and le f t ... the room. 7. They spent a troubled night searching ... the lost document. 8. Before you enter ... the room, knock ... the door. 9. She thanked him ... his care ... her. 10. All these things belong ... my uncle. He will take them ... a few days.

Д И А Л О Г

THE GUESTS ARRIVE

I t ’s 5 p. m .1 a t the lanes' fla t. The guests begin to come in.

Mike: Hello, Sam, nice of you2 to come. Take off3 your coat, will you, an j let’s go in4. You haven’t met my mother yet, have you?

Sam: No, I haven’t had the pleasure8 but I ’ve met your fatherat Wimbledon, don’t you remember?

Mike: Oh yes, of course. Ah, there’s Mother, come on6, old boy7.Mum. this is Sam Williams, a friend from the College.

Sam: How do you do8, Mrs Innes.M rs Innes: How do you do, I ’m glad to meet9 you. Will you excuse

me, please, everybody seems to come at once.10 Sam: Certainly, Mrs Innes.M r Innes: Good evening, Sam. This is Sam, isn’t it?M ike: Yes, Dad, you gave us tea at Wimbeldon last summer M r Innes: Oh yes, of course, how are y o u '1?Sam: Good evening. Mr Innes, I ’m fine12, thank you And how

are you?M r Innes: Not too bad, my boy, not too bad. Let me introduce you

to13 my wife. Oh. where’s she gone? She was here a moment ago. Sam: I ’ve already met Mrs Innes, Mike has introduced me to her.M r Innes: Oh, he has, has he? That’s good.

144

Sam: But J’d like14 to meet Ellen. I’ve heard such a lot about her from Mike.

M r Innes: Yes, of course. Ellen, come over here16. This is Sam Wil­liams, Mike’s friend, take care of1" him, will you. I’ve to look after” the Brands, they’ve just come in... Good evening, Mrs Brand, how are you? Good evening, John. Won’t you sit down? Make yourself comfortable. You’ve met Mr Brand. Margaret, haven’t you?

M iss Collins: I’m afraid '”, 1 haven’t.M iss Innes: Oh, I ’m sorry I thought you had. Mrs Brand this is

Miss Collins, my wife’s cousin.M iss Collins: How do you do, A'liss Brand.Airs Brand: How do you do, Miss Collins.Mrs Innes: Oh. Margaret, how are you, my dear? I ’m delighted

you’ve managed to come; 1 haven’t seen you for ages19.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. p. m. = post meridiem — лат. пополудни; a. m. = ante meri­d iem — лат . до полудня

2. nice of you — мило с вашей стороны3. to take off — снимать4. to go in — зайти5. to have the pleasure — иметь удовольствие6. come on — идем, пошли7. old boy — старина8. How do you do.— Здравствуйте.9. I ’m glad to meet you.— Рада познакомиться с вами.

10. ... everybody seems to come at once.— ... кажется, все приходят в одно время.

11. How are you? — Как поживаете?12. I ’m fine... — Я чувствую себя прекрасно...13. Let me introduce you (to)... — Разрешите представить вас...14. I ’d 1 ike= I should like — мне хотелось бы15. come over here — подойти сюда16. to take care of smb. 1 ,17. to look after I ~ з д ' Уделить внимание18. I ’m afraid ... — Боюсь...19. I haven’t seen you for ages.— Я не видел вас целую вечность.

Упражнение 45. Переведите предложения на английский язык, ноль, зуясь образцами.

1. N ic e o f y o u to remember about it.

I помочь моей сестре, принести мне сигарет, успокоить мою мать, рассказать мне об этом.

1 4 5

2 . I had the pleasure to be there yesterday

Мне было очень при­ятно

3. I s h o u ld l ik e to go

Мне бы хотелось

прочитать вашу статью, встретить его на конференции, присутствовать на этой лекции, слышать о вашем успехе.

to Leningrad.узнать об этом, пойти туда.увидеть его до отъезда, поговорить об этом сегодня.

4. I ’m a f r a i d that she w ill not be able to do it.

что она не обратит на это внимания. „ , что он не приедет.Я боюсь, чт0 все сбудут пригласить его.

что он не встанет вовремя.

Упражнение 46. Выучите наизусть диалог ‘The Guests Arrive” .

ДО П О ЛН И ТЕЛЬН Ы Е РАЗГОВОРНЫЕ МОДЕЛИ

1. I am glad to meet you. How are you getting on?

2. Won’t you take off your coat and hat?

3. Make yourself at home.4. “ Won’t you sit down?”

“ Thank you.”5. Let me introduce myself.6. Call on me, please.7. He is out.

He is out of town.8. I expect them any minute

now.9. It must be late. 1 have to

go.10. I wish you good night.11. Good luckl12. I shall not be long.13. I am not saying good-bye

yet.14. See you soon (again).15. Well, so long.

Рад вас видеть.Как вы поживаете?Раздевайтесь пожалуйста.

Будьте как дома.Садитесь, пожалуйста.Спасибо.Позвольте представиться. Зайдите ко мне, пожалуйста. Его нет дома.Он уехал из города.Я ожидаю их с минуты на ми­

нутуДолжно быть, поздно Я дол­

жен идти Спокойной ночи Всего хорошего.Я скоро вернусь.Я еще не прощаюсь.

До скорой встречи.Ну, пока.

1 4 6

Текст для перевода

BRITISH TRADE UNIONS

The first trade unions were associations of wage-earners for the purpose of improving the conditions of their working lives.

In order to’ provide a home, food and clothing for himself and his family, every worker needs a job at a reasonable wage. He joins a trade union because the trade union helps him. An important duty of the trade unions is to help their members when they are unable to work because of illness, or accident at work, and when they become too old to continue working. In the-early days of the trade union movement, before the State provided health and unemployment insur­ance2 and old age pension3, this kind of help was much more impor­tant than it is today.

Every member of a trade union pays a small sum of money each week, called his subscription. This covers the cost of organizing4 the union, and provides the fund to help' the members. From this fund members also receive help if they go on strike5 against their employ­ers, or are locked out6 by them.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. In order to... — Для того, чтобы...2. unemployment insurance — пособие по безработице3. old age pension — пенсия по старости4. the cost of organizing — расходы на организацию5. they go on strike — они бастуют6. or are locked out — или когда их хозяева не разрешают им

возвратиться на работу, если они (рабочие) не примут опреде­ленных условий

Слова и словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

trade union п профсоюз duty п долг, обязанностьwage-earner п наемный работник, pa- be unable быть не в состоянии

бочин accident п несчастный случайcondition п условие movement п движениеprovide с обеспечивать health п здоровьеfood п пища unemployment п безработицаclothing п одежда strike п забастовкаjob п работа employer п нанимательwage п заработная плата

Упражнение 4Т. Ответьте письменно на следующие вопросы:

1. What were the first trade unions?2. What does every worker need in order to provide a home, food and

clothing for his family?

1 4 7

3. Why does a worker join the trade union?4. W hat is an important duty of the trade unions?5. Why was this kind of help much more important in the early days

of the trade union movement than it is today?6. What does every member of a trade union pay each week?7. What does this fund provide?

Упражнение 48. Переведите на английский язык с помощью словаря:

1. Первыми британскими профсоюзами были такие организа­ции, обязанностью которых было улучшать условия жизни и тру­да рабочих. 2. Несмотря на плохое здоровье, он продолжал ходить на фабрику, так как боялся потерять работу. Многие рабочие в Америке боятся потерять работу, так как там очень легко стать безработным, а найти новую работу трудно. 3. Советские профсо­ю зы — массовые непартийные организации (non-party). 4. Проф­союзы работают под руководством (under the leadership) Комму­нистической партии Советского Союза. 5. Одна из важных обязан­ностей профсоюза — помогать членам профсоюза, когда они не могут работать по болезни, из-за несчастного случая на работе или когда они становятся старыми и не в состоянии работать. 6. Каждый член профсоюза в Советском Союзе платит членские взносы ежемесячно.7. Я уже уплатил свои членские взносы. 8. Она уже несколько лет получает пенсию по старости.

МАТЕРИАЛ ДЛЯ ЧТЕНИЯ И ПЕРЕСКАЗА

I. Humourous Story of Rachmaninoff

Everyone has heard ol Rachmaninofl. He was a famous pianist. He was also a famous composer. Rachmaninoff liked to tell this story about himself.

“ When 1 was a very small boy 1 once played at a party at the home of a Russian nobleman. I was only eight years old. But I had been playing the piano for several years. I played well. I played the “ Kreutzer Sonata” by Beethoven.

But the “ Kreutzer Sonata” has in it several very long rests. In each of these rests I took my hands from the piano and waited. To me this was very dramatic. During one of these rests the old mother of the nobleman came up to me. She said: “ My boy, why don’t you play us something that you know?”

II. Story about Mark Twain

One of Mark Tw ain’s friends invited him to go to the opera. Dur­ing the opera the friend’s wife talked all the time. She talked so much and so loudly that it wras difficult for Mark Twain to listen to the opera.

148

Towards the end of the opera she said to Mark Twain: ‘Oh, mydear Mark Twain, I invite you to the opera next Friday night again. I ’m sure you will like it — the opera will be “ Carmen.”

“ Thank you very m uch,” said Mark Twain. “ That will be fine. I have never heard you in “ Carmen.”

III. The Sound Barrier in Danger

A loud explosion rocked this part ot our town, and an indignant woman telephoned a newspaper to find out what had happened. A reporter said that perhaps a jet plane had broken the sound barrier.

“ If that barrier keeps getting in everybody’s way, “ she said an­grily, “ why don’t they lake the damn thing down?”

Упражнение 49. Перескажите каждый из рассказов, давая полные ответы на следующие вопросы:

I. 1. Have many people heard of Rachmaninoff? 2. What was he?3. Did he like to tell the story about himself? 4. Where did he play the piano? 5. How did he play the piano? 6. How old was he then?7. What piece of music did he play? 8. What did he do in each of the rests? 9. What did the mother of the nobleman ask him to do?

II. 1. Who invited Mark Twain to the opera? 2. What did the friend’s wife do during the opera? 3. How did she talk? 4. Was it easy for Mark Twain to listen to the opera? 5. What did the friend’s wife say to Mark Twain towards the end of the opera? 6. Where did she invite him? 7. What did Mark Twain answer her?

III. I. Why did an indignant woman telephone a newspaper?2. What did she want to find out? 3. What did the reporter answer?4. What did the woman say angrily?

LESSON FIVE

(The Fifth Lesson)

Г р а м м а т и к а :1. Страдательный залог. (Passive Voice)2. Глаголы-связки (Link-verbs) to be, to become,

grow, to turn .to get, to

3 Порядок слов в восклицательном предложении, in Exclamatory Sentence)

(Word Order

Т е к с т - Androcles and the Lion

1. СТРАДАТЕЛЬНЫЙ НАЛОГ (PASSIVE VOICE)

Залог выражает отношение между подлежащим и сказуемымв предложении.

В английском языке, как и в русском, существует два залога: действительный (Active Voice) и страдательный (Passive Voice).

Глагол-сказуемое в Active Voice показывает, что подлежащее предложения само совершает действие, выраженное глаголом.

I ask.Я спрашиваю.

Глагол-сказуемое в Passive Voice показывает, что подлежащее предложения является объектом действия, выраженного глаголом.

I am asked.Меня спрашивают.

Формы глагола в страдательном залоге образуются с помощью вспомогательного глагола to be в соответствующем времени и Par­ticiple II смыслового глагола.

to be asked быть спрошеннымto be w ritten быть написанным

Показателем лица, числа и времени в Passive Voice является глагол to be, а форма причастия II остается неизменной (см. таб­лицу).

150

Г resen I Past Future

a>о

a*

DCс *=: IS

OJ<v <v C l

■ a С и CDс с

о0

1

Мне, ему и т. д. по­казывают

I агаНе, she, it

is } shownWe, you,

they are

Мне, ему и т. д. по­казали

I wasНе, she. it

was We, you,

they were

shown

Мне, ему и т. д.покажут

I shall be Не, she, it

will be We shall be You, they

will be

shown

Мне, ему и т. д. показывают (сей­час)

I am being Н е , she,

it is being We, you,

they are being

shown

Мне. ему и т. д показывали (в оп­ределенный мо­мент в прошлом)

I, he, she i t was being

We, you, they were being

s h o w n

я<DC l

QJ Оa 3Q.

ОU

V ) К3 zо о з ф a с о CQ

. . . X X <L> c a> Оо а хи o-Sо о *И в Iи- Иv о

а о .

Мне, ему и т .д . по­казали (только что)

I have been Не, she. it

has been We, you

they have been

shown

Мне, ему и т. д. показали (до дру­гого момента в прошлом)

1, he, she, it had been

We, you, they had been

shown

Мне, ему и т. д. покажут (к опре­деленному момен­ту в будущем)

1 shall have been

Не, she, it will have been

We shall shown have been

You, they will have been

151

Как видно из приведенной таблицы, в английском языке форм страдательного залога меньше, чем форм действительного залога так как нет времен Future Continuous и Perfect Continuous.

Форму страдательного залога имеют только переходные гла­голы, т. е. глаголы, которые требуют прямого дополнения (например, to see, to buy, to write и т. д.), причем форма страдательного залога может быть образована от переходных глаголов, принимающих в действительном залоге как беспредложное так и предложное до­полнение.

I bought this picture.(прямое дополнение)

Я купил эту картину.She looks after the child.

(предложное дополнение)Она присматривает за детьми.They were laughing at him.

(предложное дополнение)Они смеялись над ним.

В вопросительной форме вспомогательный глагол ставится перед подлежащим.

Is this work finished?

В отрицательной форме частица not ставится после вспомога­тельного глагола.

The letter has not been written.

В английском языке страдательный залог употребляется чаще, чем в русском. Это объясняется тем, что в английском языке почти полностью отсутствуют падежи, а поэтому невозможно выразить объект действия падежной формой существительного.

Если по-русски можно сказать: «Его спросили» и «Он был спро­шен», то в английском возможна только одна конструкция: Не was asked.

Английскую пассивную конструкцию на русский язык можно переводить неопределенно-личными предложениями, активными и пассивными конструкциями:

His report will be discussed at the University.Его доклад будут обсуждать в университетеMany guests were invited to my birthday party.На вечер в честь моего дня рождения было приглашено много

■гостей.

This picture will be bought. Эту картину купят.

The children are looked after За детьми присматривают.

He was being laughed at.Над ним смеялись.

J52

Our conversation was interrupted by a telephone call.Телефонный звонок прервал наш разговор.В русской пассивной конструкции дополнение, обозначающее

действующее лицо или предмет, стоит в творительном падеже.В английском языке перед таким дополнением стоят предлоги

by или with. Дополнение с предлогом by выражает действующее лицо или предмет, а дополнение с предлогом with — орудие дейст­вия.

The letter was written by my uncle.Письмо было написано моим дядей.

The bread was cut with a knife.Хлеб был нарезан ножом.

Упражнение 1. Определите, в каком залоге и времени стоят следующие предложения. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. A new school will be soon opened in our street. 2. Tolstoy’s works were translated into many languages. 3. Our lesson began at ten o ’clock. 4. This film is much spoken about. 5. The students are in the hall. A new book is being discussed there. 6. Where have you been all this time? 7. I went to see him yesterday. 8. They were asked to come into the room. 9. His report was listened to with great atten­tion. 10. His name has not been mentioned since that time. 11. Lanny was helped to his feet by Sarie. 12. Where are you going? — I am going to the cinema.

Упражнение 2. Поставьте следующие предложения в Passive Voice по образцам.

1. She w a s h e s the child.The ch ild is w a s h e d by her.

1. I prepare dinner. 2. They buy newspapers. 3. He gives Eng­lish lessons.

2. 1 g a v e him a book.A book w a s g iv e n to him by me.

1. We understood her. 2. She brought me a clean towel. 3. He organised a school. 4. They visited us. 5. She told us an interesting story.

3. T hey w i l l ta k e the copy-books.The copy-books w i l l b e ta k e n by them.

1. She will invite us. 2. He will read the article. 3. 1 shall trans­late the text. 4. We shall discuss this film.

153

4. They a r e r e a d in g th is book.T his book is b e in g r e a d by them.

1. The teacher is examining them. 2. His uncle is instructing him now. 3. They are looking through my note-book.

Упражнение 3. Поставьте следующие предложения в прошедшее и будущее время, изменив, где требуется, обстоятельство времени.

1. Books in foreign languages are sold in this shop. 2. His report is being discussed now. 3. This play has been translated into Russian.

Упражнение 4. Поставьте следующие предложения в вопроситель­ную и отрицательную форму, пользуясь данными образцами:

The radio-set is being repaired now. Is the radio-set being repaired now? The radio-set is not being repaired now.

He has been accompanied by h is friend. Has he been accompanied by his friend? He has not been accompanied by h is friend.

The book w ill be brought tonight. W ill the book be brought to­n igh t? The book w on't be brought tonight.

1. The delegation will be met tomorrow. 2. This text has been copied. 3. My favourite song is being sung now. 4. He was trea t­ed well.

Упражнение 5. Поставьте все возможные вопросы к следующим предложениям, пользуясь данными образцами:

The letter w ill be sent tomorrow. W ill the letter be sent tomorrow? W hat w ill be sent tomorrow? When w ill the letter be sent?

He was shown the way to the station . Was he shown the way to the station? Who was shown the way to the station? W hat was he shown? W hat way was he shown?

I.This picture will be shown to us on Monday. 2. He was asked last time. 3. The film is shown in our club. 4. The doctor has examined him.

Упражнение 6. В следующих предложениях активную конструкцию замените пассивном, пользуясь данными образцами.

Glinka c o m p o s e d the opera “ / van Susanin".— The opera" Ivan Susanin" w a s c o m p o s e d by Glinka.

They a r e w a t e r i n g the flowers now.— The flowers a r e b e in g w a ­t e r e d now.

He h a s n o t m a d e the report properly.— The report h a s n o t b e e n m a d e properly.

1 5 4

1. A large group of young people joined us on our way to the station. 2. A young teacher started a school in this village. 3. They are translating this article now. 4. They lent me some money. 5. Gals­worthy wrote the novel “ In Chancery” . 6. Thousands of people attended this meeting. 7. He has just interrupted me. 8. The teacher has explained it to us. 9. The old woman looked after the children.

Упражнение 7. Переведи re глаголы, данные в скобках, и прочтите пред­ложения.

1. A new hotel (строится) now in our street. 2. Charles Dickens (родился) on the 9th of January, 1812. 3. Many interesting articles (публикуются) always in this magazine. 4. Tickets for this film (про­давались) here from 12 to 14. 5. Lanny (был найден) by the dog.6. The address (был повторен) to him several times. 7. This question (обсуждался) two days before the meeting. 8. This book (будет про­читана) by every student of our group. 9. This letter (будет отправ­лено) two days before your arrival. 10. Nothing (было слышно) of him since that time.

Упражнение 8. Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык, употребляя пассивный залог

1. Дом будет построен в будущем году. 2. Ему только что дали чистое полотенце. 3. Они сейчас готовят декорации. 4. Ему пред­ложили чашку горячего чая. 5. Место у окна было занято. 6. Вче­ра к 10 часам все книги были уже проданы. 7. О ком они сейчас говорят? 8. Ему разрешили курить. 9. Эти упражнения будут ис­правлены нашим преподавателем. 10. Эта книга будет опублико­вана в будущем году. 11. Его доклад обсуждался, когда я пришла на собрание. 12. Эта статья уже переведена.

Инфинитив страдательного залога (Passive Infinitive)

Инфинитив страдательного залога образуется с помощью ин­финитива глагола to be и причастия II смыслового глагола. Напри­мер: to be given, to be announced, to be reported.

В предложении инфинитив страдательного залога выполняет те же функции, что и инфинитив действительного залога.

То be laughed a t is not pleasant, (подлежащее)I have come here to be examined, (обстоятельство цели)This book must be read by tomorrow, (часть сказуемого).I looked at the letters to be answered tomorrow, (определения).

1 5 5

Упражнение У. Определите функции инфинитива в следующих■предложениях. Переведите предложения на русский язык.

1. They must be reminded ol the meeting. 2. My brother wants to be invited there. 3. He was to be met at the station. 4. He likes to be listened to attentively. 5. This sentence can be changed. 6. This problem must be discussed as soon as possible. 7. The door may be opened. 8. Thisexercise must be done by every student 9. You should not be surprised at it. 10. Your watch cannot be repaired quickly.11. There was nothing to be spoken about. 12. She hopes to be sent to her native village to work. 13. 1 want to be left alone.

Упражнение 10. Замените придаточные предложения инфинитивом,следуя образцам.

The student w h o w i l l b e a s k e d tomorrow knows the subject well.

The student to b e a s k e d tomorrow knows the subject well.The lecture w h ic h is to b e d e l i v e r e d a t the club tomorrow

w ill be postponed.The lecture to b e d e l i v e r e d a t the club tomorrow w ill be post­

poned.

I. The meeting which will be held at the Institute will be de­voted to the peace struggle. 2. The problem which is to be raised at the conference is very important for the development of industry.3. The man who is to show us those pictures is an expert in the field of art. 4. There are some instructions that are to be read at the begin­ning of the play. 5. There was nothing they could laugh at

Упражнение 11. Переведите предложения на английский язык, упот­ребляя инфинитив страдательного залога.

сделано

1. Это должно бытьпрочитано.переведенопроизнесеноотремонтировано.

2. Это может быть

оценено.понято.изменено.выучено.

3. Он хотел, чтобы

ему показали дорогу, его спросили об этом, ему дали стакан воды ему помогли

156

И. ГЛАГОЛЫ-СВЯЗКИ (LINK-VERBS) ТО BE, ТО BECOME, ТО GET, ТО TURN

Глаголы to be, to become, to grow, to get, to turn, to remain инекоторые другие могут быть в предложении смысловыми или свя­зочными глаголами.

Связочный гл агол — это служебный глагол, являющийся ча­стью именного составного сказуемого, связкой между именем су­ществительным, местоимением и т. д. в функции подлежащего предложения и именной частью составного сказуемого.

Смысловой глагол

Не turned to the left.He was here last year.We got to the village only at

night.A large tree grew in the yard.

СвязкаHe turned pale.He was a student then.They got tired very quickly.

1 noticed that she grew more anxious.

Упражнение 12. Переведите следующие предложения, обращая вни­мание на перевод глаголов-связок.

1. She turned her face away when she greeted us. 2. When she heard the news, her face turned red. 3. After graduating from the institute he became a writer. 4. The noise became so great that we could not stand (выносить) it any longer. 5. He will get this letter tomorrow. 6. By the evening they got very tired. 7. It was growing dark when he left his house. 8. Michurin grew many kinds of apple trees. 9. They remained silent for some time and then began to speak.10. We had to stay at home as it was raining hard. II. He grew in­terested in the problem. 12. Everybody kept laughing for a longtime after his remark. 13. The leaves grow yellow in autumn. 14. Her cheeks turned rosy. 15. They became very intimate friends. 16. It grows dark early in winter.

Упражнение 13. Переведите предложения на английский язык, упот­ребляя глаголы-связки

1. Включите свет, пожалуйста. Становится темно. 2. Все за­метили, что после болезни она побледнела. 3. Она очень часто кра­снеет. 4. Книга становится все более и более интересной. 5. Он ока­зался плохим человеком. 6. Она рассердилась на меня. 7. Его меч­та — стать поэтом. 8. Моя мать была хорошей художницей. 9. Он оставался моим лучшим другом до конца жизни. 10. Я очень уди­вился. когда узнал эту новость.

157

III. ПОРЯДОК СЛОВ В ВОСКЛИЦАТЕЛЬНОМ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИИ (WORD ORDER IN EXCLAMATORY SENTENCE)

Восклицательные предложения в английском языке могут иметь различную форму. Они могут начинаться с местоимения what какой, что за , за которым всегда следует имя существительное с относящимся к нему прилагательным.

What a nice dress 1 have bought!Какое красивое платье я купила!

Порядок слов в таком предложении всегда прямой, т. е. под­лежащее предшествует сказуемому.

Восклицательные предложения могут также начинаться с на­речия how как . За how обычно следует прилагательное или наречие, затем подлежащее и сказуемое.

How well he recites poems!К ак хорошо он декламирует стихи!

How beautiful this picture is!Как красива эта картина!

Упражнение 14. Переведите следующие предложения на англий­ский язык.

1. Какой чудесный сегодня день! 2. Какая интересная книга!3. Какое опасное путешествие! 4. Как приятно гулять в саду!5. Как хорошо он работает!

Т е к с т

ANDROCLES AND THE LION

There was a certain slave named Androcles who w’asso ill-treated1 by his master that his life became unbearable. At last he said to him­self: “ It is better to die, than to live in such hardships and misery as I am obliged to suffer. 1 am determined therefore to run away from my master. If I am taken again, I know that 1 shall be punished with a cruel death. But it is better to die at once than to live in misery. If I escape, I must go to the woods, inhabited only by beasts. But they cannot treat me more cruelly than I have been treated by my m aster.” He took an opportunity of leaving his m aster’s house and hid himself in a thick forest some miles distant- from the city. He wandered about3 all day through a thick wood and grew hungry. But he could find no food. At length4 he was ready to die with hunger and lay down in despair in a large cave which he found by accident.

158

Suddenly he heard a dreadful noise which terrified him. He start* ed up and wanted to escape and had already reached the mouth of the cave, when he saw a lion, coming towards him. To his great as­tonishment the beast came up to him without any mark of rage roar­ing with pain as if he begged5 the assistance of the man. The lion was limping on one of his legs and his foot was extremely swelled, as if it had been wounded1*. Androcles came up to him, examined his paw and found a big thorn in it. He extracted- the thorn which had been the cause of so much pain to the poor lion.

As soon as the beast felt himself thus relieved he began to show his joy and gratitude by every expression in his power7. From that moment Androcles became his guest. The man continued to live with the lion during several months.

Once when Androcles was wandering through the woods, he met with a group of soldiers sent out to arrest him and was taken prison­er and carried back to his master. The laws of the country were very severe. He was tried and found guilty. As a punishment he was sen­tenced to be torn in pieces by a lion8, kept many days without food.

When the appointed day came, the unhappy man was pushed un­armed into the middle of an arena, round which many thousands of people were assembled to watch the terrible scene.

Suddenly a dreadful roar was heard and a monstrous lion rushed out of a cage. All eyes were turned upon the victim.11 But soon the people were astonished when they saw that the lion lay down at the slave’s foot. The governor of the town who was present ordered Andro­cles to explain to the people this mystery.

Androcles then related to the people every circumstance of his adventures10 in the woods and concluded by saying: “ This very lion has been my friend.” All the people unanimously joined to beg the governor of the place for the pardon of the unhappy man. This wras immediately granted to him. and he was also presented with the lion, who had in this manner11 twice saved the life of Androcles.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. who was so ill-trea ted— с которым так плохо обращались2. some miles distant from... — в нескольких милях от...3. he wandered about — он бродил повсюду4. at length — наконец5. as if he begged — как будто бы он просил6. ...as if it had been wounded.— ... как будто она была повреждена.7. ...by every expression in his power.— ...как только мог.8. He was sentenced to be torn in pieces by a lion — приговорили

бросить его льву на растерзание9. ...all eyes were turned upon the victim .— ...взоры всех были

обращены на жертву.

159

10. every circumstance ol his adventures — все о своих приключе­ниях.

11. in this manner — таким образом

С л о в а и с л о в о с о ч е т а н и я , р е к о м е н д у е м ы е д л я з а п о м и н а н и я

certain а некий slave п раб at last наконец hardships п pi лишения misery n несчастье, нищета be obliged (о быть обязанным suffer v страдать, терпеть to be determined v решать(ся) run away убегать punish (with) v наказывать cruel а жестокий at once сразуinhabit v жить, обитать, населять treat v обращаться с. . . , обходиться

с. . .take an opportunity (of) doing smth.

воспользоваться случаем сделать , что-либо jo o d п пищаbe ready (to) быть готовым к чему-

либоin despair в отчаянии by accident случайно dreadful а ужасный, страшный terrify v пугать lion п левastonishment п удивление assistance п помощь extremely adv крайне, чрезвычайно,

очень

wound и ранить; п рана examine v осматривать pain п боль relieve v облегчать joy п радостьexpression п выражение (лица) power п власть take prisoner брать н плен law п закон try v судить guilty а виновный punishment п наказание sentence о приговорить keep v держать, хранить appoint v назначать armed а вооруженный assemble v собираться rush и бросаться governor п губернатор be present присутствовать adventure п приключение conclude v заключать unanimously adv единодушно to grant v даритьpresent smb. with smth. подарить ко­

му-либо что-либо twice adv дважды save v спасать

Упражнение 15. Определите корневые слова, от которых образова­ны следующие производные и дайте их перевод.

cruelly, astonishment, prisoner dreadful, assistance, limping expression, guilty unhappy, governor, unarmed

Упражнение 16. Переведите следующие гнезда слов. Обратите вни­мание на словообразующие суффиксы и префиксы. Заполните пропуски одним из данных слов.

1. treat а — treaty п — treatment п

l ...w as signed (подписан) in 1948. 2. ... is very good in this hos­pital. 3. ... the animals so cruelly.

160

2 . d e t e r m in e v — d e t e r m in a t io n n — d e te r m in e d a

1. He was a man ot a ... character. 2. His ... to organize a school was firm. 3. He ... where they would go in summer.

3. conclude v — conclusion n — conclusive a

1. ... of her spfeech was quite unexpected. 2. The singer will give his ... concert tomorrow. 3. After the professor ... his lecture, he allowed to ask him questions.

4. slave n — slavery n — enslave v — enslaving a

1. ... is described in “ Uncle Tom’s Cabin” by G. B. Stowe. 2. Im­perialists try to force upon colonial countries ... agreements.3. Uncle Tom was ... therefore he could be sold by his master at any time. 4. In the epoch (эпоха) of ... almost all the prisoners of war ... by the conquerors.

5. appoint v — appointment n — appointed a

1. My uncle ... director of that plant last year. 2. 1 must hurry because F have ... . 3. Each of the members of our circle had his ... task.

6. punish v — punishment n — punishable a

1. I asked my sister not ... her little son for his being late. 2. ... was too severe for him. 3. All such crimes (преступление) are ... by law

7. inhabit a — inhabitant n

1. Nobody knew ... of this house. 2. That tribe (племя) ... this re­gion many centuries ago.

8. joy n — joyful a

1. We heard with ... that he had returned home. 2. ... day came. We all went to the theatre to see a new play.

9. law n — lawful a — lawless a

1. ... tell people what they must do and what they must not do.2. He was a ... owner of the house. 3. He knows that it was a ... act.

10. power n — powerful a

I. To do it was not in my ... . 2. It was a ... blow and he won.

6— 1312 16!

11. relieve v — relief n

1. After the pain ... the wounded man fell asleep. 2. The doctor’streatment gave me some ... .

12. try v — trial n

1. The criminal (преступник) ... in the presence of the popula­tion of the village. 2. Many people will be present at the ... .

13. gu ilt n — guilty a

1. His ... was clear to all the people, assembled in the hall. 2. She was not found ... a t the trial.

14. adventure n — adventurous a

1. The teacher of biology told his pupils about his ... in Siberia.2. She says that her brother is an ... man, he never thinks of any danger.

15. arm v — arms n (pD — armed a — unarmed a

1. He ... his soldiers with guns. 2. The soldiers had plenty of ... and food. 3. ... with a bow and arrows the boy looked very proud.4. Being ... he was a good target for his enemies.

Упражнение 17. Замените слова и выражения, выделенные курсивом, синонимами из текста.

1 How long will he go on reading? 2. Come here im m ediately, as it is getting dark. 3. The cottage was situated (быть расположен­ным) in the middle of a thick forest. 4. There are a lot of w ild an i­mals in the jungle (джунгли) 5. A t last he found a cave where he could have a rest. 6. To m y surprise his plan succeeded. 7 As we ap­proached the man, we saw that he was blind (слепой). 8. Some chil­dren took part in the perlormance. 9. The people gathered on the square.10. What horrible weather we are having today!

Упражнение 18. Образуйте существительные от следующих глаголов и переведите их, пользуясь англо-русским словарем.

to treat, to oblige, to determine, to punish, to live, to inhabit, to wander, to wound, to relieve, to meet, to try. to appoint

Упражнение 19. Найдите в тексте предложения со следующими ело- вами и переведите их:

named, misery, inhabited, despair, pain, prisoner

J62

1. Но они не могут обращаться со мной более жестоко, чем мой хозяин. 2. Весь день он бродил по густому лесу и проголодался.3. К его удивлению, зверь подошел к нему без всякой ярости, рыча от боли и как бы умоляя человека помочь ему. 4. Он вытащил шип. который причинял такую сильную боль бедному льву. 5. Законы ьтой страны были очень жестокие. 6. Когда наступил назначенный день, несчастного безоружного человека вытолкнули на середину арены, вокруг которой собрались тысячи людей, чтобы увидеть ужасную сцену.

Упражнение 21. Переведите следующие сочетания слов, используя лексику урока:

некий студент, некое лицо, некая причина;невыносимая боль невыносимые условия, невыносимая жара,

невыносимый человек;густой лес, густой суп, густой туман, густые волосы;суровые законы суровая погода, суровый мороз, жестокий

(суровый) человек.

Упражнение 22. Переведите предложения. При переводе слов, сто­ящих в скобках, используйте слова и выражения из текста.

1. You (обязаны) to be here tomorrow at nine o ’clock sharp.2. Many slaves (убегали) from their masters, as they treated them cru­elly. 3. I recognized him (сразу) though I had not seen him about 2 years. 4. He is a very kind man. He is always (готов) to help everybo­dy. 5. The Soviet Union renders economic (помощь) to many coun­tries. 6. The animal was badly (ранен) in its paw. 7. He (страдал) because of great (боль) in his wounded leg. 8. The (выражение) of his face seemed calm when he heard the sentence. 9. At the end of the war he (был взят в плен). 10. Не was tried and (признан винов­ным) for trying to escape from his master. 11. He was (приговорен) to ten years of imprisonment. 12. Everybody (собрались) in the hall to congratulate him upon this important event of his life. 13. Have you got “ The (приключения) of Tom Sawyer” ? 14. This resolution was adopted (единогласно). 15. I see him here (дважды) a week when he comes to deliver his lecture.

Упражнение 23. Переведите предложения на английский язык:

Упражнение 20. Выпишите из текста эквиваленты следующих рус­ских предложений:

1. К его удивлению,

все пришли вовремя.доклад был интересный.пьеса пользовалась успехом.все считали его хорошим студентом.

6* т

I на собрании, на лекции, на конференции, на уроке.

{все начали относиться к нему хорошо, боль утихла.

его приключения окончатся

I читать (deliver) лекции каждый день.

возвращать книги вовремя, помогать им во всем.

5. Он понял меняЕму стало легче ? сразу.Его проэкзаменуют )

6. Она пользуется слу- I изучить язык этой страны чаем, чтобы ( подарить ему интересную книгу.

I помочь ему. работать день и ночь, слушать музыку все время, рисовать целый день.

8. Я встретил его Я узнал о его отъезде .(departure) [ случайнаЯ увидел ключ от комнаты

| книгу.9. Ему подарят | авторучку.

I велосипед.Упражнение 24. Переведите предложения на английский язык,

употребляя Passive Voice

1. Его спрашивают каждый день.Не is asked every day.

1. Войска (troops) хорошо вооружены. 2. Старые документы хранятся в этом ящике (drawer). 3. С ним хорошо обращаются.

2. Рабы строят хижину.The hut is being b u ilt by the staves

1. Студентов экзаменуют сейчас в комнате 2. 2. Эту роль игра­ет мой друг.

164

3. Работа уже сделана.The work has already been done.

1. Ой был ранен дважды. 2. Его попросили помочь им пе­ревести эту статью. 3. Его судили за кражу (robbery).

4. Он сказал нам, что роман был шздан пять лет назад.Не to ld us th at the novel had been published five years ago.

1. Он сказал нам, что работа уже закончена. 2. Андрокл знал, что всех рабов наказали за попытку к бегству.

5. Его проинформируют вовремя.Не w ill be informed in time.

1. Доктор осмотрит его рану через 5 минут. 2. Дядя даст ему много полезных советов.

6. Вчера все билеты были проданы.A ll the tickets were sold yesterday.

1. В субботу ему подарили очень хороший альбом. 2. Это лекарство (medicine) успокоило боль. 3. Андрокл был удивлен тем, что лев его не трогал.

Упражнение 25. Переведите следующие предложения:

а) из актива в пассив

1. Androcles’ master treats him very cruelly. 2. When soldiers found Androcles they arrested him. 3. Wild beasts inhabit this thick ■wood. 4. The governor will grant him freedom.

б) из пассива в актив

1. Не was being looked for during three days. 2. Androcles related to the people how he had been terrified by the lion. 3. It is easy for me to do this exercise as the rule has been very well explained by the teacher. 4. The governor will be greatly astonished by Androcles’ story.

Упражнение 26. Откройте скобки, поставив сказуемые в нужное время и залог. Слова, дапные в скобках, поставьте в соответствующем вре­мени, употребив правильный залог.

1. A new trade (торговое) agreement with Great Britain (tocon­clude) in 1964. 2. Oliver Twist (to be ill-treated) at home therefore he (to be glad) when he (to send) to school. 3. Lanny (to be determined) to open a school in his native village. 4. 1 am sure he (to take an op­portunity) to speak to you as soon as he can. 5. Your finger (to be swollen), you must go to the doctor. 6. Androcles (to beg) the sol-

165

diers to let him go but they refused to do it. 7. I (to wander) about the town one evening when I (to meet) an old friend of mine. 8. He (to be found guilty) and (to be sentenced) to several years of imprison­ment. 9. Some colonial countries (to be granted) independence. 10. I hope he (to be treated) well and won’t ask me to take him home.11. I (to be examined) just in English and got an excellent mark.12. Why (to rush) he out of the room so suddenly?

Упражнение 27. Переведите предложения на английский язык.

1. Все просили его рассказать нам о его путешествии. 2. В 1825 году несколько русских революционеров были приговорены к смерти царским (tzarist) правительством. 3. Все хотели присут­ствовать на нашем спектакле. 4. Его родители не позволят ему играть с нами. 5. После случая со львом Андрокл стал известен по всей стране. 6. Он все время разговаривает. Попросите его, пожалуйста, помолчать. 7. «Я возьму тебя в театр»,— сказала ему мать. 8. Он рассердился на меня, так как я опоздал на 5 минут.9. Неожиданно послышался рев голодного льва, и все вздрогнули (to shudder).

Упражнение 28. Выпишите из текста все предложения с глаголами- связками и переведите их на русский язык.

Упражнение 29. Переведите на английский язык, голы-связки.

используя гла-

Он

побледнел, когда услышал эту новость, стал жестоким человеком, был готов к 5 часам вечера, удивится, когда услышит эти стихи, может быть ранен, так как он очень неосторожен

(careless), пошел домой, когда стемнело.

Все

молчали.удивляются, когда узнают, что он был

дважды ранен, испугаются, когда услышат этот страшный

рев.

Упражнение 30. Перескажите текст урока, отвечая на следующие вопросы:

1. What was Androcles?2. Why did he decide to run away from his master?3. Where did he run?4. Why was he in despair?

166

5. What did he hear?6. Why was the lion roaring?7. How did Androcles help him?8. How did the lion treat Androcles after that?9. Who caught Androcles in the forest?

10. Why was he sentenced to be torn in pieces by a wild animal?11. What did Androcles see on the arena when the appointed day

came?12. Why was everybody astonished?13. What did the governor order Androcles?14. How does the story end?

Упражнение 31. Откройте скобки и поставьте сказуемые в нужном времени Active или Passive. Переведите текст.

Many people think that they (can) write stories. They (to write) stories and (to send) them to magazines.

A lady once wrote a long story. She (to send) it to a famous edi­tor. After a few weeks the story (to return) to her. The lady (to get angry). She (to write) to the editor: “ Dear Sir. Yesterday you (to send) back a story ol mine. How you (to know) that the story (to be) not good? You (not to read) it. Before 1 (to send) you the story, I (to paste) together pages 18, 19 and 20. When the story (to come) back yesterday, the pages (to paste) still together. Is this the way in which you (to read) all the stories that (to send) to you?” The edi­tor (to write) back: "Dear Madam. At breakfast when I open an egg I (not to have) to eat all the egg in order to discover that it (to be) bad.”

Упражнение 32. Вставьте предлоги или наречия.

1. This article was translated ... my brother. 2. ... last we reached the village. 3. Androcles could no longer live ... such hardships and misery. 4. Once Tom Sawygr and his friends ran ... trom their parents.5. For a long time he wandered ... the forest but could not find a path. 6. I found this book ... accident. 7. ... our astonishment he has done the work to the end. 8. When he heard her steps, he started ... .9. He took the first opportunity ... telling him about it. 10. AM the people present ... the meeting welcomed (приветствовали) the guest.

Д И А Л О Г И

AT DINNER

A nn: Good morning, John. Come in. please.John Is Fred at home?Ann: Yes he is So nice of you to have come. We are about to have

dinner1. Will you dine with us?

167

John: With great pleasure. I am so hungry2.Ann: T hat’s fine. I am off to lay the table3. Excuse me, please.John: By all means4.

AT TABLE

John: I t’s good to be in a company like this.Ann: Let me help you to some salad5, John.John: Please, do. T hat’s quite enough, thank you.Ann: Some soup, John?John: Why, yes, I think, 1 could manage a plateful**.Ann: How do you find it?

Jchn: Awfully nice. Don’t you think so, Fred?Fred: Yes, it is, indeed. Pass me the salt, Ann, will you?Ann: Here you are7. Some more bread, Fred?Fred: Yes, please. What comes next, Annie?Ann: Chops with roast potatoes, fish...Fred: And what follows that?Ann: Wouldn’t you like to make a guess'?Fred: Ice-cream, I suppose.Ann: There you are wrong11, Fred, it’s coffee.John: Coffee? I t’s just to my taste10.Ann: I am happy that I’ve suited your taste. John. Do you take

milk in your coffee11?John: Yes, I do.Fred: Well, John, what about a cigar12?John: With great pleasure.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. We are about to have dinner.— Мы как раз собираемся обедать.2. I am so hungry.— Я так голоден, я так хочу есть. Русскому

предложению «Я хочу пить (есть)» в английском языке соот­ветствует I am thirsty (hungry).

3. I am off to lay the table.— Я иду накрывать на стол.4. by all means — ад. ну. конечно5. Let me help you to some salad. John.— Разреши положить

тебе салата, Джон.6. I could manage a plateful.— Я съел бы тарелку.7. Here you are.— Вот (соль).8. W ouldn’t you like to make a guess? — А ну-ка догадайся.9. There you are wrong.— Вот ты и ошибся.

10. I t ’s just to my taste.— Это как раз мне по вкусу.11. Do you take milk in your coffee? — Ты пьешь кофе с молоком?12. What about a cigar? — Как насчет сигары?

168

1. Who came to see Fred?2. Was Ann glad to see John?3. Did she ask John to have dinner with them?4. Where did she go?5. Did John like the soup?6. What came next?7. What did they have lor a desert?8. What did the men do when dinner was over?

Упражнение 33. Ответьте на следующие вопросы:

Упражнение 34. Найдите в тексте английские эквиваленты следую­щих слов и словосочетаний. Употребите их в своих предложениях.

собираться обедать; с огромным удовольствием, я так голоден; накрывать на стол; угощать кого-либо чем-либо; достаточно; пе­редавать что-либо; отбивные котлеты; жареный картофель; моро­женое; по вкусу

Упражнение 35. Переведите на английский язык

1. Где Петр? — Он обедает в столовой. 2. Принесите мне, по­жалуйста, рыбу на второе (for the second course). 3. Попробуйте печенье, пожалуйста! 4. Моя младшая сестра всегда накрывает на стол. 5. Я предпочитаю (prefer) кофе с мороженым, й. У нас сегодня только салат из помидоров (tomato salad). — Хорошо. Это как раз мне по вкусу. 7. Вы любите горячий чай? — Да. 8. Где вы завтракали? 9. Что вы сегодня ели на обед (for dinner)?

Упражнение 36. Составьте диалог, употребляя слова и выражении «з текста.

ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫ Е РАЗГОВОРНЫЕ МОДЕЛИ

1. Are there any vacant seats there?

2. Please, pass m e ...3. Can 1 h a v e ...?4. Will you call for the wait­

er (the waitress)?5. Bring me the menu-card

(the bill).6. Have a sandwich. Nick.7. ‘Was the dinner fine

(good)?”“ I had a jolly meal.”

8. How do you like (find) the...? It tastes all right.

Нет ли там свободных мест?

Передайте, пожалуйста ...Могу ли я заказать...?Не позовете ли вы официанта

(официантку)?Подайте меню (счет).

Возьми бутерброд. Ник. Хороший ли был обед?

— Я хорошо пообедал.Как вам нравится...?На вкус ничего (вкусно).

169

i t ’s just lo my taste. Как раз мне по вкусу.9. I am thirsty. Я хочу пить.

10. Come over to tea. Приходите выпить чаю.11. 1 have three meals a day. Я ем три раза в день.

Текст для перевода

THE SOVIET PEOPLE ARE FOR PEACE AND FRIENDSHIP

The Soviet Union stands for peaceful coexistence of all nations with different social systems.

The people of the U.S.S.R. know too well what war and its de­struction mean. The wars that have been foisted upon the Soviet people have caused great damage.

During the Second World War the Soviet Union lost many mil­lions of its people while the material damage is estimated to 500 thou­sand million dollars.

The Soviet people do not want to experience the horror of war again. They are fighting for peace, for a permanent, lasting, eternal peace.

In 1951 the Supreme Soviet of the U.S.S.R. unanimously adopted a law on the protection of peace, prohibiting war propaganda within the territory1 of the Soviet Union.

The Soviet Government strives persistently for a speedy solution of the major international problem facing the world today — that of disarmament'2.

К О М М Е Н Т А Р И И

1. within the territory — на территории2. ... the major international problem facing the world today — that

of disarmament — ... основная международная проблема, кото­рая стоит перед миром сегодня — проблема разоружения

Слова а словосочетания, рекомендуемые для запоминания

lo stand lor выступать, стоять за different social systems различные

социальные системы deslruction п разрушение to foist upon навязывать; syn. to lorce

upon damage it ущерб to be estimated оцениваться experience v испытывать

perm anent, lasting, eternal peaceпостоянный, прочный (длительный), вечный мир

Supreme Soviet Верховный Совет prohibit и запрещать to strive for стремиться speedy solution быстрое решение disarmam ent п разоружение

170

МАТЕРИАЛ ДЛЯ ЧТЕНИЯ И ПЕРЕСКАЗА

I. A Sad Story

A poor man once came to a millionaire and started telling him his troubles. He described his poverty in most vivid colours. Indeed, so vivid was the m an’s sad story that the millionaire felt affected as he had never been before. With tears in his eyes he called his servant and said to him: “ John, put this poor fellow out. He is breaking my heart. ”

II. An Automobile Story

An automobilist who was going by car through the country saw, walking in front of him, a man followed by a dog. As the car drew near them the dog suddenly started to cross the road. The poor ani­mal was hit by the car and killed.

The automobilist stopped his car and approached the man. “ I am very sorry that this has happened,” he said. “ Will ten dollars be enough?”

“ Oh, yes,” said the man. “ ten dollars will be quite enough!” The man put the money in his pocket and as the car disappeared in the distance, looked down at the animal and thought: “ 1 wonder whose dog it was.”

III. A Laconic Answer

The Lacons lived in a part of Southern Greece called Laconia, and were known for their bravery and the simplicity of their life. One of their rules was always to speak briefly, using no more words than were needed. This was carried so far that to this day a very short answer is often called laconic.

There was in Northern Greece a land called Macedonia, which was once ruled by a king named Philip.

Philip wanted to become master of all Greece. He therefore col­lected a great army and conquered all Greece, until only Laconia re­mained unconquered. Then he sent a letter to the brave Lacons say­ing: “ If 1 invade your country, I will destroy your great c ity .”

In a few days an answer was brought back to him. He found only •one word written in it — that w'ord was “ If” .

Упражнение 37. Перескажите каждый из рассказов, давая полные ответы на следующие вопросы:

1. 1 Who came once to a millionaire? 2. What did he start tellinghim? 3. How did he describe his poverty? 4. What did the million­aire feel? 5. Whom did he call? 6. What did he say to John? 7. Why did he ask John to put that poor fellow out?

171

II. 1. Where was an automobilist going by car one day? 2. What did he see in front ot him? 3. What happened suddenly? 4. Was the poor animal killed? 5. Did the automobilist stop the cai? 6. Whom did he approach? 7. What did he say? 8. What was the man1' an- swei? 9. Where did the man put the money? 10. What did he say after the car had disappeared in the distance?

III. 1. Where did the Lacons live? 2. What were they known for?3. What was one of their rules? 4. What is a very short answer called?5. What was the name of the land, which was ruled by a king named- Philip? 6. Did Philip want to become master of all Greece? 7. What army did he collect for this purpose? 8. What country remained un­conquered? 9. Who did Philip send a letter to? 10. What did he write in the letter? 11. What kind of answer was brought to him?'

Ч а с т ь IIШ № \и и ш т \1 т т т т № т т т ш и 1 1 п \ш ц « и ш ш и и ш )т т т ш т т ш ш и ш » № т и и \ш ш п и ш п п ш и ш ш п т ш ш ш ш т ш ш ш 1 м 1

G r a m m a r :1. Sequence ot Tenses. (Согласование времен)2. Direct and Indirect Speech (Прямая и косвенная речь)

T e x t : How George Once upon a Time Got Up Early in the Morning after J К Jerome

В английском языке время глагола в придаточном дополнитель­ном предложении зависит от времени глагола главного предло­жения.

Употребление времени в придаточном предложении подчиняется следующим правилам согласования времен:

1. Если сказуемое главного предложения стоит в настоящем или будущем времени, то сказуемое придаточного предложения может быть употреблено в любом времени, которое требуется по смыслу

LESSON SIX

(The Sixth Lesson)

I. SEQUENCE OF TENSES (СОГЛАСОВАНИЕ ВРЕМЕН)

1 think (that)

Я думаю (что).

where Boris is now.

1 shall where he was ask him yesterday.

where he will be at 5 o ’clock.

где Борис сей­час.

Я спрошу его.

где он был вчера.

где он будет в 5 часов.

173

2. Если же сказуемое главного предложения стоит в прошед­шем времени, то и сказуемое придаточного будет стоять в одном из прошедших времен, а именно:

а) если действие придаточного предложения происходит одно­временно с действием главного предложения, то сказуемое прида­точного предложения стоит в Past Indefinite или в Past Continuous и переводится на русский язык глаголом в настоящем времени.

Сравните о русским:Не thought that his watch showed the right time.Он думал, что его часы показывают правильное время.

I was sure that he was shaving in the bathroom.Я был уверен, что он бреется в ванной комнате.

б) если действие придаточного предложения предшествует дей­ствию главного предложения, то сказуемое придаточного предло­жения стоит в Past Perfect и переводится на русский язык глаголом в прошедшем времени.

Сравните с русским:1 didn’t know what had happened to him.Я не знал, что случилось с ним.

Не said that he had forgotten to wind his watch.Он сказал, что забыл завести часы.

в) если в придаточном предложении нужно передать действие, которое совершится в будущем, то сказуемое этого предложения будет выражено Future in the Past. Future in the Past образуется при помощи вспомогательных глаголов should (1-е лицо ед. и мн. числа) и would (2-е и 3-е лицоед. и мн.числа), за которыми следует , смысловой глагол в инфинитиве без частицы to.

Сравните с русским:I was afraid I should wake my little sister.Я боялся, что разбужу свою маленькую сестру.

He said he would be back in ten minutes.Он сказал, что вернется через 10 минут.

г) если к дополнительному придаточному предложению отно­сится придаточное предложение времени или условия, то глагол в этих предложениях также подчиняется правилу согласования времен.

Не said he would come on Sunday if he had timeОн сказал, что придет в воскресенье, если у него будет время.

574

I thought 1 should do it when 1 came home.Я думал, что сделаю это. когда приду домой.

д) есть ряд случаев отклонения от правила согласованиявремен.

1) В придаточных дополнительных предложениях, выражающих общеизвестный факт.

The teacher told his pupils that water freezes at О degrees centi­grade.

Учитель сказал ученикам, что вода замерзает при 0° С.

2) В придаточных дополнительных предложениях, если ска­зуемое выражено глаголом в сослагательном наклонении.

If he had time, he would help me.Если бы у него было время, он бы помог мне.

I knew that if he had time, he would help me.Я знал, что если бы у него было время он бы помог мне.

3. В придаточных дополнительных предложениях, если в состав сказуемого входят модальные глаголы must, should, ought.

You must come here in time.Вы должны придти сюда вовремя.

Не said you must come here in time.Он сказал, что вы должны придти сюда вовремя.

E x e r c is e 1. Translate the following sentences into Russian and explain the usage of the tenses in the subordinate clauses.

1. He couldn’t understand what time it was. 2. He was in mor­tal fear that he would wake Mrs Gippings. 3. George said that the same kind of thing had happened to him eighteen months ago. 4. He realized that he was trying to unlock the wrong door. 5 He made up his mind to tell her what he thought of her when he came home this evening.

E x e r c is e 2. Translate the following sentences into Russian. Be careful when translating the verbs in the subordinate clauses.

I. George said thah he was lodging in the house of Mrs Gippings. George said that he had lodged in the house of Mrs Gippings.2. She said he drank cold water. She said he had drunk some cold water. 3. He said that he had breakfast at 8 o ’clock. He said that he had had breakfast at 8 o ’clock. 4. They said that they posted all letters by air mail. They said that they had posted all the letters by air mail.

175

E x e rc ise 3 . Choose the proper form of the verbs given in brackets.T ranslate the sentences in to Russian.

1. He said he (is staying, was staying) at the hotel “ Leningrad” .2. They realized that they (lost, had lost) their way in the dark. 3. He asked me where I (study, studied). 4. I thought that I (shall finish, should finish) my work at that time. 5. He said he (works, worked) at the collective farm. 6. He says he (worked, had worked) at the col­lective farm two years ago. 7. Victor said he (is, was) very busy. 8. My friend asked me who (is playing, was playing) the piano in the sit­ting-room. 9. He said he (will come, would come) to the station to see me off. 10. I was sure he (posted, had posted) the letter.

E xercise Change the tenses of the verbs in the subordinate clauses. Mind the rules of the sequence of tenses.

I. He said that the children got up very early. 2. The boy said he would shake the apples from the tree. 3. The head of the delega­tion said that he would speak to the guide on the telephone.

Exercise 5. Put the verbs in the principal clauses in the Past Indef­inite Tense, make the necessary changes in the subordinate clauses and translate the sentences into Russian.

1. He says it is three o ’clock by his watch. 2. She says she is going to the theatre with her mother. 3. He says we shall start at six o ’clock.4. He says he never felt more happy in his life. 5. They say they will be ready in a few minutes. 6. I am sure he is never late for his lessons.7. My sister tells me she has not finished her homework yet. 8. The newspaper says the delegation will arrive tomorrow. 9. She says his name is Brown. 1.0. The paper reports that over a million Italian workers have been ready to go on strike. 11. Ann says that her little brother is washing his hands in the bathroom. 12. My sister says that she will go straight home after the lessons are over. 13. He says he must translate this article. 14. She says she came to Moscow in 1960.

II. DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECH (ПРЯМАЯ И КОСВЕННАЯ РЕЧЬ)

Declarative Sentence

(Повествовательное предложение)

Прямая речь Косвенная речь1. The girl said: “ 1 go to bed 1. The girl said (that) she wen'.

at 10 o’clock.” to bed at 10 o’clockДевочка сказала: «Я ложусь Девочка сказала, что она ложит-

спать в 10 часов». ся спать в 10 часов

176

2. Ann said “ 1 have read this 2. Ann said (that) she had readbook.” that book.

Аня сказала: «Я читала эту Аня сказала, что она читала этукнигу». книгу.

При переводе из прямой речи в косвенную необходимо произ­вести следующие изменения:

а) соответственно изменить личные и притяжательные место­имения, а также форму глагола-сказуемого в придаточном пред­ложении (если это необходимо).

В словах автора глагол to say меняется на глагол to tell. Об­ратите внимание на то, что глагол to tell употребляется без предлога.

Прямая речьAnn says: “ 1 shall give you my

book.”Анна говорит: «Я дам вам мою

книгу».

Косвенная речьAnn says that she will give

me her book.Анна говорит, что она даст мне

свою книгу.

П р и м е ч а н и е : При обращении прямой речи в косвенную глагол не изменяется в следующих случаях:

1. Если глагол в прямой речи стоит в Past Perfect, Continuous или Fu­ture in the Pasf.

She said: “ We had discussed his report by 3 o 'c lo ck" .She said th a t they had discussed his report by 3 o ’clock.

2. Если указывается точное время совершения действияНе said: “ 1 was in Leningrad in 1967".He said th a t he was in Leningrad in 1967.

б) если глагол-сказуемое главного предложения стоит в про­шедшем времени, следует соблюдать правило согласования времен и соответственно заменить указательные местоимения и наречия.

this этот — that тот, этотthese эти — those те, этиnow теперь — then тогдаto-day сегодня — that day в тот деньto-morrow завтра— the next day на следующий деньyesterday вчера — the day before наканунеago тому назад — before раньшеhere здесь — there там

Не said: “ 1 shall meet her at the station to-morrow ”

Он сказал: «Я встречу ее на вокзале завтра».

Не said that he would meet her at the station the next day.

Он сказал, что встретит ее на вокзале на следующий день.

1 7 7

She said: “ I saw him here yes- She said she had seen him there terday.” the day before.

Она сказала: «Я видела его здесь Она сказала, что видела его там вчера». накануне.

Interrogative Sentence (Вопросительное предложение)

При обращении прямого вопроса в косвенный он становится дополнительным придаточным предложением, которое вводится союзами if или whether, если это был общий вопрос, или вопроси­тельными словами who, which, whose, when, why, how, many и т. д., если это был специальный вопрос.

Прямая речьShe asked me: “Do you know

the way to the stadium?’Она спросила меня: «Ты знаешь

дорогу на стадион?»Не asked us: “Where shall we

go tonight?”Он спросил нас: «Куда мы пой­

дем сегодня вечером?»

Косвенная речь

She asked me if (whether) I knew the way to the stadium.

Она спросила меня, знаю ли я дорогу на стадион.

Не asked us where we should go that night.

Он спросил нас, куда мы пой­дем сегодня вечером.

Порядок слов в косвенном вопросе будет гакой же, как в по­вествовательном предложении, т. е. глагол-сказуемое ставится после подлежащего.

My mother asked me: “Will you have dinner at home?”

Мама спросила меня: «Ты бу­дешь обедать дома?»

Не asked them: “ Where did you come from?”

Он спросил их: «Откуда вы при­ехали?»

My mother asked me whether I should have dinner at home.

Мама спросила меня, буду ли я обедать дома.

Не asked them where they had come from.

Он спросил их, откуда они при­ехали.

Imperative Sentence (Повели Iельное предложение)

Повелительное наклонение заменяется в косвенной речи инфи­нитивом.

Если прямая речь представляла собой приказание, то глагол to say, вводивший прямую речь, заменяется глаголом to tell ве­леть, сказать или to order приказывать.

1 7 8

Если в словах, вводящих прямую речь, глагол to say употреб­ляется с дополнением, то его следует заменить глаголом to tell. Обратите внимание на то, что дополнение после глагола to say употребляется с предлогом to, а после глагола to tell — без предлога.

Не said to me: “ I am busy now.”He told me that he was busy then.

Если прямая речь выражала просьбу, то глагол to say заменяет­ся глаголом to ask просить.

Не said: “ Tell me please, what He asked me to tell him what time it is now.” time it was then.

Он сказал: «Скажите, пожалуй- Он попросил меня сказать ему, ста, который сейчас час?» который час.

“Don’t be late for the lecture,” She told us not to be late forshe said. the lecture.

«Не опаздывайте на лекцию»,— Она сказала, чтобы мы не опаз- сказала она дывали на лекцию.

В косвенной речи после глаголов to ask просить, to tell сказать, велеть, to order приказывать в английском языке всегда следует косвенное дополнение, указывающее, к кому обращена просьба или приказание.

My friend said: “ Help me with My friend asked me to help him English grammar, please.” with English grammar.

Мой друг сказал: «Пожалуйста, Мой друг попросил меня помочь помоги мне по английской ему по английской граммати- грамматике». ке.

“Follow me.” said the officer. The officer ordered his soldiersto follow him.

«Следуйте за мной», — сказал Офицер приказал солдатам сле- офицер. довать за ним.

E x e rc is e 6 . Translate the sentences into Russian in writ ten form paying a t ten tion to the Sequence of Tenses.

1. The teacher asked George where he lived. 2. She told me that a new town had sprung up not far from my native place. 3. He asked me whether the front door would be unlocked at six in the morning.4. The mother told her daughter to buy some bread on the way home.5. She asked me whether I was going to rest in'Sochi. 6. She asked me to wait for her in the hall. 7. He said he had some mistakes in his • work.

E x e r c is e 7. Open the brackets, choose the proper verb given in brack­ets Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. He said she (is, was) a quiet person by nature. 2. He asked me il a neighbouring clock (has struck, had struck) three. 3. My mother

179

/

asked me (send, to send) her a telegram when I arrived in Sochi.4. I was asked whether I (shall go, should go) to the theatre with them.5. He asked me whether I (am looking, was looking) for my guide-book.6. The militiaman told the boy (don’t cross, not to cross) the street under the red light.

E x e r c is e 8 . Choose the proper word given in brackets and translate the sentences into Russian.

1. He thought his child was asleep (now, then). 2. George says he was to be in the office by nine (to-day, that day). 3. He told me he had bought a ticket (yesterday, the day before). 4. Last week my watch went wrong. I asked my father to repair it. and he promised to do it (to-morrow, the next day). 5. “ Let’s meet at ten (to-morrow, the next day),” said the guide. 6. When I came home my mother told me that a friend of mine had called on me half an hour (ago, before).

E x e r c is e 9 . a) Change direct speech into indirect.

1. The secretary said to me: “ The delegation arrived in Moscow yesterday.” 2. “ Will you open the window, please?” she said.3. 1 said: “ I shall light a fire and make breakfast for myself.”4. “ Don’t rush to the door when you hear the bell,” said my mother.5. She asked me: “ How long are you going to stay here?” 6. “ Lock the door when you leave the house, ’’said my elder sister. 7. “ Have you received a telegram from your wife?” he asked me. 8. Mabel said: “ Nothing will change my decision and I shall leave for Cape Town tonight.” 9. “ Please don’t smoke in the room,” said the old woman.10. “ I am shivering with cold,” said the girl.

b) Change indirect speech into direct.

1. George said it was very difficult to play that role. 2. He asked why there were so few people in the street. 3. The man asked the boy if he knew where he lived. 4. The woman told him not to worry and go home quietly. 5. She said that she would sleep in the open air.6. She asked if I was going to leave Moscow the next day. 7. He told me that he had bought the watch the day before. 8. Ann says she has just had a telephone call from home. 9. My neighbour asked me to leave the key at my sister’s. 10. He said he could not get to sleep then.1 8 0

E x e rc is e 10. T ranslate the sentences according to the models.

1. He said he studied a t the Moscow U niversity.She sa id her brother was p layin g chess w ith the grandfather.

Она сказала.

что ее родители живут в Киеве.что они учатся в институте.что он пишет письмо.что отец разговаривает по телефону.что еще темно.что она встает в 7 часов утра, что идет дождь.

2. Не sa id he had passed his exam ination in literature.

Он сказал.

что их приговорили к смерти.что он не нашел зверя.что они потеряли дорогу к пещере.что он уже спрятался.что она объяснила им его отсутствие.что он никогда не вставал рано с тех

Онаспросила,

пор.

3. She asked те whether (if) / should jo in their excursion. He asked when the conference would open.

пойду ли я на концерт.когда мы закончим занятия.куда они поедут в воскресенье.будет ли он участвовать в представлениипочему вы не поедете с ними на выставку.будем ли мы изучать французский язык.

T e x t

HOW GEORGE ONCE UPON A TIME1 GOT UP EARLY IN THE MORNING

after Jeromt K . Jerome

George said that the same kind of thing, only worse,2 had happen­ed to him some eighteen months ago, when he was lodging by him­self3 in the house of a certain Mrs Gippings. He said his watch went wrong4 one evening and stopped at a quarter past eight. He did not know this at the time5 because, for some reason or other®, he forgot to wind it up when he went to bed.

It was in the winter when this happened, very near the shortest day, so the fact that it was still very dark when Gecrge woke in the-

181

morning was no guide to him as to the time7. He reached up, and haul­ed down the watch. It was a quarter-past eight.

“ Angels and ministers of grace defend us8!” exclaimed George; “ and here have 1 got to be9 in the City by nine. Why didn’t some­body call me? Oh, this is a shame!” And he sprang out of bed, and had a cold bath, and washed himself and dressed himself, and shaved himself in cold water because there was no time to wait for the hot, and then rushed and had another look at the watch.

Whether the shaking it had received had started it, or how it was, George could not say, but certain it was'0 that from a quarter-past eight it had begun to go, and now pointed to twenty minutes to nine.

George snatched it up; and rushed downstairs. In the sitting room all was dark and silent: there was no fire, no breakfast. George said it was a wicked shame of Mrs Gippings11 and he made up his mind to tell her what he thought of her when he came home in the evening. Then he made for12 the front door. The door was not even unbolted. George thought it was very strange that people could not get up at a decent, respectable time, unlocked and unbolted the door, and ran out.

He ran hard for a quarter of a mile, and at the end of that distance it began to be borne in upon him13 as a strange and curious thing that there were so few people about, and that there were no shops open.

At length he reached Holborn. There were three men in sight14, one of whom was a policeman. George pulled out his watch and looked at it: it was five minutes to nine! He stood still and counted his pulse. He stooped down and felt his legs. Then, with his watch still in his hand, he went up to the policeman, and asked him if he knew what time it was.

“ W hat’s the time?” said the man; “ why, if you listen you will hear it s trik e '5. ”

George listened, and a neighbouring clock immediately obliged18.“ But i t ’s only gone three!” 17 said George. “ Well, and how many

did you want it to go?” replied the constable.“ Why, nine,” said George, showing his watch.The policeman asked George if he knew where he lived.George thought, and gave the address.“ Oh, th a t’s where it is, is it?” replied the man. Then he told

George to take his advice and go home quietly. “ And take that watch of yours with you.” he added, “ and don’t have any more of it18. ”

And George went home and let himself in18.At first, when he got in, he determined to undress and go to bed

again; but when he thought of the re-dressing and re-washing, he determined he would not. but would sit up and go to sleep in the easy- chair. But he could not get to sleep; he never felt more wakeful in his life. He thought he would light a fire and make himself some182

breaktast, but he was in mortal tear that it would wake Mrs Gippings. and that she would think it was burglars and call “ Police” .

So he sat in the easy-chair till Mrs Gippings came down at hall- past seven.

He said he had never got up too early since that morning.

N O T E S

1. once upon a time — однажды2. the same kind of th ing only worse — нечто подобное, но толь­

ко хуже3. by himself — один4. his watch went wrong — его часы испортились5. at the time — в то время6. for some reason or other — почему-то7. ...was no guide to him as to the time — ... не мог послужить ему

указанием относительно времени8. Angels and ministers of grace defend usl — Святители небес­

ные, спасите! (восклицание, выражающее удивление, досаду и т. п.)

9. and here have I got to be — а мне ведь нужно быть10. Whether the shaking it had received had started it, or how it

was, George could not say, but certain it was... — To ли от по­лученного ими сотрясения они пошли, то ли по другой причи­не, этого Джордж сказать не мог, но так или иначе...

11. it was a wicked shame of Mrs Gippings... — (что) это стыд и позор для миссис Джиппингс...

12. he made for — он бросился к13. it began to be borne in upon him — ему стало казаться14. in sight — в поле зрения15. you will hear it strike — вы услышите, как они пробьют16. immediately ob liged— зд . немедленно удовлетворили его лю­

бопытство17. But it's only gone three! — Но они пробили только 3!18. ...and don 't have any more of it.— ...и больше ими не поль­

зуйтесь.19. and let himself in. — зд . и вошел в дом.

Words and Word Combinationslodge v квартировать, снимать ком­

нату (временно), проживать go wrong неправильно идти (о часах) wind up v заводить (часы) go to bed ложиться спать guide п руководство; путеводитель

гидdefend v защищать

spring о прыгать have a bath принять ванну rush v мчаться, броситься Факе v трясти(сь), встряхивать;

дрожатьsnatch о хватать, срывать, вырывать wicked а злой shame п стыд, позор

183

•make up one's mind решить downstairs adv вниз, внизу, в ниж-

curious а любопытный; любознатель­ный; странный, возбуждающий

нем этаже front п передняя часть, фасад front а передний strange а странный decent а приличный, порядочный respectable а почтенный, порядочный unlock v отпирать lock о запирать (на замок)-distance п расстояние

любопытство stoop v наклоняться, сгибаться strike о бить, звонить, ударять neighbouring а соседний take smb.’s advice последовать чье-

му-либо совету quietly adv спокойно have a look взглянуть

Proper names

George f 'djD d^ l Джордж Mrs Gippings ( 'd j ip ig z l миссис Джип- пингс

E x e r c is e I I . Add the prefix u n - to the given verbs and translate the -new verbs into Russian

to fold (складывать, сгибать), to bolt (запирать), to pack (упа­ковывать), to load (грузить), to tie (связывать) to harness (запря­гать), to fasten (прикреплять, привязывать)

E x e r c is e 12. Add the prefix u n - to the words given beiow and trans- •late the new adjectives into Russian.

equal, educated, published, important, official, known, explo­red, limited expected

E x e r c is e ' 13. Add the prefix re- to the verbs and translate the new -verbs into Russian

to construct, to elect, to read, to tell, to make, to name, to place

E x e r c is e 14. Translate the compound nou.-is in to Russian.

reading-room, dining-room, bedroom, bathroom, writing-table, table-tennis. railwayman, office-worker, guide-book, guide-mark, guide-post, spring-water, strike-committee, strike-breaker

E x e r c is e 15. Give the antonyms tor:

upstairs, short, worse, near, dark, here, cold, wicked, tront. hard, tew, before, to lock, to bolt, to dress

E x e r c is e 16. Drill <ome vocabulary units from the text.

1. guide v — guidance n1. The old man ... us through the torest. 2. The student carriedout the operation under the ... of the professor

-184

2. shake v — shaky a

I. ... the table. I can’t write. 2. I can’t sit on such a ... chair

3. decent a — decently adtiI. The mother told her son to behave ... at school. 2. I was told that he was a ... man.

4. respect v — respectable a — respectful a — respectfuIly adv1. He is quite a ... man. 2. We must ... old people. 3. They treat­ed her ... . 4. He spoke to her in a ... tone.

5. strike v — strike n — striker ti — striking a1. The news w as... . 2. Don’t you hear the clock ... three? 3. Work­ers of many factories in Paris organized demonstrations in sup­port of th e ... . 4. The miners announced their determination to continue the ... .

6. neighbour n — neighbourhood « — neighbouring a1. His father lives in the ... village. 2. They were ... at dinner3. The pioneer camp was in the ... of Kiev.

7. certain a — uncertain a — certainly adb1. Are you ... that your answer is right? 2. He will ... come if you invite him. 3. She had a dress of ... colour on.

8. shame n — shameful a — shameless a1. What a ... to deceive her in that way! 2. We tried to explain his ... behaviour. 3. “ You are a ... person.” she said to him. “ 1 don’t want to know you any more.”

9. distance n — distant a — in the distance1. In England ... is measured in miles, in France in kilometres.2. A ship could be seen ... . 3. We could hear sounds of ... music.

10. curiosity n — curious a1. Everybody knew his ... about unknown lands and people.2. She could not hide her ... and asked him what had happened.3. The boy is very ..., he is always asking questions. 4. Nobody likes ... neighbours.

Exercise 17. Translate the following word combinations into Rus­sian.

1. a certain Mrs Gippings; for some reason or other; to have another look at; but certain it was that; to make up one’s mind;

185

the door was not even unbolted; in sight, to take advice; but he could not get to sleep; he was in mortal fear

E x e r c is e 18. Translate the following word combinations into English.

некий господин; он лег спать в 10 часов; О, как не стыдно!;и еще раз взглянул на часы; он решил пригласить; но было несом­ненно, что; магазины были закрыты, он стоял неподвижно; но он не мог уснуть; он смертельно боялся

E x e r c is e 19. Translate the words given in brackets in to English and then translate the sentences into Russian.

1. Where is your friend (проживает) now? He (снимает комнату) not far from the city. 2. Her watch (идут неправильно). She forgot to wind it up. 3. He did not tell us (причину) of his absence. 4. You should (заводить) your watch every morning and it will never go wrong.5. If you (не ляжете спать) now you will not be able to get up soearly. 6. During the Great Patriotic War we (защищали) our cityfrom the enemy. 7 After the football match they (приняли холодную ванну) and lay down to rest. 8. The soldiers (бросились) to the poor slave, and as he could not defend himself they arrested him and took him to his master. 9. (He трясите) the table. 1 am writing. 10. The slave had a very (злого) master therefore he ran away. 11. The pic­ture is very (странная). We cannot understand what it means. 12. The clock (пробили) 6 and we (решили) not to wait for them any longer.13. As there was nobody in the house he himself went (вниз) and (от­пер) the door. 14. The soldier hid in the (соседнем) wood, but the enemy could not find him. 15. Who (запер) the box? 1 cannot open it. 16. I am sure he (последует) my advice and will stay at home for a few days. 17. She felt (стыд) when she failed in the examination. She did not understand how it had happened. 18. (Взгляните) at his funny picture and try to describe it in English.

E x e r c is e 20 . Find in the text English equivalents for:

1. Когда он сам снимал комнату. 2. Он схватил часы и бросил­ся вниз по лестнице. 3. Он решил ей сказать, что он думает о ней.4. ...но когда он подумал, что надо будет вновь одеваться и умы­ваться... 5. Как никогда в жизни, ему не хотелось спать.

E x e r c is e 21. Answer the following questions according to the text.

1. Where was George lodging once?2. Why did his watch stop one evening?3. It was very dark in the room when George woke in the morning,

wasn’t it? Why?

186

4. What time was it then by George’s watch?5. By what time did he have to be in the city?6. What did he do after he sprang out of bed?7. Why had his watch begun to go?8. Could he have his breakfast when he came to the sitting-room?

Why?9. What did he decide to tell Mrs Gippings in the evening?

10. What did the policeman answer George when he asked him whattime it was?

11. W hat time was it by the neighbouring clock?12. W hat did the policeman advise George to do?

E x e r c is e 22 . Pu t questions to the words In italics.

1. The same k in d of th ing happened to George eighteen months ago. (3) 2. He had reached Holborn by that time. (2)3. He was running hard for a quarter of a m ile. (2) 4. She will make breakfast in the kitchen. (2) 5. He couldn’t unlock the door because i t was very dark. (2)

E x e r c is e 23 . Translate the verbs given in brackets paying a tten tion to the Sequence of Tenses.

1. He says that he (знает) the laws of the country. 2. They said that her master (может) kill his slave. 3. She asked me whether I (помню) the legend about a faithful lion. 4. Tell me who (завел) the watch? 5. Ask him (не быть) so wicked. 6. He understood that the soldiers (арестуют) him. 7. I did not know that the scenery (была уже нарисована). 8. Ask her (показать) us a fresh number of the newspaper. 9. They d idn 't understand why the people (не хотят) to take water from that well. 10. I supposed that they (пошлют) a dog after the burglar.

E x e r c is e 21. Open the brackets, giving the proper form of the verb.

1. He said he (to leave) tomorrow morning. 2. She says she al­ready (to find) the book. 3. He stopped and listened: the clock (to strike) five. 4. She said she (can) not tell me the right time, her watch (to be) wrong. 5. I asked my neighbour if he ever (to travel) by air before. 6. The policeman asked George where he (to run) so early.7. The delegates were told that the guide just (to go out) and (to be) back in ten minutes. 8. 1 was afraid that the little girl (not to be able) to unlock the front door and (to go) downstairs to help her. 9. The attendant said that we (may) take a Guide to the Tretjakov Gallery and keep it as long as we (to need). 10. Sarie understood why Lanny (not to come) the previous evening.

1 8 7

Aesop and the Traveller

Aesop was a very clever man who lived many hundreds of years ago in Greece. He wrote many fine stories and was known as a man who was fond of jokes.

One day, as he was walking along a country road, he met a trav­eller. The traveller greeted him and asked:

“ Kind man, can you tell me how soon I shall get to town?”“ Go” , Aesop answered.“ I know I must go,” protested the traveller, "bu t I want to know

how soon I shall get to town?”“ Go” , Aesop said again angrily.“ This man is m ad,” the traveller thought and went on. After

he had gone some distance, Aesop shouted after him: “ You will get to town in two hours.”

The traveller turned round in astonishment. “ Why didn’t you tell me that before?” he asked.

“ I didn’t know how fast you could w alk,” answered Aesop.

E x e r c is e 26 . Translate in writing paying attention to the Sequence ol lenses.

1. Он вспомнил, что не завел часы накануне. 2. Она попросила соседку разбудить ее в 6 часов утра. 3. Он сказал, что побреется с холодной водой, так как у него нет времени ждать горячую воду.3. Полицейский сказал, чтобы Джордж спокойно шел домой.5. Когда я вошел в комнату, я увидел что мой друг сидит в кресле и читает какое-то письмо. 6. Он спросил меня, не знаю ли я, который час. 7. Он понял, что в темноте схватил слозарь вместо путеводи­теля. 8. Она спросила, когда он вернется домой. 9. Он увидел, что лев хромает на одну ногу. 10. Губернатор приказал не убивать его и отпустить домой. II. Им сказали, что его приговорили к смерти. 12. Они попросили его нарисовать декорации к пьесе. 13. Мы ска­зали ей, что не хотим есть. 14. Он вспомнил, где он может спря­таться. 15. Мы поняли, что не сможем успокоить ее.

E x e r c is e 27 , Fill in the blanks with prepositions and adverbs where­ver necessary.

1. The same kind ... thing happened ... my friend when he was a student ... the University. 2. He forgot to wind ... his watch and it stopped ... half past nine. 3. When he went ... bed he did not look ... his watch. 4. When he woke ... the morning he reached ... , hauled ... the watch and showed it ... me. 5. He had no time to wait ... the hot water, so he shaved himself ... the cold. 6. The watch pointed ... twenty minutes ... nine. 7. He made ... his mind to tell her every-

E x e rc is e 25 . Retell the text In indirect speech.

188

thing ... i t ... Ure evening. 8. They g o t 6 o ’clock every day. 9. Heran hard ... a quarter ... a mile and did not see anybody ... the street.10. Soon he reached ... the place. There were three men ... sight. One ... them was a policeman. 11. ... the watch ... his hand he came the policeman. 12. He sat... the easy-chair till his sister came half-past seven.

D I A L O G U E

A.: Excuse me, can you tell me the right time l?B.: Yes, I think it is 25 minutes past ten, but my watch may be

a minute or two f a s t2.A.: Thank you very much; it’s only a quarter past ten by my

w a tch 3, so it must be slow. By the w ay4, do you know, how far it is from here to the station?

B.: Yes, i t ’s a little more than three miles. I t ’ll take you nearly an hour5 if you intend to walk. Are you in a hurry e?

A.: Yes, rather. 1 have to catch a train at eleven th irty (11.30). 1 shall have to hurry to get there in time \ Is there a bus along this road?

B.: I don’t think there is. May 1 give you a lift 8 in my car? I shall go past the station and we shall be there in plenty of • time for you to catch your train.

A.: That’s very kind of you10. Are you sure11 it isn’t any trouble?B.: No trouble at all l2.A.: Thank you. I ’m really very grateful to you.

N O T E S

1. the right t im e — верное время2. my watch may be a minute or two fast (slow) — вероятно, мои

часы спешат на одну или две минуты.3. by my watch — по моим часам4. by the way — между прочим5. I t ’ll take you nearly an hour ... — Вам потребуется примерно

час ... It takes me one hour to get to the station.— Мне нужен один час, чтобы добраться до станции. How long does it take you to get there? — Сколько времени вам нужно, чтобы добраться туда?

6. to be in a hurry — спешить, торопиться7. in time — вовремя8. to give a lift — подвезти кого-либо9. plenty of — много, множество

10. T hat’s very kind of you.— Вы очень добры.11. to be sure — быть уверенным12. at all — совсем

189

E x e r c is e 28 . Complete the sentences according to the ‘.models:

1. I a m s u r e th a t there is a bus along th is road.

Я уверен,

что он опоздает.что уже 2 часа.что они не приедут.что вам понравится этот рассказ.что он объяснит мне все.

2. I t is 5 m inutes to 10 b y m y w a tc h .

По моим часам

уже 2 часа. Пойдемте обедать, половина третьего. Вы опоздаете на

поезд.уже 7 часов. Он не придет.

3. B y th e w a y , can you tell me the righ t time?

Между прочим,

когда он вернется домой?что вы можете сказать нам о нем?где он купил эти билеты?она не знает имени этого мужчины.

4. I t t o o k т е 10 m inutes to g e t home.

15 минут, чтобы позавтракать, полчаса, чтобы приготовить обед, весь день, чтобы написать сочинение.20 минут, чтобы повторить весь материал к

уроку.

Мне нужно было (потребовалось)

5. H o w lo n g d o e s i t ta k e h im to g e t to the sta tion ?

Сколько времени ему нужно (требуется),

чтобы прочитать газету? чтобы приехать туда вовремя? чтобы добраться до дома? чтобы умыться?

E x e r c is e 29 . Fill in the blanks with the word combinations from the dialogue.

1. ... can you tell me the way to the centre of the town? 2. 1 can’t tell you ..., my watch is two minutes . . . . 3. It is half past seven ... . 4. ... 10 minutes to speak to her teacher. 5. Don’t stop him, he is . . . . 6. I shall do my w o rk ... . 7. I am very grateful to you. It was very ... to think about all these things.

190

Сейчас 10 ч. 30 м. - It is h a lf past ten.1. И ч. 30 м.; 2 ч. 30 м.; 4 ч. 30 м.; 12 ч. 30 м.; 5 ч. 30 м.: 7 ч. 30 м.

Сейчас 10 ч. 45 м .— It is a quarter to eleven.2. 7 ч. 45 м.; 8ч. 45м.; 3 ч. 45 м.; 9 ч. 45 м.; 4 ч. 45 м.; 12 ч. 45м.

Сейчас 10 ч. 15 м .— И is a quarter past ten.3. 9 ч. 15 м.; 12 ч. 15 м.; 2 ч. 15 м.; 6 ч. 15м.; 8 ч. 15 м.; 3 ч. 15 м.

Сейчас 10 ч. 5 м .— It is 5 minutes past ten.4. 8 ч. 5 м.; 4 ч. 5 м.; 12 ч. 5 м.; 1 ч 5 м.; 11ч. 5 м

Сейчас 10 ч. 55 м .— I t is five m inutes to eleven.5. 2 4. 55 м.; 3 ч. 55 м.; 11 ч. 55 м.; 6 ч. 55 м.; 8 ч. 55 м.; 9 ч. 55 м.

E x e r c is e 31. Answer the following questions.

1. How many minutes are there in an hour?2. How many hours are there in a day?3. At what time do you get up every morning?4. At what time do you have breakfast, dinner?5. At what time do you start working?6. Do you always come to your office in time for work?7. How long does it take you to get to your office?8. How many hours do you work every day?9. At what time do you come home from work?

10. At what time do you go to bed?

E x erc ise 30 . T ranslate according to the model.

CONVERSATIONAL FORMULAS

A. 1. How’s the weather today? What is the weather like today? It is fine (bad).

2. It is going to snow (to rain).

3. The weather is improving.4. Is it cold (warm) today?

It is cold (hot)5. Is it raining?

It is wet.6. What is the date today?

It is the 1st of January.7. What is the time by your

watch?8. What day is today?

Today is Monday.

Какая сегодня погода?

Хорошая (плохая).Пойдет снег (дождь).

Погода разгуливается.Сегодня холодно (тепло)? Холодно (жарко).Идет дождь?Сыро.Какое сегодня число?Сегодня первое января. Который час по вашим часам?

Какой сегодня день?Сегодня понедельник.

191

Который час?Мои часы идут верно.Мои часы совсем испортились.

Мои часы идут правильно (не­правильно)

до полудня после полудня

INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION

In Great Britain about 200 years ago great changes began to take place in the making of goods1, and far more 2 goods were made than ever before. Taken together, these changes are often described as an “ industrial revolution” .

In the days when people made goods by hand3 they worked mostly In their own homes or in workshops attached to their homes and the whole family joined in the work. (This is sometimes known as the “ domestic system” 4). However, the domestic system was soon to die out, for the more complicated machines which were invented in the 18th century and which were eventually driven by steam power6 were gathered together in factories. This in itself was a great change, for besides enabling more goods to be produced11 it altered the whole way in which people lived and worked. They had to work regular hours7 in the new factories and could no longer please themselves about how they did their work.

The increased manufacture of machines and the greater use of steam power led to big changes in the coal and icon industries. The industrial revolution made these two industries the most important in the country, and the mining a reas8 became the source of the na­tion’s riches, although the beauty of the country was often spoilt.

One of the results of these changes was the growth of big industri­al towns, places like Manchester, the “ capital” of the cotton district.

Another result of the big changes in the ways of making things was an improvement in transport. Goods had to be carried from place to place more efficiently than even before. In the early 18th cen­tury, roads were bad, river traffic9 was possible only in certain areas and at certain times of the year, and the pack horses 10 which car­ried goods by road were slow and expensive.

The first big improvement in transport was the building of bet­ter roads and bridges. Railways were made possible when George Stephenson 11 built a type of steam engine 13 that could move on rails and could be used to pull trucks.

В. 1. What time is it, please/ W hat’s the time?

2. My watch keeps good time.3. My watch doesn’t keep

time at all.4. My watch is right (wrong).

5. a. m. p. m.

Text for translation

192

As the new machines were driven by horses, water power or steam engines, and did not require human strength to work them many people thought a t first that women and children could look after them. People also argued that as the machines did the spinning, weav­ing and other tasks, skilled workers were unnecessary. Children worked for 14 hours a day or more, until acts of Parliament were pas­sed to control their hours of employment.

When machines began to be made by machines a great number of mechanics and other skilled workers were needed. Workers began to take pride in their skill with machines, and started to band together to improve their conditions of work. These were the founders of the Trade Unions which, until 1871. had to work under great difficulties.

N O T E S

1. in the making of goods — в способе производства товаров2. and far more — и гораздо больше3. by hand — вручную, ручным способом4. domestic system — система кустарного производства5. steam power — энергия пара6. for besides enabling more goods to be produced — так как по­

мимо того, что оно (изменение) дало возможность производить больше товаров...

7. regular hours — нормированный рабочий день8. mining areas — рудники9. river traffic — речной транспорт

10. pack horses — гужевой транспорт (грузовые лошади)11. George Stephenson — Джордж Стивенсон — изобретатель па­

рового двигателя12. steam engine — паровая машина

Words and Word CombinationsGreat Brita in Великобритания goods n товар(ы)industrial а индустриальный, про­

мышленный workshop n мастерская domestic а домашний; кустарный die out v вымирать, отмирать power n энергия чenable v давать возможность produce v производить alter v изменятьincrease v увеличиваться, возрастать manufacture n производство industry n промышленность, индуст­

рия, отрасль промышленности

source п и с т о ч н и к

spoil о портитьManchester f 'maentfistsl Манчестер cotton п хлопок по longer больше не improvement п улучшение, усовер­

шенствование, развитие expensive а дорогой (дорогостоящий) argue v спорить, приводить доводы skilled а квалифицированный parliam ent п парламент pass an act принять закон employment п работа take pride in гордиться

7 - 1312 193

1. When did great changes take place in England?2. What kind of changes took place in Great Britain 200 years ago?3. How are these changes often described?4. Where did people work when they made goods by hand?5. What system of work is called the “ domestic system” ?6. Why was the domestic system to die out?7. The invention of more complicated machines altered the whole

way in which people lived and worked, didn’t it?8. How did people have to work after the invention of more com­

plicated machines?9. What led to big changes in the coal and iron industries?

10. What became the source of the nation's riches?11. What were the results of these changes?12. What changes did an improvement in transport bring?13. By whom was a type of steam engine built?14. What could the machines do?15. Why were skilled workers unnecessary?1G. How many hours a day did children work?17. What were acts of Parliament passed for?18. When were a great number of skilled workers and mechanics

needed?19. Who were the founders of the Trade Unions?

E x e rc is e 32 . Answer the following questions in w riting .

E x e r c is e 33 . Translate the following sentences into English.

1. On спросил, какие изменения произошли в Великобритании 200 лет тому назад. 2. Скажите мне, как называются изменения, которые произошли в Великобритании 200 лет тому назад. 3. Пре­подаватель сказал, что раньше люди делали товары вручную. 4. Мы прочитали в этой статье, что в XVIИ столетии на фабриках Англии появились более сложные машины. 5. Изобретение таких машин должно было изменить весь образ жизни людей. 6. Рабочим уста­новили нормированный рабочий день. 7. Промышленная револю­ция сделала угольную промышленность одной из самых важных отраслей (a branch) промышленности. 8. Расскажите нам, пожалуй­ста, что привело к росту больших городов, подобных Манчестеру.9. Так как товары приходилось перевозить с одного места на дру­гое. стало необходимым совершенствование транспорта. 10. Когда Стивенсон создал паровой двигатель, началось строительство же­лезных дорог. 11. Попросите его рассказать нам, при каких усло­виях (under what conditions) работали на фабриках дети в то время.12. Квалифицированные рабочие начали бороться за улучшение условий труда.

1 9 4

STORIES FOR RETELLING

I. Nothing Special

Once when a young M. P. (Member of Parliament) was visiting some prisoners, he asked one of them how much longer he had to “remain in prison” . The man answered: “ Almost a year” . Then the AV P. asked what he had done to get into prison

“ I stole a rope,” was the answer “ But that seems a very long sen tence for such a little thing,” said the М. P “ Had the rope anything special about it?” “ It had a cow at one end ," answered the man.

II. King and CriticA king was in the habit (имел обыкновение) ot writing verses,

which he thought were very good. Since he was a king, the people to w'hom he showed them did not want to criticize him, but praised them to the skies. One day. however, he showed some of them to a philosophei who found many faults with them. This made the king so angry that he sent the philosopher to prison. After some time, however, the king pardoned him. and when he returned invited him to dinner. Again he showed some of his verses to the philosopher, and again asked what he thought of them.

The philosopher turned to the guards who were standing near him and said “ Take me back to prison.”

III. Two ChampionsOnce a famous boxer went to a restaurant to have dinner. He took

off his coat at the door, but he was afraid that somebody would take it. So he took a piece of paper and wrote on it “ This coat belongs to Tom Brown, the famous boxer; he will come back in a few minutes.” He fastened the paper to his coat and went to have his dinner. When he returned, however, his coat was not there, but he found a piece of paper in its place which said. Your coat has been taken by a famous runner, who will not come back at all.”

E xerc ise • 34 . Give the lull answer to the following questions

I. I. What did the young M. P. ask one of the prisoners?2. When did he ask that question?3. What did the man answer?4. How long did the prisoner nave to remain in prison?5. Did the prisoner say that he had only stolen a rope?6. Was the М. P surprised?7. What did he say?8. Had the rope anything special about it?

II. I. Was a king in the habit of writing verses?2. What did the king think about them?

v 19c,

3. Whom did he show his verses?4. Why did the people not want to criticize him?5. What did they say to the king?6. Who found many faults with the verses?7. What did the king do to the philosopher?8. Where did he send him?9. When did the king invite the philosopher to dinner?10. What happened again?11. What did the philosopher say?

III. 1. Where did a famous boxer go one day?2. Did he take off his coat at the door?3. Why did he decide to write a note?4. What did lie write in it?5. Where did he fasten the paper?6. What did he find when he returned?7. What did the papei say?

LESSON SEVEN

(The Seventh Lesson)

G r a m m a r : Revision Grammar Pxerci- ses.

T e x t : The Incident ol the Subscription after C h P Sn o w

REVISION C.RAMMAR EXERCISES

The Verb to b e

We shall be here in time.(to be — смысловой глагол в значе­

нии быть)Не was ап undergraduate when

they came to Moscow.(to be — часть именного составного

сказуемого)A house was seen in the distance.(to be — вспомогательный глагол для

образования Passive Voice)He was reading a magazine, when

I came.(to be — вспомогательный глагол для

образования времени Past Contin­uous)

I was to come there al 10 o’clock.(to be — модальный глагол)

The performance was a success.(to be — часть фразеологического со­

четания)

Мы будем здесь вовремя.

Он был студентом, когда они приехали в Москву.

Вдали был виден дом.

Он читал журнал, когда я пришел.

Мне нужно было прийти туда в 10 часов.

Представление прошло с успехом.

197

«

E x e r c is e / . Translate the sentences into Russian paying a t ten t ion to various functions of the verb to be. See the examples given below

I. Well, the result was that all of a sudden I felt temperamental and I ran upstairs and I flung myself on my bed and cried. 2. I don’t say she tripped me although it’s hard to find a kinder word. 3. “What in the world am I going to do?” Ma said still walking up and down.4. “ I swear, I never saw such a slippery place before. But I am doing the best I can. Every time I move I ’m scared, I ’m about to fall off on that hard ground...” 5. “What did Tom say about those cheeses?” I replied that he had directed they were to be kept in a moist place, and lhat nobody was to touch them.

The Verb to h a v e

King Lear had- three daughters (to have — смысловой глагол)He has jusl gone out.(to have — вспомогательный глагол

времени Present Perfect)1 have to go there at once.(to have—модальный глагол в на­

стоящем времени)I had to copy it twice.(to have — модальный глагол в про­

шедшем времени)Let’s have a walk (to have a walk — словосочетание cp to have a talk — поговорить

to have a smoke — покурить)

У короля Лира было дочери.

Он только что вышел

три

Мне нужно идти туда сей­час же

Мне пришлось переписы- вать это два раза

Давай погуляем

E x e r c is e 2 . Translate the sentences into Russian paying atten tion to various functions of (he verb to h a v e

1. i paused toi a little while to consider what I had bettei say next. 2. Mrs. Barlow had splendid dark eyes and they were the most moving I ever saw, they seemed to be ever on the point of filling with tears. 3. But they both said that Mother had only to say the word and they would gladly stay at home and work. 4. “ I hope to find what progress they have made.” 5. It seemed a longer job than I had thought it was going to be. 6. Henson stopped and had another look at the War

* В современном английском языке часто в значения иметь употреб­ляется сочетание have got:

1 have got this book at homeЭто же словосочетание часто употребляется в значении должен:

1 have got to go there Я должен идти туда

198

Memorial. 7. "Even you, Jimmie — even you had to be kept in the dark.” 8. But the lady had fainted! I think that Mr Kent had better be with her until she recovers from this joyous shock. 9. " H a veyou g o t people depending on you?” That was all he asked. 10. “ You don’t have to go on lying now.” 11. “ If you don’t find a house soon,” she said, ‘‘I shall have to reconsider my position.” 12. “Oh, God, have I g o t to go on eating roast chicken every night till the end of August?” cried Sandy.

Modal Verbs

(See Lesson 2, page 52)

E x e r c is e 3 . Translate the following sentences into Russian paying a t ten tion to the modal verbs.

1. The day before he was to go back to France he was out all morn­ing. 2. Of course a miracle m ay happen and you m ay be a great paint­er but you m ust confess the chances are a million to one against it.3. “Oh, please,” Rosemary ran forward, “you m u stn 't be frightened, you m u stn ’t really.” 4. “Well, well, look at Betsy,” Sladen started, “ butI remember her when...” “ I remember, too,” 1 said, “so you needn't waste your time going over (вспоминать) the incident.” 5. “ How about a game now?” Sladen asked. “ I ’d love it — I ’m practically dying of boredom, but I ’ll have to go home and change first.” 6. Hand- son was clearing up in the kitchen, and what I had to do was to go to the edge of the porch and call him. 7. So we decided that we’d make it a great day, a holiday for all the family, and do everything we could to make Mother happy. 8 .“ Now, I ’ve been thinking,” Moth­er began. "Perhaps you ought to give a party.” 9. The matter should certainly be inquired into. 10. I can learn (painting) quicker than I could when I was eighteen. II. ‘‘Can you paint?” “ Not yet ”

E x e rc is e 4. franslnte (lie sentences into English paying a t ten tion ю (he modal verbs

I. Вы можете перевести этот доклад без словаря? 2. Скажите ему, что он должен быть более предупредительным (considerate).3. Вам не следует так расстраиваться. 4. В то время q h был беден и не мог позволить себе покупку пишущей машинки (a typewriter).5. Вам придется опять придти сюда через два дня. 6. Вам не нужно выло приходить сюда так рано. Директор будет здесь только в 10 часов. 7 Вы можете отдать ему тетрадь во время перерыва. 8. Его I>>>.щ HMIII не могли выплатить долг. 9. Ему следует обратить серьез­ное ннимаиие на свое произношение. 10. Конференция должна была начаться в 9 часов, а началась только в половине десятого.II Я догжен был вручить письмо лично ему.

199

R e v is io n ot th e T e n se s

(See Lessons 1. 3, 4. page 24. 77, 121)

E x e r c is e 5 . Open the brackets and put the verb into the proper tense- form.

1. We reported to our chief that there (to be) no events during his absence. 2. The conference (to take place) a t the beginning of the next week. 3. Our teacher (to speak) with the director now. 4. 1 (to explain) to him the rule twice but still he makes mistakes. 5. When he (to read) the letter he (to be) so angry that he (to tear) it into pieces.6. 1 (to wait) for you here since ten o ’clock. Why are you so late?7. I hope that everybody (to be content) tomorrow when you (to make)your report. 8. I see him every day here. He (to attend) all the lectures.9. “ Where is he?” “ He (to deliver) a lecture in room 100.” 10. Theboy was glad that he (to solve) the problem by himself.

E x e r c is e 6 . Answer the following questions as In the model. Pay a t ten ­tion to the tense-forms.

What are you doing now? When did you begin doin g iO Will you have fin ished doing

it by 9 o'clock?Will you do it tom orrow?What w ill you be doing tomor­

row a t th is tim e?

I'm looking through m y report. I began doing it two hours ago. Yes, I shall.

Yes, I shall.I shall be making m y report.

A. 1) What are you reading now?2) When did you begin reading it?3) Will you have finished reading it by Tuesday?4) What book will you take next time you go to the library?

B. 1) What are you listening to now?2) When did this program begin?3) Will you have finished listening to it by 10 o ’clock?4) What will you be listening to tomorrow at this time?

C. 1) What are you translating now?2) When did you start doing it?3) Will you have translated it by next week?4) What will you translate next?

•200

S e q u e n c e ot T e n se s

(See Lesson 6, page 173)E x e r c is e 7. Translate the following sentences Into Russian, paying

atfenfion to the sequence of tenses:

1. A great sense ol responsibility took hold of Lanny. These peo­ple thought that by teaching them to read and to write he could change their lot. 2. Both the girls said it (the hat) was awfully becom­ing to her. 3. I knew she was stupid and I thought she was scheming.4. “ We met your niece on the road,” said Ashurst, “ she thought you might perhaps put us up for the n igh t.” 5. He said 1 was the daugh­ter of the bards. What are they? 6. 1 looked at him for quite a long time. 1 did not understand. 1 thought he was mad. 7. He said he would be back in hall an hour. 8.When we all kissed Mother before going to bed, she said it had been the most wonderful day in her life, and I think there were tears in her eyes. 9. When Roger told me that he had persuaded her to marry him, I wished him joy. 10. I asked him (Napoleon) if he had been lonely at St. Helena and he said “ Yes” . And I asked him whether it was the battle of Trafalgar that did most to defeat him and he said “ Yes” , he hadn’t enough cavalry.

Passive Voice

(See Lesson 5, page 150)

E x e r c is e 8 . Copy out of the text all the sentences with Passive Voice and translate them into Russian.

E x e r c is e 9. Change the Active construction into the Passive.

I They must collect the documents immediately. 2. Every pupil ol the form can translate this text. 3. They inquired him whether he could add anything else. 4. He will call my name first. 5. We have just handed the material. 6. They will show you straight to his flat.7. They have added some new names to the list. 8. Where is that let­ter? — They tore it into pieces and threw it away. 9. You should cross item 5 out of your article.

E x e r c is e 10. Translate the following sentences into Russian, paying attention (o the Passive Voice.

I. It must be remembered that I was very young, and I looked upon him as a middle-aged man. 2. The packing was done at 12.50; and Harris sat on the big bumper and said he hoped nothing would hr found broken. 3. The Stricklands seemed to be devoted to one an­other... 4. There are your children to think of. If you chuck everything like this they’// be thrown on the streets. 5. It should be explained

201

to those who are unacquainted with small country pubs that a land­lord is required by law to furnish food with his drinks. 6. When he followed Halliday into the sitting-room for lunch three faces, very fair and blue-eyed, were turned suddenly at the words: “This is Frank Ashurs-t — my young sisters.” 7. Instructions had been sent to say that the schooner would not be allowed to enter the harbour. 8. On their marriage they had been appoin ted to the islands in which they had laboured ever since.

C o n s t r u c t i o n There is (are)

(See Lesson 1, page 32)

E x e rc is e 11. Translate the following sentences.

I. “Things are quiet here, eh?” he asked. “ Yes, there doesn't seem to be life in this place; it seems dead.” 2. He claimed yesterday that there had recently been a big alteration in the situation. 3. Since then there have been world-wide investigations at ports. In fact he said he’d been a fool to think there'd be any holiday for him. 4. And there were some young men friends of theirs that they met along the stream and talked to, and so we all had a splendid time. 5. There are limits to human endurance. Mrs Barlow had the patience of an angel, but at last she revolted. 6. There was an unaccustomed hard­ness in her voice. 7. And suddenly he sat up. Surely there was some­thing familiar about this view... 8. Can you tell us if there's a farm near here where we could stay the night? 9. There is the stream at the bottom of the orchard, but sitting down you won’t be covered.

T e x t

THE INCIDENT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION

(from “ Tim e of Hope" by Ch. P. Snow)

The incident of the subscription list took place in November, acouple of months after I first attended the school. Each boy in each form had been asked to make a donation to the school munitions fund1. The headmaster had explained to us that all the money would go straight to buy shells.

I reported it all to my mother. I asked her what we could afford to give

“ We can’t aftord much really, dear.” said my mother looking upset. “ I know that you’ve got to give something ”

“ How much do you think they'll give. Lewis?” she inquired.“ I mean, the boys from nice homes3.”

202

1 made some discreet investigations, and told her that most ol my form would be giving half a crown or five shillings.

“ You needn’t bother yourself, dear” , she said. “ I ’m not going to have you feel out of it 3. We can do as well as other people4”

She was not content with doing ‘as well as other people’. She liked to feel that we could ‘still show we were someone5'. And she was patriotic, and had a strong sense of wartime duty.

She skimped my father’s food and her own, particularly hers, toi several weeks. On the morning when we had to deliver our sub­scriptions, my mother handed me a new ten-shilling note.

“ I shall want to hear everything they say,” said my mother.“ They’ll be a bit flabbergasted, won’t they?”I was very excited as the tramcar clanged and swayed into the

town.In the playground, when we went out for the eleven-o’clock break,

the sun was shining. Our subscriptions were to be collected immedi­ately afterwards: as the bell jangled, my companions and I made our way to the room where we had most of our lessons.

Mr. Peck came in. He taught us algebra and geometry.“ Well,” he said, “ the first item on the programme is to see how

much the form is going to contribute to the fund. If any lad gives enough. 1 dare say we shall be prepared to let him off all penalties for the rest of the term ft.

The boys were divided into forms by alphabetical order.‘A dnitt.” “ Two shillings sir!” As soon as my name was called

out, I was on my feet.“ Ten shillings, sir!” The class stamped their feet, as I went be­

tween the desks and laid the note among the coins in front of Peck.“ T ha t’s quite a lot of money, friend Eliot. 1 wonder you can af­

ford it,” said Peck.It was cruel and motiveless. I was shaken with anger, so that

I was on the point of seizing the note and tearing it in pieces before his eyes.

When I arrived home, rny mother was waiting for me with an ea­ger question.

"Did anyone give more than ten shillings?"“ No. Not in our form."“ Was ours the highest?”“ Oh. yes!”“ What was the next highest?”“ Five shillings," I said."W hat did they say, dear?”“ They thanked me, of course.”•I want to hear everything Mr Peck said,” said my mother trying

to reach my trouble7.“ I can 't now. Mother. I’ll tell you everything tonight.”“ I don’t think th a t’s very grateful of you,” said my mother.

203

“Considering what ] did to find you all that money. Don't you think I deserve to be told all about it now!”

I did not go straight home from school that evening. Instead, 1 walked by myself a long way round the canal. I was inventing a story which would content my mother. Of how Mr Peck had said my con­tribution was an example to the form, of how he had told other masters about it.

I duly repeated that story to my mother. Nothing could remove her disappointment. She had thought that I was heartless, and now, if she believed at all, she felt puzzled and only a little flattered.

N O T E S

1. the school munitions fund — школьный военный фонд (см Lesson 2, стр. 64)

2. nice hom es— зд . приличные семьи3. I ’m not going to have you feel out of it.— Я не хочу, чтобы ты

чувствовал себя в стороне от этого.4. We can do as well as other people.— Мы ничуть не хуже других.5. ...we could 'still show we were someone’ — ...мы все еще можем

показать, что мы что-то из себя представляем.6. If any lad gives enough, I dare say we shall be prepared to let him

off all penalties lor the rest of the term.— Если какой-либо мальчик даст достаточно денег, я полагаю, что мы охотно освободим его от наказаний до конца семестра. При переводе с английского языка на русский (и обратно) необходимо помнить что в ан­глийских придаточных предложениях времени и условия буду­щее время не употребляется, а на русский язык они переводятся в будущем времени (Lesson I, стр 29).

7 to reach my trouble — понять мое горе

Words and W ord Combinationsincident n случай, происшествие; ac­

cident несчастный случай a couple of months (days) два месяца

(дня)to attend school (lectures) посещать

школу, присутствовать на лекциях report v сообщать, рассказывать afford v позволить себе upset I. adj расстроенный, огорчен­

ный; 2. v расстраивать inquire v спрашивать make investigations проводить рас­

следование; зд. разузнавать bother и беспокоить(ся), надоедать to be content быть довольным, до­

вольствоваться

sense п чувствоparticular adj особенный; particularly

adv, in particular в особенности deliver v вручатьhand v вручать, давать в руки, пе­

редавать break п перерыв collect v собирать afterwards adv позже, потом to make one’s way to продвигаться,

пробираться item n номер (программы) contribute v жертвовать (деньги) contribution п взнос to call out вызывать the rest of the term (week, month.

204

people) оставшаяся часть семестра (недели, месяца, остальные люди)

wonder* v интересоваться, желать знать; I wonder where he lives Интересно, где он живет

to be shaken with anger затрястись от гнева

be on (lie point ot doing something собираться сделать что-либо

seize v хватать, схватить

Proper

Charles Percy Snow f ' t f a l z 'pa:si 'sno u |

Peck [pel<|

lear something in pieces разорвать что-либо на кусочки

consider v считать, полагать; рассмат­ривать

deserve v заслуживать straight adv прямо by oneself один, сам по себе; Не

lives all by himself Он живет сов­сем один

to feel puzzled быть озадаченным

names

Adnitt ('aednitl Eliot ('eljatl

E x e rc is e 12. Drill some vocabulary units from the text.

1.. to afford something — to aftord to do smth.

a) Answer the following questions:

I. Can you afford holidays now? 2. Will he be able to afford to go away on holiday next year? 3. Could E liot’s family afford to make a donation to the school munitions fund?

b) Mnkc the following sentences complete:

I. I ’m preparing for my examinations now therefore I can’t afford ... . 2 . They were well-off and could afford ... . 3. Next year when he earns more money he will be able to afford...

c) Translate the sentences into English:

I. On tie может себе позволить тратить попусту (tow aste) время. Он должен готоииться к экзаменам. 2. Они не могли позволить себе истратить такую большую сумму денег. 3. Не проси меня пойти с тобой н театр, я не могу себе сейчас позволить этого.

2. bother v

я) Answer the following questions

I. Did you bother your parents with questions when you were a child? 2. Who often bothers you?

b) Translate the sentences into Russian:

I Don’t bother to type it for me. I’ve got a copy. 2. Don’t bother. I ’ll find the key myself. 3 .“ You needn’t bother yourself,” she said.

205

1. He надоедай ему своими глупыми вопросами. 2. Скажи детям, чтобы они перестали (stop) надоедать отцу. 3. Не беспокойся об этом. Все будет в порядке.

3. particular a d j — in particular — particularly adv

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I remember that novel in particular. 2. We found that play particularly interesting. 3. He took particular trouble to find this material for you.

b) Fill in the blanks with one of the derivatives:

I. He found the task ... difficult and asked us for help. 2. I re­member her face ... because there was some strange expression on it. 3. They took ... interest in his life.

4. a couple of

a) Answer the following using a c o u p le o f d a y s (h o u r s , y e a r s , m o n th s , m in u te s ) :

1. When will they help him? 2. When will you collect your doc­uments? 3. When will you finish translating the article?

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Он будет дома через два дня. 2. Позвоните ему через два часа.

5. consider v — considerable a d j — consideration n — considerateadj

a) Answer the following questions:

1. What is the question under consideration? 2. Did you consid­er the m atter at the meeting? 3. Do you think he is a consider­a te man? 4. Do you consider Eliot a clever boy? 5. Did you cover a considerable distance yesterday?

b) Paraphrase the following sentences using the verb to c o n s id e r :

1. The problem has not yet been discussed. 2. Everybody th inks him a good-natured man. 3. I th ink that he is not guilty.

c) Translate the sentences into English

1. Мы должны тщательно рассмотреть этот вопрос. 2. Все уди­вились, когда узнали, что Элиот внес значительную сумму в школьный фонд. 3. Большое спасибо вам за то, что вы помогли мне донести чемодан. Вы очень внимательны.

с) T ranslate the sentences into Eng ish

206

6. sense n — sensible adj — senseless adj

a) Answer the following questions:

I. Has your friend a sense of humour? 2. Have you a sense of duty? 3. What happens with a man in the forest if he has no sense of locality?

b) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. You may rely on him. He is a very sensible man. 2. Where did you get this senseless idea? 3. Lanny Swartz had a strong sense of du ty .

c) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. У него совсем нет чувства ответственности, он опять не пришел вовремя. 2. Какой смысл делать это? 3. Ваше предложение кажется бессмысленным. Мы никогда не сможем сделать этого.

7. upset a d j,v

a) Replace the adjectives in italics by their synonyms:

1. Don’t be so distressed. The situation may still improve. 2. When I entered the room, I noticed at once that he looked disturbed.

b) Answer the following questions:

I. Does the sight of pain upset you? 2. Why did E liot’s mother look upset when her son broke the news to her? 3. When do people look upset'l

8. attend v

a) Replace the verbs in italics by their synonyms:

I. What school do you go to? 2. He will sta rt school next year.

b) Replace the verb in Italics by its antonym:

Yesterday we m issed a very interesting lecture on music.c) Answer the following questions:

I. Did you atten d the last trade-union meeting? 2. When did you begin to atten d school? 3. Does your friend a tten d lectures on art?

9. report v. n — reporter*^a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

I. Hr reported what research work he had done in summer. 2. Iti.n reported (hat the expedition is returning to Moscow this week.

* H англи йском язы ке слово reportei озн ачает репортер.Не смешивайте со словом speaker докладчик.

207

1. Репортер газеты «Правда» написал о новых успехах строи­телей. 2. Его доклад представляет большой интерес (to be of interest). 3. Газеты сообщают, что делегация английских студен­тов прибыла вчера в Москву.

10. break п

a) Answer the following questions:

1. Do you have breaks every forty-five minutes at the Institute?2. Is it difficult for you to study without breaks?

b) Replace the noun in ita lics by its synonym:

1. There are ten minutes left before the interval.

c) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Я читаю эту книгу с часа дня без перерыва. 2. Идем в ауди­торию. Перерыв к о н ч и т с я (to be over) через 2 минуты.

11. point п — point of view — point out — point to — come to the point — to be on the point of doing smth.

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. These are the most important poin ts in the plan. 2. There isno po in t in doing that. 3. He didn’t speak much, and came to thepoin t at once. 4. From my poin t of view he is a very good engineer.5. He was on the point of leaving when somebody knocked at the door. 6. Your answer is not to the point. 7. When it came tothe po in t she refused his help. 8. P oin t ou t all the words that arenew to you. 9. Here’s a list of books, poin t out those you’d like to read. 10. When we asked the girl who had torn the book she pointed to her brother.

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Указать на здание, на ошибку, на картину, на книги, на человека. 2. Говорите по существу. 3. Какова его точка зрения?4. Я собирался позвонить своему другу по телефону, когда он во­шел. 5. Нет смысла обсуждать это предложение сейчас. 6. С моей пючки зрения, его доклад был очень интересный. 7. В своей речи он указал на необходимость создания этого комитета.

E x e r c is e 13. Translate the sentences into Russian in w rit ten lorm.

1. “We can’t afford much really, dear,” said my mother look­ing upset. 2. She was not content with doing ‘as well as other people’.3. And she was patriotic and had a strong sense of war duty. 4. As

b) T ranslate the following sentences in to English:

208

the bell jangled my companions and I made our w ay to the room where we had most of our lessons. 5. Don’t you think I deserve to be told a4l about it now? 6. I didn’t go stra igh t home that evening. Instead I walked by myself a long way round the canal. 7. She fe lt puzzled and only a little flattered.

E x e r c is e 14. Translate the following sentences into Russian. Pay a ttention to the italicised words and word combinations.

A. 1. Tell me about that incident at the meeting. 2. The next item on our programme is a folk song. 3. I looked back when somebody called me out. 4. Don’t bother me with your silly questions. 5. He told me they would make investigations in a couple of days. 6. She can’t afford to buy a car now. 7. I wonder why he looks so upset. 8. During the break I saw him at the end of the corridor but could not make my way to him . 9. The father was shaken w ith anger when he learned that his son had run into debt. 10. He is going to spend the restof his holiday at the seaside. 11. The Moscow Test Ban Treaty is a great contribution to the cause of peace. 12. I was on the poin t of handing my exercise-book to the teacher when I noticed a mistake in it. 13. People always admire his sense of humour. 14. All American newspapers reported that the Bolshoi Theatre was a great success in New York. 15. Peoples throughout the world declare that all war criminals deserve punishment and nothing will help them to escape it. 16. He studies English all by himself. 17. 1 consider that the best way is to go stra igh t to my house and find out whether there’s mail for us there. 18. This morning the postman delivered me two letters at once. 19. Everybody must help him and you in particular.20. The sight of the poor village upset Lanny. 21. We have to make inquiries about the train at the information bureau. 22. The child was very glad to get a handful of nuts. 23. Many collective farmers partici­pate in the Exhibition of the Economic Achievements. 24. The den­tist gave me an injection which reduced the sen sitiv ity of the nerve. 25. I consider that he put forward a sensible idea. 26. He has a good collection of stamps. 27. The case was very particular and we had to give it special attention. 28. It was very considerate of you to warn me about it over the phone. 29. We had already been walking for three hours and still there was a considerable distance to cover. 30. After long consideration we reached a decision. 31. He is a very stra igh t­forward person.

B. 1. I am In a hurry because my train leaves in a couple of minutes. 2. The suspicion of the postal authorities had been arous­ed, and special instructions had been sent that the bags were to be delivered only to their rightful owners. 3. No unsolved crime had been reported from that district. 4. He turned hastily and found himself looking into the eyes of a fair young woman and was seized with shy­ness. 5. The pool is by the big apple tree that stands by itself. 6. The

209

whole incident left a most ugly impression upon my mind, and 1 was not sorry next day to leave... 7. I was laid by the hills (был вынуж­ден лежать в постели) for ten days and Trevoi used to come to in­quire after me. 8. She would not see Roger and he had to content himself with calling at her lodgings to inquire and sending her flowers. 9. Her friends considered Mr Strickland to be quiet and dull.10. Judson Webb loved his personal possessions and felt a sense of deep outrage if they were touched by any hand but his own. 11.Then the girl seized his hand, put it to her cheek, her heart, her lips, kis­sed it passionately, and fled away. 12. I took out my note-book and wrote one word. “That,” said I as I handed it to the Colonei Ems- worth, “ is what has brought us here.” 13. When all was dark and quiet1 slipped out of my window and made m y way as silently as possible to the mysterious building. 14. It (the bedroom) was a large room on the ground floor as gloomy as the rest of the house. 15. I was shown straigh t into his study. 16. “ Has she deserved that you should treat her like this?” 17. I began to be more puzzled than before. 18. She hurried out and up along the footpath that led to the store. Neighbours called out to her. Some asked her how the new arrival was, others wanted to know what she intended doing. 19. “ I wonder what Celia’s doing,” he said aloud and looked up at the sky. He missed her. 20. Three weeks afterwards I met him in a coffee-room of a Bath Hotel.21. The incident happened at the block of flats (в доме) where Harris lived.

E x e r c is e 15. Replace the words and word combinations in italics by their synonyms given below.

break\ to be on the po in t of (going)-, to seize-, to inquire-, upset-, all by himself-, to add\ a couple of\ to collect-, to consider

1. She has never looked so sad. What has happened, I wonder.2. I shall speak to you after the interval. 3. They will arrive thereintwo days. 4. Dust soon gathers if we don’t sweep the room every day.5. We were about to go to the cinema when a friend of ours came to see us. 6. People asked me about his health but there was nothing good I could tell them. 7. She p u t some more sugar into her cup.8. The child was sitting in the hall quite alone. 9. I th ink that he is right and we have to help him. 10. He caught me by the hand and we ran to the place of the accident.

E x e r c is e 16. Translate the following sentences into English using the words from the text.

I его докладом.1. Они были довольны работой, которую он проделал.

( тем, как (the way) их приняли.„ ,, , | получили от него телеграмму.2 I \ы уже собрались уи ги ) услышали стук в дверь.

из дома, когда [ зазвонил телефон.

210

что мы доберемся до дому вовремя, что он прав.что пора кончать работу.куда он исчез, что с ним случилось, когда они. наконец, придут.когда узнают эту новость, если мы не придем, если результаты их опыта окажутся

другими (to prove different).

E x e r c is e 17. Retell the text according to the following questions:

1. When did the incident of the subscription take place?2. Where was the money to go?3 Why was Eliot puzzled?4. Why did his mother decide to make a large donation?5. How did she manage to save ten shillings?(i. Why was Eliot so impatient to hand his money?7. Why was he shaken with anger?8. Why did his mother consider him cruel?9. Was Eliot really cruel or not? Give your reasons.

D I A L O G U E

CONVERSATION

Mrs Parker: Yes, ol course, Mrs Howard, I mustn’t boast1. But it really is л comfort2 to have such a hard working3 boy as Robert.

Л1/Ч llmciinl: You needn’t a p o l o g i z e 4, Mrs Parker. I t’s very natu­ral foi yon to feel proud fl Will he go to the University, do you think?

M r. I1. Well ", lie may or he may not. You see we can’t really tell until lie lakes his scholarship exam ination7.

Mr\ //.: Oh, but I am sure he’ll win a scholarship 8.Mr P.: II he doesn’t win a scholarship, he may go to a technical col­

lege ®.Mrs H r What is he studying now? Is he studying science?Mrs P.: Yes, and I think he is getting on quite well at it l0.

H e ’s certainly working very hard. Why, this very afternoon, al­though i t ’s such a fine day, he’s been down at the library work­ing all the time.

Holhrt Hallo, Mum! Good afternoon, Mrs Howard. I t’s a lovely day, Isn't it? Well, the Rovers 11 won, Muml

3. Я считаю,

4 Интересно,

5. Они будут озадачены.

211

Mrs P.: The Rovers, Robert? Why. where have you been?R.: At the football match, of course!Mrs P.: Haven’t you been at the library?R.: No.M rs P.: But i thought...Mrs H.\ Don’t worry, Mrs Parker. A library it quite the wrong place

for a boy on such a fine afternoon.

N O T E S

1. I m ustn’t boast — не хочу хвалиться2. it really is a comfort — зд. как приятно (отрадно) (a comfort —

утешение)3. hard working — усердный4. you needn’t apologize — зачем извиняться

(to apologize to smb. for smth. извиняться перед кем-л. за что-л.)5. to feel (be) proud (of) — гордиться6. Well — междометие, соответствующее русскому н у (и т ак), но...7. scholarship examination — вступительные экзамены на полу­

чение стипендии8. he’ll win a scholarship — зд . он сдаст экзамены9. technical college— техникум

10. ...he is getting on quite well at it. — ... он хорошо справляется с этим.

11. the Rovers — футбольная команда E x e r c is e 18. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Он, возможно, поступит в университет, но он должен сперва сдать выпускные экзамены (the finals), 2. Она извинилась перед нами за опоздание. 3. Не ствит извиняться. Всем ясно, что вы взволнованы. 4. Он такой усердный ученик. Мы думаем, что он сможет поступить в университет, 5, Я не могу вам сказать, пойдет ли он с нами в кино, пока он мне не позвонит. 6. Хорошо ли ваша сестра справляется с работой? 7. Сегодня такой прекрасный день. Пойдемте на футбол. 8. Разве гы не был на лекции? Я не мог у меня болела голова. 9. Они пошли не по той дороге! Не беспокой­тесь, они не заблудятся (to lose one’s way). II. Ну что вы можете сказать об этом?

E x e r c is e 19. Translate the sentences and answer the questions:

Он не в библиот еке, не так ли?1) Да.2 ) Нет, он в библиотеке.Не is not in the library, is he?1) No, he isn't.2) B ut he is.Она в библиотеке, не т ак ли?1) Д а.

212

2) Нет, ее там нет.She is in the library , isn ’t she? I) Yes. she is.2) No. she isn ’t.

I. On;i не должна хвалиться, не так ли ? — Да.Он ишннился перед вами, не правда ли? — Да.

I < )п не сможет сдать экзамена, не так ли? — Нет, он сдаст.I. Они вчера не учились, не гак ли? — Нет, они учились !>. Команда Н. выиграла, не правда ли? — Нет.(1. Он работает над английским очень усердно, не так ли? — Да.7. Они не были на футбольном матче, не правда ли? — Да.

CONVERSATIONAL FORMULAS

Are you a sportsman?I don’t go in for sports.Wliat club are you a member

of?What is the score?The match ended in a draw

(in a 2 : 2 draw).The score was 2 : 0 (two tonil). I lie N. learn won the цате

3 : I (three to one), to open I lie score lo serve the ball to receive the ball lo pass the ball a stroke across the net lo shoot the ball at the basket Wluil lenm do you root for? lo be ii soccer fan

Вы занимаетесь спортом?Я не занимаюсь спортом.В каком (спортивном) обществе

вы состоите?Какой счет?Матч закончился вничью (вни­

чью, 2 : 2).Счет был 2 : 0.Команда Н. выиграла встречу

со счетом 3 :1 . открыть счет подавать мяч принимать мяч передавать мяч удар через сетку бросать мяч в корзину За какую команду вы болеете? быть болельщиком футбола

Text for translation

EDUCATION IN ENGLAND

I very child in Great Britain between the age of five and fifteen niiisl attend school.

I hen' .in' three main types of educational institutions: primary (elriiii'iitiirv) schools, secondary schools1, and universities.

St/itc schools are free, and attendance is compulsory. Morning m' I iooI I•< iм11•. .it nine o ’clock and lasts for three hours, until twelve o'clock ami Ihen lasts for two and a half hours, until half past four

215

School is open five days a week. On Saturdays and Sundays there are no lessons. There are holidays at Christmas, Easter, Whitsun, and in summer. In London, as in all cities there are two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen; primary schools for boys and girls between the ages of five and eleven, and secondary schools for children from eleven to fifteen years.

The first lesson of the day is usually Bible study, and the second lessonis arithmetic. The other lessons are: reading, writing, the English language, English literature, English history, geography, science2, Nature study 3, drawing, painting, singing, woodwork and drill (phys­ical training). Instead of woodwork, the girls’ curriculum includes needlework and cooking.

Besides the state primary schools, there are many private instr tutions, kindergartens and preparatory schools. These schools are not free. The parents pay fees.

From the pub lic4 and private primary schools children may go to the grammar schools, either to the great public schools or to a county (or municipal) school. Most of public schools have two sides: a classical side, specializing in ancient languages, history and phi­losophy, and modern languages, natural science and geography. The fees at these public schools are high.

The grammar schools are for boys or for girls, or for both. They are day schools, and the hours of instruction are similar to those at primary schools, but the subjects are wider and more advanced.

There are also special schools for science technical schools and for commerce (commercial schools).

When the boys and girls reach the age of sixteen they may sit for the General Certificate of Education s, which, as its name implies, shows that the holder has received a general education and has reached certain standards in the various subjects. There, are, indeed, three standards or levels: ordinary, advanced and scholarship. In order to gain an entrance to a University, a boy or a girl must pass examinations in five subjects. He or she must pass at least two of these five subjects at the advanced level

N O T E S

!. primary (elementary) school — начальная школа, где обучаются дети с 5 до II лет; secondary schools — средняя школа, второй этап школьного образования (до 15— 16 лет); существуют три основных типа средних школ — «грамматическая», «техничес­кая» и так называемая «современная». В настоящее время про­грессивные деятели английского народного образования ведут борьбу за единый тип школы — «всеобщую школу» (Comprehen­sive School), объединяющую перечисленные типы школ.

214

2. science - естественные науки (в средней школе физика и хи­мии)

.1, Nilliiii- study — ботаника и зоологияI public schools — частные, привилегированные средние школы;

иыиуекиики этих школ впоследствии образуют основной кон- пип п и английских университетов.

V ( и I if till Certificate of Education — аттестат об окончании сред­ней школы, который получают после экзаменов по основным предметам (в 16 лет)

E x e r c is e 20. Speak on education in Great Britain according to the giv- pii plan:

I, When do children first go to school in Great Britain?Wlial ;ii4' the three main types of educational institutions?

l, Wli.il arc tin' two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen?

■I, WluiI subjects do children study at school? ft Are nil schools free?l> While may children go after the public and private primary

whooU?/ Wli.il niiiHt и hoy or a girl do to gain an entrance to a university?

ЧТО И V t o i l Rl TI LLI NG

A FISH STORY

i in.v ,i hi inip of tourists who were staying at a hotel in Birmingham vviic li.ivini! dinner In the restaurant Fish was brought and while

it S' I lien i told inteiesling stories aboutlliiilinr pi'.irU and other valuable things inside fish.

\11 old I'Hiitleiii.in who up to now had listened quietly to their eotiversiH Ion nt hut naif I;

"I u hr.ml nil your torlr, .ind now I’ll tell you one. When Iu.i ;i yoiin»! man I wan employed in a large importing house in NewYoik inid I is usual with young persons, I fell in love with a pretty young girl Very soon we were engaged. About two months before him 111111 riar.e was to take place, I was suddenlysent to Birmingham nil w i\ Inipot l.uit business. I left my sweetheart, promising to write to her.

"I was obliged to stay in Birmingham longer than 1 had expected. \i hi i 111v work was done, and I could leave Birmingham. But just In |,m I lei I ini home. I bought a beautiful and very expensive diamond mil.! lull Hillin', to give it to my sweetheart.

• in 111\ wn\ In New York, I was looking through the morning news-papei which had lierii brought on board by the pilot. Suddenly I saw

2 1 5

an announcement of my sweetheart’s marriage with another. This made me so angry that I threw the ring overboard. A few days later, when f was dining at a hotel in New York, fish was brought. While I was eating it I bit on something hard. What do you think it was?” —

“The diamond ring,” cried his companions. “No, “said the old gen­tleman sadly, “ it was a fish-bone.”

E x e r c is e 21. Retell the story answering the following questions

1. What were the tourists talking about while having dinner in the restaurant?

2. What did the old gentleman tell them?

E x e r c is e 22. Retell the old m a n ’s story in indirect speech.

E x e r c is e 23. Retell the story in the person ol one oi the companions.

LESSON EIGHT

(The Eighth Lesson)

G r a m m a r.1. Perfect Part ic ip le (Перфектное причастие)2. Absolute Partic iple Construction (Самостоятельный причаст­

ный оборот)3. Perfect Gerund. (Перфектный герундий)

T e x t The Way to Space by H . T itov

I. PERFECT PARTICIPLE (ПЕРФЕКТНОЕ ПРИЧАСТИЕ)

Perfect Participle имеет две формы в английском языке: Perfect Participle Active и Perfect Participle Passive.

Perfect Participle Active образуется при помощи вспомогатель­ного глагола to have в форме Participle I и Participle П смыслового глаголя:

having rloue. having asked, having worked

Perfect Participle Passive образуется при помощи вспомога­тельного глагола to be в форме Perfect Participle и Participle II смыслового глагола:

having been done, having been asked

Perfect Participle Active всегда является в предложении обстоя­тельством и переводится на русский язык деепричастием совершен­ного вида.

Having crossed the bridge, we went in the direction of the town.Перейдя через мост, мы пошли по направлению к городу.

Having read the book, I returned it to the library.Прочитав книгу, я вернул ее в библиотеку.

217

Если два действия следуют непрерывно одно за другим, то употребляется не Perfect Participle, a Present Participle.

Coming home, 1 immediately went to bed, because I was very tired.Придя домой, я немедленно лег спать, потому что очень устал

Перфектное причастие, как и все перфектные формы в англий­ском языке, выражает действие, предшествующее действию, выра­женному глаголом-сказуемым.

П р и м е ч а н и е : Русские деепричастия сказав, под ума« переводя­тся на русский язык причастиями saying, thinking.

Saying this, she left the room.Сказав это, она вышла из комнаты.Thinking tha t my friend is waiting for me 1 hurried homeПодумав, что мой друг ждет меня, я поспешил домой.

Perfect Participle Passive не имеет соответствующей формы в русском языке, поэтому такое причастие с относящимися к нему словами следует переводить на русский язык придаточным пред­ложением времени или причины.

Having been offered some interesting work in the Far East he went there.

Так как ему предложили интересную работу на Дальнем Восто­ке, он уехал туда.

Having been shown this article 1 decided to translate it into Russian.

Когда мне показали эту статью, я решил перевести ее на рус­ский язык.

II . ABSOLUTE PARTICIPLE CONSTRUCTION (САМОСТОЯТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПРИЧАСТНЫЙ ОБОРОТ)

В английском языке причастные обороты в функции обстоятель­ства бывают двух типов:

1) обороты, в которых причастие выражает действие, относя­щееся к подлежащему предложения. Такие обороты соответствуют русским деепричастным оборотам:

Having done this work they went home.Сделав эту работу, они пошли домой.Skating he fell down.Катаясь на коньках, он упал.

2) обороты, имеющие свое собственное подлежащее, называют­ся самостоятельными причастными оборотами. Они не связаны с подлежащим п редложен и я :

The teacher having come, we set to work.Когда преподаватель пришел, мы принялись за работу.

218

The weather being bad, we stayed at home.Так как погода была плохая, мы остались дома

Знлчгщн; самостоятельного причастного оборота зависит от кон- ггм м Чаще всего такой оборот выражает:

и) время и переводится придаточным предложением времени:

ЛИ the questions having been settled, we went home.(After all the questions had been settled, we went home.)После того как все вопросы были решены, мы пошли домой.

б) причину и переводится придаточным предложением при­чины:

Nobody being there, I went away.(As there was nobody there 1 went away.)

Так как гам никого не было я ушел.

к) сопутствующие обстоятельства и переводится отдельнымпредложением с союзами а. и. причем. Такие обороты всегда стоят в конце предложения.

Г1н' girl went into the garden, the dog running after her.Девушки вышла в сад и собака побежала за ней

I x i r r ls c I . Translate the sentences into Russian paying atten tion to Ihi' I 'artlciplc

I. Translating the article he looked up into the dictionary. H av­ing translated the art.cle he put the dictionary on the shelf. 2. G iv­ing that explanation the teacher pointed to the diagram. H aving ly v m that explanation the teacher began to ask his pupils. 3. Return­ing home I called on my old friend H aving returned home I saw my old friend waiting for me. 4. W riting the report he looked through many books Having written the report he gave it to his teacher.

E x e r c is e 2 . Form sentences according to this model and transla te them Into Russian

to come home — to begin to do his lessonsHaving come home, he began to do his lessons.I to finish work — to go to the cinema. 2. to read a newspaper —

to give it to his brother 3. to arrive in Moscow — to go to see her friends 1. to lose a fountain-pen — to buy a new one. 5. to receive a telegram — to start home at once. 6. to enter the room — to greet everybody.

Причастный оборот имеет свое подлежащее the teacher.

219

E x e r c is e 3. Replacc the subordinate clauses by the Perfect Part ic ip le Constructions Active and Passive.

After he had passed all his exam inations he went to see his parents. H aving passed all his examinations he went to see his parents1. After he had taken off his hat and coat, he went upstairs. 2. As

she had read much on this question she wrote a very interesting ar­ticle. 3. As he had been wounded he was taken to the hospital. 4. As they had been warned about the danger, they returned home. 5. Alter she had arranged everything, she went home. 6. As he had lived in England for five years, he knew English very well, 7 As I had lost the key, I could not enter the room. 8. After he had returned from the expedition he made a very interesting report.

E x e r c is e 4. Translate into English.

I. Перейдя через мост, он увидел маленькую деревню. 2. За­кончив работу, они смогли отдохнуть. 3. Получив письмо от своей сестры, он решил поехать в Ленинград, чтобы повидаться с ней.4. Повернув налево, мы увидели большую площадь. 5. Обсудив все детали нашего путешествия мы отправились в путь (to start off). 6 Когда ей купили новое платье, она пошла показать его своей подруге 7. Написав статью, я отнес ее в редакцию (editorial of­fice). 8. Приехав в Москву, он пошел в Большой театр. 9. Когда он прочитал книгу, он отметил (mark) наиболее интересные места (passages). 10. Когда он вернулся с работы, он нашел все семейство у телевизора. 11. После того как ему рассказали все подробности этого дела, он пришел к выводу, что приговор был справедливым.

E x e r c is e 5 . Translate into Russian paying attention to the Absolute Participle Construction.

1. M y work having been fin ished , I left the office.2. The film being very popular, it was difficult to get tickets.3. The moon being brigh t, we could see the path.4. He went to the door and opened it, there being no one in the cor­

ridor.5. A ll the preparations having been finished, the pioneers went on

a hike, (поход)6. It was very dark, there being no stars in the sky.7. The sun having set, the tourists reached the place ©f their desti­

nation.8. The meeting being over the concert began.

E x e r c is e 6 . Translate the sentences into Russian and slate the formsand the syntactical functions of the Participles.

1. He began moving away from the drive, keeping his eyes on Dixon. 2. Hurrying through the side streets, deserted at this hourbefore works and offices closed, Dixon thought of Welch. 3. I went

220

with a hundred other students into one ot the three large, square halls used for the examination. 4. The numbers having been taken , the Members return to their seats and the Speaker reads out the results of voting. 5 They stood for some time, talking in quiet tones, com­paring the Thames with the Seine. 6. Having begun his work the ca­shier had winked significantly at the office-boy and nodded his head slightly toward the front door. 7. He was looking at me with a pa tient penetrating glance. 8. This duty having been done, we lit our pipes and began the discussion about our health again. 9. About twenty yards away the chase ended, and the two stood fronting each other, not noticing the stranger in the grass.

111. PERFECT GERUND (ПЕРФЕКТНЫЙ ГЕРУНДИЙ)

Формы герундия совпадают с формами причастий, поэтому Perlect Gerund Activie и Perfect Gerund Passive образуются так же, как сооветствующие формы причастий.

Perfect Gerund употребляется, когда выраженное им действие предшествует действию, выраженному глаголом-сказуемым.

1 remember having shown him this articleЯ помню, что показывал ему эту статью

Не mentioned having seen this film before.Он упомянул о том. что раньше видел этот фильм.

1 remember having been told about it.Я помню что мне рассказывали об этом.

E x e r c is e 7 . Replace (he subordinate clauses by the Pertect Gerund Constructions Active and Passive. Put the prepositions given in brackets be­fore the Gerund. Translate the sentences into Russian

He is sorry that he has done i t (for).He is sorry for having done it

1. He was sure that he had seen him somewhere (of). 2. She isglad that she has written this letter (of). 3. I remember that 1 havebeen asked about it before. 4. I was disappointed because they had refused to help me (at). 5. Excuse me that I didn’t call you up yes­terday (for).

E x e rc is e 8 . Replace the Participle Constructions by the Gerund Con­structions with the prepositions o n (u p o n ) and a f te r , translate the sentences into Russian. (See Lesson 3)

Having translated the text, the student gave his translation to the teacher.

221

A f t e r t r a n s l a t i n g the text, the student gave his translation to the teacher.

1. Having come home, I set to work at once. 2. Having slept lor about an hour, she was awakened by a loud voice. 3. Having graduated from the University, he went to the North. 4. Having played with his toys, the boy put them into the box. 5. Having lived in this town for many years, we knew it very well.

E x e r c is e 9 . Translate the sentences into Russian paying a ttention to the Gerund.

1. We knew ol Mark Twain having written many humorous sto­ries. 2. His leaving Moscow did not mean that he was disappointed at his work. 3 Her helping us showed that she was a good friend.4. He forgot about her having studied at the University. 5. You know of his having lost his job. 6. He remembered having worked on a ship for some years. 7. The man understood that his getting the job de­pended on his answer. 8. He thanked the girl for her coming so soon.9. The teacher insisted on this being done at once. 10. We are proud of your being decorated with the order.

E x e r c is e 10. Translate the sentences into Russian paying a ttentionto the Gerund

After w alking a short distance he came to the centre ot the town’s business area. 2. His way of counting the cash had been different too.3. Why, of course, Jesse, you can start working whenever you’re ready. 4. And, turning the box, opening and shutting it. she couldn’t help noticing how charming her hands were against the blue velvet.5. “ Yes. oddly enough I can remember having said that,” Dixon said.6. Speaking of comic songs and parties reminds me of a rather strange thing that happened once. 7. He erinned again and without look­ing back, ran off down the hill towards Carver’s tarm, leaving me alone once more that night. 8. Everywhere there are teashops, some modern and many in old buildings, reached by clim bing narrowstairs. 9. He awoke feeling as if he had eaten heavily overnight in­stead of having eaten nothing. 10. After g iv in g him the prescribed capsules at eleven o ’clock I went out fora while. 11. The story of the University begins, so far as 1 know in 1209 when several hundred students and scholars arrived in the little town of Cambridge afterhaving walked sixty miles from Oxford.

E x e r c is e 11. Translate the sentences into Russian paying attentionto the - in g forms.

1. Being told that their employer had removed to a fine new house, the weavers were surprised and angry. 2. I am very pleased to meet you after hearing so much about you. 3. After being shown in Moscow

222

these pictures were taken to Leningrad and other cities. 4. ! went to his home in the hope of fin d in g him there. 5. I was sitting on the bank of the river listen ing to the wind blcw ing in the trees. 6. They were so busy ta lk ing that they reached the town without noticing it. 7. But there are some men among these people, men who had suf­fered wrongs without com plaining, but without ever forgetting or fo rg iv in g those who (they believed) had caused all this misery. 8 He had good hopes of being employed, at some other mill, and therefore, before returning home, he spent some hours in going from factory to factory, asking for work. 9. We were greatly surprised at his hav­ing done that. 10. Block after block passed by, and still Carrie went on, her feet beginning to tire. 11. Little Paul looked around and could not help wondering if the world were really as round as his geography- book said. 12. Never having seen his uncle, he could not know that this stranger was the man he had heard so much about from his mother. 13. The foreign policy of the Soviet Government is in complete harmony with the interests of all the peoples str iv in g for peace. 14. My friend having left me, 1 went to the other end of the room, observ­ing all with the greatest interest.

T e x t

THE WAY TO SPACE

b y Herman T itov

1 had the good fortune1 to be one ol the two Soviet citizens who pioneered the way to Space. My friend Yury Gagarin and I were very oft­en asked how we, the first cosmonauts, had been able to accompl ish this feat and what had led us to it. In answering these questions I always em­phasized one main point that neither the career of Gagarin nor my own had anything extraordinary about it, and we were two average young people of our generation. Of course, we were very proud of having been entrusted with this feat which brought further fame to our country, and of having been able to live up to* this trust. Y et4 there are thou­sands of young men in our country who are able to do what we did.

I would not say5 that 1 hankered for the sky or even dreamed of becoming an airman when I was a boy. 1 did have a bent for technolo­g y 8 even as a small boy. So having finished school in 1953 I had a chance of mastering one of the most complex kinds of modern technol­ogy by joining a flying school.

The beginning of my career in aviation was similar to th a t7 of hundreds of Soviet fighler-pilots: the military school, then the reg­iment. The years after that which I spent with one of the celebrated flying regiments are also very memorable to me. It was here that my independent life started 8.

223

As a result these years actually gave me much of the necessary training. Having confronted later with the tough job of preparing for space flight, I often expressed my thanks to my former superiors.

Meanwhile, time insistently brought new victories for our country in the air. One after the other the Soviet artificial earth satellites were launched into the sky. The problem of the humans who would soon have to blaze the trail to Space loomed large. We young airmen had many talks about how this would happen and who would rise into the blue infinity of the universe. Of course, I wished to be one of these people. So being asked if I wished to become a cosmonaut 1 agreed without hesitation and finally became one of the group of future cosmonauts.

The years that followed were crammed with hard work, every­thing was geared to one end: to give o n e9 the best preparation for space flights.

Finally, the time for the first manned space flight had come. To carry out this mission two people were chosen from our group: Yury Gagarin and myself. I was Cosmonaut N 2, the substitute for Yury, having been his companion throughout the training for the flight on the Vostok, and I stayed at the cosmodrome fully prepared until the Vostok had gone up. This occured early in the morning of 12 April 1961, a date which may well forever be remembered through­out the world.

Then came my turn to travel into space. 1 began preparing foi my flight immediately after that of Yury Gagarin. I also had a sub­stitu te Cosmonaut N 3 and we went through all the preparations foT the Vostok-2 flight side by side.

At last the memorable day of 6 August 1961 arrived. When we reached the cosmodrome early in the morning I had a feeling of ela­tion. Those present10 were aiso filled with a sense of something unique and moving.

The rocket came off the launching stand and for an instant ceased moving, as if building up power against the resisting force. Then there was a thundering roar of the engines and I felt every inch 11 of my body pressed down by a huge force.

It was immediately after the rocket got under way l2, that I s tart­ed to carry out my responsibilities under the research programme. Two-way communication with the command station was m aintain­ed from the very start of the [light.

Comprehension, vision and hearing were up to 13 normal. All the time that the ship was entering its space orbit I felt no sickness. The last stage of the rocket having been separated, the state of weightlessness came smoothly and automatically.

The flight proceeded successfully, the scientific programme was carried out according to the plan and my spirits grew higher with every hour that was bringing me nearer the journey’s end.

Soon I was back again on dear Earth. The following days were

224

filled with great events which moved me profoundly. The report to the government on the carrying out of the flight, a short rest, the return to Moscow. Then the welcome at Moscow's Vnukovo airfield, the meeting on the Red Square and the award to me of the Golden Star of a Hero of the Soviet Union will stay forever in my memory

N O T E S

1. I had the good fortune ... — Мне посчастливилось...2. neither the career of Gagarin nor my own... — ни карьера Гага­

рина, ни моя...Парный союз neither ... nor переводится на русский язык отри­цанием ни ... ни.

Neither he nor his sister will do it.Ни он, ни его сестра не будут этого делать.

Если глагол стоит в отрицательной форме, то вместо neither ... nor употребляется парный союз either ... or.

Не doesn't know either English or French.Он не знает ни английского языка, ни французского.

Обратите внимание на то, что в английском предложении в от­личие от русского может быть т о л ь к о о д н о отрицание.

3. to live up to — оправдать, быть достойным4. Если yet стоит в начале предложения, то оно переводится

словами однако тем не менее.5. I would not say ... — я не сказал бы...6. I did have a bent for technology ...— у меня действительно

была склонность к технике...

Глагол do в утвердительном предложении подчеркивает зна­чение глагола-сказуемого.7. В данном предложении местоимение that является словом-зэ-

менителем, которое употреблено, чтобы избежать повторения слов the beginning of the career; при переводе на русский язык эти слова необходимо повторить: «Начало моего пути в авиг- ции было похоже на начало пути сотен советских летчикон- истребителей».Существительные во множественном числе заменяются местои­мением those.

8. ft was here that my independent life started. Именно здесь началась моя самостоятельная жизнь. Эмфатическая конструк­ция it is (was) ... that (who, which и т. д.) переводится на русский язык различными способами, например: именно, как раз, вот, только, вовсе не и т. д.

8— 1312 225

It was not she who had taught me English.Вовсе не она научила меня английскому языку.

9. ...to give one the best preparation for space flights.— ...как можно лучше подготовиться к космическим полетам, (см. урок 1, стр. 19)

10. those present — присутствующие11. in ch — дюйм (равен 25,4 мм)12. to get under way — зд . взлетать (о ракете)13. up to — почти

hesi ta t ion п колебание

E x e rc is e 12. Drill some vocabulary units from the text.

1. m aintain v — maintenance n

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. The Soviet Union m aintains friendly relations with many coun­tries. 2. All progressive people seek ways for m ain ta in ing peace in the whole world. 3. The main aim of Soviet foreign policy is the m aintenance of world peace. 4. Everybody must m aintain public order.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. What countries does the Soviet Union m aintain trade rela­tions with?2. What channels are cultural contacts between the countries m aintained through?

c) Translate the following word-combinations into English:

поддерживать дружеские отношения с какой-либо страной, поддерживать контакты между странами, поддерживать мир

Words and Word Combinationsspace n пространство, космосcit izen n гражданинaccomplish v совершать, выполнятьaverage а среднийgenera t ion n поколениеentrust v доверятьtrust n довериеmaster v овладетьcomplex а сложныйsimilar а подобныйstart v начинатьtra in ing n тренировкаflight n полетm eanw hile adv между темlaunch v запускать

end n цельturn n очередьcease v прекращать(ся)resist v сопротивлятьсяthunder n громhuge а огромныйresponsibili ty n обязанностьresearch n исследованиеm ain ta in v поддерживатьweight n весproceed v продолжатьscientific а научныйaccording to согласноwelcome n приветствие; радушный

прием

■ 2 2 6

2. research n adj, v

a) Answer the following questions:

1. What kind of work are you carrying on at your research in­stitute?2. Aie your researches successful?3. Who carries on the research work at your laboratory?

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Своей научно-исследовательской работой он внес большой вклад в физику. 2. В каком научно-исследовательском институте вы работали? 3. Этот университет ведет большую научно-иссле­довательскую работу. 4. Его исследования окончились неуда­чей. (fail)

3. resist v — resistance п

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. Try to resist the disease, then you’ll be soon well again. 2. Our soldiers broke down the resistance of the enemy. 3. The people of all the occupied countries resisted the fascists. 4. A United Front of Resistance is being set up to guide the people’s struggle in sup­port of the revolutionary movement.

b) Translate Ihe sentences into English:

1. Французский народ оказывал сопротивление немцам во время фашистской оккупации. 2. Движение Сопротивления было орга­низовано во многих странах Европы во время второй мировой войны. 3. После упорных боев сопротивление врага было сломлено.

4. cease и

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. Both countries observed the Cease-fire Agreement. 2. It began to rain less and finally ceased altogether. 3. The shelling ceased only late at night.

b) Translate the sentences into English:

I. Дождь прекратился. 2. Прекратить огонь! 3. Это перестало быть секретом.

5. science п — scientist п — scientific adj

a) Answer the following questions:

1. Do you like scientific fantastic stories?2. Is physics a natural science?

8* 227

3. Why do you use this method? is it scientific?4. I heard that he was a prominent scientist, wasn’t he?5. Would you like to attend the students’ scientific society?

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Ломоносов — великий русский ученый. 2. Я хотел бы зани­маться точными науками. 3. В 20 веке наука сделала большие успехи (to make progress).

6. hesitate v — hesitation n

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. He accepted this offer without hesitation. 2. Several timeshe was about to speak, and each time he hesitated. 3. 1 wonderwhy she hesitates to do it.

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Почему ты колеблешься? Ты должен пойти туда. 2. Я сделаюэто без всяких колебаний.

7. turn п, V — turn on — turn oft — turn out

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. Whose turn is to read the lesson? 2. Now i t ’s your turn to clean the room. 3. Why do you say i t ’s my turn to do it? 4. As there was only one book we read it in turn. 5. The earth turns round the sun. 6. The wheels were turning slowly. 7. She was ex­cited and turned red. 8. It turned out that he was right.

b) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Он повернулся и посмотрел на меня. 2. Включи свет, пожа­луйста. 3. Он оказался смелым человеком. 4. Когда уйдешь, не забудь выключить газ. 5. Она побледнела от (with) ужаса. 6. Се­годня твоя очередь дежурить.

8. responsible ad j — responsibility п

a) Complete the sentences:

He is responsible for

эту работу, их жизнь, эти ошибки.выполнение (fulfilment) плана.

228

1. You did it on your own responsibility. 2. This man will carry out these responsibilities.

9. space nи) t r a n s la te the sentences into Russian:

1. rhe whole world was waiting for the first manned space flight.2. The dream of Tsiolkovsky and other pioneers of space flight has come true. 3. Many people dreamed of conquering space.

b) Answer the following:

1. Who was the first man to be sent into space?2. When did he fly into space?3. Why was the space flight possible?

10. average ad j — cn the average

a) Answer the following questions:

1. How much money do you get on the average?2. What is the average age of the first year students?3. Is his knowledge of this subject beyond the average?

b) Translate into English:

среднее количество, средняя температура, средние способности

11. citizen п

a) Answer the following questions:

1. What rights do the Soviet c itizen s enjoy?2. Are you a citizen of the USSR?3. Do all the citizen s of the Soviet Union have the right to elect

and be elected?

b) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Гражданв СССР имеют право на (the right to) труд и отдых.2. Я горжусь тем, что я граж данин Советского Союза. 3. Все граждане этого города пришли на площадь.

12. according to — in accordance witha) Translate into Russian:

according to an agreement, according to the rule, according to the newspapers; in accordance w ith the customs, in accordance

■ w ith the decision

b) T ranslate the sentences in to Russian:

229

1. Согласно конституции все граждане нашей страны пользу­ются (enjoy) равными правами. 2. Согласно плану мы должны закончить эту научную работу в мае. 3. Вы должны поступить в соответствии с нашим решением.

13. huge adj

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. There were huge waves on the sea. 2. He is a man of huge phys­ical strength.

b) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Вы видели новое огромное здание в этом районе? 2. Мы по­дошли к огромной горе. 3. Около дома росло огромное дерево.

14. complex adj

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I can’t solve this problem immediately, i t ’s rather a complex one. 2. This task is very complex.

b) Translate into English:

1. Сложноподчиненное предложение состоит из главного и при­даточного предложения (clause). 2. У этих часов сложный ме­ханизм. 3. Я думаю, что он сможет выполнить эту сложную задачу.

15. accomplish v — accomplishment п

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. Poor health prevented him from accom plishing his task. 2. We can accomplish half the work in a month.

16. trust u, n

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I trust him because he always tells the truth. 2. Can 1 tru s tyou to do the work well? 3. He says he will come early, but 1don’t trust him.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Why can’t you tru st him?2. Did he deserve your tru st?3. Is he a man to be trusted with such a job?

b) T ranslate the sentences into English:

I. Tin' delegation was welcomed by the president of the Academy." " i'll пик you very much.” “ You’re w e l c o m e 3. They received11 wartn welcome.

ti) Translate the following sentences into English:

I. Все приветствовали его предложения. 2. Сопетских актере крадостно встречают во всех странах. 3. Добро пожаловать!

Они оказали нам теплый прием.

E x e rc is e 13. State what part of speech are the italicized words. Trans late the sentences into Russian.

I. Tom’s work at school is above the average. The average age of the boys in this class is fifteen. 2. We must s ta r t to work at once, lie had a good s ta r t in life. 3. She hasn’t much trust in his promise.I tria l my affairs to an experienced lawyer. 4. He decided to master the English language. "I want to be a master in my own house,” be said. 5. I can’t turn the handle of the door. I t ’s your turn to jump now. 6. He is always a welcome guest in our house. When she came to our place, she was welcomed by everybody. 7. He \tf>rked without much result. I hope that the discussion will result in agreement.8. I Ie poin ted to the boat far out in the sea. What are the strong p o in tч and what are the weak p o in ts of his report?

E x e rc is e N . Translate into Russian paying atten tion to the Italicized words.

1. The author deals with the problem of science and society, of the respon sib ilities of the sc ien tists, of their duties in an epoch of atomic warfare. 2. A state of ordinary workers and farmers has suc­cessfully launched a man into space. 3. The boy’s understanding of Russian grammar was in no way below the average. 4. The idea of becoming a writer mastered Martin Eden. As soon as he returned to Oakland he sta rted to write and immediately sent his works to news­papers and magazines. 5. Herbert Wells wrote very many books, scientific fantasies, novels of every day life, short stories, books on science and history. 6. She was almost asleep when the sound of the telephone call awoke her. At the same moment the door bell rang She hesita ted not knowing which to answer first. 7. After a few years of intense political activities Jack London began to feel disappoint- ed in the prospects of the American working class and ceased to take part in the political struggle. 8. According to their map they had still some seven miles to go. 9. She had a huge armful of white flowers.10. The patients were sitting on the chairs waiting for their turn.

17. w e lc o m e n, о

■i) Гг.inslate the sentences in to Russian:

•231

1. Согласно конституции все граждане нашей страны пользу­ются (enjoy) равными правами. 2. Согласно плану мы должны закончить эту научную работу в мае. 3. Вы должны поступить в соответствии с нашим решением.

13. huge adj

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. There were huge waves on the sea. 2. He is a man of huge phys­ical strength.

b) Translate the following sentences into English:

l. Вы видели новое огромное здание в этом районе? 2. Мы по­дошли к огромной горе. 3. Около дома росло огромное дерево.

14. complex adj

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I can’t solve this problem immediately, i t ’s rather a complex one. 2. This task is very complex.

b) Translate Into English:

1. Сложноподчиненное предложение состоит из главного и при­даточного предложения (clause). 2. У этих часов сложный ме­ханизм. 3. Я думаю, что он сможет выполнить эту сложную задачу.

15. accomplish v — accomplishment п

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. Poor health prevented him from accom plishing his task. 2. We can accom plish half the work in a month.

16. trust v, n

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. 1 trust him because he always tells the truth. 2. Can 1 tru s tyou to do the work well? 3. He says he will come early, but Idon’t trust him.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Why can’t you tru st him?2. Did he deserve your trust?3. Is he a man to be trusted with such a job?

b) T ranslate the sentences into English:

a) Translate the sentences info Russian:

1. The delegation was welcomed by the president of the Academy.2. “Thank you very much.” “ You’re welcome." 3. They receiveda warm welcome.

b) Translate the following sentences into English:

I. Все приветствовали его предложения. 2. Сопетских актере»радостно встречают во всех странах. 3. Добро пожаловать)4. Они оказали нам теплый прием.

E x e rc is e 13. State what part of speech are the italicized words. Tran* (ate the sentences into Russian.

1. Tom’s work at school is above the average. The average age of the boys in this class is fifteen. 2. We must sta rt to work at once. He had a good s ta r t in life. 3. She hasn’t much trust in his promise. I tru st my affairs to an experienced lawyer. 4. He decided to master the English language. “ I want to be a master in my own house," he said. 5. I can’t turn the handle of the door. I t’s your turn to jurrp now. 6. He is always a welcome guest in our house. W.?en she came to our place, she was welcomed by everybody. 7. He worked without much result. I hope that the discussion will result in agreement.8. He poin ted to the boat far out in the sea. What are the strong poin ts and what are the weak po in ts of his report?

E x e r c is e 14. Translate into Russian paying atten tion to the Italicized words.

1. The author deals with the problem of science and society, of the respon sib ilities of the sc ien tis ts , of their duties in an epoch of atomic warfare. 2. A state of ordinary workers and farmers has suc­cessfully launched a man into space. 3. The boy’s understanding of Russian grammar was in no way below the average. 4. The Idea of becoming a writer m astered Martin Eden. As soon as he returned to Oakland he sta rted to write and immediately sent his works to news­papers and magazines. 5. Herbert Wells wrote very many books, scientific fantasies, novels of every day life, short stories, books on science and history. 6. She was almost asleep when the sound of the telephone call awoke her. At the same moment the door bell rang She hesita ted not knowing which to answer first. 7. After a few years of intense political activities Jack London began to feel disappoint­ed in the prospects of the American working class and ceased to take part in the political struggle. 8. According to their map they had still some seven miles to go. 9. She had a huge armful of white flowers.10. The patients were sitting on the chairs waiting for their turn.

17. w e lc o m e n, о

231

11. We can’t trust him any longer, because he has deceived us many times. 12. These boys got special training in the circus school. 13. Space travel has become possible as a result of the tremendous progress made by science and industry. 14. Both Robert Garton and Frank Ashurst had a literary bent.

Exercise 15. Fill in the blanks with the words given below:

fligh t, meanwhile, training, start, proceed, thunder, similar 1. A new factory has recently been ... in this small town. 2. He

heard a loud crash of . . . . 3. We live in an epoch of cosmic ... and space investigations. 4. He ... with his research work after summer holidays.5. One of these days I was told a ... story by one of my friends. 6. Aft­er ... for three years he won the contest. 7. Go and buy something for breakfast. ... I’ll lay the table.

Exercise 16. Fill in the blanks with prepositions and adverbs wherever necessary. Translate the sentences into Russian.

I. I am sure he will carry ... his responsibilities quite well. 2. Dur­ing the Great Patriotio war they were fighting side ... side. 3. There is nothing extraordinary ... this book. I don’t understand why it is so much spoken ... . 4. According ... this plan he was a substitute ... my friend. 5. All his life he dreamt ... becoming an artist. 6. I have no time now, because I have to prepare ... my report. 7. You will never get another chance ... going there. 8. All progressive people ... the world are fighting ... peace. 9. He joined ... the Communist Party when he was very young. 10. The room was filled ... smoke and everybody rushed away. 11. This path will lead you ... the river.12. There is nothing to be p roud You have a very poor knowledge...English. 13. She has a natural bent ... exact sciences.

Exercise 17. Answer the following questions:

1. Who pioneered the way to Space?2. Was there anything extraordinary about T itov’s career?3. Did Titov dream of becoming an airman?4. What kind of school did Titov join after finishing secondary

school?5. Why was Titov able to become a cosmonaut?6. Who was chosen for the first manned space flight?7. When did Titov begin preparing for this flight?8. Did he have a substitute? Who was he?9. What did Titov feel on the day of his flight?

10. What did he begin doing after the rocket had got under way?11. How did he feel inside the rocket?12. The scientific programme was carried out, wasn’t it?13. How was Titov greeted after his return to Moscow?

1. У тебя была возможность овладеть английским языком, но ты ею не воспользовался. 2. Я горжусь тем, что мне доверили та­кую трудную работу. 3. G детства у него была склонность к лите­ратуре. 4. Он много т ренировался , готовясь к космическому по­лету. 5. Закончив полет, Титов вернулся в Москву, где его привет­ствовали граждане столицы. 6. Когда Титову предложили стать космонавтом, он согласился без колебаний. 7. Как только ракета взлетела, космонавт начал выполнять свои обязанности. 8. Каков был вес первого космического корабля? 9. Выйдя из дому, мы услы­шали первые раскаты (peals, rolls) грома. 10. Говоря и космонав­тах, я хочу подчеркнуть одно важное обстоятельство: они обыкно­венные молодые люди своего поколения. 11. Именно в авиаполку началась самостоятельная жизнь Титова.

D I A L O G U E

A.: Hello, Bob. How are you? I wanted to be the first to welcome you’.

В Thanks, Alec. I t’s awfully good of you3, вA .: I hear that you’re quite a traveller3. Is that a fact?4B .: Oh, yes. I ’m very fond of travelling, and I spend much of my

time visiting various parts of the world. Sometimes on busi­ness5, and sometimes for pleasure.

A .: Have you ever travelled by plane?B.: Yes. In fact, I always go by air on my business journeys, but

when I travel for pleasure, I prefer to go by train and ship. I t ’sso interesting getting to know8 the other passengers, and of course, there’s nothing I enjoy more than being on the sea in any kind of weather. I am never sea-sick7.

A .: Most of my journeys have been made by train8. I find9 it quite enjoyable except10 in the holiday season when there are such crowds that you can hardly get a seat. I certainly don’t enjoy standing for the whole of a journey.

S .: Then, of course, i t ’s better to go by car.

N O T E S

1. 1 wanted to be the first to welcome you. — Я первым хотел встретить тебя.to be the first (last) to do smth.— первым (последним) сделать что-л.

2. I t ’s awfully good of you.— Ты очень любезен. (Это очень хо­рошо с твоей стороны.)

3. I hear that you’re quite a traveller...— Я слышал, что ты лю­бишь путешествовать... (В разговорной речи в словосочета-

E x e rc is e 18. T ranslate the sentences in to English:

233

ннях «я слышал, ты слышал..., что...» вместо формы прошед­шего времени глагола to hear употребляется форма настоящего времени.)

4. Is that a fact? — Это действительно так?5. on business, on a business trip (journey) — по делам, в команди­

ровку6. to get to know — узнавать7. to be (to get) sea-sick — страдать морской болезнью8. to make a journey — совершить путешествие

to take a trip — совершить поездку(journey— длительная поездка к пункту назначения, trip — кратковременная поездка, voyage — путешествие по воде)

9. I find... — Я считаю (нахожу), что...Здесь глагол to find имеет значение считать, находить.

10. except — кроме, за исключением (besides — кроме, помимо)

E x e r c is e 19. Complete the following sentences using the given models.

1. He w as the f ir s t to come.Он пришел первым.

Он первым

послал телеграмму, переплыл реку, написал статью, позвонил мне. помог ей.

2. She w as the last to come.Она пришла последней.

{купила билет, взяла учебники, присоединилась к нам

3 . Не spent much o f his time playing chess.Он проводил большую часть своего времени, играя ь шахматы.

Он проводил большую часть своего времени,

посещая библиотеки и читальни, играя с детьми, читая книги.изучая иностранные языки.

234

4. I t ’s s o in te r e s t in g travelling by sea. Т а к и н т е р е с н о путешествовать морем.

Так интересногулять в лесу весной, собирать марки водить машину.

5. I f in d , i t ( the journey) rather tiresome.Я с ч и т а ю ( н а х о ж у ) , что оно (путешествие) довольно утомительно.

Я считаю.

что она (работа) очень трудная, что оно (путешествие) довольно

опасно.что он (фильм) очень полезен, что она (пьеса) совсем скучная.

6. I t's b e t t e r to go to the cinema.Л у ч ш е пойти в кино.

( поехать в дом отдыха.Лучше | попросить ее присмотреть за

I посоветоваться с этим врачомдетьми.

E x e r c is e 20. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Он не сможет поехать пароходом. Он обычно страдает мор­ской болезнью. 2. Ваш брат часто ездит в командировки? — До­вольно часто. 3. Ради удовольствия я иногда езжу на поезде. 4. Ес­ли у вас мало времени, лучше лететь самолетом. 5. Так интересно путешествовать на машине! 6. Я слышал, что вы очень любите охотиться. 7. Как ты себя чувствуешь? — Хорошо. 8. Мы первыми услышали эти новости. 9. Я считаю, что этот рассказ очень смеш­ной.

CONVERSATIONAL FORMULAS

I’d like to reserve a seat on a train (plane, ship ...) to ...

I low much is a first class ticket to ... ?

What trains (planes...) are there to ...?

When does the train (plane ...) arrive at ...?

Where can I register my lug­gage?

Я хотел бы заказать билет на поезд (самолет, пароход ...) До

билет первого

(самолеты ...)

Сколько стоит класса до ...?

Какие поезда идут до ...?

Когда поезд (самолет ...) при­бывает в ...?

Где можно сдать вещи в багаж?

235

Where is the cloak-room (left- luggage room)?

Is the seat vacant?Where do I get on the plane

to ...?The flight hasn’t been announ­

ced yet.What other boats sail for ...?

When will breakfast (dinner ...) be served?

We are landing.Where did you get on?Where are you getting off?W hat’s in your suitcase?Only personal belongings.

H ave you any dutiable articles?

to go through the customs

Где камера хранения?

Здесь не занято?Где посадка на самолет до ...?

Посадка еще не объявлена.

Какие еще пароходы отходят в ...?

Когда будет подан завтрак (обед ...)?

Мы идем на посадку.Где вы сели?Где вы выходите?Что вы везете?Только вещи для личного поль­

зования.У вас есть вещи, облагаемые

пошлиной?проходить таможенный досмотр

Text fo r translation

The technical knowledge of which all Soviet cosmonauts, begin­ning with Gagarin, have complete command, knowledge of the phys­ical conditions of the flight and the numerous experiments on ani­mals — all served as a guarantee of success.

Of course, nobody is 100 per cent certain that no accident will happen, all the more so since Gagarin was the first man in space. Yet he firmly believed in success. He had complete faith in the scien­tists who designed the spaceship and drew up the plan for the first route. He believed in the engineers and workers who built this wonder­ful machine. Last but not least, Gagarin had taken part in all stages of the preparation of the flight and had studied the ship down to the last detail.

His flight lasted 108 minutes.Yuri Gagarin made only one revolution around the earth, a feat

that had been surpassed many times by other spacemen, but Gaga­rin ’s “round-the-world” trip was m an’s first flight in space. Years will pass, longer space travels will be undertaken, people will reach the moon and neighbouring and remote planets, but Gagarin’s flight will remain forever the first stage of this arduous endeavour. April 12 has been made Cosmonaut’s Day in the USSR.

236

E x e r c is e 21. Speak on space exploration according to the given ques­tions.

1. What served as a guarantee of success during the first space flight?2. Why did Gagarin firmly believe in success?3. How long did his flight last?4. How many revolutions round the earth did Gagarin make?5. Why is his flight so significant for the whole mankind?6. What date has been made Cosmonaut’s Day in the USSR?

STORY FOR RETELLING

RUTHLESS

a f ter W. de M i l l e

Judson Webb was an American business man. He had a comfort­able flat in New York but in summer he used to leave the dusty city and go to the country. There he had a cottage which consisted of three rooms, a bathroom and a kitchen. In one of the rooms there was abig closet. He liked his cottage very much, especially his closetwhere he kept his guns, fishing-rods, wine and other things. It was his own closet and even his wife was not allowed to have a key, for Jud ­son Webb loved his personal possessions and got very angry when any­body else touched them.

It was autumn now and Judson was packing his things for the winter. In a few minutes he would be driving back to civilization — to New York.

As he looked at the shelf on which the whisky stood his face was serious. All the bottles were unopened except one. It was placed in­vitingly in front with a whiskey-glass by its side. The bottle was less than half full. As he took it from the shelf, Helen, his wife, spokefrom the next room:

“ I ’ve packed everything. Hasn’t Alec come to run the water off and get the keys?”

Alee lived near-by and acted as caretaker.” H e’s at the lake taking the boats out of the water. He said he’d

be back in half an hour!”Helen came into the room carrying her suit-case. She stopped and

looked in surprise as she saw the bottle in her husband’s hand.“Judson,” she exclaimed, “you’re not taking a drink at ten in

the morning, are you?”“No, my dear. I ’m not taking anything out of this bottle. I am

just putting something into it.” He took two small white tablets out of his pocket and put them on the table. Then he opened the bottle.

“The person who broke into my closet last winter and stole my

237

whiskey will probably try to do it again while we are away,” he went on, “only this time he’ll be very sorry if he comes.”

Then one by one he dropped the tablets into the bottle. His wife looked at him in horror.

“What are they?” she asked him at last. “Will they take the man sick?”

“Not only sick. They will kill him,” he answered with satisfac tion.

He closed the bottle and put it back on the shelf near the little whiskey-glass. He was pleased. He said:

“Now, Mr. Thief, when you break in, drink as much as you wish...” Helen’s face was pale.“Don’t do it, Judson,” she cried. “ I t ’s horrible, i t ’s murder!” “The law does not call it murder if I shoot a thief who is entering

my house by force.”“Don’t do it,” she begged, “the law does not punish burglary

by death what right have you?”“When it comes to protecting my property, I make my own laws.” He was now like a big dog which was afraid that somebody would

take away his bone. "But all they did was to steal a little whiskey,” she said, “probably some boys. They did not do any real damage.”

“ It does not matter. If a man robs me of five dollars it is the same as if he took a hundred. A thief’s a thief.” She made one last effort.

“We won’t be here again till next spring. I shall worry all the time if I know that this bottle full of poison is here. Suppose some­thing happens to us and nobody knows...”

He laughed at her. “Well risk it,” he said. “I ’ve made my money by taking risks. If I die, it will all belong lo you. and you can do as you please.”

She knew it was useless to argue. He had always been ruthless in business. She went to the door with a sigh of defeat.

“ I ’ll walk down the road and say good-bye at the farm-house,” she said quietly. She had made up her mind to tell the caretaker’s wife about it. Someone had to know.

“All right, my dear,” he smiled, “and don’t worry about your poor little burglar. No one is going to be hurt unless he breaks in.”

Helen went down the road and Judson started to close the closet door. He suddenly remembered that he had not packed his hunting boots drying outside on the heavy table in the garden. So, leaving the door open, he went to fetch them. But when he wanted to reach for his boots he suddenly slipped on a stone and his head struck the mas­sive table as he fell.

Several minutes later he felt a strong arm round him and Alec’s voice was saying: “ I t ’s all right, Mr. Webb, it was not a bad fall. Take th is — i t ’ll make you feel better.”

A small whiskey-glass was pressed to his lips. Half-conscious, he drank.

238

1. Who was Judson Webb?2. Where did he live in summer and in winter?3. Try to prove that Webb loved his personal possessions.4. Why was Webb’s face serious when he looked at the bottles of

wine?5. How did he decide to punish the thief?6. Was his wife against it?7. How did she try to persuade him not to do it?8. Webb obeyed his wife, didn’t he?9. What did Helen decide to do when she found out that it was

useless to argue with him?10. What happened to Judson some time later?11. Who found him?12. Judson deserved his death, didn’t he?

E x e rc is e 22 . Retell the story answering the following questions:

LESSON NINE

(The Ninth Lesson)

G r a m m a r :1. Perfect Infinitive (Active and Passive) and Continuous

Infinitive.2. Complex Object.3. Complex Subject.4. Modal Verbs with Perfect Infinit ive.

T e x t : Earning a Living after K . S . Prichard

Perfect Infinitive Active образуется с помощью вспомогатель­ного глагола to have и Past Participle смыслового глагола:

to have lived, to have done, to have given

Perfect Infinitive Passive образуется с помощью вспомогатель­ного глагола to be в форме Perfect Infinitive и Past Participle смыс­лового глагола.

Perfect Infinitive Active и Passive обозначают действие, которое предшествовало действию, выраженному глаголом в личной форме. Сравните:

I. PERFECT INFINITIVE (ACTIVE AND PASSIVE) AND CONTINUOUS INFINITIVE

to have been done; to have been given

In defin ite In fin itiv e (Active)

I am glad to see you.Я рад вас видеть.

Perfect In fin itiv e (A ctive)

1 am glad t o h a v e s e e n him. Я рад. что в и д е л его.

240

In defin ite In fin itive Perfect In fin itive(P assive) (Passive)

I am glad t o b e g i v e n a ticket I am glad t o h a v e b e e n g i v e n afor this concert. ticket for this concert.

Я рад, что мне д а д у т билет на Я рад, ч т о мне д а л и билет на этот концерт. этот концерт.

E x e r c is e I . Replace Indefinite Infinit ive by Perfect Infinitive(Active, Passive) and translate the sentences into Russian:

1. 1 am pleased to h e a r this news. 2. H e is glad to b e g i v e n that information. 3 . We are happy to b e s e n t to work there. 4 . She did not like to b e a s k e d so many questions. 5. We are sorry n o t to h a v e any time to come to see you.

Continuous Infinitive употребляется для выражения действия, одновременного с действием, выраженным глаголом в личной форме. Такой инфинитив переводится на русский язык глаголом несовер­шенного вида.

Не is g l a d to b e r e a d i n g this n o v e l .Он рад, что читает этот роман.

Perfect Continuous Infinitive имеет только одну форму дейст­вительного залога и образуется о помощью вспомогательного гла­гола to be в форме Perfect Infinitive и Present Participle смысло­вого глагола.

to have been living, to have been doingPerfect Continuous Infinitive может выражать:(а) действие, которое длилось в течение определенного отрезка

времени до настоящего момента, и тогда этот инфинитив переводит­ся на русский язык глаголом в настоящем времени:

I am happy to h a v e b e e n w o r k i n g at the hospital all these years.Я счастлив что работаю все эти годы в больнице.(б) действие, которое длилось в прошлом в течение определен­

ного отрезка времени, и тогда инфинитив переводится на русский язык глаголом прошедшего времени несовершенного вида.

I remember to h a v e b e e n w o r k i n g a t that hospital all those years before entering the University.

Я помню, что все эти годы до поступления в университет, я работал в этой больнице

E x e r c is e 2 . Open the brackets and use the correct form of the Infini­tive in Active or Passive.

1. The boy pretended (to listen) to the radio. 2. She was anxious (to notice) by all the people sitting in the hall. 3. The rocket is (to launch) at 8 o ’clock tomorrow. 4. Her son is proud (to take part)

241

in the last performance. 5. The doctor was glad (to perform) the oper­ation successfully. 6. He hopes (to give) some assistance. 7. The dog may (to run away). You must not let the door open. 8. She is too ill (to work) at such a late hour. 9. The students are told (not to be late) for the beginning of the contest (состязание). 10. She was pleased (to train) at that stadium for three years. 11. You should to insist) upon her attending your lectures.

Complex Object в английском языке представляет собой инфи­нитивный оборот, состоящий из имени существительного в общем падеже или местоимения в объектном падеже и инфинитива.

Оборот Complex Object по значению равен дополнительному при­даточному предложению. На русский язык этот оборот переводит­ся придаточным дополнительным предложением с союзами что, чтобы, как, например:

Complex Object употребляется после глаголов, выражающих: (1) восприятия посредством органов чувств

После глаголов этой группы инфинитив употребляется без частицы to.

We saw him buy newspapers near our house every morning.Мы видели, как (что) он каждое утро покупает газеты около

нашего дома.

1 heard the director speak about the results of the examination.Я слышал, как (что) директор говорил о результатах экзаме­

нов.

Если глаголы to hear и to see употребляются в переносном зна чении (to hear в значении узнават ь, to see в значении понимать, замечать). то вместо конструкции Complex Object следует употреб­лять дополнительное придаточное предложение.

Я слышал (узнал), что он приехал в Москву.I heard that he had come to Moscow.

11.COMPLEX OBJECT

(СЛОЖНОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ)

I want her (my sister) to see him.Я хочу, чтобы она (моя сестра) повидала его.

to feel чувствовать to see видеть to hear слышать

to watch наблюдать to notice замечать to observe наблюдать

242

Я вижу (замечаю), что вы меня не понимаете.1 see that you don't understand me.

<2) желание

to want хотеть to like любить,нравиться

to wish желать should (would) like хотел бы

He wants them (the students) to go to the exhibition.Он хочет, чтобы они (студенты) пошли на выставку.

I wish him (this man) to be happy.Я желаю, чтобы он (этот человек) был счастлив.

1 should like her to make the report.Я бы хотел, чтобы она сделала этот доклад.

(3) предположение

to expect ожидать to assume 1to consider считать to hold ? полагатьto suppose предполагать to believe J

They considered the food too heavy for her*.Они считали, что такая пища слишком тяжела для нее.

We expect them to arrive tomorrow.Мы ожидаем, что они приедут завтра.

I assume this method to be interesting.Я считаю, что этот метод интересный.

(4) утверждение, знание, сообщение другим о каком-либо факте

to find обнаруживать, находить,признавать

to declare заявлятьto know знатьto think думатьto report сообщатьto show показыватьto state констатировать. устанавли­

ватьto note отмечатьto claim утверждать

* После глагола to consider инфинитив, выраженный глаголом to be, иногда опускается.

243

I know her to have painted a beautiful picture.Я знаю, что она написала красивую картину.Не declared the meeting to have been postponed.Он заявил, что собрание отложили.

(5) принуждение

to make |to have j заставлять J® J вынуждать

После глаголов to have, to make (в значении заставлять), to cause инфинитив в сложном дополнении употребляется без ча­стицы to.

1 shall have him do it.Я заставлю его сделать это.

We made them surrender.Мы вынудили их сдаться.

(6) разрешение, запрет, просьбу

to allow \ to permitto [et позволятьto ask I

He allowed the construction of the machine to be started.Он разрешил начать конструирование машины.

Let him do it.Позвольте (дайте) ему сделать это.

(7) после глаголов, требующих дополнения с предлогом:

to rely on полагаться (на), рассчитывать (на)to wait for ждать (чего-либо)to count on (upon) рассчитывать (на)

We relied on him to make a good report.Мы рассчитывали на то, что он сделает хороший доклад.

Не waited for me to introduce him to the mistress.Он ждал, чтобы я представил его хозяйке.

Complex Object with Participle 1 and II (С л о ж н о е д о п о л н е н и е с п р и ч а с т и я м и I и I I )

1. В тех случаях, когда нужно показать, что действие, выра­женное неличной формой глагола, происходит или происходило в момент речи, вместо инфинитива в сложном дополнении употреб­

to enable давать возможность to disallow запрещать

244

ляется причастие 1, которое переводится на русский язык глаголом несовершенного вида. Сложное дополнение с причастием употреб­ляется после глаголов: to see, to feel, to watch, to find, to like, to dislike и др.

I hear them speaking.Я слышу, как они говорят.

Однако, если дается перечисление действий, то употребляется только инфинитив.

I saw him sit at the table and read something.Я видел, что он сидит за столом и что-то читает.

2. Для того чтобы показать результат действия, употребляется причастие II.

Не wants all the documents signed by Friday.Он хочет, чтобы все документы были подписаны к пятнице.

3. В тех случаях, когда после глагола to have (to get) в кон­струкции Complex Object вторым членом конструкции является причастие II, то оно обозначает действие, выполняемое не подле­жащим, а каким-нибудь другим лицом, причем в разговорной речи глагол to have часто опускается.

I want to have my photo taken.I want my photo taken.Я хочу сфотографироваться.

E x e r c is e 3 . Translate the following sentences into Russian accord­i n g to the given models:

1. / wanted him (my friend) to be present a t the meeting- Я хотел, чтобы он (мой друг) присутствовал на со- брании.

1. She wanted the ch ild to wash his hands before dinner. 2. The teacher wanted the boy to behave better. 3. I wanted m y son to m as­ter the English language. 4. The governor wanted the man to tell him everything about himself. 5. Her uncle wanted us to jo in their ex­cursion. 6. They wanted me to book the tickets in advance.

2. 1 wanted the w ork (it) to be done properly.Я хотел, чтобы работ а (она) была сделана должным образом.

1. She wanted the question to be raised again. 2. They wanted the operation to be performed as soon as possible. 3. I didn’t want m y report to be discussed there. 4. The student wanted the dictionary to be given to him at the examination.

245

3. / know him (the student) to live in N. street.Я знаю, что он (студент) живет на улице Н.

1. Не knows his neighbour to be a cruel woman. 2. I know the performance to be a success. 3. We know that man to work at our fac­tory. 4. We know th is professor to travel much. 5. I know th is g ir l to be fond of music.

4. / know him (th is teacher) to have lived in N . street.Я знаю, что он (этот учитель) жил на улице Н.

1. Не knows them to have met by accident. 2. 1 know the delegation to have left for Leningrad. 3. We know th is spaceman to have studied at our institute. 4. I know her to have brought that magazine.

5 . / made her ( the g irl) help mother to cook dinner.Я заста/шл ее (девочку) помочь матери приготовить обед.

1. Не made trie tell them about my adventures. 2. I could not make them agree. 3. They made him enter the house. 4. I made m y brother take the raincoat. 5. She made us sing the song again.

6. / heard him (my neighbour) singingЯ слушала, как он (сосед) пел.

1. We heard them discussing the new method of work. 2. He heard us speaking about the investigation of that matter. 3. She heard him whispering something to his friend. 4. I heard the doctor explain­ing to his patients how to take that medicine. 5. We heard the stu ­dents reading the newspaper out loud.

Into English re-

кружка присут-

E x e r c is e 4. Translate the following sentences placing the object clauses by Complex Object.

чтобы все члены нашего ствовали на собрании,

чтобы все хорошо провели время, чтобы ваша сестра пошла со мной в театр, чтобы она не опаздывала, чтобы ее сын посоветовался с доктором, чтобы они последовали моему совету, чтобы его спросили об этом.

1. Я хочу (желаю, хотел бы).

2. Я видел (слышал, наблюдал, заметил)-

как он вошел в дом и закрыл дверь, как девушка играла и пела, как они разговаривали, как дети бегали и прыгали, как человек наклонился и что-то взял со

стула, как братья ссорились.

246

что он вполне здоров, что доклад этого студента очень интерес- . ный.

что ваша дочь обязана сделать это. что эта работа слишком трудна для него, что товарищ Н. очень способный студент.им остаться дома и подождать меня, детей играть в саду, студентов принести словари, ее не опаздывать, всех занять места, ее открыть все окна, детям лечь спать вовремя.

ее отпереть дверь, его помочь девушке нести вещи, ему взять мой словарь, их сойти вниз, их посещать лекции, мальчика показать нам дорогу.

E x e r c is e 5. Translate the following sentences into Russian Pay- a ttention to Complex Object.

1. 1 must have m y shoes repaired (чинить). 2. We want to have the floor and windows washed. 3. Where did you have your hair cu t? 4. She had th is dress made last month. 5. He wanted to have h is bad tooth pulled out. 6. I want m y TV set repaired. 7. You must have th is coal cleaned. 8. When do you want to have tea prepared? 9. He- would like his things brought upstairs.

E x e r c is e 6 . Translate the following sentences Into English

1. Он хотел, чтобы его книгу напечатали. 2. Я бы хотел, чтобы дерево перед домом срубили. 3. Вы должны почистить ботинки.4. Я думаю, что смогу подстричь волосы сегодня. 5. Нам нужно было сменить обои. 6. Когда вы хотите, чтобы вам принесли зав­трак? 7. Я хочу, чтобы все письма, газеты и журналы приносили утром.

E x e r c is e 7. Translate the following sentences into Russian using- the English Russian dictionary. Note the Complex Object.

1. Night after night I heard him pacing the room. 2. Her smile was friendly and she made you feel that she was really pleased to see you. 3. I want you to try hard to understand. 4. “ What did he say to make you laugh?" 5. How long he had been sitting in that curi­ous state he had no notion when he saw Joe standing a little behind

3. Я считаю (нахожу),

4. Я попросил (при­казал, велел, раз­решил)

5. Я заставил (позво­лил)

247

Иногда глаголы to appear и to seem при употреблении кон­струкции Complex Subject переводятся на русский наречием по-видимому, а глагол to happen — наречием случайно.

Не seems to be very tired.Кажется (по-видимому), сн очень устал.

(3) со сказуемым, выраженным личной формой глагола-связки to be и прилагательными likely вероятный, not likely, unlikely невероятный, маловероятный (вряд ли), certain, sure верный, надежный, несомненный. Как правило, эта конструкция перево­дится будущим временем:

We are certain to get tickets to the theatre.Мы, несомненно, достанем билеты в театр.Не is likely to come soon.Он, вероятно, скоро придет.

E x e r c is e 9 . Replace the subordinate clauses by the Complex Subject. T ransla te the sentences in to Russian:

I t is reported tha t the expedition w ill reach the river on M onday.The expedition is reported to reach the river on M onday.1. It seems that the window is always open. 2, It happened that

they studied at the same institute.3. it was considered that the work would be extremely difficult. 4. It proved that the girl lived not farfrom our house. 5, It appears they will not invite her to the theatrewith them. 6. It was known that many people attended his lectures. 7. It is unlikely that they will catch the train.

E x e r c is e 10. Replace the Complex Subject by subordinate clausesand translate the sentences into Russian:

I. Shevchenko is known to be a great Ukrainian poet. 2. They were seen to enter the museum. 3. The train appears to s ta rt at 10. 4. You seem to be tired. Let’s make an interval. 5. The article is likely to appear in the newspaper tomorrow. 6. The performance is certain to be a success. 7. He happened to meet them while working in the Lenin Library. 8. The translation is supposed to be quite easy.

E x e rc is e 11. Replace the Indefinite Infinitive by Ihe Continuous or Perfect Infinitive and translate the sentences into Russian:

They seemed to listen to h is lectures w ith interest.When I entered the room they seemed to be listening to his

lecture w ith interest.

1. The delegation is announced to arrive in Moscow. 2. The book is said to be published. 3. That doctor is reported to perform the oper­ation. 4. They happened to quarrel with their neighbours. 5. H e w as ■supposed to help them. 6. D inner seems to be cooked by his mother.

250

E x e r c is e 12. Translate the sentences into English using the Com­plex Su b jec t

1, Говорят, что его сестра очень боится собак. 2. Полагают, что студенты уже добрались до железной дороги. 3. Он, вероятно, последует вашему совету. 4. Известно, что он присутствовал на лекнии. 5. Маловероятно, чтобы он встал так рано. 6. Полагали, что им понравится спектакль. 7. Говорят, что он принимает эк­замен у студентов этой группы. 8. По-видимому, она признала себя виновной (to plead guilty). 9. Кажется, она простудилась. 10. О ка­залось, что она купила билеты заранее. 11. Слышали, как они громко о чем-то спорили. 12. Сообщают, что исследование уже за­кончено. 13. Известно, что один из них скоро полетит в космос.

Exercise 13. Translate the sentences into Russian using the Eng­lish-Russian dictionary:

1. The whole business seemed to be settled. 2. When we pulled him aboard the boat he proved to be a young seaman of the name of Hudson. 3. He seemed to know all about influenza and said there was nothing to worry about... 4. ... я tradesman's cart happened to be standing at the servants’ entrance... 5. The second f ig h t began, as- usual, round the Mission, but seems to have ended two miles off.6. “ Will Pyle come?” “ He's as likely to come there as anywhere else."7. One morning farm labourers on their way to work had come upon a twisted heap lying in the open, f t had turned out to be Sam.

П р е д л о ж н ы й о б о р о т fo r + существительное ( и л и м е с т о и м е н и е ) + инфинитив

Предложный оборот for -f- существительное (местоимение) -j- инфинитив с частицей to переводится на русский язык с помощью:

1. Придаточного предложения с союзами чтобы и для т ого , чтобы , причем существительное (местоимепие) с предлогом for переводится существительным или местоимением в функции под­лежащего придаточного предложения, а инфинитив — глаголом- сказуемым в личной форме:

They were waiting for (him) the boy to speak.Они ждали, чтобы (он) мальчик з а г о в о р и л .

2. Существительного или инфинитива:For him to do this work is difficult.Ему трудно выполнить эту работу.В английском предложении этот оборот может быть:

(1) подлежащим

For me to remember all these words is impossible.Я не могу запомнить все эти слова.

251

<2) именной частью сказуемого

This is for you to decide who is to make a report.Это предстоит вам решать (Это вам решать), кто будет делать

доклад.

(3) определением

This is the book for you to be read.Вот книга, которую вы должны прочитать.

(4) обстоятельством

The reading-hall was provided with all conveniencies for the students to work there fruitfully.

Читальный зал был снабжен всеми удобствами для того, чтобы студенты работали там плодотворно.

E x e rc is e 14. Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. It is not for him to perform this part in the play. 2. These are the newspapers for you to look through. 3. Lanny waited for Gert to begin to speak. 4. It is advisable for you not to be late for the lec­ture. 5. His suggestion was for the concert to be postponed. 6. Do you find it possible for me to go there by plane? 7. For him to stop work­ing was extremely difficult. 8. This is the very food for the ch ild to eat.

E x e r c is e 15. Translate the word combinations given in brackets using f o r construction.

1. Pour some water into this basin (для того, чтобы он мог умыть­ся). 2. It is necessary (чтобы вы последовали его указаниям). 3. Не opened the door (чтобы мы прошли в комнату). 4. It is high time (чтобы мы начали представление). 5. We tried to walk slower (что­бы она могла догнать нас).

E x e r c is e 16. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Ей было трудно забыть об этом несчастном случае. 2. Нам было необходимо обсудить все еще раз. 3. Мы ждали, когда погода изменится. 4. Несмотря на нашу помощь, ему было нелегко начи­нать все с начала. 5. Вам нет необходимости ждать так долго.

IV. MODAL VERBS WITH PERFECT INFINITIVE

(а) После модальных глаголов must, may Perfect Infinitive употребляется для выражения возможности или вероятности в отношении к прошедшему. Так как в русском языке нет соответ­

252

ствующего грамматического эквивалента, то это сочетание следует переводить следующими вводными словами: должно быть, вероят но, возможно, может быть.

Не must have come home.Он, вероятно, уже пришел домой.(Он, должно быть, уже пришел домой.)

She may have forgotten about it.Она, может быть, забыла об этом.(Она, возможно, забыла об этом.)

Если модальные глаголы must и may употреблены с инфини­тивом Perfect Continuous, то это означает, что предположение от­носится к какому-то промежутку времени в прошедшем.

They may have been looking for him foi two hours.Они, возможно, ищут его уже два часа.(б) После модальных глаголов should, could, might, ought,

to be to Perfect Infinitive употребляется для обозначения действия, которое должно было или могло совершиться, но не соверши­лось.

Не should have done it.Ему следовало бы это сделать (но он не сделал).

We could have sent her a letter.Мы могли бы послать ей письмо (но не послали).

You might have told me about it long ago.Вы могли бы давно мне сказать об этом (но не сказали).

You ought to have told him about it.Вам следовало бы рассказать ему об этом (но вы не рассказали).

(в) В сочетании с глаголом can (can’t) Perfect Infinitive выра­жает удивление сомнение и обычно такие предложения переводят­ся со словом неужели:

Не can’t have done it!He может быть, чтобы он это сделал.

E x e r c is e 17. Translate the following sentences into Russian. Pay a t ten tion to modal verbs and the forms of the Infinitive.

1. He should train much for the coming contest. He should have trained much for the contest. 2. He m ust prepare everything for the flight. He must have prepared everything for the flight. He must have been preparing for the flight for two days already. 3. You ought not to tell her about his illness. You ought not to have told her about his illness. 4. He cou ldn’t perform the main role in the play. He cou ldn’t

253

have performed, the main role in the play. 5. His brother m ay arrive tomorrow. His brother m ay have already arrived. His brother m ight have arrived in time, but the train is late. 6. She m ay have been pack­ing for some time. She m ay have packed her things. 7. He can’t translate this article. He can 't have translated this article.

E x e r c is e 18. Translate the following sentences Into Russian usin£ an English-Russian dictionary:

1. He m ust have w ritten already some fifteen books, which had earned him the reputation of “a genius” . 2. George had hoped that country air, repose, and natural surroundings m ig h t have restored to the three sisters their appetites... 3. At the station he wrote a sec­ond telegram to the farm, and then tore it up; he could not have explained why. 4. He m ust have been bewitched by the spring, the night, the apple blossoml 5. “ You horrify me, Trevorl" 1 cried. “What then could have been in this letter to cause so dreadful a result?”6. It m ay have been a trick of the lamplight, but his face looked haggard.7. “W hat’s happened to the dog?” I said. " It isn’t here. He m ay have taken it with him .”

T e x t

EARNING A LIVING

(from “ The Roaring Nineties" by K . S . Prichard)

There was plenty to do during the fresh bright days alter the rains. Dinny and Morris went on with the house1, fixing the windows and doors, setting a stove and putting a ready-made chimney of galva­nized iron over it. Until that was done Sally cooked over a fire in the yard.

Dinny had bought a big water tank and built a wash-house in the yard, made cupboards for the kitchen and bedrooms.

" I t ’s a real up-to-date residence, Dinny!” Sally exclaimed de­lightfully, when the place was finished. Morris brought her a table and benches and their stretchers from the old camp, and she bought all the extra things required to make her boarding house look pleasant and comfortable, keeping a frugal eye on the cost, but determined to make the most of this opportunity to have a home about her2, at last.

As soon as her rooms were ready, Sally let three of them to young miners working on the Midas and Great Boulder3. Decent lads. They were likely to pay regularly and not to give Mrs Gough too much trouble.

Morris was at a loose end.4 He went looking for work in the town and round the mines again. For young men. labourers, miners and

254

mechanics, there were plenty of jobs; but for a middle-aged man with no particular qualifications, it was not so easy to find employ­ment.

Morris seemed to have been pleased with the house, though he <i.ited the boarders.

“When I get a decent job we’ll have a home of our own,” he said angrily. “I t ’s more than I can bear to see you fetching and carrying tor them.”

“But they’re not much bother5,” Sally protested. "And in this way, we can provide for ourselves and have a house to live in.”

When Morris came in after one ol his tramps looking for work, and said he had got a job, Sally appeared to be very glad

She thought that regular employment would help him to regain confidence in himself. But Morris was very mysterious about his job"; refused to talk about it, and it was not until she saw him going off, in his working clothes, that she suspected him to be going to work underground.

She was filled with horror when he came home in the evening scarcely able to move. But he would get used to it, Morris declared.

“Oh Morris, you should not have done it,” Sally cried. “You’re not strong enough yet. We can manage quite well, now that7 we’ve got the boarders.”

“ I ’ve let you manage, long enough, Sally ,” Morris said. “ If this is the only way I can do it. well, I ’m a bogger for the rest of my life.”

A bogger was known by the men to be ‘a miner with his brains bashed o u t’8. Sally knew how difficult it had been for Morris to take this job. It was evident that he wanted her to understand that he would do any work rather than® leave all the responsibility of earning a liv­ing to her.

Day after day he left home joining the stream of men going to work on the mines. Every time the mine whistles shrilled after an acci­dent, Sally ran to the gate and watched the road anxiously.

But when Morris was carried home on a stretcher it wasn’t an accident, the man said. He had collapsed at work. The doctor said it ■was his heart. By rights10 he shouldn’t have been working under­ground. But he would be all right.

Morris fretted and fumed" at having to lie in bed and do nothing for several weeks. But gradually he was able to move without the para­lysing weakness which had overwhelmed him in the mine.

There had been great celebration in Coolgardie for the opening ■ot the railway. The railway was regarded as a guarantee of the fu­ture prosperity of these goldfields towns. It would ensure supplies of food and water, transport building material and mining machin­ery to keep pace'2 with the demands of the mines and a population. Everybody expected the railway to make the isolation of these min­ing settlements a thing of the past13.

Sally knew that she was going to have another child. Morris want-

255

have performed the main role in the play. 5. His brother m a y arrive tomorrow. His brother m ay have already arrived. His brother m ight have arrived in time, but the train is late. 6. She may have been pack­ing for some time. She m a y have packed her things. 7. He can’t translate this article. He c a n ’t have translated this article,

E x e r c is e 18. Translate the following sentences into Russian using an Cnglish-Russian dictionary:

I. He m ust h aw w ritten already some fifteen books, which had earned him the reputation of “a genius” . 2. George had hoped that country air, repose, and natural surroundings m ig h t have restored to the three sisters their appetites... 3. At the station he wrote a sec­ond telegram to the farm, and then tore it up; he could not have explained why. 4. He m ust have been bewitched by the spring, the night, the apple blossom! 5. “ You horrify me, Trevori” I cried. “ What then could have been in this letter to cause so dreadful a result?”6. It may have been a trick of the lamplight, but his face looked haggard.7. “W hat’s happened to the dog?" I said. “ It isn’t here. He m ay have taken it with him."

T e x t

EARNING A LIVING

(from “ The Roaring N in eties' by K - S . Prichard)

There was plenty to do during the fresh bright days alter the rains. Dinny and Morris went on with the house1, fixing the windows and doors, setting a stove and putting a ready-made chimney of galva­nized iron over it. Until that was done Sally cooked over a fire in the yard.

Dinny had bought a big water tank and built a wash-house In the yard, made cupboards for the kitchen and bedrooms.

" I t ’s a real up-to-date residence, Dinny!” Sally exclaimed de­lightfully. when the place was finished. Morris brought her a table and benches and their stretchers from the old camp, and she bought all the extra things required to make her boarding house look pleasant and comfortable, keeping a frugal eye on the cost, but determined to make the most of this opportunity to have a home about her2, at last.

As soon as her rooms were ready, Sally let three ol them to young miners working on the Midas and Great Boulder3. Decent lads. They were likely to pay regularly and not to give Mrs Gough too much trouble.

Morris was at a loose end.4 He went looking for work in the town and round the mines again. For young men, labourers, miners and

254

mechanics, there were plenty of jobs; but for a middle-aged man with no particular qualifications, it was not so easy to find employ­ment.

Morris seemed to have been pleased with the house, though he hated the boarders.

“When I get a decent job we’ll have a home of our own,” he said angrily. “ I t ’s more than I can bear to see you fetching and carrying for them.”

“But they’re not much bother5,” Sally protested. “And in this way, we can provide for ourselves and have a house to live in.”

When Morris came in after one of his tramps looking for work, and said he had got a job, Sally appeared to be very glad

She thought that regular employment would help him to regain confidence in himself. But Morris was very mysterious about his job"; refused to talk about it, and it was not until she saw him going off, in his working clothes, that she suspected him to be going to work underground.

She was filled with horror when he came home in the evening ■scarcely able to move. But he would get used to it, Morris declared.

“Oh Morris, you should not have done it,” Sally cried. “You’re not strong enough yet. We can manage quite well, now that7 we’ve got the boarders.”

“ I ’ve let you manage, long enough, Sally ,” Morris said. “ If this is the only way I can do it, well, I ’m a bogger for the rest of my life.”

A bogger was known by the men to be ‘a miner with his brains bashed o u t’8. Sally knew how difficult it had been for Morris to take this job. It was evident that he wanted her to understand that he would do any work rather than9 leave all the responsibility of earning a liv­ing to her.

Day after day he left home joining the stream of men going to work on the mines. Every time the mine whistles shrilled after an acci­dent, Sally ran to the gate and watched the road anxiously.

But when Morris was carried home on a stretcher it wasn’t an accident, the man said. He had collapsed at work. The doctor said it was his heart. By rights10 he shouldn’t have been working under­ground. But he would be all right.

Morris fretted and fumed11 at having to lie in bed and do nothing for several weeks. But gradually he was able to move without the para­lysing weakness which had overwhelmed him in the mine.

There had been great celebration in Coolgardie for the opening ot the railway. The railway was regarded as a guarantee of the fu­ture prosperity of these goldfields towns. It would ensure supplies of food and water, transport building material and mining machin­ery to keep pace12 with the demands of the mines and a population. Everybody expected the railway to make the isolation of these min­ing settlements a thing of the past13.

Sally knew that she was going to have another child. Morris want­

255

ed her to go to the coast at all costs. Sally realized it would be almost impossible for them to face such expense. She assured Morris she had confidence in Mrs Molly. With such a good friend to look after her there was no reason to go away.

Morris started to look for work again: any work he was physically fit for, and that would enable him to send Sally away before her sec­ond baby was born. Soon Noah Coates, the undertaker (he made cof­fins), gave Morris a job, helping him with his accounts and interview­ing customers.

1. ...went on with the house — продолжали строить лом2. ...but determined to make the most of this opportunity to have

a home about her... — но решив извлечь как можно больше из этой возможности и устроить свой дом...

3. ...the Midas and Great Boulder — Мидас и Большой Боулдер (название рудников)

4. to be at a loose end — без дела, без определенной работы5. But they’re not much bother — Но они не доставляют беспокой­

ства6. But Morris was very mysterious about his job — но Моррис

делал тайну из своей работы7. now that — теперь, когда8. with the brains bashed out — не имеющий разума9. rather than — скорее чем

10. by rights — по справедливости11. Morn's fretted and fum ed— Моррис рвал и метал12. to keep pace with — чтобы не отставать от13 a thing of the past — делом прошлого. Слово thing заключает

в себе очень широкое понятие, поэтому его следует переводить в зависимости от его употребления в контексте, например: a poor thing — бедняжка; a heavy thing (to carry) тяжелая вещь; to have many things to do — иметь много дел.

N O T E S

Words and Word Combinations

начать, устанавливать set v устанавливать ready-made а готовый up-to-date а современный delightfully adv восторженно extra а лишний require v требовать cost n цена, стоимость opportunity n возможность, удобный

fix v прикреплять, закреплять; наз- likely adv вероятно middle-aged а средних лет employment n занятие, работа;

служба ha te v ненавидетьbear (bore, borne) v терпеть, выно-

случай

ситьfetch у принестиprovide о обеспечивать (for), снабжать regain v вновь приобрести suspect v подозревать

256

Set used (to) привыкать eclare v заявлять, объявлять

manage v суметь, удаваться, спра­виться с чем-либо

evident а очевидный watch v наблюдать anxiously adv с тревогой, с волне­

нием regard v считать prosperity п процветание ensure v гарантировать, обеспечивать

ProperDinny |'dini| Динни Morris [ 'm oris] Моррис Sally [saeli] Салли Midas [ 'm a idas ] Мидас Great Boulder [ 'g r e i t 'bou ldaj Большой

Боулдер

E x e rc is e 19. Drill some vocabulary units from the text.

1. anxious adj — anxiously adv — anxiety n

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. We did not know whether he would live and waited with anxiety for the doctor to come. 2. His anxiety for knowledge is to be praised. 3. He works hard because he is anxious to succeed.4. She has always been weak and I am anxious about her health.5. She was anxiously waiting for his answer.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Why is his mother so anxious about his studies?2. Why are you so anxious to see this film?3. Why was Morris so anxious to take any kind of job?

c) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Морис страстно желал найти какую-нибудь работу, чтобы дать возможность своей жене поехать на побережье. 2. Салли с тревогой ожидала, когда доктор закончит осматривать Мо­риса. 3. Салли понимала, что сильное желание помочь ей заста­вило Мориса стать шахтером. 4. Морис смеялся над тревогой Салли о его здоровье.

2. cost о — at all costs — at smb. ’s cost

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. He saved his son’s life, but only a t the cost of his own. 2. They will reach the station before dark a t a ll costs. 3. The boy’s foolish behaviour cost his mother many sleepless nights. 4. How much did your car cost? 5. We don’t know the cost of this suit.

supply(s) n запас(ы)demand n требованиеpopulation n населениеsettlement n поселениеcoast n побережьеexpense(s) n расход (расходы)assure v заверитьconfidence n доверие, уверенностьfit v быть годным, подходитьenable v давать возможностьcustomer n покупатель

namesMrs Gough I 'm is iz 'go fl госпожа Гоф Coolgardie [ 'k u : lg a :d i ] Кулгарди Mrs Molly I 'm isiz 'm o l i ) госпожа

МоллиNoah Coates I 'noua 'kouts] Ной Коутс

9— 1312 257

b) Complete the sentences:

1. Tell us the cost of... 2. Her desire to see the play a t a ll costs...3. His rude (грубый) answer will cost him... 4. I can’t believe that the cost of... 5. They decided ... even a t the cost of their spare time.

c) Translate the following sentences Into English:

1. Салли решила во что бы то ни стало открыть пансионат.2. Новые вещи стоили много денег, поэтому они решили принес­ти из лагеря несколько старых. 3. Она не хотела, чтобы муж по­могал ей зарабатывать на жизнь ценой своего здоровья. 4. Како­ва будет стоимость строительства этого дома?

3. demand v — demand п — to be in demand

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. They demanded the explanation of their arrest. 2. He demand­ed to be told everything. 3. The workers’ demands have not been met by the employers. 4. There is a great demand for ice-cream in summer. 5. These things are not in demand in winter.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. When is there a great demand for warm things?2. When workers are on strike, what are their usual dem ands?

c) Translate Ihe following sentences into English:

1. Морис не мог найти работу, так как его профессия не поль­зовалась спросом. 2. В городке был особый спрос на молодых шах­теров. 3. Она требовала, чтобы ей сказали правду. 4. Требова­ние рабочих улучшить условия работы в шахте не были удов­летворены.

4. fit adj, v — unfit adj

a) Translate the following sentences info Russian:

1. These shoes are quite f i t for wear in winter. 2. His foot still aches; he is u n fit to skate. 3. Is your brother f i t for this work?4. This key (ключ) doesn’t f i t the lock.

b) Complete the following sentences:

I. She is u n fit to sing because... 2. This bed does not f i t our child... 3. Morris was not f i t for the work in the mine...

258

1. Доктор сказал, что Морис не подходит для работы в шахте.2. Она так выросла, что ни одно из ее старых платьев ей больше не годится. 3. Пища не годилась-, хлеб высох, а яйца испорти­лись. 4. Его рабочая одежда была ему впору.

5. fix v

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I fixed a new shelf to the wall. 2. We decided to fix the date for our next meeting. 3. The celebration of the anniversary of their marriage was fixed for the 2nd of April.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Did you fix the date for our party meeting? 2. Is the date fixed for the conference convenient for all the members of the scien­tific society? 3. Have you fixed the time for the contest? 4. Who fixed this shelf here?

c) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Сначала Динни и Морис прикрепили двери и окна. 2. Ихотъезд (departure) был назначен на четверг. 3. Они попросили врача назначить день операции.

6. gain и — regain v

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. I hope that if I work with Comrade N. I shall soon ga in someexperience. 2. You will gain a lot if you read this novel. 3. If he follows the doctor’s advice he will regain strength in a short time.

b) Translate the sentences into English:

I. Салли приобрела много знаний и опыта за время жизни в ла­гере шахтеров. 2. Этот художник очень скоро приобрел извест­ность во всем мире. 3. Он восстановит свои силы, если поживет в деревне.

7. opportunity п — to take the opportunity of doing smth (to do smth.)— to miss the opportunity of doing smth. (to do smth.) — to give the opportunity of doing smth.

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. I am glad to have th is opportunity of speaking to him. 2. If you come to the conference I am sure you will take the opportu-

с) T ranslate (he sentences into Fnglish.

9* 269

n ity to join the discussion. 3. We want you to be g iven the opportu­n ity to attend his lectures. 4. When he is in Moscow he never misses the opportu n ity to visit the museums and theatres.

b) Pill in the blanks with one of the word combinations.

1. We are sure that he will no t... to see that wonderful perform­ance. 2. He ... to takfc the examination for the second time. I believe he will pass it. 3. When staying in Leningrad we ... to see all the places of interest. 4. She was upset to have no ... of going to the art exhibition.

c) Translate the sentences into English:

I. Она решила воспользоваться этой возможностью и купить все необходимые вещи. 2. Морис не мог упустить этого удобного случая и согласился помогать Коутсу в его работе. 3. Они обра­довались удобному случаю и решили сдать комнаты шахтерам. 4. Ей была предоставлена возможность жить в университетском общежитии.

8. expense п — expensive adj — at the expense ofa) Translate the sentences into Russian-

1. Don’t go in for sports a t the expense of your health. 2. She could not buy the coat because it was too expensive for her. 3. How much will you need for travelling expenses? 4. They had a good laugh at his expense.

b) Complete the following sentences:

1. As his travelling expenses were too high... . 2. ... a t the expense of his holidays. 3. The suit was good and not expensive... . 4. She decided to cut her expenses therefore... .

c) Translate the sentences into English:

i. Салли не хотела, чтобы Морис помогал ей в ущерб своему здо­ровью. 2. Мои дорожные расходы составили (come to) 50 рублей.3. После того, как Салли сдала комнату шахтерам, у нее стало больше денег, но ее расходы увеличились. 4. Салли не могла покупать дорогие вещи, так как Морис все еще был без работы.

9. set п, о — to set free — to set up — to set an examplea) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. The people asked the governor to set the poor prisoner free.2. She set the table for five persons. 3. Lanny wanted to set up a school in his native village. 4. He set the stake (столб) in the

2fi0

ground. 5. He will study better if you set him an example.6. I want to have my radio-set repaired. 7. They bought a new set of plates.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Who set the table lor dinner? 2. Where did you buy this set of tools? 3. Why did the governor set the slave free? 4. When was the monument to Pushkin set up?

c) Translate the sentences into English.

1. Она хотела показать ему пример, как нужно работать.2. Когда его должны освободить из тюрьмы? 3. Около нашего дома будет установлен памятник Кутузову (monument). 4. В этом доме, вероятно, будет организована библиотека.

10 confident a d j — self-confident a d j — confidence n — confide v

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. She always enjoys her friends’ confidence. 2. I don’t put much confidence in what he says. 3. He answered all the judge’s ques­tions with confidence. 4. He feels confident of passing the exami­nation. 5. Your brother is too self-confident in his abilities.

b) Fill in the blanks with one of the derivatives:

1. This student is too... and nobody in our group likes him. 2. She feels ... of winning this contest. 3. He proved the facts with... .

c) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. Салли доверяла этой женщине. 2. Этот доктор, должно быть, пользуется большим доверием у пациентов. 3. Салли счи­тала мужа уверенным в себе человеком. 4. Председатель проф­союза пользовался доверием шахтеров. 5. Она не могла доверять этому человеку.

11. employ » — employer п — employment п — to be out of em­ployment — employee n

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. He is employed in a bank. 2. Will he get any em ploym ent at this plant? 3. He has been ou t of em ploym ent for several months.4. The firm has 200 employees. 5. The workers sent their demands to the employer.

261

b) T ranslate the sentences in to English-

1. Мужу Салли было нелегко найти работу. 2. Пока Морис был без работы, он помогал жене по дому. 3. Вскоре его нанял один из предпринимателей по имени Коутс. 4. Один из парней служил в конторе. 5. Предприниматели договорились об уволь­нении (to dismiss) большого числа рабочих. 6. Я прочитал в газете о забастовке служащих.

12. hate v — hatred п — hateful adj

a) Translate the sentences into Russian:

1. 1 hate to be troubled. 2. He was filled with hatred (hate) for his enemy. 3. We did not want to listen to the story of that hateful crime.

b) Complete the following sentences:

1. I hate him ... . 2. ... about that hateful act. 3. She felt great hatred for ... . 4. ... because he hated his cruel master. 5. ... the cause of his hatred.

c) Translate the sentences into English:

1. Мне неудобно беспокоить вас. 2. Морис ненавидел своих жильцов. 3. Она не могла понять причину его ненависти.

E x e rc is e 2 0 . Translate the following word combinations and give sentences of your own:

1. plenty to do, plenty to work, plenty to write, plenty to cook,plenty to buy, plenty of jobs, plenty of seats, plenty of time,plenty of eggs, plenty of grass

2. decent lad, decent letter, decent job3. ready-made coat, ready-made suit, ready-made solutions4. up-to-date buildings, up-to-date conveniences, up-to-date ho­

tel, up-to-date service5. extra ticket, extra lesson, extra money, extra lecture6. regular employment, regular studies, regular music lessons,

regular payment, regular washing7. pleased with the play, pleased with the pupils, pleased with the

song, pleased with the music8. filled with joy, filled with horror, filled with anxiety, filled

with excitement9. regain confidence, regain strength, regain health, regain voice

10. great celebration, great friendship, great love, great interest11. to face expenses, to face danger, to face difficulties, to face pain,

to face problems

262

E x e r c is e 21. Replace the italicized words and word combinations by those given below.

up-to-date , to require, to cook, p lenty, to s ta r t, to have confidence in, trouble, fetch, particular, regular, tramps, go off, to regain, scarcely, evident for the rest, to carry, anxiously, to collapse, gradually, guarantee, to regard, to realize, to ensure

1. Sally understood that it would be impossible for them 1o face such expenses. 2.‘‘I t ’s a real modern residence," Sally exclaimed. 3. On coming home after his long w alks Morris said he had got a job.4. Sally prepared dinner over a fire in the yard. 5. There were many things to do. 6. The railway was considered a guarantee of the future prosperity. 7. “Go and bring some water to me," he told his daughter.8. She saw Morris leaving in his working cloth with one of the boarders. 9. He had lost h is strength at work. 10. Sally could trustM rs. Molly. 11. She thought that constant employment would help him to ga in confidence in himself again . 12. She bought all the extra things necessary to make her house look pleasant. 13. Morris began to look for work again. 14. If this is the only way I can do it, well, I ’m a bogger to the end of my life. 15. It was clear that he wanted to do any work he could find. 16. But l i t t le by l i t t le he was able to move. 17. The railway would guarantee supplies of food and water. 18. When Sally heard of an accident, she watched the road w ith anxiety. 19. The boarders did not give Sally too much worry. 20. He came home in the evening hardly able to move. 21. But when Morris was brought home on a stretcher, it wasn’t an accident. 22. For a middle-aged man with no special qualification, it was difficult to find a job.

E x e r c is e 22 . Translate the following sentences. (Pay a ttention to the fact tha t there can be only one negation in an English sentence).

1. Ни Морис, ни Салли не могли себе позволить покупать лишние вещи, так как у них почти не оставалось денег. 2. Салли понимала, что Морис никогда не согласится оставаться дома и ничего не делать. 3. У них не было никакой возможности открыть пансион. 4. Она ничего сначала не знала о том, что он нашел работу, пока он сам не объявил ей об этом. 5. Если она будет не в состоянии справиться с этим, то я сделаю это сам. 6. Никто не знал, сможет ли он вынести все беды. 7. Никто из шахтеров не знал, когда прои­зошел несчастный случай. 8. В городке шахтеров не было ни чи­тальни, ни библиотеки. 9. У них совсем не было времени ходить в театр. 10. Она никогда не боялась трудностей.

E x e r c is e 23 . Translate the following sentences into English:

I. Морис был рад, что нашел постоянное занятие. 2. Известно, что он ищет работу в городе. 3. Вероятно, они уже добрались до

263

железнодорожной станции. 4. Ей не хотелось, чтобы он работал под землей. 5. Неужели он мог допустить, чтобы она зарабатывала на жизнь? 6. Салли хотела, чтобы во дворе установили бак для воды. 7. Ей пришлось готовить во дворе над костром, пока не был а установлена печка. 8. Доктор заставил Мориса лечь в постель и не двигаться. 9. По-видимому, железная дорога даст возможность улучшить снабжение городка. 10. Возможно, он не знает об этом несчастном случае. 11. Ему не следовало бы протестовать против этого. 12. Кажется, ее подозревают в краже денег (stealing mo­ney). 13. Он был рад побеседовать с покупателями. 14. Если он не 3apa6oiaei достаточно денег, она не сможет поехать на побе­режье. 15. Она увидела, как вместе с другими шахтерами он шел по направлению к шахте. 16. Возможно, она сдает комнату кому-нибудь из шахтеров. 17. Не может быть, чтобы он не воспользо­вался этим удобным случаем. 18. Она слышала, как доктор запре­тил ему работать в течение нескольких недель. 19. Вам следовало бы самому обойти весь прииск, а не ждать здесь, пока он пойдет вместе с вами. 20. Он давно уже должен был получить эту квали­фикацию (qualifications).

E x e r c is e 24. Answer the questions in writ ten form:

1. What did Morris do for his new house?2. What did Sally (Morris) think of their boarders?3. Why could Morris not find a job?4. What kind of work did Morris find at last?5. What was Sally’s opinion of his work?6. What has happened to Morris?7. What kind of event was to be celebrated in Coolgardie?8. Why did Morris agree to work for Noah Coates?

D I A L O G U E

M rs Parker. Harry, look at the way1 those men are carrying that china cupboard2. You must tell them to be careful. I am sure they are going to break everything.

M r Parker. Perhaps we’d better carry the breakable things down ourselves.

Foreman: You needn’t worry, M’am3. We always have to be careful. We’re used to it4. Everywhere we go5 they say8 “you must be careful” . We have to move things in and out7 of houses every day of the week. A man has got to8 know his job, hasn’t he? Come on, Jim , give me a hand9.

M rs Parker: How are they going to get the piano out? They’llhave to turn it on its side. We had a lot of trouble10 getting itin, didn’t we? Do you remember?

M r Parker: I do. The men who brought it had to take its legs off.

264

M rs Parker. They have taken everything downstairs except this long mirror. Let’s carry it down between us.

M r Parker: Right. I ’ll have to go downstairs backwards11. Oh, dear!12

M rs Parker. I t ’s heavy, isn’t it?M r Parker: Oh, look out!13M rs Parker. Oh, Harry, my lovely mirror!Foreman: There now!14 You didn’t have to start moving things

yourselves. You know you have to be experienced to do a job like that.

M r Parker. What a shame! The whole move done with only one thing broken and we had to be the ones to break it ,15

Foreman-. Come on, Jim! We shall have to hurry up with the piano. We’ve got to be away by dinner-time.

N O T E S

1. look at the way... — посмотри на то, как...2. china cupboard — буфет; china — фарфоровая посуда3. M’am = madam4. We’re used to it.—Мы привыкли к этому. То be used to smth.

(doing smth.) привыкать к чему-л. (иметь привычку делать* что-л.)Не is used to getting up early.— Он привык вставать рано.

5. Everywhere we go... — Куда бы мы ни пошли...6 they say — говорят (нам говорят). Словосочетание типа they say

часто переводят безличными предложениями. They sell news­papers there.— Там продают газеты.

7. to move things in and out... — вносить и выносить веши...8. has got (to) в разговорной речи заменяет must

A man has got to know... — Человек должен знать...9. Come on, Jim , give me a hand.— Живей, Джим, помоги мне;.

10. We had a lot of trouble... — У нас было много хлопот...11. backwards — зд . спиной12. Oh, dear! — Ox!13. Oh, look outl — Осторожно!14. There now! — Ну вот!15. The whole move done with only one thing broken, and we hsd

to be the ones to break it. Только одна вещь разбилась во время переезда, и эту вещь разбили мы

E x e rc is e 25. Translate (he following sentences:

1. Show me the way you did it! 2. What a beautiful china cup. board you have! 3. He was asked to be careful with this china va^e.4. I don’t think they can break some of the cups. 5. We’d better carry everything into the house. It is going to rain. 6. You needn’t do it yourself. We are used to carrying heavy things. 7. I suppose that

265

he should know his job, shouldn’t he? 8. Where are they going to take these things? 9. Don’t turn the piano on its side, you will break its legs. 10. They had a lot of trouble crossing the river. 11. Will you take this mirror downstairs? Don't break it. 12. “ If you go down­stairs backwards, you may fall down,” the mother warned her son.13. This suitcase was extremely heavy. 1 could not lift it. 14. They started running towards the forest. 15. He has to be experienced to do a job like that

E x e r c is e 26. Complete the following sentences according to the given model-

a) Look a t the way they are dancing.Посмотрите (на то), как они танцуют.

Look at the way

она катается на коньках, они накрывают на стол, он водит машину, он кормит собаку.

б) Не is used to speaking slowly. Он привык говорить медленно.

He is used to

ходить вечером на прогулку, ложиться спать поздно, принимать холодный душ каждое утро, заниматься гимнастикой утром под музыку.

в) Не has g o t to know many things. Он должен многое знать.

He has got to

много заниматься, чтобы стать вра­чом.

попросить их вынести мебель из квартиры,

бежать всю дорогу на станцию.

CONVERSATIONAL FORMULAS

HOUSEKEEPING

а) 1. Can you manage a house- Вы умеете вести хозяйство? hold?

2. What a mess the room is Какой беспорядок в комнате! in!

3. Set the room in order, Пожалуйста, приведите комнату please. в порядок.

266

4. Do your room.5. Sweep out the room, will

you?6 Dust the table with a duster.7. Take the rag and wipe the

floor.8. There is some dust on the

furniture.9. Air the room at once.

10. Rub the mirror.11. Have you finished with the

wash up?12. Where is the dish-cloth?

6) 1. I live in a house with the modern conveniences.

2. I live in a three-room flat.

3. We have a flat of three rooms.

4. We live in a ten-storeyed house.

5. Our house faces the park.6. The odd houses (the houses

with even numbers) are on this side of the street.

7. We are going to move to a new flat.

8. We had a housewarming (party) yesterday.

Text fo r translationE x e r c is e 27. a) Read and translate the text.

We have no unemployment. The Soviet Constitution has it down in black and white that every citizen has the right to work. There is no basis for unemployment, since the economy progresses rapidly, according to a state plan, with no crises or depressions. Jobs are ad­vertised in the papers, over the radio and on special boards. Anyone seeking work may also turn to the Executive Committee of the local Soviets which always has precise information as to which enterprises require hands. Finally, every town and region is a type of Labour Exchange which can provide jobs in various parts of the country. Anyone going to work in another area receives, as a rule, an allow­ance: a grant based on monthly wages, travelling expenses and money for six days settling in, a daily allowance, free transport plus baggage.

Приведите в порядок комнату.Подметите, пожалуйста, комнату.

Сотрите тряпкой пыль со стола.Возьмите тряпку и вытрите (вы­

мойте) пол.На мебели пыль,

Сейчас же проветрите комнату.Протрите зеркало.Вы закончили мыть посуду?

Где посудное полотенце?

Я живу в доме со всеми удоб­ствами.

Я живу в трехкомнатной квар­тире.

У нас квартира из трех комнат.

Мы живем в десятиэтажном доме.

Наш дом выходит окнами в парк.Дома с нечетными (четными)

номерами находятся на этой стороне.

Мы собираемся переезжать на новую квартиру.

Вчера мы справляли новоселье.

267

As economic development is planned, it is possible to foreseemanpower needs some time ahead and therefore spread employmentover the country in rational way.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Is there unemployment in the Soviet Union?2. What right has every Soviet citizen?3. How does the economy in the USSR progress?4. Is it difficult to find a job?5. How can jobs be provided?6. What do people going to work in another area receive?7. Why is it possible to foresee manpower needs in the Soviet Union?

c) Retell the text.STORY FOR RETELLING

FITTING IN (by M ike Quin)

Once there were two philosophers who answered an advertisement in the newspaper and got themselves jobs as light house tenders on a lonely island way out in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. They were the only human beings on the island and there was only one little house for them to live in.

After they had been put ashore with all ot their luggage and the steamer had sailed away, they picked up their suitcases and started walking toward the house.

Although they were both philosophers, they had entirely different philosophies. One of them said as they walked along: “This is a lonely place, but with my philosophy I am sure that I will be able to fit myself into it. I can accommodate myself to anything in time. It is merely a matter of adjusting one’s mind to it.”

“ It is lonely enough,” the other philosopher replied, “but I am sure that we will be able to fix it up so that it is suitable to our needs. It is just a matter of a little hard work and perseverance.”

So saying, they entered the house and had a look around. Every­thing went well until they entered the bedroom.

“Good heavens!” exclaimed one. “The last people who lived here must have been dwarfs.”

And it was true enough, because the two beds they found were little tiny things scarcely large enough to hold a child.

“W e’ll certainly have to change this,” continued the philoso­pher. “We could never fit ourselves into those.”

The other shook his head. “ I can see you are one ot those radical complainers,” he remarked. “Why don’t you take things as you find them? T hat’s my philosophy. Fit yourself in. Why try to change the world? Take it as it is and make the best of it. T ha t’s my philoso­phy.”

268

“ But,” said the other, “woulin’t it be wiser to get busy with a little effort and make the beds la'ger? T hat’s what I ’m going to do with mine.”

“You are an impractical dreimer,” said the other philosopher. •‘Why! In the first place you would have to chop down a tree and saw it into boards and hammer nails nto them and heavens knows what a ll .’’

“T h a t’s true enough,” said the other. "And il I don’t do it. I will never be able to get a good n ight’s rest.”

“ I t ’s all very well for you to go on raving about your Utopian ideas,” said the conservative philosopher. “But just try to put them into practice. Suppose the tree (alls on you. Suppose you miss the nail with the hammer and hit yoJr thumb? You radicals never stop to consider those things.”

“Do as you please,” said the other. "But as lor me, I ’m going to change things to a more comfortable shape.” So saying he got busy with an axe and started chopping down a tree.

The other man took off his clothes and began soaking himselt in a tub of cold water. The chatte"ing of his teeth made such a racket that it attached the industrious philosopher. “What in the name of common sense are you doing?” he asked.

“ I am shrinking myself,” said the other. “By mghttall I will be exactly the right size to fit the bed.”

He caught a very bad cold but failed to shorten his length. About sundown, he approached his companion who by now was hammering the last nail into his finished bed- “ I say,” he declared, “ I have been thinking the matter over and have decided to chop off my legs. My feet hurt me anyway and that would make me just the right length ”

“Help yourself to the axe.” said his companion.He rolled his pants legs up, put one leg on the block hefted the

axe, and then changed his mind. “ If God meant me to suffer,” he said, “it is better that I suffer and not try to interfere with his w ill.”

Late that night, the industrious philosopher was awakened by someone shaking his shoulder. “How can you sleep comfortably in that big bed while I, a fellow human being, am cramped.”

"Climb in,” said the radical, “and stop blubbering.”The conservative crawled in, stretched out his legs, and sighed

in relief. Then, before going to sleep, he said: “ I have a mind of my own and ideas of my own, and I am not going to be dictated to. This bed will probably collapse before morning anyhow. So don’t say I don’t warn you.”

E x e r c is e 28. Answer the fol lowing questions;

1. What kind of job did the two philosophers find (get)?2. What did one of the philosophers say after their landing the

shore?

269

3. Did the other philosopher agree with his triend’s point ot view?4. What did they see on entering the house?5. What was the first philosopher’s suggestion?6. The first philosopher took things as he iound them, didn’t he?

Why?7. Did the first philosopher help his friend with his work? Why?8. How did the first philosopher try to convince the other not to

work?9. What did the first philosopher do in order to fit the bed?

10 What was the other philosopher doing at that time?11. Why did the second philosopher offer the first his axe?12. What made the first philosopher change his mind?13. How did the story end?

E x e r c is e 29 . Give a short summary ot the story.

LESSON TEN

(The Tenth Lesson)

G r a m m a r ;

1. Subjunctive Mood. (Сослагательное наклонение)2. Conditional Sentences. (Условные предложения)

T e x t : Anthony’s Secret by C. Gordon.

I. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD (СОСЛАГАТЕЛЬНОЕ НАКЛОНЕНИЕ)

Сослагательное наклонение — Subjunctive Mood — указывает па то, что действие является предполагаемым или желательным, а также возможным при известных условиях.

Формы Subjunctive переводятся на русский язык формами рус­ского сослагательного наклонения — сочетанием глагола в форме прошедшего времени с частицей бы: «Он сказал бы нам» (или без частицы бы, если она входит в состав союза чтобы, если бы).

В современном английском языке употребляются две формы сослагательного наклонения: синтетическая (простая) и аналити­ческая (сложная)

Синтетические формы сослагательного наклонения всех гла­голов за исключением глагола to be, совпадаю! с формами изъя­вительного наклонения в настоящем времени (Present Indefinite) без окончания -s в 3-ем лице единственного числа (he ask). Глагол to be имеет две формы: be (архаичная форма) и were для всех лиц единственного и множественного числа (хотя в современном английском языке есть тенденция употреблять обычные формы прошедшего времени — was для единственного числа, were для мно­жественного числа).

Аналитические формы сослагательного наклонения образуются при помощи 1) глаголов should (для 1-го лица ел. и мн. ч.) и would (для 2-го и 3-го лица ед. и мн. ч.)-|- инфинитив без частицы to;

2) не изменяющихся по лицам глаголов should, may, might -4-инфинитив без частицы to

271

Формы сослагательного наклонения употребляются:1) в простых предложениях:

I should like to read this book.Мне хотелось бы прочитать эту книгу.

There would be no joys without children.Без детей не было бы радостей.

2) в восклицательных предложениях:So that may be!Да будет так!

3) в придаточных предложениях после безличных предложе­ний типа it is necessary:

It is necessary that he be present.Необходимо, чтобы он присутствовал.

It is important that he should know about the date of the confer­ence.

Важно, чтобы он знал о дне конференции.

4) в дополнительных придаточных предложениях, зависящих от глаголов в главном предложении со значением а) приказания, предложения и т. д. или б) удивления, сожаления и т. д.

They suggested that the article be printed in their newspaper.Они предложили, чтобы статья была напечатана в их газете.I suggest that you should read the article.Я предлагаю, чтобы вы прочитали эту статью.

5) в придаточных предложениях цели после союзов so that чтобы, lest чтобы не.

You should revise the material lest you forget it.Вам следует повторить материал, чтобы не забыть его.

It is raining: Take the things into the house lest they should be spoiled.

Идет дождь! Отнесите вещи в дом, чтобы они не испортились.

6) в придаточных предложениях сравнения после союзов as if, as though как будто, как если бы.

It was so dark as if it were night.Было так темно, как будто была ночь.

7) в уступительных придаточных предложениях. В этих слу­чаях глаголы may и m ight на русский язык не переводятся.

У п о т р е б л е н и е ф ор м с о с л а г а т е л ь н о г о н а к л о н ен и я

272

Whenever they may write to me I shall be very glad.Когда бы они мне ни написали, я буду очень рад.

8) в придаточных предложениях цели.She gave me her article so that 1 might read it.Она дала мне свою статью, чтобы я прочитал ее (мог прочитать).Если глагол-сказуемое придаточного предложения обозначает

действие, предшествующее действию глагола-сказуемого главного предложения, то в придаточном предложении употребляется Past Perfect в значении сослагательного наклонения.

They spoke as though they had seen it with their own eyes.Они говорили гак, как будто видели это своими собственными

глазами.

E x e r c is e 1. Translate the following sentences and underline the forms of Subjunctive:

1. He looks as if he were ill. 2. The workers demanded that their wages be increased. 3. The pilot N. has recently returned from the flight. It would be interesting to listen to his story. 4. Why don’t you want to trust him? I am sure he would never disappoint you.5. Will you repeat the rule so that I may remember it better. 6. It is unlikely that they should lose their way. 7. Put down my telephone number lest you should forget it. 8. I took a taxi so that I should be there in time. 9. May success attend you! 10. They gave me the dictionary so that I might use it during the examination

E x e r c is e 2. Translate the following sentences Into Russian

1. The headmaster said to the boys: “ It is necessary that you should make a donation to the school munitions fund.” 2. They sug­gested that he should be sent to one of the flying regiments. 3. It is important that she should be examined by a doctor before she starts working underground. 4. I insist that comrade B. should su bstitu te you if you fall ill. 5. It is desirable that they should stay at the airport and w a it for their returning from the flight. 6. She proposed that they should lend the miner one of the rooms. 7. The workers demanded that their wages should be increased. 8. It is probable that they should have taken part in the discussion of the new method of production.9. It is strange that he should have behaved so. 10. I suggest that this document be translated now. 11. They demanded the demon­stration be stopped.

E x e r c is e 3 . Translate the following sentences:

a) lest ( ... чтобы ... не ...)1. He wants to put on his working dress lest he should spoil his

suit. 2. I shall leave the address to him lest he should lose the way.

273

3. We shall not let him go out lest he should catch a cold. 4. She in­tends to ring him up again lest he should forget to bring her the new dictionary.

b) as if, as though1. She looked as if she were tired. 2. He speaks as if he were ab­

solutely right. 3. They laughed as though they had understood the irony. 4. You spoke as if you had been present at the trial.

E x e r c is e 4 . Open the brackets and put the verbs into the correct lorm (using sh o u ld ) .

1. We demand that he (to be asked) after all his friends. 2. It is improbable that she (to be responsible) for the research programme.3. She suggests that the scientific program (to carry out) according to the plan. 4. The doctor recommends that they (to change) the cli­mate. 5. We insist that he (to find) some employment. 6. It is neces­sary that he (to lie in bed) and (to do) nothing.

E x e r c is e 5 . Translate the following sentences according to the model.

1. Необходимо, чтобы вы сделали эт у работу вовремя.I t is necessary that you s h o u ld d o th is work in time.

1. Необходимо чтобы вы предупредили его о возможной опас­ности. 2. Необходимо, чтобы они встретились и обсудили план ра­боты. 3. Необходимо, чтобы они купили еще несколько вешей.4. Необходимо, чтобы старое оборудование было заменено совре­менным. 5. Необходимо, чтобы она нашла потерянную книгу.

2. Я предлагаю, чтобы он присутствовал.I suggest th a t he s h o u ld b e p r e s e n t .

1. Я предлагаю, чтобы он надел свой новый костюм. 2. Я пред­лагаю, чтобы она извинилась перед ним. 3. Я предлагаю, чтобы они поехали путешествовать вместе. 4. Я предлагаю, чтобы план работы был обсужден заранее. 5. Я предлагаю, чтобы ему задали еще один вопрос.

E x e r c is e 6 . Translate the following sentences:

I. Предположим, они собрали очень небольшую сумму денег. Что бы вы сделали чтобы увеличить ее? 2. На прошлой неделе она сэкономила бы больше. 3. В то время они подписались бы без коле­баний. 4. На вашем месте я спросил бы их теперь, кому они вручили списки. 5. Я с удовольствием носил бы этот готовый костюм на ра­боту. 6. Она купила бы эти вещи, но сейчас она не может себе этого позволить. 7. Торопись! Митинг назначен на 12 часов. Было бы очень неприятно опоздать. 8. Жаль, что мы не были на спектак­ле. Мы бы посмеялись вместе с вами.

274

Subjunctive JVhood after the Verb to w is h (Сослагательное наклонение после глагола to w is h )

В придаточном предложении после глагола to wish (хот ет ь, желать) для выражения сожаления, неосуществленного желания употребляются следующие формы:

1) форма, совпадающая с Past Indefinite, для выражения дей­ствия, относящегося к настоящему времени:

I wish I were a doctor.Мне бы хотелось быть Вфачом. (Жаль что я не врач.)I wish I knew where to> go.Мне бы хотелось знать, куда идти. (Жаль, что я не знаю, куда

идти.)2) форма, совпадающая с Past Perfect для выражения действия,

относящегося к прошлому:1 wish he had come yesterday.Мне бы хотелось чтобы он пришел вчера. (Жаль, что он не при­

шел вчера.)

3) для выражения сожаления, относящегося к будущему вре­мени, после глагола wish употребляются модальные глаголы would и could {хотел, мог):

I wish they would see this film tomorrow, (but they won’t)Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы они посмотрели этот фильм завтра.

(Как жаль, что они не увидят этот фильм завтра.)

Exercise 7. Translate fht following sentences paying a tten tion to the use of Subjunctive after lhe ver b to wish.

I. I wish I had seen the; launching of the spaceship. 2. I wish I knew the results of the competition. 3. I wish he had been more a t­tentive at the lesson. 4. I wish she could be examined by the doctor.5. I wish you would carry out this urgent work. 6. I wish this student were not so excited at the exam.

E x e rc is e 8 . Replace (he italicized parts of the sentences by a w is h - clause, as in the model.

I t is a p i ty he is late\ he w ill not hear Comrade B .’s speech./ wish he were not late, he w ill not hear Comrade B .’s speech.1. I t w ill be good if he subscribes to this scientific journal. 2. I t

is a p i ty they are so busy nGwand we cannot invite them to our party.3. I ’m sorry that I didn’t agree to your proposal then. 4. I t ’s a p i ty your sister was so upset at hearing this news. 5. I t would be very pleasant if he went on the Excursion with us. 6. I t is a p i ty he was not present at the concer;.

275

1. Жаль, что он сейчас болен. Он страстно желал поехать к морю. 2. Как бы я хотел, чтобы его книга пользовалась спросом.3. Как жаль, что эти туфли не подходят вам. 4. Жаль, что вы не назначили срока выполнения этой работы. Боюсь, что она не будет готова вовремя. 5. Жаль, что она не последовала моему совету.6. Как жаль, что он упустил удобный случай и не вручил им письмо. 7. Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы завтра их освободили.8. Как бы я хотел, чтобы вы мне всегда доверяли. 9. Жаль, что они колебались. 10. Жаль, что он оказывает такое сильное сопро­тивление. 11. Жаль, что вы не увидели это интересное здание.

E x e rc is e 9 . T ranslate the following sentences:

II. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (УСЛОВНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ)

В английском языке придаточные предложения условия сое­диняются g главным при помощи следующих союзов:

if — если

If you go to the library now you will find him there.Если вы сейчас пойдете в библиотеку, вы найдете его там.

un less— если ... не

We shall be late for the lecture unless we hurry.Мы опоздаем на лекцию, если не поспешим.

supposing (that) — предположим (что), допустим (что)

Supposing it snows, shall we go to the country ?Предположим, что пойдет снег, мы поедем за город?

on condition (that), provided (that) — при условии если, при условии что

We were allowed to see the laboratory on condition that we did not come up close to the apparatus.

Нам разрешили осмотреть лабораторию при условии, что мы не будем близко подходить к аппаратуре.

(Последние два союза в разговорной речи не употребляются).

Придаточные условные предложения I гипа

Придаточные условные предложения I типа чаще всего выражают реальные условия выполнения действия в будущем времени. При

276

атом глагол-сказуемое придаточного предложения употребляется и Present Indefinite, а главного — в Future Indefinite :

If we finish our work in time we shall go to the country.Если мы кончим работу вовремя, мы поедем за город.Suppose it rains, then we shall have to stay at home.Предположим, что пойдет дождь, тогда нам придется остаться

дома.Если действие относится к настоящему или прошедшему вре­

мени, то времена в английском языке совпадают с русскими.If I have time I go to the country.Если у меня есть время, то я езжу за город.If I had time I went to the country.Если у меня было время я ездил за город.В придаточном предложении условия наряду с временем Pre­

sent Indefinite для выражения меньшей вероятности совершения действия употребляется сочетание глагола should с инфинитивом без частицы to (для всех лиц и чисел).

If he should come we shall tell him about it.Если он придет, мы расскажем ему об этом.В главном предложении может употребляться повелительное

наклонение:If he rings (should ring) you up. ask him about it.Если он позвонит тебе, спроси его об этом.

Придаточные условные предложения II типа

Предложения этого типа выражают нереальное условие совер­шения действия в настоящем или будущем времени

В придаточном предложении условия употребляется Past In­definite, а в главном — сочетание глагола should (1-е лицо ед. и мн. числа) или would (для остальных лиц и чисел) или could и m ight с инфинитивом без частицы to.

If I had time 1 should go for a walk (now. tomorrow).Если бы у меня было время, я бы пошел погулять (сейчас,

завтра).Условные предложения II типа переводятся на русский язык

сослагательным наклонением.Если сказуемое придаточного предложения выражено глаголом

to be, то наряду g его обычными формами прошедшего времени (was, were) может употребляться форма were для всех лиц и чисел.

If I were you, I should ring him up immediately.Если бы я был на вашем месте, я позвонил бы ему немедленно.

277

Придаточные условные предложения III типа выражают нере­альное условие совершения действия в прошедшем времени. В придаточном предложении употребляется время Past Perfect, а в главном — сочетание глаголов should и would или could и might с перфектным инфинитивом.

If the director had been here yesterday, I should have spoken to him. (I could have spoken).

Если бы директор был здесь вчера, я бы поговорил с ним (я мог бы поговорить).

Условные предложения 111 типа, так же как и условные пред­ложения II типа переводятся на русский язык сослагательным на­клонением. Время придаточного условного предложения опреде­ляется наличием в нем обстоятельства времени или по контексту.

Придаточные условные предложения смешанного гипа

Придаточные условные смешанного гипа бывают двух видов:1) условие относится к прошедшему, а следствие — к на­

стоящему или будущему времени:If you had studied English with us last year you would under­

stand this Englishman nowЕсли бы вы изучали английский в прошлом году вместе с нами,

вы бы понимали сейчас этого англичанина.

2) условие относится к неопределенному времени, а следствие — к прошедшему:

Я бы пригласила их, если бы они мне нравились.I should have invited them if I liked them.

Inversion in conditional sentences (Инверсия в придаточных условных предложениях)

Во всех трех типах условных предложений союзы if. provided могут быть опущены; при этом в придаточном предложении усло­вия вспомогательный или модальный глагол выносится на место перед подлежащим.

Предложения условия I типа:

If he should ring you up tell him that I shall leave home at eleven.

Если он вам позвонит, скажите ему, что я уйду из дома в один­надцать.

П р и д а т о ч н ы е у с л о в н ы е п р ед л о ж е н и я III ти п а

278

Should he ring you up tell him that 1 shall leave home at eleven.

Предложения условия II типа:

If he were present now he would tell you what has happened to him.

Если бы он был здесь сейчас, он рассказал бы вам, что с ним случилось.

Were he present now he would tell you what has happened to him.

Предложения условия III типа:

If he had read yesterday’s newspapers he could have told us the current events.

Если бы он прочитал вчерашние газеты, он рассказал бы нам о текущих событиях.

Had he read yesterday’s newspapers he could have told us the cur­rent events.

Таблица условных предложений

Типыусловных

предложенийПридаточное Главное

I

If he is busy Если он будет занят.If I am busy Если я буду занят. Unless I am busy Если я не буду занят.

I shall do the work myself, я сделаю работу сам. he will do the work himself, он сделает работу сам.I shall help you. я помогу вам.

II

If he were busy Если бы он был занят,If I were busy Если бы я был занят. Unless I were busy

(now, tomorrow)Если бы я не был занят.

I should do the work myself, я сделал бы работу сам. he would do the work himself, он сделал бы работу сам.I should help you.

я помог бы вам.

I I I

If he had been busy

Если бы он был занят,If 1 had been busy

Если бы я был занят.Unless I had been busy (yesterday)

Если бы я не был занят,

I should have done the work myself,

я сделал бы работу сам. lie would have done the work

himself, он сделал бы работу сам.I should have helped you.

я помог бы вам

279

1 If he were fond of music he would have gone to that concert yesterday

Если бы он любил музыку он бы пошел на этот кон­(вообще), церт вчера.

Смешанный 2. If I had had enough sleep 1 should not feel so exhaust­yesterday ed now.

Если бы я вчера выспался, я бы не чувствовал сейчас усталости

E x e r c is e 10. Define the types ol Conditional Sentences and trans­late them into Russian:

1. If he had bought an extra ticket to the performance he would offer it to you now. 2. H ad he reported it all to his mother she would have managed to help him. 3. If you go to this shop you w ill be able to buy a ready-made suit. 4. If she had been excited she could not have passed the exam so successfully. 5. Should your sister go shop­ping te ll her not to forget to buy a loaf of white bread. 6. Were she not absent-minded (рассеянна) she would have noticed how distressed you were. 7. If we had expected them to come we should have stayed at home. 8. If you have a bad memory take your notebook and write down her address. 9. If he were here tomorrow we could show him our experiment. 10. If she had fe lt well yesterday she would have gone for a long walk.

E x e r c is e 11. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense-forms.

A 1. If 1 (to know) algebra well, i should help you to solve this problem. 2. If his uncle (to travel) with us now he would give us much advice. 3. If I (to run) into him in the street I should not recognize him, he looks so old. 4. They will not conduct their first experiment tomorrow unless the apparatus (to be) ready. 5. If he (not to be) so lazy, he would not have failed in the examination. 6. If he (to be)

'well he could be present at the launching of the rocket.В 1 If he had had more spare time he (to take part) in the play.

2. Unless you are busy, we (to be able) to go skiing to the country.3. If she remembers everything they say, she (to write) us about it.4. If you called for the doctor she (to be) much calmer. 5. If her hus­band got more money they (to afford) to give more then. 6. If the stove were in order she (not to cook) over a fire in the yard.

E x e r c is e 12. Complete the following sentences:

He will be glad if

вы ему поможете, он сдаст экзамен, он поедет в дом отдыха, он купит новый костюм, он будет свободен вечером, вы навестите его.

280

We would be glad if ...

бы он мог участвовать в состязании, бы она поехала отдохнуть, бы вы пришли вовремя, бы они прислали поздравления, бы мы избежали опасности.бы ему купили этот костюм.

Не would have been glad if ....

бы его дядя помог ему советом, бы достал место в этом вагоне, бы пьеса имела успех.бы она спела для нас эту песню.

E x e r c is e 13. Complete the following sentences:

1. If he has time tomorrow ... . 2. 1 should explain this rule to you if ... . 3. They would have shown you the document unless ... .4. I like this dress very much. If it were in grey... .5. We could ring him up now if it ... . 6. We should not have learned this news if ... .7. He would have been in Leningrad already if ... . 8. You won’t be sorry if... . 9. If there’s a queue at the bus stop I... . 10. She would be introduced to you if ... . 11. If he liked to paint (вообще) ... .12. If he had trained better ... .

E x e r c is e 14. Change the subordinate clauses omitt ing the con­junction i f .

I. If the weather had been fine the children could have played outside. 2. The work would have been done long ago if they had been prepared for it properly. 3. If she had known the English language well she could have worked with the delegation. 4. If he should send her the explanation of his absence I think they will forgive him.5. If she were in Moscow now she would congratulate you on the grad­uation from the University.

E x e r c is e 15. Translate the following sentences into English.

1. Если она придет вас встретить, скажите, чтобы она не бес­покоилась, если я возвращусь домой поздно. 2. Если бы вы были на ее месте, вы поступили бы точно так же. 3. Если бы они хотели, они всегда смогли бы послать сына в пионерский лагерь. 4. Если бы он решил купить себе костюм, он пошел бы вчера с вами в мага­зин. 5. Если бы вы вышли из дома на 10 минут позже, вы могли бы опоздать на поезд. 6. Я думаю, что он сможет заменить вас, если вы заболеете. 7. Что бы вы сделали, если бы вам предложили рабо­тать в этом институте? 8. Если бы он укрепил трубу как следует (properly), она бы не упала. 9. Если бы вы не были таким нервным, вы бы сдали экзамены намного лучше 10. Если бы он не упал во время вчерашних лыжных состязаний, он бы получил сегодня золо­тую медаль.

281

A rich farmer in England once had a friend who grew very good apples. One day this friend gave the farmer a fine apple-tree. The farmer was pleased with the present but when he came home he did not know where to plant the tree. He thought: “ If I plant it near the road, strangers will steal the apples. If I plant it in my field, my neighbours will come at night and rob me. If I plant it near my house, my children will take the apples.”

At last he planted the tree deep in the forest where the tree died. When the farmer’s friend heard of it he got very angry and asked the farmer why he had planted the tree in such a bad place. “Where could I plant it?” said the farmer. “ If 1 had planted the tree near the road, strangers would have stolen the apples. If I had planted it in the field, my neighbours would have come at night and robbed me. If I had plant­ed it near my house, my children wouid have taken the apples.” “But then somebody would have enjoyed the apples.” said his friend. “ If I had known how greedy you are I would not have given you the apple-tree.”

E x e r c is e 17. Translate the following sentences paying a t ten tion to the translation of i f:

1. Tell us if you were at the meeting with our first spaceman.2. He would be pleased if you stayed a little longer. 3. We should have enjoyed the performance if the main part had been played by your friend. 4. Ask liim if he has offered her his assistance. 5. We should like to know if she wants to be examined by doctor B. 6. He said that if the weather was fine he would take the children to the forest. 7. If the weather were fine we should have a very good time in the coun­try. 8. I want to ask her if there are any foreign books in this library.

E x e r c is e 18. Complete the following sentences according to model:

E x e rc is e 16. T ranslate the following story and w rite ou t the Con­d itional Sentences.

1. Н а в а ш е м м е с т е я бы прекрат ил болтать.In y o u r p la c e ( I f I w e r e y o u ) 1 should stop talking.

На вашем месте

я бы сделал этот вклад, я пошел бы работать в шахту, я отдал бы ему лишний билет, я начал бы тренироваться, я овладел бы несколькими

иностранными языками.

282

2. Н а в а ш е м м е с т е я давно бы позвонил ему.In y o u r p la c e ( I f I w e r e y o u ) / thould have rung him up

long ago.

На вашем месте

я оставил бы ему записку. Теперь он, конечно, не придет.

я купил бы готовое платье, а не эту материю (staff).

я не поехал бы в такую жару на Кавказ.

3. В т о в р е м я она ничего не сказала бы об этом.A t th a t t im e she would not have sa id an yth in g about it.

они не наказали бы его так сильно, он не взял бы эту работу.

В то время она не согласилась бы сдать комнату.он не пошел бы работать в шахту, они поехали бы в лагерь.

E x e r c is e 19. Put the verbs in brackets Into the correct form of the Subjunctive.

1. “Why did you not tell me that your son had a weak heart?” the doctor said. ‘1 (not to allow) him to take part in that contest."2. The work of our students’ scientific society ts very fruitful. I think that in your place I (to join) it without hesitation. 3. Suppose you are responsible for the training. What you (to do) to accomplish the task successfully? 4. In his place I (not to cut) this huge tree, it was so pleasant to rest in its shade (в его тени). 5. In a few days he (to real­ize) all her worries. 6. I t ’s a pity he is absent. He (to help) us to fix the shelves.

E x e r c is e 20 . Translate the following sentences:

A. 1. “ In my young days,” Lady Lapith went on, “ I should have been laughed out of countenance* if I ’d sa id a thing like that.” 2. If I hadn’t known him, I should have p u t him down for a person out of work. 3. The point was this: If I took it (сценарий) to a film com­pany as an authorless scenario I should only g e t authorless terms; whereas, if I put his name to it, with a little talking I could double the terms at least. 4. Should I send him the money in Bank of England notes with the words: “From a lifelong admirer of your genius”? I was afraid he would suspect a trick, or stolen notes, and go to the police to trace them. 5. Carl and I could get m arried right away if we had the money for a chamber suite. 6. Besides, Carl’s friend can get the money from his own family if he wants to furnish a house for you. 7. If a man and a woman were in love, they would ultimately

to laugh out of countenance — поднимать на смех

283

become married. But Ren would never m arry him if she knew the truth about his life. 8. If Mr. Graham had treated George like his other sons, Anthony would have been able to go to England, where he could have hidden his secret in his wealth. 9. How Chi 11a would have crowed if he’d known what was going on in his mind.

В. 1. You must be somewhere in the wilds of Abyssinia. I hope you chaps will give the Italians hell. I only wish I could join up too, but I ’ll have to wait three or four years before I ’m old enough.2. “ I wish I was w h ite like you, Anthony.” 3. “Home?” I said and laughed, and Pyle looked at me as though I were another Granger.4. One would have expected Mr Pham-Van-Ju to write Augustans (строгие классические стихи) in his spare time, but I happened to know he was a student of Wordsworth and wrote nature poems.5. He leaned forward only vaguely hearing the speaker. “Danger of war. A second world war would be a calamity.” 6. “Sure i t ’s nothing, Doctor, "said Leel, anxiously. “ I haven’t time to be staying in bed. I ’ve never stayed in bed before. What would I be doing in bed?”

T e x t

ANTHONY’S SECRET

(from "Let the D ay Perish" b y 0 . Gordon)

That night Anthony wrestled with the problem before him1. If his life had been a normal one, he would have had no difficulty in placing his witness before his legal advisers and later before the jury. But with things as they were, the production of Steve was un­thinkable.

If at the trial it turned out unnecessary to lead any evidence for the defence, everything would be all right. But only after the judge had given his ruling on the admissibility of Bosman’s declaration2, would they know what case there was to meet3. In the meanwhile, would it not be necessary to prime his counsel with the true facts? Should Turner not be told that Steve had been there? And also the reason why this fact had so long been concealed?

For a long time that night he paced up and down.He wished he could see into the future. He wished he knew now

whether Steve’s evidence would be necessary. To tell Turner was an irrevocable step. On the other hand not to tell him involved the grav­est hazard to the trial.

The following afternoon at half-past two he walked into his coun­sel ’s chambers.

“ I ’ve come,” he said, and his voice was like death, “to tell you the greatest secret of my life. It may be necessary for you to use it at the trial. I pray to God that it will not be. But in case it is. I have

284

decided you must know. Would you mind listening to me? If you are not forced to reveal it at the trial, will you promise me that you will never tell it to a living soul, but you will try yourself to forget it?”

Turner raised his head.“Listen,” he said. “ 1 don’t want you to disclose anything unless

it will help the case. I hope you understand?”“Perfectly. But it is necessary that you should know it. What 1

am going to tell you will help the case. I t ’ll almost guarantee an ac­quittal. But its disclosure will mar my life for ever. And so, before I speak, I want that promise.”

“You have my word,” said the old man. Anthony gave a little cough.

“That night,” he said.— “when Bosman called, I was not alone.”Turner drew vigorously on his cigarette.“Now before I go on, please, let me put a question to you.” He

stared at Turner.“Yes, do” Turner’s face was expectant, his voice encouraging."If you were on the threshold of your career — if you felt you

had a fair chance of success in your profession—if you saw before you opportunities for social uplift, for the respect of your colleagues, the respect of your friends — all your life you had worked for this, and now you saw the door slightly open to you — would you, 1 ask you, yell out about something that would bang that door shut, and lock, and bar it against you for ever?” His voice was rising. “Would you?”

“Why, no," said Turner, puzzled and interested.“No, of course you wouldn’t. But th a t’s my predicament. It seems

as if I may have to bang the door of my life in my own face." He took a sip of water.

“ You see. if long ago when I first started in this profession, I had shouted to the world about my brother, I should never have got where I am. For one thing I should never have been taken into my pres­ent firm. Nor would Society have accepted me.4 I don’t say that 1 am anything much today, but what little I have achieved would never have been achieved had I shouted about it.” — His voice died away

Turner looked at the young man before him. The keen blue eyes, the attractive thick eyebrows, the brown hair, the aristocratic nose. He wondered what blot there was on this life that now seemed to as­sume such tragic proportions.

“ There’s a skeleton in every cupboard5,” he said consolingly.“But this isn’t the ordinary skeleton.8 I t ’s not that my brother’s

a rogue, a thief. My brother is one of the finest characters 1 know. But both he and I7 committed the same crime. The crime of being born. You see, my brother is.” his voice dropped again, “coloured.”

Turner leaned forward, and his mouth opened.“What do you mean?” he asked.

285

“What I say. My brother is coloured. And — I suppose — so am I. For we both have the same European lather, the same coloured mother — only my brother is dark and i t ’s obvious.”

Turner’s face had paled.Anthony looked up at him and shrugged his shoulders. He wonder­

ed whether he had done the right thing. But for better or lor worse**, the deed was complete.

"Surprised?” he asked quietly.Turner at once collected himself.“You are the only one I have ever told.”“ It shall remain with me.”“Unless we have to use it in court,” added Anthony. “ If my broth­

e r’s evidence is necessary for my acquittal that acquittal will mean my conviction.”

He lit another cigarette, and proceeded to tell Turner shortly about his life. He did not omit his father’s family. He described the influence his ambitious mother had had on him. He must have been talking for over an hour by the time he came to Steve’s visit to the flat and the tragic end of Bosman.

Turner sat back throughout and listened with the greatest atten­tion.

“My friend,” he said, “you have my sympathy. You haven’t shirk­ed your difficulties. Your full disclosure can only help me to fight your case with more sincerity and greater vigour ”

They discussed the tactics of the case in the light of this dramatic revelation.

When Anthony was back in the office he wrote to Steve and asked him to be in Cape Town at least two days before the trial.

N O T E S

1. ...Anthony wrestled with the problem before him. — ... Энтони обдумывал создавшееся сложное положение.

2. But only after the judge had given his ruling on the admissibility of Bosrnan’s declaration ... — Но только после тою. как судья постановит принять заявления Босмена...

3. ..what case there was to meet. — ... какое дело им предстоит. 4 Nor would Society have accepted me.— He приняло бы меня и

общество. (Общество также не приняло бы меня.)5. There’s a skeleton in every cupboard.— В каждой семье (у каж­

дого) есть своя тайна (которую приходится скрывать).6. But this isn’t the ordinary skeleton.—Но это не обычная тайна.7. But both he and I... — Как он, так и я... (И он, и я ...)8. But for better or for worse...— Но что бы ни случилось...

286

Words and Word Combinationslegal а законный; юридический;

legal adviser юрисконсульт jury n суд присяжных tr ia l n судебное разбирательство,

процесс; суд tu rn oul оказаться, превратиться,

окончиться evidence п свидетельские показания;

доказательства, улики judge п судья declaration п заявление in the meanwhile adv тем временем counsel п защитник for a long tim e долго расе v шагать, ходить; расе up and

down шагать из угла в угол involve v вовлекать; вызывать (пов­

лечь за собой) g rave а серьезный; мрачный case п случай; дело (судебное) in case

в случае; на случай, если Would you mind doing sm th5 Будьте

любезны сделать что-л. force v вынуждать, заставлять reveal v открывать, обнаруживать,

раскрывать disclose о открывать perfectly adv совершенно acquit ta l п оправдание cough v кашлять cough п кашельcall v посещать; звать, называть draw v тащить, тянуть

vigorously adv энергично, с силой put a question (to) задавать вопрос encourage v ободрять, поощрять,

уговаривать slightly adv слегка lock v запирать society п общество achieve v достигать, добиваться keen а острыйassume v принимать, приобретать thief п ворcrime п преступление (уголовное) obvious о очевидный, явный pale v бледнетьshrug one’s shoulders пожимать пле­

чамиdeed п дело; подвигcomplete а завершенныйcourt п суд (помещение)conviction п осуждениеomit v пропускатьdescribe у описыватьinfluence л влияниеambitious а честолюбивыйthroughout prep через, по, в течениеsincerity п искренность

Proper namesAnthony ['аепвэш] Энтони Turner [ ' ta . 'ns] Тэрнер Steve [s t i ; v] Стив

E x e r c is e 21 . Drill some vocabulary units from the text.

1. courage n — courageous a — encourage v — discourage v. dis­courage somebody from do ing someth ing — have the courage to do something

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian;

1. My brother tried to discourage me from taking part in the o i - cert. 2. Try again, don’t let one failure (неудача) discourage yoa.3. Success always encourages people. 4. You should have the cour­age to hear this news. 5. He never had the courage to meet danger calmly.

b) Complete the following sentences:

1. During the trial Anthony gathered his courage... . 2. I don’t think he is a courageous man as... . 3. She wanted to encourage

287

him... . 4. The news was so discouraging that... . 5. It was not easy to understand how they had the courage... . 6. We didn’t intend to discourage her from... .

c) Translate the following sentences into English:

1. На вашем месте я бы поощрял его интерес к алгебре. 2. Мне бы хотелось отговорить ее от покупки этих вещей. 3. Новость так обескуражила его, что он не мог произнести ни одного слова.4. Все окончилось хорошо благодаря его мужеству. 5. У них не хватило смелости (они не осмелились) рассказать правду.6. Она очень смелая женщина — во время войны она спасла жизнь многим раненым.

2. achieve v — achievement п

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. We have achieved all that we expected. 2. The inventor was rewarded by the government for his scientific achievements.

b) Translate the sentences into English.

1. Я могу сказать^что вы добились наилучших результатов в этом соревновании. 2. Все газеты писали о замечательном достижении этого спортсмена.

3. am bition п — ambitious а

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian.

1. My friend is an am bitiou s person, he wants to become as famous as this scientist. 2. His plans are very am bitiou s, he wants to mas­ter many foreign languages. 3. His am bition is to be a great invent­or. 4. A person who is filled with am bition always works hard.

b) Translate the sentences into English.

I. Цель жизни учителя — воспитывать своих учеников честны­ми и трудолюбивыми. 2. Мы считаем, что он очень честолюбив — он всегда рад, когда его хвалят. 3. Какая честолюбивая девуш­ка, она всегда хочет быть во всем первой.

c) Fill in the blanks with the words given below.

a m bitio n , am bitiou s , achieve, achievement

1. Anthony’s ... mother wanted her son to become wealthy and famous. 2. Her ... is to be one of the best skaters of the country.

288

3. You will ... your ambition if you work hard. 4. His scientific ... were so significant that he was rewarded by the government.5. I have ... all that I expected.

4. describe v — description n — descriptive a

a) Translate (he following sentences into Russian:

1. To see a place with one’s own eyes is better than any descrip­tion. 2. He was described as a very handsome and kind man.3. There is some excellent descriptive writing in this novel.

b) Answer the following questions:

1. Can you describe his sister’s appearance to me?2. Please describe any picture you saw in the arts gallery.3. Will you give us a description of this man?4. Would you mind giving me a description of your room?

c) Translate the sentences into English.

I. Попытайтесь описать ее внешность. 2. Его сочинение начи­нается с описания огромного города. 3. Я знаю, что в моем со­чинении описательная часть занимает немного места.

5. declare v — declaration п

a) Translate (he sentences into Russian.

1. When will the results of the election be declared? 2. The man declared that he was innocent. 3. The German fascists attacked our country without any declaration of war.

b) Fill in the blanks with the proper derivatives.

I. Anthony ... that he could prove his innocence. 2. Everybody was happy when peace was ... . 3. The English government ... that it would take measures to stop the strike of the miners. 4. Will you read this ... out loud?

c) Translate the sentences into English.

1. Он сказал, что отметки будут объявлены после экзамена.2. Делегаты обсудили заявление и решили его опубликовать (publish).

6. complete v — complete a — completely adv

a) Translate the following:

1. Her husband has a complete edition of Shakespeare’s plays.2. When will the work be com pleted? 3. The performance was com pletely successful.

10— 1312 289

b) Complete the following sentences:

I. To complete the road will take ... .2 . I need only two stamps to com plete... . 3. It was a complete surprise to me when . . . . 4. We are com pletely ready ... . 5. Try to complete ... .

c) Translate the sentences into English.

I. Железнодорожная станция еще не закончена. 2. У этого ра­бочего есть полный набор инструментов. 3. Он полностью готов выполнить все ваши указания.

7. accept v — receive v — take v

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian.

I. Have you accepted her invitation t® dinner? 2. I am sure you like to receive guests. 3. He thought we should take his advice.

b) Fill in the blanks with: a c c e p t, ta k e , re c e iv e wherever neces­sary.

1. Will she ... your invitation to the performance? 2. The new hotel is already open ... guests. 3. He was told ... command. 4. She ... his misfortune to heart and was so distressed that we could not calm her. 5. The minister will ... the delegation tomorrow.6. He asked her to marry him and she ... his proposal.

c) Translate the sentences into English

1. Его картина была принята комиссией. 2. Говорят, что они уже приняли решение. 3. Она отказалась принять их, так как была очень занята.

8. crime п — commit a crime — crim inal а — crim inal п

a) Translate the following sentences Into Russian.

1. He was sent to prison for his crimes. 2. He was found guilty of com m itting a serious crime. 3. The detectives began to run after the crim inal when they heard that shot. 4. Nobody knew who had committed that crim inal act.

b) Complete the following sentences:

I. The crime he committed ... . 2. The criminal tried to escape but ... . 3. He had no idea of the criminal world ... . 4. The judge was not sure that the criminal a c t . . . . 5. The officer led the crim­inal ... .

290

1. Они считали его поступок прест уплением 2. Он никогда не совершит прест упление. 3. Сообщили, что из тюрьмы бежал преступник. 4. Мы изучаем уголовное право.

9. keen ad j — to be keen on smth.a) Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. Your knife has a very keen edge. 2. Her keen sorrow (печаль) upset all her friends. 3. We are very keen to see the Black Sea.

b) Translate the sentences into English.

1. Он не увлекается легкой музыкой. 2. В молодости у меня было острое зрение. 3. Ему очень хочется увидеть подлинные картины Гогена.

10. trial п — to bring to trial — to put on trial — to be on trial — try v (for smth.)

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. Which judge will try the case? 2. He will be tried for murder.3. He was on tr ia l for theft. 4. They were brought to tr ia l for steal­ing money from the bank.

b) Translate the sentences info English.

1. Суд состоялся в понедельник, причем разбирал дело судья Н.2. Эту женщину следует привлечь к с у д у . 3. Я никогда не был под судом. 4. На процессе было много народу.

11. judge п — judge и — judgement п — to pass judgement on a person — in one’s judgement

a) Translate the following sentences into Russian:

1. Don’t you know who will be the judge at this trial? 2. I can’t judge whether he was right or wrong. 3. The judgem ent will be passed on them in a few days. 4. In m y judgem ent the picture is wonderful.

b) Fill in the blanks with the words ju d g e and t r y and their deriva­tives:

1. We doubt (hat she w ill... for that silly act. 2. T his... is respect­ed by all the population of the district. 3. The criminal was ... yesterday and everybody knows the ... . 4. The judgement will ... on him in several days. 5. The ... will take place in the village of N. on Monday. 6. They were ... for stealing a great sum of money from the booking-office. Don't ... him so strictly. He is not so guilty as the others. 7. In their ... he is a wonderful artist.

с) T ran sla te the sentences in to English.

10* 291

1. Судья H. живет недалеко от центра города. 2. Известно, что они не согласны с решением суда. 3. По моему мнению, эта музыка не заслуживает внимания. 4. Он не может судить их игру, так как он только что пришел и не видел начала (игры).5. Приговор будет вынесен, вероятно, завтра.

12. omit v — omission п

a) Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. There is only one mistake in her dictation — she has om itted one letter. 2. While checking (up) his work I found the omission of one chapter.

b) Translate the following sentences Into English.

I. He пропускай слова, когда списываешь текст с книги. 2. Он всегда невнимателен, когда пишет на доске; он никогда не смо­жет получить отличной отметки из-за пропуска букв или за­пятых (comma).

E x e r c is e 22 . Find English equivalents to the following word com­binations from the text:

при таком положении вещей, представить доказательства; тем временем; подлинные факты; с другой стороны; наибольший риск; быть вынужденным; поднять голову; помочь делу; гарантировать оправдание; испортить жизнь; навсегда; дать слово; покашливать (кашлянуть); разрешите задат ь вопрос; благоприятная возможность; преуспевать; захлопнуть дверь навсегда, в замешательстве; гло­ток воды; впервые начать работать; крикнуть на весь мир; тем не менее; быть очевидным; дело было сделано; зажечь папиросу; тра­гический конец; величайшее внимание; не испугаться трудностей; обсудить действия

с) T ranslate the sentences in to English.

E x e r c is e 23 . Translate the following pairs of antonym s and give your own examples.

legal act — illegal actnecessary deed — unnecessary deed revocable step — irrevocable step expected agreement — unexpected agreement true facts — untrue factsacceptable evidence— unacceptable evidence attractive face — unattractive face complete document — incomplete document attentive student — inattentive student

292

E x e r c is e 24 . Open the brackets and translate the words and word com­binations given in them.

I. They had to accept that the act was quite (законный). 2. If (юрисконсульт) knows all the details of the case it will help you dur­ing the trial. 3. (Суд присяжных) found the prisoner not guilty.4. In spite of all the difficulties everything (окончилось) perfectly well. 5. (Суд) lasted three days, the newspapers describing it in.de­tail. 6. (Судья) conducted four trials in one day. 7. We saw that he (шагал из угла в угол) thinking about something.8. The (декларация) of Independence was made by the British colo­nies in North America on Ju ly 4th 1776. 9. The war (повлекла за собой) an enormous increase in the hardships for the population.10. The situation was so critical that everyone looked quiet and (мрачными). 11. He asked us (не запирать) the door as he had no key of his own. 12. The peculiar feature of her character is (искренность). 13 Everybody demanded (вор) should be punished. 14. It is quite (очевидно) that something ha:s happened to the boy. He went to the forest in the morning and has not returned home yet 15. When she heard about her friend’s dea'th, her face began (бледнеть) and she fainted*. 16. I wish another (адвокат) took your case. 17 If she should ring you up and tell you of her misfortune** I think you should go to her place (чтобы утешить) her. 18. (В случае) of danger try to warn us. 19. If he (откроет) our secret everything will be lost. 20. He was sure that if (общество) had known that he was coloured it would never have accepted him. 211. The counsel could hardly guarantee him (оправдание) as the (улики) was against him. 22. She seemed (слегка) touched when she Hieard his (осуждение) of her conduct.23. The young man asked his> counsel not (раскрывать) his life secret.24. Her unusual (энергия) asttonished all her friends. 25. Tell us of the (достижениях) of your laboratory. 26. There was a great deal of hu­mour (в течение) the whole play. 27. The woman (наклонилась вперед) and shook hands wiith him 28. He (пожал плечами) as if he did not know what to say. 29. In his book he (описывал) many heroic (поступков) ol the partisans during the Great Patriotic War.

E x e r c is e 25 . Replace worlds and word combinations given in italics by those given below. Translate: the sentences.

for a long tim e , in the m eanw hile, pace up and down , in case of, would you m in d ..., liv in g souil, conceal, force, chamber, proceed, have a fa ir chance. assume

1. Anthony tried to hide the secret ol his birth as long as pos­sible. 2. He was made to discilose everything at the trial. 3. They had long been waiting for him arnd decided to leave a note at last. 4. In

* fainted — потеряла созшание** misfortune — несчастье

293

the m eantim e he was looking through all the documents again. 5. For a long time that night he w alked up and down thinking of the case.6. I f i t happens that it will be necessary to use all the facts, he will use them. 7. Be so k in d as to listen to his arguments. 8. “ No human being will be told about the facts of your birth,” said the legal ad­viser. 9. When he entered his counsel’s room he saw him sitting at the table, writing something. 10. After a short pause he continued telling us his story. 11. We know of her having p o ss ib ility to take this job. 12. Soon the smoke in the distance began to take a very strange shape. It seemed to be some big animal floating in the sky.

E x e r c is e 26. Translate the sentences using the following pairs ol words wherever necessary.

judge n — judge vcough n — cough vpace n — pace vgrave n — grave apale a — pale &force n — force ©influence n — influence v

1. Нельзя судить его так строго. 2. Он справедливый судья.3. Не кашляй так громко, гы разбудишь его. 4. У ребенка силь­ный кашель, я хочу оставить его дома. 5. Почему ты такой бледный? 6. Она вдруг начала бледнеть. 7. Не принуждай его из­виниться. 8. Несколько человек было убито силой взрыва (explo­sion). 9. Этот ученый изучает влияние луны на землю. 10. Погода влияет на урожай (crops). II. Они посетили могилу Неизвестного Солдата. 12. Доктор сказал, что' ее положение очень серьезное.

E x e r c is e 27 . Correct the following s ta tem ents according to the text.

1. That night Anthony slept quietly in his bed. 2. He had no dif­ficulty in placing his witness before his legal adviser. 3. But with things as they were, the production of Steve was desirable. 4. Every­thing would be all right if at the trial it turned out necessary to lead any evidence lor the defence. 5. It was unnecessary to prime the counsel with the true facts. 6. Anthony decided not to go to Turner and not to tell him his greatest secret. 7. Turner asked Anthony to disclose everything. 8. Anthony said that the revelation of hissecret would not guarantee an acquittal. 9. Anthony said that when Bosman had called he had been quite alone. 10. Anthony was sure that if he had revealed his secret he would have lived happily and the society would have accepted him. 11. Turner was not surprised at hearing that Anthony’s brother was coloured. 12. Anthony said that his ambitious mother had had no influence upon him. 13. Turner said to

294

Anthony that he despised (презирать) him, because Anthony had shirked his difficulties and had not disclosed his secret. 14. Anthony asked Steve not to come to the trial.

E x e r c is e 28 . Answer the following questions:

1. Why couldn’t Anthony rest quietly that night?2. What did he decide to do at last?3. Was Turner ready to listen to Anthony’s secret?4. Anthony’s disclosure of his secret could help the case, couldn’t

it? Why?5. Was Turner surprised at hearing that Anthony had not been alone

at his home?6. What was Anthony’s crime?7. Who else knew Anthony’s secret?8. Why did Anthony think that his acquittal would mean his con­

viction?9. How did Turner receive the news and what did he promise to do?

10. Who did Anthony write to on coming home?

E x e r c is e 29. Translate the following sentences into English.

1. Если бы я был на вашем месте, я не сделал бы этого заявле­ния. 2. Его свидетель только что ушел в зал суда. Было бы инте­ресно узнать, что он там говорит. 3. В то время он не дал бы этого показания. 4. Важно, чтобы их поход закончился успешно. 5. Он требовал, чтобы мы повлияли на нее. 6. Она выглядела так, как будто она была слегка разочарована. 7. Вы должны скрыть все факты, чтобы они ничего не узнали. 8. Ж аль, что мы не остались в комнате и не слышали, как он описывал это событие. 9. Если он пойдет к своему адвокату, попросите его взять все необходимые до­кументы. 10. Я просил его быть более внимательным и не пропус­кать букв в словах, но он не желал делать этого (он не слушался).11. Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы они добились большого успеха.12. Не будете ли вы любезны поговорить с вашим юрисконсультом о моем деле? 13. Я бы хотел, чтобы этот процесс, наконец, окон­чился. 14. Если бы он совершил это преступление, он не был бы так спокоен сейчас на суде. 15. Если она будет более искренна, мы смо­жем помочь ей. 16. Мы думаем, он мог бы уговорить ее не обращать внимание на это явное недоразумение (misunderstanding).

E x e r c is e 30 . Translate the following sentences into Russian paying a tten tion to the italicized words.

1. We were going to get Mother a new hat too, but i t turned ou t that she seemed to really like her old grey bonnet better than a new one. 2. “My brother and I were tried long ago. That tr ia l took place before we were born. We were tried for the acts of our ancestors, were

295

convicted and sentenced to live in a world of prejudice. Even if you acquit me now that sentence still stands." 3. Blair achieved nothing in his cross-examination. 4. It was obvious then, that those initials had once been very familiar to you. 5. Such, in a few woids, my dear boy, is the history of this terrible business in which I was in­volved. 6. When the judge and the jury had resumed their places. Turner rose. 7. They all seemed a little baffled by the facts but nev­ertheless impressed with Jean ’s sincerity. 8. Mr. Marsh frankly stated that Industrial Training Act does not force any employer to do anything. 9. He leaned back in his seat and listened to the remain­der of the cross-examination. 10. Steve started to cough. Anthony remembered how he had coughed that night in the flat. II. “ Do you swear that the evidence you are about to give is the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth?” 12. No details were given at first of the flight’s duration or programme and many were no doubt s lig h t­ly disappointed there was no woman on board this time. 13. I told him how his support had stimulated and encouraged me.

D I A L O G U E

TELEPHONE CALL

Voice: Mr Miller’s residence.1Robert: I ’d like to speak with Virginia W hite2 if she is there.V.: I ’m sorry, but she isn’t here right now. Who is calling, please? R.: This is Robert Anderson speaking3. Will Virginia be back soon?V.: Yes, probably about five o ’clock. Do you want to leave her a

message? 1R .: Well, just5 tell her that I called, please.V.: Wait a moment. I think she is coming now. Hold the wire. “R.: All right, I ’ll wait.V irginia: Hello?R .: Virginia?V.: Speaking.7R.: Vir, this is Bob.V.: Oh, hello, Bob, how are you?R.: Just fine, thanks. And you?V.: Very well. I t’s nice to hear your voice.R.: Virginia, are you going to be busy tomorrow night?8 V.: Well, I planned to study my English.R .: How about going to the cinema? There is a good picture at the

Columbia9 this week. We’ll go early, and then you can study afterwards. ■

V.: All right, Bob, I ’d like to go. Thanks a lot.R .: Then I ’ll call for you a little before seven.

296

V.: О. К .10 I ’ll be ready./?.: Good-bye, Virginia.V.: So long, Bob. and thanks for calling.

N O T E S

1. Mr Miller’s residence.— Квартира м-ра Миллера.2. Virginia White Iva'dsinja wait J3. This is Robert Anderson speaking.— Говорит Роберт Андерсен.4. Do you want to leave her a message? — Вы хотите ей что-либо

передать?5. ju s t— зд . просто6 Hold the wire.— Не вешайте трубки; Не отходите от телефона.7. Speaking— Я слушаю (Я у телефона).8 tomorrow night — завтра вечером (tonight сегодня вечером;

last night вчера вечером)9. the Columbia |кэ'1лтЫэ ] — название кинотеатра

IU. О. К. (амер.) = Oh Key — all right

CONVERSATIONAL FORMULAS

1. Where is the nearest call- box?

2. 1 want to put a call through to Moscow.

3. Can you book me a call through to N.. please?

4. 1 want to talk on (over) the telephone.

5. to ring up (phone up. call up) smb.

6. My telephone number is ...7. to dial8. Pick up the receiver.9. We are disconnected (cut

off).10. The line is engaged (busy).11. Do you hear the buzzing

sound?12. I cannot get him on the

phone.13. The line is clear (free).14. H.irry speaking. Say. ...15. Don’t hang up.16 I can’t make out what you

are saying. > и ■

Где ближайший телефон-авто­мат?

Мне нужно позвонить в Москву.

Примите, пожалуйста, заказ на телефонный разговор с горо­дом Н.

Я хочу поговорить по телефону.

звонить кому-л.

Номер моего телефона... набирать номер Снимите трубку.Нас разъединили.

Линия занята.Вы слышите гудок?

Я не могу ему дозвониться.

Линия свободна.Говорит Гарри. Слушай ...Не вешайте трубку.Не могу разобрать, что вы го­

ворите.297

1. Is this Mr Sm ith’s residence? I ’d like to speak with Tom. Is he there? 2. Pick up the receiver and dial the following number.3. Who is calling, please? Helen speaking. 4. The line is free. Can you hear the buzzing sound? 5. Don’t hung up. I want to leave a message to him. 6. Don’t you hear the telephone call? Pick up the receiver.7. I can’t make out what you are saying. Repeat it, please. 8. He could not get her on the phone. The line was engaged. 9. Would you mind telling me where the nearest call-box is? I have no home telephone. 10. ft is a pity we were disconnected.

E x e r c is e 32 . Translate the following dialogues into English:

а) А .: Скажите, какой у вас номер телефона?В.: 929-31-42.A .: Можно мне позвонить вам завтра вечером?B.: Я буду в театре. Не могли бы вы позвонить послезавтра?A .: Хорошо. В котором часу?B.: Около 9.

б) Я .: Кто говорит?А.: Анна. Слушай, это ты, Ник?Я.: Да. Здравствуй, Анна. Рад тебя слышать.А .: Я бы хотела поговорить с Кейт, если она дома.Я.: Ее нет.А .: Она скоро придет?Я.: Вероятно, около 7 часов. Ты хочешь ей что-нибудь передать? А.: Да. Я хочу пригласить ее в кино. Скажи ей об этом, пожа­

луйста. В нашем клубе идет очень хороший фильм.Я.: Когда ты думаешь пойти?А.: Завтра в 9 часов вечера. Попроси Кейт позвонить мне, когда

она придет домой.Я.: С большим удовольствием. (Охотно.)А.: До свидания, Ник.Я.: До свидания, Анна.

Text for translation

E x e r c is e 33 . a) Read and translate the text.

MAD DOG SHERIFF BEATS CHILDREN

The Sheriff James G. Clark and his deputies are commiting out­rage after outrage against the Negro people and their white sup­porters.

Selma’s Negroes are engaging in a campaign of resolute but peaceful demonstrations to compel the authorities to follow the law and register them as citizens with full voting rights.

E x e rc is e 31 . T ranslate the following sentences in to Russian.

298

The campaign in Selma has been on for less than a month yet one out every three Negroes there, 3,400 at this writing have been jailed by Sheriff Clark. Hundreds of men, women and youths were brutally beaten during arrests and in the jails.

Through television and news cameramen the nation and the world have witnessed the fiendish cruelty of Selma’s racist maniacs; the three-mile run which the Negro children were forced to make while being herded like cattle by the sheriff and his deputies, who beat the little ones with clubs and jabbed them with cattle prods which em it­ted electric shocks.

In one and the same week, Americans have witnessed other of their countrymen committing crimes against humanity in two far- flung places of the earth. The torturers of the Negro children of Selma are kinsmen of the napalm bombers and burners of the children in the villages of North Vietnam.

The Americans dare not delay in divorcing themselves from these equally savage crimes against humanity For these horrible deeds are renegade acts which offend everything that Americans stand for.

In truth, they have mocked our nation with infamy and shame. Sheriff James Clark, his deputies and possemen must not escape

the punishment for their crime(The Worker. February 16, 1965)

b) Answer the following: questions

1 What does the author of the article call the sheriff James G. Clark and his deputies?

2. What was Martin Luther King and what was he struggling tor'1 3 What has Sheriff Clark been doing since the beginning of the cam­

paign in Selma?4. What could the people watch through television?5. Against whom did the sheriff direct his activity?6. What other crimes are Americans committing?

STORY FOR RETELLING

A DI LEMMATom’s Uncle Philip was an inventor and was extremely rich He

was a strange old man, he lived alone, had no wife or friends and spent all his money on buying precious stones.

One day, about a week before Uncle Philip died, he sent for his nephew. Here it must be explained that this was the first time the two met. Many years earlier Philip had had a big quarrel with his sister, who was Tom’s mother, and since then he had never spoken to her again, or to Tom. He hated them both very much.

When Tom came to see him, Uncle Philip was lying ill in bed. "1 am leaving all my precious stones to you. You will find them in an

29Э

iron box in the bank. But before you unlock the box, read the letter which lies on top of it. Also, be careful not to shake the fcox."

Tom thought this was very strange,' but as his uncle was known to be a strange man, he believed that everything would be all right.

After Uncle P h ilip ’s death Tom went to the bank for the box. Before he started to open it. he read the letter. Here is what it said:

“Dear Tom,This box contains a large number of precious stones. 1 am leaving

them to you because I want you always to remember your dear uncle. The box also contains a powerful charge of dynamite which will ex­plode as soon as you unlock it. If you do not believe me, open it and you will be blown into atoms. Do not forget your uncle.”

He thought for a whole week until he got the idea of opening the box from a distance with the aid of wires. He would not be injured if the dynamite exploded. But then he realized that if the dynamite exploded it would blow the stones into bits.

From that time on Tom could think of nothing but the box and the fortune that awaited him if he could open it safely. He asked everyone he knew for advice. Some people suggested ways of opening the box, but they did not believe in their ideas enough to try them out.

One day a government official came to collect the tax on Tom’s inheritance. Tom was delighted. He showed the tax collector Uncle P h ilip ’s letter and offered him the key to the box. The man said he would think it over and come back later. Of course, he never came back. Would you? So there is Tom’s dilemma. A rich man, he is at the same time poor. He has an iron box that contains great wealth, but also contains dynamite that will explode when the key is used to unlock it.

What would you advise?

I. Retell the story answering the following questions:

1. How did Tom’s uncle live?2. Why did Uncle Philip send for his nephew?3. Did he like Tom? Why?4. What did Tom’s uncle leave him?5. Where did Tom go after his uncle’s death?6. What did he find in the letter?7. What did the box contain?8. Could Tom open the box? Why?9. How did he try to open it?

10. Who tried to help him? How?II. What would you advise?

11. Think of the end of the story.

uwmiwvwMwwwwwvuwwwuwvwwiwMwwmmwMMxwwwvwvvuswwwvwwvmwwwxuvuvuvwwwuvvHvwvMwwwnwvwwwwuwwMVWuttwwwvwwwwwTwwwwwuvwwwwvwwwwvwwwi

КЛЮЧИ К УПРАЖНЕНИЯМ

У р о к 1

Упражнение 2. 1. In summer we eat much fruit. 2. Bring me the scissors, please. 3. I know the contents of this book. 4. She has very beautiful hair. 5. Put your clothes on the chair. 6. He bought new trou­sers. 7. How much money have you? 8. We got new data on this question.

Упражнение 4. 1. He showed me his sister’s letter. 2. Where is the plan of this building? 3. She took her brother’s skates. 4. The walls of the room are white. 5. Give me your pupils’ copy-books. 6. Bring the children’s things. 7. After a ten minute’s interval they be­gan to work again. 8. Yesterday the children found a bird’s nest.9. Where is yesterday's newspaper? 10. There are many interest­ing books and magazines in the library of the institute.

Упражнение 7. 1. He often writes letters to his friends. 2. When will you take your things? 3. She gave me her book. 4. Tomorrow she will see her children. 5. Yesterday they finished their work. 6. We told her about our trip to Leningrad. 7. I shall read my composition to you. 8. He will bring me his dictionary. 9. We prepared our lessons at home. 10. They invited their friends. 11. I shall ask my teacher about it. 12. She will come to see me with her sister.

Упражнение 8. I . some, some 2. some 3. some (или any в значении любую) 4. some 5. anything 6. anybody 7. everybody 8. no 9. any10. any 11. everybody. 12. everywhere 13. everybody или everything14. somebody 15. some 16. any 17. some.

Упражнение 9. 1. My uncle wants to tell me something. 2. "H ave you any cigarettes?” he asked. “ Yes, I have some.” 3. On the next day my uncle knew everybody. 4. If you want something to eat, go to the diner. 5. Some of the players got tired and sat down to rest. 6. He may come any minute. Be ready. 7. We heard this song everywhere.8. She gave me a cup of milk, but I asked her for some water. 9. They know that no medicine will help you. 10. Does any of you know hisaddress? 11. None of them will understand me.

30!

4. he was a t the station; she got on the train; I came to the li­brary; we went to the skating-rink.

5. for the lecture; for the lesson, for the concert.6. her in the library at 7. o ’clock; you here; a bus; his friend

at the bus stop.

Упражнение 56. 1. Under tzarism the working people had no rights.2. Tzarist Russia was a backward country. 3. After the October revolution industry and agriculture developed in the Asian republics.4. Now the population of these republics is literate. 5. There is no exploitation in our country. 6. In the Soviet Union women have equal rights with men. 7. The life of the working people (has) changed after the Great October Socialist Revolution.

У р о к 2

Упражнение 6. 1. know about her arrival; hurry (be in a hurry); buy a ticket himself; walk every morning; play tennis with them.

2. meet us at the station; go to the library; follow his in­structions; come early; speak to them yesterday.

3. speak loudly; travel; stay in town; remember about this journey, get up a t 7 o ’clock.

4. know more about it than he does, be with them now; listen to her attentively.

5 go to Leningrad on business; ring me up at 5 o ’clock, join them at the station; consult a doctor; take care of his children; walk every day.

6. introduce her to his friends; to speak to the director; to dothis translation; to write them about his illness.

7. tell you where he went (has gone); send for a taxi; buy some bread; open the window.

Упражнение 7. 1. move; be in a smoker; offer them cigarettes; catch the 10 o ’clock train; warn them about the danger; be silent; go to town with them.

2. run into her in the street; become friends with him in the Crimea; follow them, pretend to be deaf; put a pen into his pocket; put his things there

3. to skate in a month; to have dinner with us; to get to town before morning; to find the way home; to hear us

Упражнение 9. 1. come home earlier; drink this water; go to the Institute already; ask her about it.

2. write to us; also buy this book; invite us to the theatre; come in a tew days; do it himself.

304

Упражнение II. 1. It is warm. 2. It was dark. 3. It is impossible.4. It was difficult. 5. It was snowing (It snowed). 6. It will be raining (It will rain). 7. It is interesting. 8. It was already dark. 9. Will it be easy? 10. It was hot. 11. It is so cold. It will snow. 12. It will be in­teresting.

Упражнение 19. 1. was going 2. some of 3. to consult 4. helped, to wipe 5. in order to 6. came up 7. let’s go 8. to the right 9. raised, looked a t 10. in a low voice 11. was silent 12. forced him 13. held him back 14. took up.

Упражнение 21 1. to travel; to consult a doctor; to leave this village; to profit by my experience; to tell us about his journey; to stay in town in summer.

2. her smile; us have dinner in the diner; them buy tickets themselves; his friend help us; us take warm clothes; me learn all the new words.

Упражнение 23. 1. He heard the roar in the distance. 2. She sat down at the table and began to write. 3. He could not explain to her a new rule. 4. Everybody understood me well. 5. He got up and went home. 6. The dog found him on the road. 7. When she bent down over hi in he opened his eyes. 8. She gave him a clean towel. 9. lie thought much about his life in the town. 10. He saw a big man at the table.11. She had to help him. 12. He bought tickets and came up to them.

Упражнение 24. I. came 2. had to 3. find, shall take 4. is 5. did not like 6. come, will be able to 7. does he know 8. is 9. is going10. could not.

Упражнение 25. 1. a t 2. a t 3.— 4. back 5. to, of 6. in, of 7. иэ, down, over, of 8. on 9. with 10. for 11. into 12. of. to.

Упражнение 26. 1. you visited her yesterday; you are going to meet them, you remember about it; you bought tickets yesterday.

2. he will miss his home; she will not be able to travel with us; they will quarrel; we shall not become friends; you will not be able to get up

3 he will play with us; you will help her to do her lessons, she will visit me; I could remember his name; we washed our chil­dren yesterday when it was warm

4. warning them about the danger; showing us your pictures; helping me to get up; instructing me; discussing his behaviour.

Упражнение 27. I. Yesterday I had a bad headache and could not study 2. Open the window, please. He has a bad headache. 3. As 1 am not very ill I don 't want to stay in bed. 4. He was ill and stayed

305

in bed for a month. 5. When the lectures are over, we shall go to the cinema. 6. The meeting was over and we went home. 7. We shall miss our old teacher very much. 8. When the mother left home the chil­dren missed her very much. 9. She caught cold and had to stay at home. 10. You will catch cold if you don’t put on your coat. 11. What is the matter with you? Are you feeling bad? 12. 1 felt quite well.

У п р а ж н е н и е 29. 1. disposal 2. pride 3. attend 4. overthrew 5. ar­rangements 6. published, occasion 7. cooperation 8. movement.

Упражнение 30. 1. In London Lenin gathered material for his works. 2. Lenin had to spend many years abroad. 3. The English workers helped Lenin to publish (the newspaper) “ Iskra” . 4. Lenin attended the Party Congresses which took place in London. 5. Lenin worked very much in the British Museum. 6. Lenin did not give u j the struggle even in exile.

У р о к 3

У п р а ж н е н и е I . 1. К нам подошла группа смеющихся людей (определение). 2. Он стоял, говоря с ней тихим голосом (обстоя­тельство). 3. Не понимая, чего они хотят, он повторил вопрос (об­стоятельство). 4. Путешествуя по всему миру, ученый видел много интересного и собрал важный материал (обстоятельство). 5. Она остановилась, чтобы посмотреть на птиц, поющих на дереве (оп­ределение). 6. Старик, показывающий им эти фотографии, жил в нашем доме много лет тому назад (определение). 7. Будучи уста­лыми, они решили лечь и немного отдохнуть (обстоятельство).

У п р а ж н е н и е 2. 1. the dancing girls; the laughing students;the falling stars; the crying boy; the sleeping dog.

2. standing a t the blackboard is our teacher; singing the song is one of our students; walking along the road is his friend; washing the hands is her father; working in the garden is my uncle.

3. smiling gaily; thinking about something; reading a newspa­per; smoking a cigarette.

4. leaving the case in the room; putting the plates on the shelf; saying something to her sister; putting the book on the desk; leaving him a towel and a cake of soap

У п р а ж н е н и е 3 . 1. The man, who wrote this article, knows the life of the Soviet cosmonauts very well. 2. The students, who took part in this work, will go to Leningrad. 3. The questions, which were dis­cussed a t this meeting, are very interesting. 4. I know the man, who gave this lecture. 5. Who is the girl, who came to see you last night?

У п р а ж н е н и е 5. I . Сейчас 9 часов Они (are listening) слушают последние известия. 2. Посмотри на него. Он (is hurrying) спешит

306

куда-то. 3. Приходи навестить меня. Я сейчас ;am having a rest) отдыхаю. 4. Где студенты? У них (are having) английский урок.5. Не трогай кота. Он (is eating) ест и рассердится, если ты тро­нешь его. 6. Почему вы здесь (are smoking) курите? В аудитории курить не разрешается. 7. Иванов (is writing) пишет в тетради сей­час? Нет, он (is writing) пишет на доске. 8. Школьники (are not skating) не катаются сейчас на катке. 9. Она (is not reading) не чи­тает газету. Сейчас она (is reading) читает журнал.

У п р а ж н е н и е 6 . 1. Present Cont., Present Indef. 2. Present Cont., Present Indef. 3. Present Cont., Present Cont. Present Indef.

У п р а ж н е н и е 7 . 1. was finishing; 2 . were listening; 3. got up, washed and went out; 4. read, translated, helped.

У п р а ж н е н и е 8. 1. will ask, will be asking 2. will return 3. shall be working 4. will be going 5. will become 6. will show 7 will take.

У п р а ж н е н и е 12. 1. is having 2. has 3. are discussing 4 . discuss5. was sleeping 6. slept 7. looked 8. is making 9 makes.

У п р а ж н е н и е 13. A. are reading, come, see, are reading, called, were reading. M. am A. are reading. /VI. am reading A. Is M. Do you want. A. will finish /VI. shall finish, shall be reading, will be able.

У п р а ж н е н и е 16. I ) 1. Talking to him usually takes about an hour.2. Smoking so much is (harmful) bad. 3. Swimming far is dangerous.4. Painting is a useful amusement for children 5 Writing to him about it is useless.

2) 1. The greatest pleasure for us will be reading his new novel.2. They began talking loudly. 3. The students finished discussing the report and thanked the speaker.

3) 1. He was fond of walking in the forest. 2. She is afraid of fall ing ill. 3. 1 am sure of his writing the article. 4 He insisted on visit ing her. 5. We knew of his being in hospital

4) 1. He had a pleasure of hearing this wonderful singer. 2. We had little hope of finding this book. 3 We shall have a pleasure of visiting the picture gallery. 4. There was no chance of warning him.

5) 1. After coming home we began preparing supper 2. After writing the report he read it once more. 3. He thought before answer­ing us

У п р а ж н е н и е 17 I Помогите мне сделать эту работу (доп.). 2. Она попросила меня дать ей папиросу (доп.). 3 Мы остановились, чтобы отдохнуть (обстоят.). 4. Нет никого, кто бы дал нам воды (опред.). 5 Трудно сделать это за такой короткий срок (доп.). б. Его желанием было открыть там школу (сказ.). 7. Играть в футбол было большим

307

желанием мальчика (нодлеж.). 8. Он достаточно умен, чтобы по­нять, что нам нужно (сказ.). 9. Она первая предложила свою по­мощь (опред.). 10. Пожалуйста, закройте окно, чтобы не просту­диться (обстоят.). 11. Вот хороший журнал для чтения в трамвае (опред.). 12. У меня ничего не было от головной боли, чтобы дать ему (доп.). 13. Он остановил нас, чтобы показать нам что-то, что было в его портфеле (обстоят.).

У п р а ж н е н и е 18. I. Не came here to tell her about it. 2. It is too late to go to the park. 3. He hurried to the station to buy tickets.4. I shall write down your telephone number to ring you up tomorrow.5. She decided to go to the dining-room to have dinner. 6. Gert called Lanny to warn him. 7. They went into the house to wash the face and hands.

У п р а ж н е н и е 19. 1. used to 2 . would 3 . used to 4 . would 5. would6. used to 7. used to.

У п р а ж н е н и е 2 0 . I. We know that she was the first tocome. 2. This teacher was the next to send congratulations to him. 3. They were the last to join our excursion. 4. He will be the last to learn about this terrible event. 5. I was the third to answer at the examination. 6. Who was the first to notice these traces?

У п р а ж н е н и е 21 . 1. wash the hands and have dinner; translate this text, ask him about it; sit down and rest; wait for your sister.

2. play this role; learn everything about it; enter the room; work in the garden; ring her up.

3. choose a seat; show the tickets; go to the theatre with you;play the principal part in this play.

У п р а ж н е н и е 23 . 1) many note-books, much milk, much water, many days, many newspapers, much chalk, much snow, many years, many pictures, much music;

2) few houses, little ink, little tea, few cups, few apples, few win­dows, little paper, little coffee, few articles, little joy;

3) a little money, a few chairs, a few songs, a little time, a little gaiety, a few people, a few minutes.

У п р а ж н е н и е 24 . 1. few; 2. a little; 3. few; 4. a few; 5. a little;6. a little; 7. much; 8. much; 9. little.

У п р а ж н е н и е 2 9 . a) one half; three and five sixths; four ninths;two and one third; four point eight; one point nought five; fifty two point seven one eight; nought point nought five; six and two thirds, b) three quarters of a second; two and two thirds tons; one and a half kilograms; a half pound (half a pound); nine and a third miles; three and a half metres.

308

Упражнение 30. one hundred per cent; one and three fifths per cent; nought point five рёг cent; three point nought five per cent; one and a half per cent; one hundred and twenty-three per cent; eleven per cent; one point six per cent; eight and two thirds per cent; twenty-three point four per cent: twenty five per cent.

Упражнение 38. 1. the darkness they continued their way; his warning, he decided to stay and wait; her invitation, he was afraid of entering the hall; my uncle’s advice, I made acquaintance of some young men in the train; hard work she could visit us. the illness, he worked hard and wrote the article in (goodl time.

2. to the country during the holidays; paint scenery for our school theatre; act in all the plays; wash with cold water; visit the old uncle.

3. to dine in the dining-room, but now he dines a t home; travel much in his youth; to play principal parts; to take his children for a walk.

Упражнение 41. 1. I shall run as far as the bank of the river and then (I shall) turn back. 2. As my sister is a fine actress, she will be able to help us with our play. 3. As far as I know he liked to travel.4. I want to see him as well. 5. His wife works at the factory as direc­tor. 6. As he raised his head and looked at her, she understood that something had happened. 7. This boy is as brave as your brother.8. There are newspapers in the library as well as magazines.

Упражнение 43.

(1) 1. Look, it is raining. It seldom rains here in summer. 2. He is sitting thoughtfully in the armchair. He often sits so. 3. They are travelling all over the Soviet Union. They usually travel in summer.4. What are they doing? They are playing volley-ball in the garden. They play volley-ball after work. 5. Where is the doctor now? He is performing an operation. This doctor performs operations almost every day. 6. She is going to work now. She goes to work a t 8 o ’clock in the morning.

(2) 1. Lanny was lying motionless on the road when the dog found him. He often lay on the grass reading a book. 2. He was going to the theatre when he bought this magazine. He seldom went to the theatre, as he was busy in the evening. 3. When she was resting (hav­ing a rest) there was a telephone call. She seldom rested in the aft­ernoon, she had to look after the children. 4. When they were going to the station, they lost a ticket. They went to the station to meet evening trains. 5. When she was washing the dishes, she dropped a glass. She always washed the dishes after meals.

(3) 1. From the 1st of June to (till) the 1st of August they will be staying in the country and working in the hospital there. Aftergrad-

30»

uating from the Institute they will live in the country and work in the hospital there. 2. He will be working irt the library all day long. After the lessons he will work in the library. 3. At this time to­morrow my friends and I will be playing football. On Sunday my friends and I will go to the country and shoot a t the aim.

У п р а ж н е н и е 45. 1. Gerund, сказуемое; Participle I, обстоятель­ство 2. Participle I, определение 3. Participle I, часть глагола-ска­зуемого в Present Cont.; PastCont., Participle I в Present Cont., Gerund, дополнение 4. Participle I, определение 5. Gerund, обсто­ятельство 6. Gerund, подлежащее 7. Gerund, обстоятельство 8. Par­ticiple I, обстоятельство, Participle I, определение 9. Participle I, определение 10. Gerund, определение.

У п р а ж н е н и е 4 7 . 1. going to the library with me, he went to the club; going by bus, they walked there; having dinner in the din- ing-room, he decided to have a cup of coffee; leaving the child at home she took him (her) with her; buying this book, she took it in (from) the library.

2. buying a ticket to the stadium; playing the principal part; speaking to (with) Comrade P.

3. her acting at the theatre; their shooting well; our waiting for him here; his uncle’s travelling.

У п р а ж н е н и е 48 . 1. On setting up the scenery the children began preparing for the performance. 2. Instead of asking him to stay 1 ordered him to leave the room. 3. Acting was very interesting. 4. The boy was afraid of hitting his friend’s head. 5. Little children enjoyed sitting in the hall and watching the performance. 6. I didn’t know of his playing the principal part himself

У п р а ж н е н и е 50. 1. Let us not go for a walk. It is raining. 2. “ Let Peter paint the scenery” , I told my friends. 3. “ Let me play the prin^ cipal part! " exclaimed one of the children. 4. “ Let us play this drama during the holidays,” he said 5. “ Let him hit this apple!” cried (shouted) the children. 6. Let her wait for us at the theatre. We shall bring her a ticket too. 7. Let him invite his friends to see our perform­ance. We are sure they will like it. 8. Let us sing this song once more. Let her begin

У п р а ж н е н и е 51. 1 much 2. a few 3. many 4. few 5. little.

У п р а ж н е н и е 54. 1. decided; were; opened, came in; is raining; said; will be; stay; hope; shall find; stayed

2. were travelling; came; know; is; is; succeeded; were sitting; looking; liked; sang; was

3. called on; asked; will be doing; shall be reading; shall make; intend; am.

310

Упражнение 57. 1. When they left the house it was raining hard.2. I liked the theatre and therefore I decided to take part in the per­formance. 3. The play was a success. 4. He left our company taking all his things. 5. Do you know that William Tell shot at the apple?6. Don’t tell him about this accident. 7. “ Raise the rifle and shoot!” he ordered me. 8. Instead of hitting the aim, he hit a tree. 9. “ You must paint some extraordinary scenery for our play,” he told me. 10. “ Who will be able to play the principal part?” he asked.

Упражнение 60. 1. He was glad of the chance: to read this new novel; to speak to her; to show everybody his pictures; to see this play again; to play the role of Harnlet; to go to the country.

2. He was fond of: skating; playing chess; listening to music; travelling; merry games; his songs; flowers.

3. He is eager: to see this drama; to be a student of your group; to see the Black sea; to return home; to have this beautiful flower; to get tickets for this performance.

4. He had (some) trouble in: doing it; cooking dinner; looking after the children; finding a good doctor; drawing the scenery for the play; getting beautiful flowers in winter

5. He enjoyed: reading this book; plsying tennis with him; bathing in the sea; speaking with her about literature; playing this role; walking in the garden.

6. I am sure: you will follow my advice they will take me with them; I shall remember all the words; I shall be able to find this book; he will play this role well.

Упражнение 61. 1. Who will show us our seats? — The attend­ant will. 2. Where are our seats? — They are in the stalls, in the fifth row. 3. When did you get the tickets? — Yesterday. 4. Are you fond of drama? — No, I am fond of comedy. 5. When will the performance be over? — It will be over by eleven o ’clock. 6. Are you sure that he will like the play? — Yes, I am. 7. Did you have a good time? — Yes, 1 did. 8. What does this picture depict? 9. Why weren’t you at the theatre yesterday? — I vas ill. 10. What do you think of this play? 11. Did you like the acting?

Упражнение 65. The fight (struggle) forpeace in the whole world is one of the themes of the (newspaper) “ Morning Star” . 2. The newspaper exposes the war-mongers. 3. These merchants of death make mil­lions out of war. 4. The “ Morning S tar” tries to show the ordinary people how they can prevent war. 5. The newspaper tells its readers about the fight (struggle) of colonial people to free themselves from the grip of the imperialists.

Упражнение 56. 1. for, to 2. of 3. of, into 4. a t 5. on 6. for 7. —8. of, w ithout, in, for.

311

У р о к 4

У п р а ж н е н и е 5. 1. writing (пишущая), written (написанное)2. surrounded (окруженный), surrounding (окружающая)3. doing (делающий), done (сделанные) 4. washing (моющая),

washed (вымытый)

У п р а ж н е н и е 7 . 1. I have never been to England. 2 . My friend has just finished reading your article. 3. This student has translated sev­eral English poems into Russian. 4. Have you had dinner? 5. What new films have you seen this week? 6. Have you graduated from the University? 7. I have not spoken to him since we had a quarrel.8. He has not yet answered your question.

У п р а ж н е н и е 8 . 1. Who has told you about it? 2. I am very sorry, but he is not at home. He has just gone (left). 3. He graduated from the Institute two years ago. 4. They have already passed two exams.5. Yesterday she was at the theatre. 6. We have not heard anything about this play. 7. Have you read a story of William Tell? 8. He went there on Sunday. 9. They have been to the Lenin Museum this week.10. When did he dine? (или When did he have dinner?) 11. We hav­e n ’t met him since 1945. 12. She has been ill for several days. She is very weak now.

У п р а ж н е н и е 10. 1. just 2 . last year, now 3 . never 4. yet 5 . several years ago 6. already 7. ever

У п р а ж н е н и е 13. 1. has read 2. found 3. has been ill 4 . Have you booked; booked 5. have warned, warn 6. have followed, said 7. entered, gave 8. have not seen, left, have changed 9. decided, was shining10. have never travelled, don’t know.

У п р а ж н е н и е 14. 1. I have just had breakfast. 2 . She has washed the child. 3. They have often quarrelled. 4. He has(already) joined us. 5. She has just been here. 6. What has happened to him? 7. I have understood everything. 8. He has told me the news. 9. The stu­dents have already dined. 10. “ What have you done?” he asked me.

У п р а ж н е н и е 17. 1 had studied, entered 2. said, had got 3. wanted, had organized 4. did not know, had attacked 5. had found 6. re­membered, had not rung 7. had reached, made 8. had left, rushed.

У п р а ж н е н и е 18. 1. I said that 1 had already warned him. 2. By the end of June they had passed all the examinations. 3. Before she came to the village to work as a teacher he had gone to Kiev. 4. When she returned home the children had already gone to school. 5. Yes­terday I met my friend whom I had not seen since 1940 . 6. After my

312

brother began working at this Institute, he wrote a very interesting article.

Упражнение 19. 1. Future Perf. 2. Future Ind. 3. Future Cont.4. Future Perf. 5. Future Ind. 6. Future Perf. 7. Future Perf. 8. Fu­ture Ind. 9. Future Cont. 10. Future Perf. 11. Future Ind.

Упражнение 20. 1. By the time they come I shall have returned home. 2. By the time the train arrives, we shall have come to the sta­tion. 3. By three o ’clock we shall have had dinner. 4. By what time will you have finished discussing this article? 5. I shall have cooked dinner by the time the children come home from school. 6. By the time it starts raining they will have reached the forest. 7. By the time he gets up the postman will have brought the newspapers.

Упражнение 21. 1. have seen; saw; 2. did he perform; 3. did not know; had graduated; 4. went; 5. will have written; 6. have spoken; 7. thought; had returned; 8. have been; 9. bought; had lost; 10. have not visited; left.

Упражнение 22. a) 1. is running; has been running; 2. are they doing, are working, have been working; 3. is washing, has been wash­ing; 4. is playing, has been playing.

b) 1. was sleeping, had been sleeping; 2. was raining, had been raining; 3. had been going; 4. had been sitting

Упражнение 23. 1. They have been writing to each other for a long time. 2. He had been speaking for a whole hour when we decided to interrupt him. 3. He has been working in this hospital since 1950.4. They have lived in this street for many years. 5. 1 had been walking for about two hours until at last I came to the forest. 6. He had been looking at him for a long time, till at last he began to speak. 7. The child has already been sleeping for more than an hour.

Упражнение 24. 1. are you doing, am preparing, have you been preparing, have been preparing; 2. had been teaching, broke oul,3. has been studying; 4. are you reading, am reading, have you been reading, have been reading; 5. had been living, came; 6. has come, is speaking; 7. were speaking, looked; 8. had been walking, saw;9. had read, gave; 10. left, has been living; 11. has told; 12. shall be discussing; 13. was reading, had given; 14. have you ever been, was; 15. is your friend doing, is having dinner, has dinner; 16. have bought, shall show; 17. will take care, go; 18. will our train arrive; 19. are you going, am going; 20. were you doing, rang

Упражнение 26. 1. who 2. which 3. who 4. which 5. who 6. who7. which 8. which 9. whom 10. whom

313

Упражнение 27. 1. 1 want to see the whole of Moscow. 2. He has read the whole newspaper. 3. She has eaten all the apples. 4. The , teacher looked through all the test papers. 5. His whole family met us.6. Read the whole article. 7. All of us have seen this film. 8. We want to listen to the whole record. 9. All the children ran out of the classroom. *

Упражнение 29. 1. Scarcely had I warned him when they began to shoot. 2. Never will he visit us. 3. In vain did we ask him not to leave us. 4. Only as the train started did she find out that she had left her ticket at home. 5. No sooner had I returned home than my friends came to see me. 6. Little did he know about her life. 7. Hardly had our company got on board the train when it began to move.

Упражнение 37. 1. to quarrel with her; to avoid that man; to warn her about the danger; to stay here for such a long time; to recall this incident.

2. to occupy this house; to speak about it, to leave the native town; to invite him here; tt> look for the lost things.

3. to move farther, to continue this work; to rise from his seat.

Упражнение 42. was, had to, gave, found out, had done, cried out, beg, have given, said, will swallow.

Упражнение 43. 1. After he had drawn some water from the wellhe sat down to rest a little. 2. He told us that he had bought this house in his youth. 3. The bag and mirror found by you belong to this girl. 4. She had been knocking very long but nobody opened the door. 5. The story which he told the neighbours surprised them.6. Hardly had they left the house when a new owner occupied it.7. She had been carrying water from the well for 30 minutes already when they saw it and helped her. 8. The shoes cleaned of the mud will become new and beautiful. 9. Since they heard this story they do not take water from the well.

Упражнение 44. 1. in, of 2. for, of, to 3. for, to 4. from 5. about6. with,— 7. for 8.—, at 9. for, for 10. to, in

Упражнение 48. 1. The first British trade unions were associa­tions whose duty was to improve the conditions of life and work of the workers. 2. In spite of his poor health he continued going to the factory as he was afraid to lose his job. Many workers in America are afraid to lose their job as it is very easy to become unemployed there and very difficult to find a new job. 3. The Soviet trade unions are mass non-party organizations. 4. The trade unions work under the leadership of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. 5. An im­portant duty of trade unions is to help its members when they cannot work because of illness, or accidcnt at work or when they become too

314

old to continue working. 6. In the Soviet Union every member of a trade union pays his monthly subscription. 7. I have already paid my subscription. 8. She has been getting an old age pension for sev­eral years.

У р о к 5

У п р а ж н е н и е 1. 1. Future Indef. (Passive). 2 . Past Indef. (Pas­sive). 3. Past Indef. (Active). 4. Present Indef. (Passive). 5. Present Indef. (Active), Present Cont. (Passive). 6. Present Perfect (Active).7. Past Indef. (Active). 8. Past Indef. (Passive). 9. Past Indef. (Passive). 10. Present Perfect (Passive). 11. Past Indef. (Passive).12. Present Cont. (Active), Present Cont. (Active).

У п р а ж н е н и е 3. 1. Books in foreign languages were sold in this shop last year. Books in foreign languages will be sold in this shop next year.

2. His report was being discussed from 2 to 4. 3.The play had been translated into Russian two years before it was staged.

У п р а ж н е н и е 7. 1. is being built. 2. was born 3. are always pub­lished 4. were being sold 5. was found 6. was repeated 7. had been dis­cussed 8. will be read 9. will have been sent 10. has been heard.

У п р а ж н е н и е 8. 1. The house will be built next year. 2. He has just been given a clean towel. 3. The scenery is being prepared by them now. 4. He was offered a cup of hot tea. 5. The seat near the window was occupied. 6. Yesterday by 10 o ’clock all the books had already been sold. 7. Who is being spoken about now? 8. He was al­lowed to smoke. 9. These exercises will be corrected by our teacher.10. This book will be published next year. 11. His report was being discussed when I came to the meeting. 12. This article has already been translated.

У п р а ж н е н и е 9. 1. часть сложного сказуемого 2 . дополнение3. часть сложного сказуемого 4. дополнение 5. часть сложного сказуемого 6. то же самое 7. то же самое 8. то же самое. 9. то же самое 10. то же самое 11. дополнение 12. дополнение 13. допол­нение.

У п р а ж н е н и е 11. 1. It must be done; read; translated; pronoun­ced; repaired

2. It can be appreciated; understood; changed; learned3. He wanted to be shown the way; to be asked about it; to be

given a glass of water; to be helped.

У п р а ж н е н и е 13. 1. Switch on the light, please. It is getting dark.2. Everybody noticed that she turned pale after her illness. 3. She

315

grows red very often. 4. The book is growing more and more interest­ing. 5. He turned out to be a bad man. 6. She got angry with me.7. His dream is to become a poet. 8. My mother was a good painter. 9. He remained my best friend till the end of his life. 10. I got surprised when I learned this news.

Упражнение 14. 1. What a fine day it is today 1 2. What an inter­esting book! 3. What a dangerous journey! 4. How pleasant it is to walk in the garden! 5. How well he is working!

Упражнение 22. 1. are obliged 2. escaped 3. immediately 4. is ready 5. assistance 6. wounded 7. was suffering pain 8. expression 9. was taken prisoner 10. found guilty 11. was sentenced 12. assem­bled 13. adventures 14. unanimously 15. twice.

Упражнение 23. 1. To his astonishment everybody has come in time; the report was interesting; the play was a success; every­body considered him a good student.

2. Everybody was present at the meeting; the lecture; the con­ference; the lesson.

3. At last everybody began to treat him well; the pain relieved; his adventures will be over.

4. You will be obliged to deliver lectures every day; to returnbooks in time; to help them in everything.

5. He understood me at once. He was relieved at once. He will be examined at once.

6. He takes the opportunity of studying the language of this country; of presenting him with an interesting book.

7. He was ready to help him; to work day and night; to listen to music all the time; to draw the whole day.

8. 1 met him by accident. I learned of his departure by accident. I saw the key to the room by accident.

9. He will be presented with a book; a fountain-pen, a bicycle.

Упражнение 24.(1) 1. The troops are well armed. 2. Old documents are kept in this

drawer. 3. He is well treated.(2) 1. The students are being examined now in room two. 2. This

part is being played by my friend.(3) 1. He has been wounded twice. 2. He was asked to help them to

translate this article. 3. He was tried for robbery.(4) 1. He told us that the work had already been finished. 2. And-

rocles knew that all the slaves had been punished for trying to escape.

(5) 1. His wound will be examined by the doctor in five minutes.2. Much useful advice will be given to him by his uncle.

(6) 1. He was presented with a very goodalbumon Saturday. 2. Pain

316

У п р а ж н е н и е 2 6 . 1. was concluded. 2. had been illtreated, was glad, was sent. 3. was determined 4. will take an opportunity 5. is swollen 6. was begging 7. was wandering, met 8. was found guilty, was sentenced 9. have been granted 10. is being treated well11. have just been examined 12. has he rushed.

У п р а ж н е н и е 27 . 1. Everybody asked him to tell us about his travelling. 2. In 1825 a few Russian revolutionaries were sentenc­ed to death by the tzarist government. 3. Everybody wanted to be present at our performance. 4. His parents won’t let him play with us. 5. After the incident with the lion Androcles became famous all over the country. 6. He is talking all the time. Ask him to keep si­lence, please. 7 . “ I ’ll take you to the theatre,” his mother said to him. 8. He got angry with me, as I had been five minutes late. 9. Sud­denly the roar of a hungry lion was heard and everybody shuddered.

У п р а ж н е н и е 2 9 . He turned pale when he heard this news; he became a cruel man; he was ready by five o ’clock yesterday; he will be surprised when he hears these poems; he may be wounded because he is very careless; he went home when it grew dark. Everybody was silent; everybody is surprised when they learn that he was wounded twice; everybody will get frightened when they hear this terrible roar.

У п р а ж н е н и е 3 1 . can, write, send, sent, was returned, got angry, wrote, sent, do you know, is not, have not read, sent, had pasted, came, were pasted, read, are sent, wrote, do not have, is.

У п р а ж н е н и е 32. 1. by 2. at 3. under 4. away 5- about 6. by 7. to8. up. 9. of 10. at

У п р а ж н е н и е 3 5 . 1. Where is Peter? He is having dinner in the dining-room. 2. Bring me fish for the second course, please. 3. Help yourself to the biscuits, please. 4. My younger sister always lays the table. 5. 1 prefer coffee with ice-cream. 6. We have only tomato- salad today.— That is all right. I t ’s just to my taste. 7. Do you like hot tea? — Yes, I do. 8. Where did you have breakfast? 9. What have you had for dinner today?

L e s s o n 6У п р а ж н е н и е I . Он не мог понять, который час. 2. Он смертель­

но боялся, что разбудит миссис Джипппнгс. 3. Джордж сказал, что то же самое случилось с ним восемнадцать месяцев тому назад.

was relieved by the medicine. 3. Androcles was surprised thathe was not touched by the lion.

317

grows red very often. 4. The book is growing more and more interest­ing. 5. He turned out to be a bad man. 6. She got angry with me.7. His dream is to become a poet. 8. My mother was a good painter. 9. He remained my best friend till the end of his life. 10. I got surprised when 1 learned this news.

Упражнение 14. 1. What a fine day it is today 1 2. What an inter­esting book! 3. What a dangerous journey! 4. How pleasant it is to walk in the garden! 5. How well he is working!

Упражнение 22. 1. are obliged 2. escaped 3. immediately 4. is ready 5. assistance 6. wounded 7. was suffering pain 8. expression9. was taken prisoner 10. found guilty 11. was sentenced 12. assem­bled 13. adventures 14. unanimously 15. twice.

Упражнение 23. 1. To his astonishment everybody has come in time; the report was interesting; the play was a success; every­body considered him a good student.

2. Everybody was present at the meeting; the lecture; the con­ference; the lesson.

3. At last everybody began to treat him well; the pain relieved; his adventures will be over.

4. You will be obliged to deliver lectures every day; to returnbooks in time; to help them in everything.

5. He understood me at once. He was relieved at once. He will be examined at once.

6. He takes the opportunity of studying the language ot this country; of presenting him with an interesting book.

7. He was ready to help him; to work day and night; to listen to music all the time; to draw the whole day.

8. 1 met him by accident. 1 learned of his departure by accident.I saw the key to the room by accident.

9. He will be presented with a book; a fountain-pen, a bicycle.

Упражнение 24.(1) 1. The troops are well armed. 2. Old documents are kept in this

drawer. 3. He is well treated.(2) 1. The students are being examined now in room two. 2. This

part is being played by my friend.(3) 1. He has been wounded twice. 2. He was asked to help them to

translate this article. 3. He was tried for robbery.(4) 1. He told us that the work had already been finished. 2. And-

rocles knew that all the slaves had been punished for trying to escape.

(5) 1. His wound will be examined by the doctor in five minutes.2. Much useful advice will be given to him by his uncle.

(6) 1. He was presented with a very goodalbumon Saturday. 2. Pain

316

Упражнение 26. 1. was concluded. 2. had been illtreated, was glad, was sent. 3. was determined 4. will take an opportunity 5. is swollen 6. was begging 7. was wandering, met 8. was found guilty, was sentenced 9. have been granted 10. is being treated well11. have just been examined 12. has he rushed.

Упражнение 27. 1. Everybody asked him to tell us about his travelling. 2. In 1825 a few Russian revolutionaries were sentenc­ed to death by the tzarist government. 3. Everybody wanted to be present at our performance. 4. His parents won’t let him play with us. 5. After the incident with the lion Androcles became famous all over the country. 6. He is talking all the time. Ask him to keep si­lence, please. 7. “ I ’ll take you to the theatre," his mother said to him. 8. He got angry with me, as 1 had been five minutes late. 9. Sud­denly the roar of a hungry lion was heard and everybody shuddered.

Упражнение 29. He turned pale when he heard this news; he became a cruel man; he was ready by five o ’clock yesterday; he will be surprised when he hears these poems; he may be wounded because he is very careless; he went home when it grew dark. Everybody was silent; everybody is surprised when they learn that he was wounded twice; everybody will get frightened when they hear this terrible roar.

Упражнение 31. can, write, send, sent, was returned, got angry, wrote, sent, do you know, is not, have not read, sent, had pasted, came, were pasted, read, are sent, wrote, do not have, is.

Упражнение 32. 1. by 2. at 3. under 4. away 5. about 6. by 7. to8. up. 9. of 10. at

Упражнение 35. 1. Where is Peter? He is having dinner in the dining-room. 2. Bring me fish for the second course, please. 3. Help yourself to the biscuits, please. 4. My younger sister always lays the table. 5. I prefer coffee with ice-cream. 6. We have only tomato- salad today.— That is all right. I t ’s just to my taste. 7. Do you like hot tea? — Yes, I do. 8. Where did you have breakfast? 9. What have you had for dinner today?

L e s s o n 6•

Упражнение I. Он не мог понять, который час. 2. Он смертель­но боялся, что разбудит миссис Джиппингс. 3. Джордж сказал, что то же самое случилось с ним восемнадцать месяцев тому назад.

was relieved by the medicine. 3. Androcles was surprised thathe was not touched by the lion.

317

grows red very often. 4. The book is growing more and more interest­ing. 5. He turned out to be a bad man. 6. She got angry with me.7. His dream is to become a poet. 8. My mother was a good painter.9. He remained my best friend till the end of his life. 10. I got surprised when I learned this news.

Упражнение 14. 1. What a fine day it is today! 2. What an inter­esting book! 3. What a dangerous journey! 4. How pleasant it is to walk in the garden! 5. How well he is working!

Упражнение 22. 1. are obliged 2. escaped 3. immediately 4. is ready 5. assistance 6. wounded 7. was suffering pain 8. expression9. was taken prisoner 10. found guilty 11. was sentenced 12. assem­bled 13. adventures 14. unanimously 15. twice.

Упражнение 23. 1. To his astonishment everybody has come in time; the report was interesting; the play was a success; every­body considered him a good student.

2. Everybody was present at the meeting; the lecture; the con­ference; the lesson.

3. At last everybody began to treat him well; the pain relieved; his adventures will be over.

4. You will be obliged to deliver lectures every day; to returnbooks in time; to help them in everything.

5. He understood me at once. He was relieved at once. He will be examined at once.

6. He takes the opportunity of studying the language of this country; of presenting him with an interesting book.

7. He was ready to help him; to work day and night; to listen to music all the time; to draw the whole day.

8. 1 met him by accident. I learned of his departure by accident. 1 saw the key to the room by accident.

9. He will be presented with a book; a fountain-pen; a bicycle.

Упражнение 24.(1) 1. The troops are well armed. 2. Old documents are kept in this

drawer. 3. He is well treated.(2) 1. The students are being examined now in room two. 2. This

part is being played by my friend.(3) 1. He has been wounded twice. 2. He was asked to help them to

translate this article. 3. He was tried for robbery.(4) 1. He told us that the work had already been finished. 2. And-

rocles knew that all the slaves had been punished for trying to escape.

(5) 1. His wound will be examined by the doctor in five minutes.2. Much useful advice will be given to him by his uncle.

(6) 1. He was presented with a very goodalbumon Saturday. 2. Pain

316

Упражнение 26. 1. was concluded. 2. had been illtreated, was glad, was sent. 3. was determined 4. will take an opportunity 5. is swollen 6. was begging 7. was wandering, met 8. was found guilty, was sentenced 9. have been granted 10. is being treated well11. have just been examined 12. has he rushed.

Упражнение 27. 1. Everybody asked him to tell us about his travelling. 2. In 1825 a few Russian revolutionaries were sentenc­ed to death by the tzarist government. 3. Everybody wanted to be present at our performance. 4. His parents won’t let him play with us. 5. After the incident with the lion Androcles became famous all over the country. 6. He is talking all the time. Ask him to keep si­lence, please. 7. “ I ’ll take you to the theatre,” his mother said to him. 8. He got angry with me, as I had been five minutes late. 9. Sud­denly the roar of a hungry lion was heard and everybody shuddered.

Упражнение 29. He turned pale when he heard this news; he became a cruel man; he was ready by five o ’clock yesterday; he will be surprised when he hears these poems; he may be wounded because he is very careless; he went home when it grew dark. Everybody was silent; everybody is surprised when they learn that he was wounded twice; everybody will get Irightened when they hear this terrible roar.

Упражнение 31. can, write, send, sent, was returned, got angry, wrote, sent, do you know, is not, have not read, sent, had pasted, came, were pasted, read, are sent, wrote, do not have, is.

Упражнение 32. 1. by 2. at 3. under 4. away 5. about 6. by 7. to8. up. 9. of 10. at

Упражнение 35. 1. Where is Peter? He is having dinner in the dining-room. 2. Bring me fish for the second course, please. 3. Help yourself to the biscuits, please. 4. My younger sister always lays the table. 5. I prefer coffee with ice-cream. 6. We have only tomato- salad today.— That is all right. I t ’s just to my taste. 7. Do you like hot tea? — Yes, I do. 8. Where did you have breakfast? 9. What have you had for dinner today?

L e s s o n 6•

Упражнение 1. Он не мог понять, который час. 2. Он смертель­но боялся, что разбудит миссис Джипппнгс. 3. Джордж сказал, что то же самое случилось с ним восемнадцать месяцев тому назад.

was relieved by the medicine. 3. Androcles was surprised thathe was not touched by the lion.

3 1 7

4. Он понял, что он пытается открыть не ту дверь. 5. Он решил сказать ей, что он о ней думает, когда придет вечером домой.

Упражнение 2. 1. Джордж сказал, что он снимает комнату в доме миссис Джнппингс. Джордж сказал, что он снимал комнату в доме миссис Джиппингс. 2. Она сказала, что пьет холодную воду. Она сказала, что выпила холодной воды. 3. Он сказал, что завтракает в 8 часов. Он сказал, что позавтракал в 8 часов. 4. Они сказали, что посылают все письма авиапочтой. Они сказали, что послали все письма авиапочтой.

Упражнение 3. 1. was staying — проживает (живет) 2. had lost — потеряли 3. studied — учусь 4. should finish — закончу5. worked — работает 6. worked — работал 7. was — (есть) сей­час 8. was playing — играет 9. would come—приедет 10. had post­ed — отправил.

Упражнение 4. 1. had got up 2. had shaken 3. had spoken

Упражнение 5. 1. said, was 2. said, was going 3. said, shouldstart 4. said, had felt 5. said, would be ready 6. was sure, was 7. told, had not finished 8. said, would arrive 9. said, was 10. reported, had been ready 11. said, was washing 12. said, would go, were 13. said, must 14. said, had come.

Упражнение 7. 1. was 2. had struck 3. to send 4. should go 5. was looking 6. not to cross.

Упражнение 8. 1. then 2. today 3. the day before 4. the next day5. to-morrow 6. before

Упражнение 9. a) 1. The secretary told me that the delega­tion had arrived in Moscow the day before. 2. She asked me to open the window. 3. 1 said that 1 should light a fire and make myself break­fast. 4. My mother told me not to rush to the door when I hear the bell. 5. She asked me how long I was going to stay there. 6. My elder sister told me to lock the door when I left the house. 7. He asked me if 1 had received a telegram from my wife. 8. Mabel said that nothing would change her decision and she would leave for Cape Town that evening. 9. The old woman asked me not to smoke in the room. 10. The girl said that she was shivering with cold.

6) 1. George said: “ It is very difficult to play this role.” 2. He asked: “ Why are there so few people in the street?” 3. The man asked the boy: “ Do you know where you live?” 4. The woman said to him: “ Do not worry and go home quietly.” 5. She said: “ I shall sleep in the open a ir .” 6. She asked me: “ Are you going to leave Moscow to-morrow? ” 7. He said to me: “ 1 bought the watch

3 1 8

yesterday.” 8. Ann says: “ 1 have just had a telephone call from home.” 9. My neighbour said tome: “ Leave the key at your sister’s .”10. He said: “ 1 cannot get to sleep now.”

Упражнение 10. 1. She said that her parents lived in Kiev; that they were studying at the Institute; that he was writing a letter; that her father was speaking over the telephone, that it was still dark; that she got up at 7 o ’clock in the morning; that it was raining.

2. He said that they had been sentenced to death; that he had not found the beast; that they had lost the way to the cave; that he had already hidden; that she had explained his absence to them; that he had never got up so early since then.

3. She asked whether 1 should go to the concert; when we should finish our studies; where they would go on Sunday; if he would take part in the performance; why you would not go to the exhibi­tion with us; whether we should study French.

Упражнение 19. 1. lodging, is lodging 2. goes wrong 3. reason4. wind up 5. do not go to bed 6. defended 7. had a cold bath 8. rush­ed 9. don’t shake 10. wicked 11. strange 12. struck, made up our minds 13. downstairs, unlocked 14. neighbouring 15. has locked16. will follow my advice 17. shame 18. have a look.

Упражнение 23. 1. knows 2. could 3. remembered 4. has wound up5. not to be 6. would arrest 7. had been painted 8. to show 9. did not want 10. would send.

Упражнение 24. 1. would leave 2. has found 3. was striking 4.could, was 5. had travelled 6. was running 7. had gone out, would be 8. would not be able, went 9. might, needed 10. had not come.

Упражнение 26. 1. He remembered that he had not wound up the watch the day before. 2. She asked the neighbour to wake her at 6 o ’clock in the morning. 3. He said that he would shave with some cold water because he had no time to wait for the hot water. 4. The policeman told George to go home quietly. 5. When 1 entered the room, I saw that my friend sat in the easy-chair reading a letter.6. He asked me if I knew what time it was. 7. He understood that he had snatched a dictionary instead of a guide in the darkness. 8. She asked him when he would return home. 9. He saw that the lion was limping on one leg. 10. The governor ordered not to kill him and let him go home. 11. They were told that he had been sentenced to death. 12. They asked him to paint the scenery to that play. 13. We told her that we were not hungry. 14. He remembered where he could hide. 15. We understood that we would not be able to calm her.

Упражнение 27. 1. of, to, of 2. up, at 3. to, at 4. in, up, down, to5. for, with 6. to, past 7. up, about, in 8. up, at 9. for, of, in 10.—, in, of 11. with, in, up, to 12. in, back, at.

319

Упражнение 28. I. that he will be late; that it is already 2 o ’clock; that they will not come; that you will like this story; that he will explain to me everything.

2. Let’s go to have dinner. It is 2 o ’clock by my watch. You will miss the train. It is half past two by my watch. He won’t come. It is 7 o ’clock by my watch.

3. By the way when will he return (come back) home? what can you tell us about him? where did he buy the tickets? she does not know the name of this man.

4. It took me 15 minutes to have breakfast; half an hour to cook dinner; the whole day to write the composition; 20 minutes to re­view all the material for the lesson.

5. How long does it take him to read a newspaper? to come there in time? to get home? to wash?

Упражнение 29. 1. Excuse me 2. the right time, slow 3. by my watch 4. It takes her 5. in a hurry 6. in time 7. kind of you.

Упражнение 33. 1. He asked us what changes had taken place in Great Britain 200 years ago. 2. Tell me what they call the changes that took place in Great Britain 200 years ago (how... are described).3. The teacher said that in the past people made things by hand.4. We read in this article that in the XVIII century more compli­cated machines had appeared in the factories of Great Britain. 5. The invention of such machines was to alter the whole way in which peo­ple lived and worked. 6. The workers had to work regular hours. 7. The industrial revolution made the coal industry one of the most impor­tant branches of industry. 8. Please, tell us (will you tell us) what led to the growth of big cities like Manchester. 9. As goods had to be carried from place to place it became necessary to improve transport.10. When Stevenson invented a steam engine the building (construc­tion) of railways began. 11. Ask him to tell us under what conditions children worked at the factories at that time. 12. Skilled workers began fighting for better conditions of work (to improve their condi­tions of work).

L e s s o n 7

Exercise 4. 1. Can you translate this report without a dictionary? 2. Tell him that he should be more considerate. 3. You should not get so upset. 4. At that time he was poor and could not afford to buy a typewriter. 5. You’ll have to come here in a couple of days. 6. You needn’t come here so early. The director will come only at 10 o ’clock.7. You can give him back his exercise-book during the break. 8. His parents could not pay their debt. 9. He ought to (should) pay serious attention to his pronunciation. 10. The conference was to begin at

320

9, but began only at half past nine. II. I had to hand the letter to him personally.

Exercise 5. 1. had been; 2. will take place, 3. is speaking; 4. ex­plained; 5. was reading, was so angry, tore it; 6. have been waiting;7. will be content, make; 8. attends; 9. is delivering; 10. had solv­ed.

Exercise 12. 1. с) I. He can’t afford to waste time. He must pre­pare for his examinations. 2. They couldn't afford to spend such alarge sum of money. 3. Don’t ask me to go to the theatre with you,I can’t afford it now.

2. с) 1. Don’t bother him with your silly questions, i . Tell the children to stop bothering their father. 3. Don’t bother about it. Everything will be all right.

4. b) 1. He will be at home in a couple of days. 2. Ring him up in a couple of hours.

5. с) 1. We must consider this question carefully. 2. Everybody was surprised when they learned that Eliot had contributed a consid­erable sum of money to the school fund. 3. Thank you very much for helping me to carry this suit-case. You are very considerate.

6. с) 1. He has no sense of responsibility at all, again he hasn'tcome in time. 2. What’s the sense of doing it? 3. Your suggestionseems senseless. We shall never be able to do it.

9. b) 1. A Pravda correspondent has reported about the new achievements of builders. 2. His report is of great interest. 3. The newspapers report that the delegation of English students arrived in Moscow yesterday.

10. c) 1. I have been reading this book since one о clock without any break. 2. Let’s go to the classroom. The break will be over in two minutes.

И. a) 1. Вот самые важные пункты плана. 2. Нет смысла де­лать это. 3. Он говорил немного и сразу перешел к существу во­проса. 4. По-моему (с моей точки зрения), он хороший инженер. 5. Он собирался уходить, когда кто-то постучал в дверь. 6. Вы отвечаете не по существу. 7. Когда дошло до дела, она отказалась от его по­мощи. 8. Укажите все слова, которые являются для вас новыми.9. Вот список книг, укажите, какие вы хотели прочитать. 10. Ког­да мы спросили девочку, кто разорвал книгу, она указала на свое­го брата.

11. b) 1. То point to the building, to the mistake, to the picture, to the books, to the man. 2. Keep to the point. 3. What is his point of view? 4. I was on the point of ringing up my friend when he came in. 5. There is no point of discussing this suggestion now.6. From my point of view his report was very interesting. 7. In his speech he pointed that it was necessary to set up this committee.

1 1 -1312 321

Exercise 16. 1. They were content with his report; the work hehad done; the way they had been received

2. We were on the point of leaving home when we received histelegram; heard a knock at the door; the telephone rang

3. 1 consider that we shall get home in time; that he is right; it is time to finish the work

4. 1 wonder where he has disappeared; what has happened tohim; when they will come at last

5. They will be puzzled when they learn this news; if we don’t come; if the results of their experiment prove different

Exercise 18. 1. He may enter the University, but he must pass his finals first. 2. She apologized to him for being late. 3. You needn’t apologize. It is clear to everybody that you are excited. 4. He is such a hard-working student. We believe, that he will be able to enter the University. 5. I can’t tell you whether he goes (will go) to the cinema with us, until he rings me up. 6. Is your sister getting on well with her work? 7. It is such a fine (lovely) day today! Let’s go to see the football match. 8. Haven’t you been at the lecture? No, I haven’t. I could not go, 1 had a headache. 9. They took the wrong road! Don’t worry they won’t lose the way. 10. Well, what can you tell us about it?

Exercise 19. 1. She mustn’t boast, must she? No, she mustn't.2. He apologized to you, didn’t he? Yes, he did. 3. He will not be able to pass the exam, will he? But he will. 4. They had no clas­ses yesterday, didn’t they? But they had. 5. The N. team won the game, didn’t it ? No, it didn’t. 6. He works hard at his English, doesn’t he? Yes, he does. 7. They were not at the fcotball match, were they? No, they were not. (weren’t)

L e s s o n 8

Exercise 4. 1. Having crossed the bridge, he saw a small village.2. Having finished the work, they were able to have a rest. 3. Having received a letter from his sister, he decided tp go to Leningrad to see her. 4. Having turned to the left we saw a large square. 5. Having discussed all the details of our journey, we started off. 6. Having been bought a new dress, she went to show it to my friend. 7. Having written thearticle, I took it to the editorial office. 8. Having come to Moscow, he went to the Bolshoi Theatre. 9. Having read the book, he marked the most interesting passages. 10. Having returned from his office he found all the family by the TV set. 11. Having been told all the details of this case, he came to the conclusion that the sentence was just.

322

3. b) 1. The French people resisted the Germans during the fascist occupation. 2. The Resistance Movement was organized in many Eu­ropean countries during World War II. 3. After fierce battles the re­sistance of enemies was broken.

4. b) 1. The rain ceased. 2. Cease fire! 3. It ceased to be a secret.5. b) 1. Lomonosov is a great Russian scientist. 2. I should like

to study exact sciences. 3. In the 20th century science made great progress.

6. b) 1. Why do you hesitate? You have to go there. 2. I ’ll do it without any hesitation.

7. b) 1. He turned round and looked at me. 2. Turn on the light, please. 3. He turned out (to be) a brave man. 4. When you go away, don’t forget to turn off the gas. 5. She turned pale with horror.6. Today i t ’s your turn to be on duty.

11. b) 1. The USSR citizens have the right to labour and to rest.2. I am proud of being a citizen of the Soviet Union. 3. All the citi­zens of this town came to the square.

12. b) 1. According to the Constitution all the citizens of our country enjoy equal rights. 2. According to the plan we are to com­plete this research work in May. 3. You must act according to our de­cision.

13. b) 1. Have you seen a new huge building in this district?2. We came up to a huge mountain. 3. There was a huge tree near the house.

14. b) 1. A complex sentence consists of principle and subordinate clauses. 2. This watch has a complex mechanism. 3. I think he will be able to fulfil this complex task.

17. b) 1. Everybody welcomed his suggestions. 2. The Soviet actors are welcomed in all countries. 3. You are welcome! 4 .They gave us a warm welcome.

Exercise 16. 1. out; 2. by; 3. about, of; 4. according to, for;5. of; 6. for; 7. of; 8. of, for; 9.—; 10. with; 11. to; 12. of, of; 13. for.

Exercise 18. 1. You had a chance of mastering English but you did not take it. 2. I am proud of being trusted with such difficult work.3. He has had a literary bent since his childhood. 4. He trained much preparing for his space flight. 5. Having completed his flight Titov returned to Moscow where he was welcomed by the citizens of the cap­ital. 6. When Titov was offered to become a cosmonaut he agreed without any hesitation. 7. As soon as the rocket got under way the cosmonaut started to carry out his responsibilities. 8. What was the

Exercise 12. 2. b) 1. He greatly contributed to physics by hisresearch work. 2. In which research institu te did you work? 3. Thisuniversity carries on great research work. 4. His researches failed.

U* 323

weight of the first spaceship? 9. Having left the house we heard the first rolls of thunder. 10. Speaking about the cosmonauts I want to emphasize one important point: they are the average (ordinary) young men of their generation. 11. It was in the flying regiment that Ti­tov’s independent life started.

Exercise 19. 1. to send a telegram; to cross the river; to write the article; to ring me up; to help her

2. to buy a ticket; to take the text-books; to join us3. visiting the libraries and reading-halls; playing with the chil­

dren; reading books; studying foreign languages4. walking in the forest in spring; collecting stamps; driving

a car5. it (the work) very difficult; it (the journey) rather dangerous,

it (the film) very useful; it (the play) quite dull6. to go to a rest-home; to ask her to look after the children;

to consult this doctor

E x e r c i s e 20. 1. He will not be able to go by ship. He usually gets sea-sick. 2. “ Does your brother often go on business (trips, journeys)?” “ Rather often.” 3. Sometimes I go by train for pleasure. 4. I t ’s better to go by plane il you have little time. ,5. I t’s so interesting to travel by car! 6. 1 hear that you are fond of hunting. 7. “ How are you?” “ Quite well.” 8. We were the first to hear the news. 9. I find this story very funny.

L e s s o n 9

E x e r c i s e 2 . 1. to be listening 2. to be noticed 3. to be launched4. to have taken part 5. to have performed 6. to be given 7. run away8. to work 9. not to be late 10. to have been training 11. insist

E x e r c i s e 4 . 1. I want (wish, should like) all the members ol our society to be present at the meeting; everybody to have a good time; your sister to go to the theatre with me; her not to be late; her son to go to the doctor; them to follow njy advice; him to be asked about it

2. 1 saw (heard, watched, noticed) him enter the house and close the door; the girl play and sing; them talk(ing); the children run and jump; the man bend and take something from the chair; the brothers quarrel

3. I consider (find) him to be quite well, the report of the stu­dent to be very interesting; your daughter to be obliged to do it. this work to be too difficult for him; comrade N to be a very capable student

.324

4. I asked (ordered, told, allowed) them to stay at home and wait for me; the children to play in the garden; the students to bring dictionaries, her not to be late; everybody to take their seats; her to open all the windows; the children to go to bed in time

5. I made (let) her unlock the door; him help the girl to carry her things; him take my dictionary; them go downstairs; them attend lectures; the boy show us the way

Exercise 6. 1. He wanted to have his book published. 2. I should like to have the tree in front of the window cut down. 3. You must have your shoes cleaned. 4. I think I can have my hair cut today.5. We must have our wall paper changed. 6. When do you want your breakfast to be brought? 7. I want all the letters, newspapers and mag­azines to be brought in the morning.

Exercise 8. 1. f ’d like you to stay here for two days more. 2. His sister’s illness made him write you such a letter. 3 You must not al­low the disagreement between them to last so long. 4. We knew him to have been a famous singer. 5 They did not expect him to stop and talk with us. 6. She sat down on a bench and watched the children play the ball. 7. We asked Mother to allow him to play with us. 8. They have never heard me speak about this man. 9. I heard the clock strik­ing midnight. 10. His neighbour heard him come home. 11. The young man found himself standing in front of some wall and not knowing where to go. 12. Everybody considered him to be able to fulfil such a task. 13. We decided to lei her rest a bit.

Exercise 12. 1. His sister is said to be very much afraid of dogs.2. The students are supposed to have reached the railway already.3. He is likely to follow your advice. 4. He is known to have attended the lecture. 5. He is not likely to have got up so early. 6. They were supposed to like the performance. 7. He is said to be examining the students of this group. 8. She seems to have pleaded guilty. 9. She seems to have caught cold. 10. She happened to have bought tickets in advance. 11. They were heard to quarrel about something. 12. The investigation is reported to have been completed. 13. One of them is known to fly into space soon.

Exercise 15. 1. for him to wash. 2. for you to follow his instruc­tions. 3. for us to enter the room. 4. for us to begin the show. 5. for her to catch up with us.

Exercise 16. 1. It was difficult for her to forget about this acci­dent. 2. It was necessary for us to discuss this again. 3. We waited for the weather to change. 4. It was not easy for him to begin every­thing anew despite our help. 5. It is not necessary for you to wait so long.

325

E x e r c i s e 19 . 1, с) 1. Morris was anxious to find any job to give his wife a chance to go to the seaside. 2. Sally anxiously waited for the doctor to examine Morris. 3. Sally understood that the great anxiety to help her made Morris become a miner. 4. Morris laughed at Sally’s anxiety about his health.

2. с) 1. Sally decided to open a boarding house at all costs. 2. New things cost much money, tha t’s why they decided to bring some old ones from the camp. 3. She did not want her husband to help her earn their living at the cost of his health. 4. What will be the cost of the construction of this house?

3. с) 1. Morris could not find work because his speciality was not in demand. 2. Young miners were in great demand in this town.3. She demanded to be told the truth. 4. The workers’demand to im­prove the working conditions in the mine were not met.

4. с) 1. The doctor said that Morris was not fit for work in the mine. 2. She has grown up so much that not a single of her old dresses fits her. 3. The food did not fit, the bread was dry, the eggs were spoilt. 4. His working robe fitted him.

5. с) 1. At first Dinny and Morris fixed the doors and windows. 2. Their departure was fixed for Thursday. 3. They asked the doctor to fix the day for the operation.

6. b) 1. Sally gained much knowledge and experience during her life in the miners’ camp. 2. This artist soon gained popularity all over the world. 3. He will gain strength if he lives in the country.

7. с) 1. She decided to take this opportunity and to buy all the necessary things. 2. Morris could not miss this opportunity and agreed to help Coates in his work. 3. They were giad of having the opportunity and decided to let the room to miners. 4. She was given the opportunity to live in the University hostel.

8. с) 1. Sally did not want Morris to help her at the expense of his health. 2. My travelling expenses came to fifty roubles. 3. After Sally let the room to the miners, she had more money but her ex­penses increased. 4. Sally could not buy expensive things, as Morris was still out of work.

9. c) 1. She wanted to set him an example how to work. 2, When is he to be set free from prison? 3. A monument to Kutuzov will be set up near our house. 4. A library is likely to be set in this house.

10. с) 1. Sally confided in this woman. 2. This doctor must be enjoying great confidence of his patients. 3. Sally considered her husband (to be) a self-confident man. 4. The chairman of the trade union enjoyed confidence of all miners. 5. She could not confide in that man.

11. b) 1. It was not easy for Sally's husband to find employment.2. While Morris was out of employment he helped Sally about the house. 3. Soon he was hired by the employer,Coates by name. 4 .One of the fellows was employed at an office. 5. The employers agreed to

326

dismiss a great number of workers. 6. 1 read in a newspaper about the strike of the employees.

12. c) 1. 1 hate to trouble you. 2. Morris hated his boarders. 3. She could not understand the reason for his hatred.

Exercise 22. 1. Neither Morris nor Sally could afford to buy extra things because there was almost no money left. 2. Sally understood that Morris would never agree to stay at home and do nothing. 3. They had no opportunity to open a boarding house. 4. At first she didn’t know anything about his having found a job until he told her about it himself. 5. Unless she is able to manage it, I ’ll do it myself. 6. No­body knew if she would be able to bear all the troubles. 7. None of the miners knew when the accident had occured. 8. There was neither a reading-room nor a library in the miners’ town. 9. They had no time at all to go to the theatre. 10. She was never afraid of difficul­ties.

Exercise 2 3 . 1. Morris was glad to have found a regular employ­ment. 2. He is known to be looking fora job in the town. 3. They must have reached the railway station. 4. She didn’t want him to work underground. 5. Can he let her earn a living? 6. Sally wanted a tank to be set up in the yard. 7. She had to cook in the yard over the fire until the stove was set up. 8. The doctor made Morris stay in bed and not move. 9. The railway is likely to ensure supplies of food for the town. 10. She may not know about this accident. 11. He should not have objected to it. 12. She seems to be suspected of stealing money.13. He was glad to talk to the customers. 14. If he doesn’t earn enough money, she will not be able to go to the coast. 15. She saw him going together with other miners towards the mine. 16. She is likely to let the room to some of the miners. 17. He can’t have taken this oppor­tunity. 18. She heard the doctor forbid him to work during a few weeks. 19. You should have gone round the mine yourself and not wait until he goes with you. 20. He must have got the qualifications long ago.

E x e r c i s e 26 . 1. she is skating; they are laying the table; he is driving his car; he is feeding the dog

2. going for a walk in the evening; going to bed late; to taking a cold shower every morning; doing his morning exercises to music

3. study much to become a doctor; ask them to move the furni­ture out of the flat; run all the way to the station

L e s s o n 10E x e r c i s e 5. 1. It is necessary that you should warn him about a

possible danger; that they should meet and discuss the plan of work; they should buy some more things; the old equipment should be replaced by the modern one; she should find the lost book.

327

2. I suggest that he should put on his new suit; that she should apologize to him; that they should go travelling together; that the plans should be discussed beforehand; that he should be asked an­other question.

Exercise 6. 1. Suppose they have collected a very small sum of money. What would you do to increase it? 2. Last week she would have saved more. 3. At that time they would have subscribed without any hesitation. 4. In your place I should ask them whom they handed the lists. 5. 1 should gladly wear this ready-made suit to my office.6. She would buy these things, but she can’t afford it now. 7. Hurry up! The launching of the rocket is fixed to 12 o ’clock. It would be unpleasant to be late for it. 8. It is a pity we were not at the perform­ance. We should have laughed together with you.

Exercise 9. 1. 1 wish he were not ill now. He was eager to go to the seaside. 2. I wish his book would be in great demand. 3. I wish the shoes could fit you. 4. I wish you had fixed the date for carrying out this work. I am afraid that it will not be ready in time.5. 1 wish she would follow my advice. 6. I wish he had not missed the opportunity of handing the letter to him. 7. I wish they would be set free tomorrow. 8. I wish you always trusted me. 9. I wish theydid not hesitate. 10. I wish he would not resist so much. 11. I wishyou would see this interesting building.

Exercise 11. a) 1. knew. 2. travelled. 3. ran. 4. is. 5. were not.6. were, b) 1. would have taken; 2. shall be able; 3. will write;4. would be; 5. would have afforded; 6. would not cook

Exercise 12. 1. if you help him; if he passes his exam; if he goes to the rest-home; if he buys a new suit; if he is free in the evening; if you visit him

2. if he could take part in the contest; if she would go for a holi­day; if you came in time; if they sent their congratulation; if we avoided danger

3. if that suit had been bought for him, if his uncle had given him advice; if he had got a seat in this carriage; if that play had beena success; if she had sung this song

Exercise 15. 1. If she comes (should come) to meet you (should she come to meet you) tell her not to worry, if I return home late.2. If you had been in her place (had you been in her place), you would have done just the same. 3. If they wanted they could always send their son to the pioneer camp. 4. If he had decided (had he decided) to buy this suit, he would have gone to the shop with you yesterday.5. If you had left home (had you left home) ten minutes later, you could have missed the train. 6. I believe, he will be able to substitute

328

you, if you fall ill. 7. What would you do, if you were offered a job at this institute? 8. If he had fixed (had he fixed) the chimney proper­ly, it would not have fallen down. 9. If you were not so nervous (were you not so nervous) you would have passed the examinations much better. 10. If he had not fallen during yesterday’s ski-contest, he would receive the gold medal today.

E x e r c i s e 18. 1. 1 should make this contribution; 1 should go towork in the mine; I should give him an extra ticket; I should beginto train; I should master several foreign languages;

2. I should have left him a note. Of course, he will not come now; I should have bought a ready-made dress, and not this staff; I should not have gone to the Caucasus when it was so hot.

3. they would not have punished him so severely; he would nothave taken this work; she would not have agreed to let the room;he would not have gone to work in the mine; they would havegone to the camp.

E x e r c i s e 19. 1. should not have allowed; 2 . should join; 3. would do; 4. should not have cut; 5. would realize; 6. would have helped

E x e r c i s e 21. 1. с) 1. In your place I should encourage his interest in algebra. 2. I should like to discourage her from buying these things.3. The news discouraged him so much that he couldn’t say a word.4. Everything ended well owing to his courage. 5. They had no cour­age to tell the truth. 6. She is a very courageous woman, she saved lives of many wounded people during the war.

2. b) 1. I can say that you achieved the best results in this con­test. 2. All the newspapers wrote about a remarkable achievement of this sportsman.

3. b) 1. The ambition of a teacher is to bring up his pupils as honest and hard work ing people. 2. We think that he is very ambitious. He is always glad when he is praised. 3. What an ambitious girl, she always wants to be the first in everything.

4. с) 1. Try to describe her appearance. 2. He began his composi­tion with the description of a very large city. 3. I know that the des­criptive part takes a small place in my composition.

5. с) 1. He said that the marks would be declared after the exam­ination. 2. The delegates discussed the declaration and decided to publish it.

6. с) 1. The railway station is not yet completed. 2. This worker has a complete set of tools. 3. He is completely ready to follow all your instructions.

7. с) 1. His picture was accepted by the commission. 2. They are said to have taken the decision. 3. She refused to receive them as she was very busy.

329

8. с) 1. They considered his action as a crime. 2. He will never commit a crime. 3. The criminal was reported to excape from prison.4. We study criminal law.

9. b) 1. He is not keen on light music. 2. In my youth I had a keen sight. 3. He is keen on seeing Gaugen’s original pictures.

10. b) 1. The trial was held on Monday. Judge N. was trying this case. 2. This woman should be brought to trial. 3. I have never been on trial. 4. There were many people at the trial.

11. с) 1. The judge N. lives not far from the centre of the town. 2. They are known to disagree with the judgement of the court. 3. In my judgement this music is not worth listening to. 4. He cannot judge their game as he has just come and has not seen the beginning of it.5. The judgement is likely to be passed tomorrow.

12. b) 1. Don’t omit the words when you copy the text from the book. 2. He is always inattentive when he is writing on the blackboard; he will never get a good mark because he omits letters or commas.

E x e r c i s e 2 6 . 1. One mustn’t judge him so strictly. 2. He is a just judge. 3. Try not to cough, otherwise you will feel worse. 4. The child has a bad cough, I want him to stay at home. 5. Why are you so pale?6. She started turning pale suddenly. 7. Don’t force him to apologize.8. Several people were killed by the force of the explosion. 9. This scientist studies the influence of the moon on the earth. 10. Weather influences crops. 11. They visited the grave of the Unknown Soldier.12. The doctor said that the condition of her health was extremely grave.

Exercise 29. 1. If I had been (you) in your place I shouldn’t (wouldn’t) have made this declaration. 2. His witness has just gone into the court-room. It would be interesting to know what he is saying there now. 3. He would not have given that evidence at that time. 4. It is important that their trip (end) should end successfully. 5. He de­manded that we should influence her. 6. She looked as if she were disappointed a little. 7. You must conceal all the facts lest they should know everything. 8. I wish we had stayed in the room and had heard him describing the event. 9. If he goes to see his lawyer (If he should go ...), ask him to take all the necessary documents. 10. I ask­ed him to be more attentive and not to omit letters in the words, but he wouldn’t obey. 11. I wish they would achieve (obtain) great success. 12. Would you mind speaking about my case with your lawyer? 13. I wish the trial would be over at last. 14. If he had committed the crime he would not be so calm at the trial now.15. If she is more sincere, we shall be able to help her. 16. We think that he could convince her not to pay any attention to this obvious (evident) misunderstanding.

330

Exercise 32.

a) A.: Tell me your telephone number, please.B.: 929—31—42A.: May 1 ring you up tomorrow night?В I shall be at the theatre. Could you phone me the day

after tomorrow?A.: All right. At what time?В About nine o ’clock,

b' N.: Who is calling, please?A. \ Ann speaking. Say, is this you, Nick?N.: Yes, this is Nick. Hello, Ann. I t ’s nice to hear your voice

(Glad to hear your voice).A.: I ’d like to speak with Kate if she is at home (if she is there). iV.: She isn’t.A.: Will she be back soon?N.: Probably about 7 o ’clock. Will you leave her a message? A.: Yes, I want to invite her to the cinema. Tell her about it,

please. There is a very good film on at our club.N .: When do you intend to go there?A.: At 9 p . m. tomorrow. Ask Kate to ring me up when she

comes home.N .: With great pleasure. (Willingly.)A.: So long, Nick.N.: So long, Ann.

ит»т\и\тиит\ии\тп\тт\\т\\\и\\\1н\\и\\тт\тт\\»\\»\ц\и\\\\\\\\ш\\ии\»\\п\\и\ттти\\ипии\т\\тит\\пти\\\\ин\\\\\тии\\'л\\инп\\\т»и\\пт\иитц»

О С Н О В Н Ы Е П Р А В И Л А Ч Т Е Н И Я

1. ЧТЕНИЕ СОГЛАСНЫХ БУКВ И ИХ СОЧЕТАНИЙ

Табл. I

Буквы Звук Примеры и пояснения

с 6

s

перед е, i , у: city | ' s i t i | город; перед осталь­ными буквами или на конце слова: cat (kaet) кошка, physic [ 'f iz ik j медицина

в сочетании c i+ a l : special f 'sp e ja l) специальный

c hck

Vk

cheese ( t J i : z] сыр chicken ( 't j ik in j цыпленок

8 G 5п е р е д е , i, у: large 11 a : d 3 J большой; перед ос­

тальными буквами или на конце слова: go fgou | ходить; bag Ibaecj] самка

g gi" g

d3T)

в любом положении: baggage f 'b a ’g id ^ l багаж Jim (d^im J Джим long [lofll длинный

nkp hqu

09

I#f

kw

в середине слов, не образованных от глагольных основ: English f 'ig g li j ] английский

think [05gk] думать philosopher ( f i 'b sa fa ) философ quick [kwik] быстрый

s

Sh

ej

в начале слова и после глухих согласных: sand fsaend] песок, cats | kaets] кошки;

между гласными и после звонких согласных: rise (ra iz j подниматься

ship (Jipl корабль

1

r

5t

в сочетании согласная -f-s-f ion: pension I 'pen fn ) пенсиягласная - f s + io n или иге: illu sion [ i ' l u i j n j ил­люзия, measure I'm e^a] мера

в любом положении: fvvet | мокрыйI в сочетании t-t-ion: dem onstration [ydeman 'stre-

>J'an) демонстрацияt l в сочетании t- fu re : future [ ' f ju : tja J будущий

s+t-f-ion: question f 'kw estjn ] вопросX ks fox [ foks] лиса

332

Габл. II

Буква Не читается Примеры

b в сочетаниях b t, mb debt [detj долгdumb [dAm] немой

е в сочетании gh вторая буква bought [bo:t) купилэтого сочетания тоже нечитается

h в сочетании wh перед всеми why |w a i| почемугласными, кроме о

в положении после х exhibition fye k s i 'b i | выставкак в сочетании kn knife (n a ilj ножп о сочетании т л на конце autum n I'o.-tsm) осень

словаW в сочетании wr w rite | r a i t | писать

и сочетании wli перед бук who [hu:] ктовой 0

II. Ч1ЕНИЕ ГЛАСНЫХ БУКВ

Табл. I I I . Гласные в открытом слоге*

буквы Звуки Примеры

a ei take, m ate , racee i< P ete , be, he1.У ai tim e, k ite , p ine, type0 ou

(ju:|u :

tone, bone, ropetuberule

Табл. IV. Гласные в закрытом слоге

_Буквы Звуки Примеры

a ж bad, had, mape e pen, send, ten

b it , k id , i t , gypsy,y i0 о ho t, notu к bus, club

* Открытый слог — слог, оканчивающийся на гласную букву (he, me, no, so). В открытом слоге, оканчивающемся на согласную +гласная е , послед­няя не произносится, а только является указанием на то , что предыдущий слог является открытым (lin e , tune, hone, late). Гласная буква в ударном открытом слоге имеет алфавитное чтение.

333

Табл. V. Гласные в сочетании с буквой ч

Буквы Звук Примеры

ar a: car [ka :] автомобильor d : sport [spo: t] спортer) her [ha:]eeir a: g irl [ga ; 1) девочкаur) turn [ ta :n ] поворачивать (ся)

Табл. VI. Гласные буквосочетания

Буквы Звук Примеры

ее i: tree [ t r i : J деревоea, ео, ey. е i: speak [sp i:k ] говорить

people [p i :p l ] люди seize [s i: z] схватить key [k i :] ключ

или e перед d dead [ded] мертвыйea-f г+ с о г л . a: learn [1э:п] учитьсяоо u: spoon [spu :ii] ложка

перед k u look [luk] взглядew ju: new [n ju :] новыйai 1 pain [ pein] больay ) ei day [dei] деньеУ) * ei / hey fhei] эй!

lou window ['w indou] окноow [au brown [braun] коричневыйou au count [kaunt] считатьo u + g h э : bought [bo: tJ купилaw , au э : law [1э:] закон

A ustria [ 'o :s tr ia ] Австрияoa ou coat [kout] пальтоoi, oy s i toil [to il] работа

boy [boi ] мальчикue, ul ju: due [d ju : ] надлежащий

su it [s ju :t] костюм

Табл. VII

Буквы Звук Примеры

air 1 air [ea] воздухare J care [kea] заботаear 1 ia near [nia] околоere 1 here [hid] здесьire . у re ala fire [faia] огонь

ty re [ta ia] шинаore a: more [ т э : ] большеure jua cure [kjua] лечить

* Только в ударных слогах, в безударных слогах — (i]: hockey [ 'hokiJ хоккей, foreign [ 'fo rm ] иностранный.

334

Габл. VIII Гласные в сочетании с другими согласными

Буквы Звук Примеры

а (после w) 3 w ant [w sn tj хотетьа (перед II или Э! ta ll | to : l ] высокий1 + согласная) walk (w o:k] гулятьа (перед ss grass [gra:s] mpaeaили s + согласная а: vast fva :st] обширныйа+ п + со гл асн ая plan t (p la :n tj завод

(но не п)after f 'a : f ta j послеа-Н-(-согласная

(в том числе 1)i (перед Id или nd) ai child [ t ja iId ) ребенок

kind [kaind] добрыйi- fg h al high [hai] высокийо (перед Id) OU cold (kould) холодный

Табл. IX. Чтение буквы у

Буква Звук Примеры

У1) перед гласным J yes [ jes] да2) на конце односложных а! my [m ai] мой

слов3) на конце двух- и много­ 1 many |'m e n i] много

сложных слов fam ily [ 'fa em ili | семь я

СУФФИКСЫ И ПРЕФИКСЫ

Функции Суффиксы Примеры

|Суф

фикс

ы су

щес

твит

ельн

ых

указывающие на лицо, совер­шающее дей­ствие

-or, -ег reader читатель teacher учитель inspector инспектор

для обозначения принадлежнос­ти к научному или политичес­кому направле­нию

-1st com m unist коммунист m arx ist марксист rom anticist романтик

335

П родолжение

Функции Суффиксы Примеры

для обозначения -ian Russian русскийнациональной B ulgarian болгаринпринадлежности

ism comm unism коммунизм«XS rom anticism романтизмрк age m arriage брак, passage проход

X яо ance, -ence im portance важность3ж с insistence настойчивостьлс; X dom freedom свобода0»н

3X kingdom королевство

Xш е-к hood childhood детствоно со

C L neighbourhood соседствоа»я I-*О -ion, -a lion , d ic ta tion диктантЯ \г> (ion dem onstration демонстрацияо

сс slon , -ssion 'submission подчинение3о е( -ment developm ent развитиеS с? governm ent правительство

•е* 3 ness darkness т емнот а,kindness доброта■9* Xо. ship friendsh ip друж баи -ture departure отъезд

И« lite ra tu re литерат урапв - t , q uality качествоX •y chem istry химия

-Ih stren g th сила

указывающие на ab le , -ible changeable изменчивыйналичие како convertib le обратимыйго-лнбо каче -al practical практическийства или свой­ chemical химический

X■я ства -ant, -enl im portant важныйJJ* different различныймч -ous famous знаменитыйа>н dangerous опасныйU •ive ta lka tive разговорчивыйСЗ active деятельныйSОм •У rainy дождливыйс sunny солнечный3 foggy туманныйа: -ful harm ful вредныйS

# beautiful прекрасный-в - национальная при­ -ish P o lish польскийи надлежность

слабая степень brownish коричневатыйкачества

национальная -ese Japanese японскийпринадлежность

указывающие на -less harmless безвредныйотсутствие ка colourless бесцветныйчества hopeless безнадежный

helpless беспомощный

336

П родол же ние

Функции Суффиксы Примеры

sST указывающие на­ •ward(s) forward впередо . правление homewards домойX3 указывающие на •|у slowly медленно* характер дей quickly быстро

• e * ствия na tu ra lly естественно•d- daily ежедневноиCOО8 -ize to sym pathize сочувствоватьuCO to characterize характеризовать

■4u -fy to sim plify упрощать3 to purify очищатьt£ •еп to streng then усиливать

■P- to widen расширять•e- -te to com plete завершатьo

Префиксы Примеры

Префиксы с от­ un- unhappy несчастливый, несчастныйрицательным in- invisib le невидимыйзначением dis- disapprove не одобрять

disarmam ent разоружениеnon- non-alignm ent неприсоединение

Префикс Повтор­ re- to re-read перечитыватьности действия to re-w rite переписывать

to re construct реконструировать

Префиксы с раз mis to m isunderstand неправильно пониматьиыми знамени- to mislead вводить в заблуждениеями to mishear неправильно услышать

to m isin terpret неправильно истолковатьn- to inclose заключать

to inlay вставлять incomer входящий indoor(s) внут ри дома inborn врожденный

over- to over-estim ate переоцениватьunder to undervalue недооценивать

underdeveloped слабо(мало) развитыйpre- p reh isto ric доисторический

pre-war доеденныйpost- post-war послевоенныйanti- an ti-im peria list антиимпериалистический

337

П родолжение

Префиксы Примеры

Префиксы с раз­ными значени­ями

counter-со-

inter-ех-

sub-

ultra-еп-

counter-attack конт рат ака coexistence сосуществование co-operation сотрудничество inter-action взаимодействие ex-m in ister бывший м инист р ex-champion бывший чемпион subdivide подразделять subcommittee подкомиссия u ltra-v io le t ультрафиолетовый to enlarge увеличивать to enslave порабощать

У П О Т Р Е Б Л Е Н И Е А Р Т И К Л Е Й

I. О П Р Е Д Е Л Е Н Н Ы Й А Р Т И К Л Ь

а) Перед нарицательными существительными

1. Перед существитель­ными, обозначающи­ми конкретный пред­мет, о котором шла речь раньше

2. Перед существитель­ными, являющимися единственными в сво­ем роде

3. Когда из ситуации или из контекста яс­но, какое лицо или предмет имеетсяв виду

4. Перед существитель­ными, обозначающи­ми вещества в опре­деленном количестве, (имеется в виду все вещество)

5. После слов one ot, some of, many of, each of, most of, обычно после слов a ll, both

Th is is a book. The book is interesting.

In summer the sun shines brightly.

Open the window,please.

Pass rr.e I he bread, please. Where is the w ater?

One of the students m is­sed the lesson.

Most of the articles are easy to translate.

A ll the boys w ill go on an excursion.

Это книга. Книга инте­ресная.

Летом солнце светит ярко.

Открой окно, пожалуй­ста.

Передайте мне, пожа­луйста, хлеб. Где вода?

Один из студентов не был на уроке.

Большинство статей лег­ки для перевода.

Все мальчики поедут на экскурсию.

338

Продолжение

6. Перед субстантиви­рованными прилага­тельными и причас­тиями

7. Перед существитель­ными, обозначаю­щими классы людей

The rich live in the W est End of London and the poor live in the East End.

The wounded were tak­en to the hospital.

The capita lists gain great profits at the expense of the workers.

Богатые живут в лон­донском Вест Эйде, бедные — в Ист Энде.

Раненых отвезли в боль­ницу.

Капиталисты получают огромные прибыли за счет рабочих.

б) Перед именами собственными

1. Перед именем соб­ственным, обознача­ющим целиком всю семью

2. Перед названиями некоторых стран

3. Перед названиями рек, морей, океанов и горных цепей (наз­вания отдельных вершин употребля­ются без артикля, например E lbrus)

4. Перед названиями четырех стран света

5. Перед названиями судов, гостиниц и английских газет

The Petrovs like to go to the country on Sun ­days.

The Soviet Union isthe first socia list country in the world.

The constitution of the United States was adopted in 1789.

W e lived at the shore of the B lack Sea.

They were sa ilin g down the Volga.

W e shall go to the South in summer.

I read the “M orn ing S t a r "every day.

H e stayed at the “M o ­skva”.

Петровы любят ездить за город по воскре­сеньям.

Советский Союз — пер­вая социалистическая страна в мире.

Конституция С Ш А была принята в 1789 году.

Мы жили на берегу Черного моря.

Они плыли по Волге.

Летом мы поедем на юг.

Я ежедневно читаю «Морнинг Стар».

Он остановился в гос­тинице «Москва».

11. Н Е О П Р Е Д Е Л Е Н Н Ы Й А Р Т И К Л Ь

1. Д ля обозначения принадлежности предмета к какому- либо классу пред­метов при наличии описательного опре­деления и без него

There is a book on the table.

1 saw a very interest­ing film .

She is a teacher.

На столе лежит книга.

Я видел очень интерес­ный фильм.

Она учительница.

339

П родолш нш

2. В восклицательных W hai a beautiful llower! Какой красивый цве­предложениях после ток'whal

I I I ОТСУТСТВИЕ А Р Т И К Л Я

1. Перед абстрактными именами существи тельными; перед на­званием вещества (кроме пункта 4 в таблице 1,а)

2. Перед существитель­ным , определяемым словами next (буду­щий) и last (прош лый) или количест­венным числитель ным, следующим за существительным

4. Перед именами соб­ственными

5. Перед существитель­ными mother, fathe' и т. д. в речи чле­нов одной семьи

A ir is necessary for lite.

Know ledge is power.

Last year I was in Leningrad.

Open your books atpage 10

Her name is Ka>e. Moscow is the capital

of the U SS R

Where is Mother?

Воздух необходим для жизни

Знание — сила.

В прошлом году я был в Ленинграде.

Откройте книги на странице 10.

Он директор этой ш ко­лы.

Ее зовут Катя Москва — столица

С С С Р

Где мама?

3. После глагола lo Be Не is directo of this перед предикативом, school обозначающим должности

3 4 0

В О П Р О С И Т Е Л Ь Н Ы Е С Л О В А И П О Р Я Д О К С Л О В В В О П Р О С И Т Е Л Ь Н Ы Х П Р Е Д Л О Ж Е Н И Я Х

С П Е Ц И А Л Ь Н Ы Е ВОПРОСЫ

Член предло­жения,

к которомуВопрос итель

ное слово

Сказуемое(вспомога­тельный Подлежащее Сказуемое

(смысл, г л .)Дополнения

и обстоятельставится глагол) стви

вопрос

1 2 3 •» 5♦

6

подлежа­ W ho _ _ reads newspaper?щее* in the

Ктоm orning?

читает газеты ут ром?

определение Whose — brother reads newspapersподлежа­ in theщего* morning?

Чей брат читает газетыутром?

То же Which brother reads newspapers in the m orn ing5

Который брат читает газетыутром?

сказуемое W hai does her brother do in the mor

Чтоn ing?

ее брат делает утром?дополнение W hal doe? her brother read in the mor

n ing?Что ее брат читает утром?

определение Whai does her brother read in the m c rning?

дополнения newspapersКакие га­ е е брат читает утром?зеты

How does her brother read in the morm an y” n in g ’newspa­pers

Сколько ее брат читает утром?газет

обстоятель­ Where does her brother read newspapersство места in the m or

n in g?Где ее брат читает газеты

утром-

•Если вопрос относится к подлежащему или к группе подлежащего, то вспомогательный глагол не употребляется и сохраняется порядок слов пове­ствовательного предложения. В остальных случаях в вопросе нужен вспомо­гательный глагол и обратный порядок слов.

** How much сколько употребляется, когда речь идет об абстрактных или неисчисляемых существительных.

341

Продолжение

1 2 3 4 5 6

обстоятель­ When does her brother read newspapers?ство вре­ (at whatмени time)• Когда (в ка­

кое время)ее брат читает газеты?

обстоятель­ How does her brother read newspapersство обра­ in theза дейст­ m orning?вия Как ее брат читает газеты

утром?обстоятель­ W hy does her brother read newspapers

ство при­ in theчины m orning?

Почему ее брат читает газетыутром?

ПРЕДЛОГИ

А. П РЕД Л О ГИ М ЕСТ А И Н А П Р А В Л Е Н И Я

a b o ve

^ -гР

above над at, by у, около, рядом сacross через to к, в, на

342

below под, ниже into вunder под from от, из, сin front ot, before перед out of изbehind, after сзади, позади through через, сквозьon на up вверхIn в down вниз

Б. П Р Е Д Л О ГИ В Р Е М Е Н И

after — 1) после

after that day — после этого дня

2) через

Не саше back after a week. О н возвратился через неделю,

before — до

before ten o’clock — до 10 часов

by — кby two o’c lo c k — к двум часамby the end of the month — к концу месяца

during — в течение

during the sum m er— в течение лета (отвечает на вопрос when?)

lor — 1) в течение

for two hours — в течение двух часов (отвечает на вопрос how long?)

2) на

for the n ight — на ночьfor the holidays — на каникулы

Irom ... t ill — от ( с ) . . .д о

Не lived in K iev from 1935 t il l 1939.Он жил в Киеве с 1935 до 1939 года.

We have classes from 9 in the m orning t ill (to) 3 in the afternoon.. У нас уроки с 9 утра до 3 дня.

in — 1) в

in June — в июнеin the m orning — утром (в утреннее время) in w inter — зимой (в зимнее время)

2) через

in three days— через три дня in a month — через месяц

o n — 1) в (определенный день)

on Sunday — в воскресеньеon the 7th of November — седьмого ноября

2) употребляется вместо in, когда слова day, m orning и т. д. имеют определение.

on a fine m orning — в одно прекрасное утроon the m orning of the 1st of January — утром l-ro января

343-

past — ( после)

It is already past two. Уже третий час (после двух;.It is ten m inutes past two. Десять минут третьего (после двух.)

since — с

Не has lived in Moscow since 1946 Он живет в Москве с 1946 года (живет и сейчас)

С О Ю З Ы И С О Ю З Н Ы Е С Л О В А

А С О Ч И Н И Т Е Л Ь Н Ы Е СО Ю ЗЫ

Союзы Перевод Примеры

and и, a The rain stopped and the sun came out.

Дождь прекратился и вышло солнце.

b u t a , но Не opened the door b u l there was nobody in the room.

Он открыл дверь, но в комнате ни­кого не было.

b o th . . and как ... так и; и ... и

B o th g ii Is and b o y s were d a n c i n g g a i ly .

Как девочки, гак и мальчики весе­ло танцевали

lor так как. ибо You must open the window lor it is hot in the room

Вы должны открыть окно, так как и комнате жарко.

or или Не w ill go to the Crimea oi to the Caucasus.

Он поедет в Крым или на Кавказ.

a s well as так же, как (а также)

1 sent her a letter as well as a tele­gram.

Я послал ей письмо, а также и телеграмму.

either . .o r либо ... либо (или ... или)

Either you or your friend must come to the meeting.

Либо вы, либо ваш друг должны прийти на собрание.

neither . . , nor ии ... ни Neither he nor you could make the report.

Ни он, ни вы не смогли сделать доклада.

344

П родолжение

Союзы Перевод Примеры

not only, . but also

не только .. . но и

Not only students but also teachers liked the play.

He только студентам, но (также) ипреподавателям понравилась пьеса.

Б. ПОДЧИНИТЕЛЬНЫЕ СОЮЗЫ

Тн

ппр

ед

лож

ен и

я

Союз или союзное слово Примеры Перевод

Союзы that (что; That he studies badly To, что он учитсято, что)

w hether (if) (ли)is strange. плохо, довольно

странноOJ Союзные слова It is strange lha t he Странно, что он ска­1 who, whom. has said it. зал это.ага whose, w h a t, Whether (if) he w ill Еще не известно, сде­Xо w hich, when. m?ke a report is not лает ли он доклад.§ where how. clear yet.оС why What he says is in te r­

esting .Who w ill go there has

not yet been decided When he w ill do it

nobody knows.

То, что он говорит.интересно.

Еще не решено, кто пойдет туда.

Никто не знает, когда он это сделает.

сЬ£ 1г-4

Те же союзы и The question is if they Вопрос в том, пойдутсоюзные слова can go there. ли они туда.

Я The th ing is that he Дело в том, что он ни­С н does n o t know an y ­

th in g .чего не знает.

§1 Те же союзы и I thought lhal you Я думал, что вы ус­союзные слова were tired . тали.

о л £ ч I asked him if he would Я спросил его, придетС ei come. ли он.

01 Союзные слова The boy who is reading Мальчик, который чи­ОX а) относительные is my brother. тает, мой брат.Лч местоимения This is the flat in Вот квартира, в кото­шf- who, whom, w hich they lived. рой они жили.яч whose, which, The book tha t I am Книга, которую я чи­сич lh a t (который) reading belongs to my таю, принадлежитй»Q.С

Оfriend. моему другу.

345

11 родолжениеТи

п пр

ед­

ложе

нии

Союз или союзное слово Примеры Перевод

б) относительные The town where they Город, где они живут,ч g о 2 наречия when, live is not far from недалеко от Москвы.

where, why, Moscow.а) £ о. ^ how I remember the day Я помню день, когдас а о н when I entered the

In s titu te .поступил в институт.

X<у Союзы when (ког­ When 1 came home, Когда я пришел домой,2о> да), w hile. as (в they were having они завтракали.S* то время, как), lunch.

t i l l , un til (по­ I shall stay here, un ­ Я буду здесь, покаа к а , до тех пор til you finish your вы не кончите работу.XX пока... не), a f t­ work.а»а er (после того I haven’t seen him Я не видел его с техна как), since (с since he left Moscow. пор, как он уехал«0«=: тех пор как), из Москвы.а»t- before (прежде As soon as you finish Как только вы кончи­«о чем, перед тем w ritin g , we shall go те писать, мы пой­ниоС

как), as soon as (как только'

for a walk. дем гулять.

£ о5 2 where (где, куда) I like to spend my Я люблю проводить от­н = 2 IX X Г. wherever (где бы leave w here it is not пуск там. где не° « ( ! *“ £ sо ь VO О

о

ни, куда бы ни)

so hot. жарко.

Xй 3 because, as (так He will not come be­ Он не приедет, потомув = как, потому cause he is busy. что он занят.л =£ что), since (так As it was late every­ Так как было поздно.5 о- как, посколь­

ку)body hurried home. все поспешили домой.1- с к Since he is il l we Так как он болен, мыо с«» Н 3О £о =

о

shall come to see him.

навестим его.

X (so) th a t (так It was so late that Было так поздно, чтокX что, чтобы, 1 decided to go to я решил ложитьсяCQ Xн ч для того что­ sleep. спать.о а* »=t a бы) 1 gave him the book, Я дал ему книгу, дляа>*=: so that he might того чтобы он мого study it at home. изучать ее дома.

* * it (если), unless II he is free we shall Если он свободен, мык ^ = (если только v is it him. навестим его.g i s не) He w ill not be able to Он не сможет сделать

VO CD make a report unless доклад, если толькоО и you help him. вы ему не поможете.

346

П родолжениеТи

п пр

ед­

лож

ения Союз или

союзное слово Примеры Перевод

Обс

тоят

ельс

твен

ные

усту

пите

льны

е

though (although)(хотя)

whoever (кто бы ни)

w hatever (что бы ни)

in sp ite of (не­смотря на)

Though he is very young he w ill be able to do th is work.

W hatever happens, don’t be frigntened.

Хотя он и очень мо­лод, он сможет сде­лать эту работу.

Что бы ни случилось, не пугайтесь.

Сра

внен

ия

than (чем) as . . . as ,так

же. . . как (и), такой же. . . как (и))

(no t) so. . . as (не)так . . . как, не такой. . . как)

He is younger than I. He runs as quick as !

do.This book is not so in ­

teresting as you th ink .

Он моложе, чем я.Он бегает так же быст­

ро, как и я.Эта книга не такая

интересная, как вы думаете.

СПРЯЖЕНИЕ АНГЛИЙСКОГО ЯЗЫКА Presenl Indefin ite

Ед. число Мн. число

I ask you ask he ]she} asksit I

we ask you ask

they ask

Окончание глагола в 3-ем лице ед. ч. Present Indefin ite

Глаголы, оканчивающиеся на: принимаютокончание

в произно­шении Например

глухой согласный |s | he asksзвонкий согласный -S 12] she readsгласный звук |Z | it p laysшипящий или свистящий -es |iz | she passes

звук (на письме -ss, sh, he fishes-ch, х), а также -se, се. it catches-ze, -ge, -о he boxes

he stages-S |IZ| she places-es [г\ it goes

34?

349

£oo ВИДО-ВРЕМЕННАЯ СИСТЕМА АНГЛИЙСКОГО ГЛАГОЛА

ИЗЪЯВИТЕЛЬНОЕ НАКЛОНЕНИЕ

Действительный залог (Active Voice)

Название

Неперфектные формы Перфектные формыОбщий вид Продолженный вид Общий вид Продолженный вид

indefinite Continuous Perfect Perfect ContinuousХаракте-

^ \_ р и с т и к а

Время

действие как факт (обычное, постоянное,

повторяющееся)

действие как процесс (незаконченный, для­

щийся)

действие, предшеству­ющее какому-то

моменту, соотнесенное с ним

действие, начавшееся в прошлом и беспрерывно продолжающееся вплоть до какого-нибудь момента

Preseni(настоящее)

ask, asks(спрашиваю вообще,

обычно, всегда)

аш |are 1 asking is 1(спрашиваю сейчас)

h asе 1 asked

(уже спросил)Й аГ } ***" ask in§(уже спрашиваю в

течение...)

Past(прошедшее)

asked(спросил, спрашивал

когда-то)

was 1 , . were } 3 п6

(спрашивал в тот момент)

had asked(уже спросил к тому

моменту)

had been asking(к тому моменту уже спрашивал в течен и е...i

Future(будущее)

shall I , w ill } asl<

(спрошу)

shall \ . . . w ill / be a skmg

(буду спрашивать в тот момент)

shall 1 have w ill j asked

(уж е спросил к тому) моменту)

shall | have > been

w ill | askina(к тому моменту уже буду спрашивать в течение...)

Страдательный залог (P a s s iv e Voice)

Название

Неперфектные формы Перфектные фирмы

Общий вид Продолженный вид Общий вид Продолженный вид

Indefinite Continuous Perfect Perfect Continuous

Характе-ристика

Время

действие как факт (обычное, постоянное

повторяющееся!

действие как процесс (незаконченный,

длящийся)

действие, предшест bj ющее какому-то мо

менту, соотнесенное с ним

действие, начавшееся в прошлом и беспрерывно продолжающееся вплоть до какого-нибудь момента

Presen '(настоящее!

ага |are \ asked is 1(спрашивают вообще, обычно, всегда)

am 1 being | asked

(спраши вают сейчас)

have 1 been has | asked(уже спросили)

_

Past(прошедшее! was \ asked were f

(спросили вчера)

was 1 being were ) asked

(спрашивали i тот момент)

had been asked

(К тому моменту уже спросили)

Future(будущее) Я ! 1 } be askeo

(спросят)

^ а '|* J have been asked

(буду уже спрошен к тому времени)

НЕЛИЧНЫЕ ФОРМЫ ГЛАГОЛА

ИНФИНИТИВ (INFINITIVE)

Active Passive

О<L>u«<L>

Non-Continuous to ask1 want to ask him.Я хочу спросить его.

to be askedHe may be asked to ­

morrow.Его могут спросить

завтра.

асоZ

Continuous to be im provingThe weather seems to

be im proving. К аж ется, погода улуч­

шается.

Non-Continuous to have finishedHe seems to have fin­

ished his work. Кажется он закончил

свою работу.

to have been fin ished

The work seems to have been finished.

Работа, каж ется, уже закончена.

Perf

ec

Continuous to have been workingHe is known to have

been working at this p lan t for many years.

Известно, что он рабо­тает на этом заводе уже в течение мно­гих лет.

ГЕРУНДИЙ (GERUND)

Active Passive

asking being asked0) Не likes asking questions. He likes being asked.Wtо»CL,

Он любит задавать вопросы. Он любит, когда его спрашивают.

СZ

350

П роболжение

Active Passive

hav ing asked having been askedо 1 remembered having asked her I remembered having been askedU. about it. about it.

Q. Я вспомнил, что я уже спра­ Я вспомнил, что меня уже спра­шивал ее об этом шивали об этом.

ПРИЧАСТИЕ (PARTICIPLE)

P artic ip le I

Active Passive

reading being read

Non

-Per

fect

1 saw a woman reading a bookЯ увидел женщину, читавшую

книгу.

Knowing English well he can read books in the original.

Зная хорошо английский, он может читать книги в ориги­нале.

The lecture being read now is very interesting.

Л екция, которую сейчас чита­ют, очень интересная.

Being asked if he liked to play chess he answered in the a ff ir­m ative.

Когда его спросили, любит ли он играть в шахматы, он от­ветил утвердительно.

having read having been asked

Perf

ect Having read this book 1 returned

it to the library.Прочитав эту книгу, я возвра­

тил ее в библиотеку.

Having been asked if he had ever been to Kiev, he said that he had lived there in his child­hood.

Когда его спросили, был ли он когда-либо в Киеве, он ска зал , что жил там в детстве,

P a rtic ip le II

1 Passive

readThe le tters read by the manager

are on your table.Письма, прочитанные заведую

ющим, находятся на вашем столе.

The broken cup is lying on thefloor.Разбитая чашка лежит на полу.

351

МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ И ИХ ЭКВИВАЛЕНТЫ ВЫРАЖАЮЩИЕ ВОЗМОЖНОСТЬ

Г л а гол Present Past Future

сапto be able (to)выражает реаль­

ную возмож­ность, физичес­кую или умст­венную способ­ность

сапam |is > able (to) a re J

I can do it (1 am able to do it).

Я могу (в состо­янии, умею)

could

l e U - b " »°>1 could do it (1

was able to doit).

Я мог (был в со­стоянии, умел) сделать это.

wiU1 } Ье a b le <t0 >I shall be able to

do it.Я смогу (буду

в состоянии, сумею) это сделатьсделать это.

may

to be allowed (to)

выражает допу­щение возмож ности, разре шение совер­шить действие

may

am |is J a llowed (to)are J

You may go home now.

Вы можете те­перь пойти до­мой

might(употребляется вкосвенной речи)

were } al lowed (to)

He said 1 might smoke here.

Он сказал, что я могу курить здесь.

1 was allowed to go home.

Мне разрешили идти домой.

shall 1 be allowed w ill / (to)You will be allow

ed to swim.Вы сможете ку­

паться (вам разрешат).

П р и м е ч а н и е : 1 Модальный глагол could (форма сослагательного наклонения) выражает:

С неперфектной формой инфинитива С перфектной формой инфинитива

допущение возможности с небольшой степенью уверенности

Could you w ait for me?Сможете ли вы меня подождать?

допущение возможности, осущ еств­ление которой уже нереально

You could have done it long ago. Вы могли бы это сделать давным-

давно.

2 Модальный глагол might (форма сослагательного наклонения) выражает

С неперфектной формой инфинитина С перфектной формой инфинитива

допущение случайной возможности Не m ight come to-n igh t.Он, может быть, придет сегодня ве­

чером.

предположение с большой степенью неопределенности и сомнения.

Не might have left his book in the garden.

Он, может быть, оставил свою кни­гу в саду.

352

МО

ДА

ЛЬН

ЫЕ

ГЛА

ГОЛЫ

И

ИХ

ЭК

ВИ

ВА

ЛЕН

ТЫ,

ВЫ

РАЖ

АЮ

ЩИ

Е Д

ОЛ

ЖЕН

СТВ

ОВ

АН

ИЕ

I« В

О£

»s нО S X X

£ 45-« ■ I

3IL.

C L

1—1

• £ > и ос о н

1 Si s .g «н сСО

э °О - Он яО s r0 а:

■° * я «J 2 В! s1 * 8 3-е-

л •- к( кгоJ3 О о с ; ч з ио о ж .. н « о m * С я 5. го

<" £S I I ;

>-CQ

XО%«=;§ь»S «£ - о . 2 3

>л:

<о 7 SZ ■ «л

ОI ХИ)

• о х >, СХнв 3 £ р

S f a l. в5 в !? Н <U ш Я

о>- CQ

' С с * 4

«и,о

^ - С О ' * * W О . CJD *0 ^

О

н л»= о§ §

35 §. с _

* 5о ^ O.VOо .3

хо

£ О 5 ^ > 5

Ас; .ТО -О 0>

О* S. 2 ^ * 8 О Р

СОсо

U)о

^ о»

§ § § с 8

— о; со

X а СО _Си ч о Ь_ 3 <■

о ^Ь 2 QJ X - о

о

8чя л Со. н■ С 2

5 U ̂ 33СоСО

<л tO СОх: jz

£ н °5 5 та О Й s r С g S =

о . ^ Г с °о W Н

" О О С О X5 * S>> со и ж > 0> л а> пJZ X О

Ч - СО

В (2 m “<и О х оС( О ^ J3

a: § <-» л 2 х о аз О Ь О V& v = оЖ ® ° {- «-с о Й 5* 2 ч 5“ ■ ? Й Э2

1 2 -1 3 12 353

П родолжение

1Г лагол Present Past Future

с перфектной формой инфинитива

We did not have to go there.

Нам не пришлось ид­ти туда.

ought (to)выражает моральный

долг, как нечто от­вечающее общепри­нятым взглядам

ought (to)We ought to help her.Мы должны (нам сле­

дует) ей помочь.

обозначает действие, которое требовалось и, казалось бы, дол­жно было состоять­ся , но не состоялось

You ought to have doneit yesterday .

Вы должны были (вам следовало, следова­ло бы) сделать это вчера.

shouldвыражает необходи­

мость как нечто требуемое, а также как чье-либо субъ­ективное мнение или совет

shouldYou should not go there. Вы не должны (вам

не следует) идти т у ­да.

то океYou should have helped

him.Вам следовало бы (вы

должны были бы) по­мочь ему.

Г лагол Present Past Future

П родолжение

с перфектной формой инфинитива

needобычно употребляется

с отрицанием и выражает отсутствие необходимости, не­целесообразность

needYou needn’t hurry.Вам не надо спешить.

to be (to)выражает необходи­

мость как нечто ожи­даемое, предусмот­ренное планом, рас­писанием, догово­ренностью

агаareisThe

(to)

tra in :s to a rr iv e at 5.

Поезд должен прибыть в 5 часов.

] am to go there.Мне предстоит поехать

туда.

waswere

I ,0The train was to arrive

at 5.Поезд должен был при­

быть в 5 часов.

обозначает действие, в совершении которого не было необходи­мости, надобности

You needn'l have done it .

Вам не нужно было (не было необходи­мости) делать это.

обозначает действие, которое должно бы­ло совершиться, но в действительности не имело места

They were to have metОни должны были встре­

титься.

МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ, ВЫРАЖАЮЩИЕ ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ. ПРЕДПОЛОЖЕНИЕ

ГлаголС неперфектной формой

инфинитиваС перфектной формой

инфинитива

mustвыражает вероятность,

т. е. большую сте­пень уверенности (в этом значении с отрицанием не упо­требляется)

Не must be workingnow

Он, должно быть (ве­роятно), сейчас ра­ботает.

You must be tired a f t­er your work.

Вы, должно быть (ве­роятно), устали пос­ле работы.

Не musi have been w orking for several hours.

Он, должно быть (ве­роятно), работает уже несколько часов.

Не must have finishedhis work.

Он, должно быть (ве­роятно), закончил свою работу.

shouldought

выражают вероятность, предположение

Не should be about 40. Ему, наверное, око­

ло 40.Не ought to be at home. Он, должно быть, дома.

сапвыражает:

а) предположение на будущее

They can be in L enin­grad to-night

Они, возможно, бу­дут и Ленннграде сегодня вечером.

б) удивление, отказ поверить

Не can 't be so disobe­d ien t.

He может быть, что­бы он был настоль­ко непослушным

сомнение (обычно с от­рицанием)

Не can 't (couldn’t) have said it.

He может быть, что­бы он сказал это.

mayвыражает предположе­

ние с оттенком не­уверенности

Не may be workingnow.

Возможно, он сейчас работает

Не may be in that room.

Он, возможно, в той комнате.

Не m ay have left his book in the garden

Он, возможно, оста­вил свою книгу в саду.

*

3 56

ОСНОВНЫЕ СЛУЧАИ УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ГЛАГОЛА SH OU LD

Функции Примеры Перевод

1. Вспомогательный глагол для образо­вания формы Fu- tu re -in -the Past

(1-е лицо)для образования фор­

мы сослагательного наклонения

2. Модальный глагол

Не thought that Ishould come a t 5.

If I had tim e, I should go there.

You should work at your English more.

You should have help­ed him that t im e .

Он подумал, что я при­ду в 5 часов.

(should не переводится)

Если бы у меня было время, я бы пошел туда, (should не пере­водится)

Вам следует больше ра­ботать над английским.

Вам следовало бы по­мочь ему в тот раз.

ОСНОВНЫЕ СЛУЧАИ УПОТРЕБЛЕНИЯ ГЛАГОЛА W O ULD

Функции Примеры Перевод

1. Вспомогательный глагол для образо­вания формы Fu­ture in the Past (со всеми лицами, кроме 1-го лица единственного и мно­жественного числа) для образования формы сослагатель­ного наклонения

2. Глагол, употребляю­щийся для выраже­ния повторного дей­ствия в прошлом (со всеми лицами един­ственного и множе­ственного числа)

3. Модальный глагол (обычно в отрица­тельной форме для выражения упорно­го нежелания совер­шить действие)

She said she would come a t 6.

They were sure you would meet them .

He would give youthis book if you ask­ed him.

The boy would s i t down beside his grandm o­ther and listen to her tales.

I asked him not to do i t , but he w ouldn’t listen to me.

1 tried hard, but the door w ouldn’t open.

Она сказала, что при­дет в 5 часов.

Они были уверены, что вы их встретите,

(would не переводится)

Он дал бы вам эту кни­гу, если бы вы его попросили.

(would не переводится) Мальчик обычно (быва­

ло) усаживался около своей бабушки и слу­шал ее сказки.

Я просил его этого не делать, но он и слу­шать не хотел.

Я старался изо всех сил, но дверь не от­крывалась.

СЛОЖНОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ (COMPLEX OBJECT)

Глаголы-сказуемые, пос­ле которых употребля­ется сложное дополнение

Примеры Перевод

1 г р у п п а

Глаголы, выражающие желание (нежелание)

to w ant, to w ish, to like, should (would) like, to d is like , to hate

1 want you to come to­morrow

1 Like people to tel the tru th

Я хочу, чтобы вы при­шли завтра.

Мне нравится, когда люди говорят правду.

11 г р у п п а

Глаголы, выражающие чувственные восприя­тия и ощущения

to see, to w atch, to no tice , to hear, to feel

Wlesaw him en te ring the room

1 have never heard her sing.

(инфинитив без частицы to)

Мы видели, как он вхо­дил в комнату.

Я никогда не слышал как она поет.

III г р у п п а

Глаголы, выражающие умственную деятель­ность

to expect, to th ink , to believe, to sup ­pose , to consider, to find , to know, to su s pect, to understand , to mean

Tl ey expect us \о come.

We believe him to be a good teacher

Они ожидают, что мы придем

Мы считаем его хоро­шим преподавателем.

IV г р у п п а

Глаголы, выражающие побуждение, допуще­ние

to make (заставлять), to get, to order, to ask, to allow , to let

He made me do it again

Let her go home

(инфинитив без частицы о

Он заставил меня сде­лать это еще раз.

Пусть она идет домой.

They ordered us 'о come

Они приказали нам прийти.

358

СЛОЖНОЕ ПОДЛЕЖАЩЕЕ (COMPLEX SUBJECT)

Глаголы-сказуемые, с кото­рыми употребляется сложнее

подлежащееПримеры Перевод конструкции

1. В страдательном залоге to know to announce

to believe

to consider to expect

to report

to say

to sta te to suppose to thinkto understand и др.

2. В действительном залоге to seem te appear to happen to prove и др.

3. С глаголом tobe -f- прилагательное lik e ly , u n like ly , c e rta in , sure и др.

The delegation is known to arrive soon.> was announced lo have a r ­

rived.» is believed to be a rriv ing

now.» is considered to be large.« is expected to be met at 10

» was reported to have Ьееч m et.

He is said to have been working here long.

He i t stated to beHe is supposed | 0 be (He is thought to be snecialist He is understood to be *

She seems to work much.She appears to be studying now.1 happened to see such films.He proved to be a good man.

The w eather is likely to change.She is unlikely to a rrive to-day.He is sure to come.

Известно, что делегация прибудет скоро. Объявлено, что делегация прибыла.

Полагают, что делегация прибывает сей­час.

Считают, что делегация многочисленна. Ожидают, что делегацию встретят в

10 часов.Сообщили, что делегацию встретили.

Говорят, что он работает здесь давно

Утверждают, что "l Предполагают, что 1 он большой Думают, что г специалист. Понятно, что

О на, кажется, много работает.Она, оказывается, сейчас учится.Мне случалось видеть такие фильмы.Он оказался хорошим человеком.

Погода, вероятно, изменится. Маловероятно, что она приедет сегодня Он обязательно придет.

* - »

НЕСТАНДАРТНЫЕ (НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫЕ) ГЛАГОЛЫВ таблицу включены все наиболее употребительные нестандартные гла­

голы. Некоторые из них имеют также стандартные формы прошедшего време­ни и причастия прошедшего времени. В список включены обе формы.

Infin itive Past Indefinite Past Partic ip le

arise подниматься arose arisenawake просыпаться awoke. awaked awoke, awaked

• be быть .was, were beenbear нести; рождать bore born(e)beat бить beat beaten

• become становиться became become• begin начинать began begun

bend сгибать bent bentbind связывать bound bound

• pile кусать >bit b it, b ittenbleed истекать кровью, кро

воточитьbled bled

• blow дуть blew blown* break ломать rbroke broken

breed выращивать bred bred• bring приносить brought brought. build строить built built• burn гореть burned, burnt burned, burn t

burst лопаться burst burst• buy покупать bought bought

(I) can (я) могу (I) could —cast бросать cast cast

. catch ловить «caught caught. choose выбирать • chose chosen

cling льнуть, прилипать clung clungclothe одевать clothed clothed, clad

• come приходить «came comecost стоить cost costcreep ползать crept crep tcut резать «cut cutdeal иметь дело; наносить dealt dealt

dig(УДар)

копать dug dug• do делать • did done

draw тянуть drew draw ndream мечтать, видеть во сне dream ed, dream t dream ed, dream t

• drink пить <drank drunkdrive гнать- ехать, везти drove drivendwell проживать dwelled, dw elt dw elled, dw elt

• eat есть >ate eaten• fall падать 'fell fallen

feed кормить fed fed- feel чувствовать felt felt• fight сражаться fought fought• find находить •found found

flee спасаться бегством fled fledfling швырять flung flung

. fly летать «flew flown

360

Продолжение

Infinitive Past Indefinite Past Partic ip le

forbid запрещать forbade forbiddenforget забывать forgot forgottenforgive прощать forgave forgivenfreeze замерзать froze frozenget получать got gotgive давать gave givengo ходить • went gonegrow расти .grew grownhang висеть »hung hunghave иметь had hadhear слышать ‘heard heardhide прятаться hid hid, hiddenhit ударять hit hithold держать held heldhurt причинять hurt hurtkeep содержать kept keptkneel становиться fra колени kneeled, knelt kneeled, knellknow знать «knew knownlay класть *laid laidlead вести led ledlean наклоняться) leaned, leant leaned, leantleap прыгать leaped, leapt leaped, leaptlearn учиться learned. learnt learned , learn tleave оставлять left leftlend давать взаймы lent lenllet позволить let letlie леж ать. lay lainlight зажигать lighted, lit lighted, litlose терять lost lostmake делать made made(I) may (я) могу might —mean иметь в виду m eant m eantm eet встречать -m et metmislead вводить в заблуждение misled misledmistake ошибаться mistook mistaken(I ) must (я) должен — —overcome преодолеть overcam e overcomepay платить ‘paid paidput класть ,p u t putread читать »read readride ездить верхом rode riddenring звонить ■rang rungrise вставать rose risenrun бегать .ran runsaw пилить sawed sawed, sawnsay сказать ,said saidsee видеть >saw seenseek искать sought soughtsell продавать sola soldsend посылать •sent sentset ставить, оседать set set

361

П родолжение

In fin itive Past Indefinite Past P artic ip le

sew шить sewed sewed, sewnshake трясти shook shakenshine светить, сиять shone shoneshoot стрелять shot shotshow показывать showed shownshut закрывать shut shutsing петь sang sungsink опускаться sank sunksit сидеть sat satsleep спать slept sleptsmell пахнуть sm elt sm eltsow сеять sowed sowed, sownspell составлять слово из

буквspelt spelt

spend тратить spent spentspoil портить spo ilt, spoiled spo ilt, spoiledspread

fspred]распространять(ся) spread spread

spring прыгать, вскакивать, возникать

sprang sprung

stand стоять stood stoodstrike ударять(ся) struck struckswear клясться swore swornsweep мести swept sweptswim плавать swam swumtake брать took takenteach учить (обучать) taught taughttear рвать tore to rntell рассказывать told toldthink думать thought thoughtthrow бросать threw thrownunderstand понимать understood understoodwake просыпаться woke woken

будить waked wakedwear носить wore wornweep плакать wept weptwin выигрывать, добиваться won won

w rite писать w rote w ritten

АЛФАВИТ

Aa О f e i ]

Bb /3 4 lbi:)Cc ( 3 -O' tsl:)

Dd J J - d ldi:>

Ее € г , [i:|

Ff Г / M

Gg ^ Id3i:l

Hh 9 / Л le itjl

li J jU [ai]Jj (Js ^ [ d 3 e i ]

Kk V (J L [keil

LI le,]

Mm 77?o t l lemJ

Nn ‘Y/ 'го Ten]

Oo O' cr louj

Pp Ip'O

Qq & fkju:)

Rr (fc yu la:]

Ss *Z- les)

Tt f t i: ]

Uu [ju:]

Vv ‘V nr [vi:j

Ww * 1 0 ^ - I'cUblju:]

Xx e%> CO [eks]

Yy I f T [wai]

Zzt - 9 -

[zed]

ш \ш и т ш т т \\ш ш т и т ш т \\ш и и ш \ш 1 т \ш п ш т п т т т ш ш и и ш ш \ш ш ш ш т и и ш и и ш п т \т т т ш ш и п \\\и № ш № ш

А Н Г Л О -Р У С С К И Й С Л О В А Р Ь

УСЛОВНЫЕ СОКРАЩЕНИЯ

a ad jective — прилагательное a d v ad v e rb — наречие cj con junction — союз int in terjec tion — междометие n noun — существительное пит num eral — числительное p p a r t ic ip le — причастие

A

.abandon [a'baendan] v покидать, ос­тавлять

able [eibl] а способный; умелый, умеющий; be ~ уметь, быть в со­стоянии, мочь

aboard | a'bo:d] prep на (корабль); п вагон; get ~ (the tra in ) сесть в вагон

aboul [a 'bau t] adv кругом, вокруг; повсюду; недалеко; приблизитель­но, около; prep (место) по, вок­руг, около; (время) около, пример­но; о, об, насчет

above [э 'Ьлу] a d v наверху; prep над;выше; свыше

abroad [a'bro.-d] adv за границей, за границу

academ y [a'kaeriami) п академия accept [ak 'sep t] v принимать acciden t ['acksidant] n случай; нес­

частный случай; by ~ случайно accom plish [э'кэгпрЩ ] v совершать,

выполнять according to [a'ko:diij] prep согласно,

в соответствии с account [a 'kaun t] п счет ach ieve [a 'tji:v ] v достигать, доби­

ватьсяa cq u itta l [a 'k w itl] п юр. оправдание ac t [sekt] п дело, поступок, акт; и

действовать, поступать; играть (в т еат ре , кино)

action [ 'aekj'an] п действие, деятель­ность

a c to r ['aekta] п актер

part p a r t i c le — частица prep p r e p o s i t i o n — предлог pron p ro n o u n — местоимение v verb — глагол pi p lu ra l — множественное

число

a c tu a lly [ 'a ek t ju a l i ) adv фактически add [$d ] v прибавлять, присоединять;

~ to добавлять, увеличивать address [a 'd res] n адрес; обращение;

v обращаться adm issib ility [a d ,m is a 'b i l i l i ] n допу­

стимость, приемлемость adopt [a 'd o p t] v усыновлять; прини­

матьa d v a n c e [a 'd v am s) n продвижение;

успех; in ~ вперед, заранее advanced [ a d 'v a :n s t | а продвинутый,

повышенного типа adven tu re [ a d 'v en t ja ] n приключение advertise [ 'aedvata izj v помещать

объявление, объявлять advice [ad 'va is] n совет advise [ad 'va iz] v советовать adv iser | a d 'v a i z a ] n советник; legal ~

юрисконсульт afford [a 'fordj v (быть в состоянии)

позволить себе afraid [a ' f re id ] а испуганный; b e ~ o f

sm th . бояться чего-л. a f te r [ ' a : f t a j prep за , позади, после,

через; cj после того как; a d v по­зади; затем, потом, позднее

afternoon [ ' a i f t a 'n u .n ] п время после полудня

afte rw ard s [ 'a rftawadz] adv впослед­ствии , потом, позже

aga in [ a 'g e i n | adv снова, опять a g a in s t ( a 'g e n s t ) prep против age [eid^J n век; возраст; pi веч­

ность, долгий срок ago [ a 'g o u ] adv тому назад

364

agree [ a 'g r i : ] v соглашаться ag ricu ltu re [ 'aegrikAltj 'a ] n сельское

хозяйство aim | e i m | n цель, намерение a ir [еэ] n воздух a irfie ld [reafi:ld] n аэродром a irm an ( e am a-n ) n летчик a is le [a il ] n проход algebra [ ' s l d j i b r s ) n алгебра all [o:l] pron весь, вся, всё, все;

at ~ вообще, совсем alfow [a ' la u ] v позволять, разрешать alm ost [ '3 : lm o u s t] adv почти, едва не alone [ a ' lo u n ) а один along [ a ' lo g j adv с собой; come ~

пойдем вместе; prep вдоль, по already [o r l 'red i] a d v уже also [ ' э -.lsou] a d v также a lte r ( 'э :Н а) v изменять(ся), менять

(ся)although [э:1'Йои] с/ хотя, если бы

даже; несмотря на то, что alw ays [ 'o :lw az | adv всегда am bitious [aem'bifas] а честолюбивый A m erican [a 'm e rik an ]a американский am id [a'm id] prep среди, между am ong [ э 'т л д ] prep среди, между am usem ent [a 'm ju :zm ant] развлече­

ние, забава ancient | 'e in /a n t) а древний, старин­

ныйand |send] cj и, a a n g e r ['serjgal n гнев angrily [ 'ac t jg r i l i ] adv сердито anim al ( 'aen im al j n животное ano ther [э'плбэ] pron еще один, дру­

гойansw er |'a :n sa j v отвечать an tic ipa tion [apn.tisi'peijan] n ожида­

ние, предвкушение any ['en i) pron любой (я утверди­

тельном предложении)', какой-ни­будь, сколько-нибудь (в вопроси­тельном предложении)', никакой (в отрицательном предложении)

a n y th in g ['enittirjl pron что-нибудь (в вопросительном предложении)

anx iously [ 'aerjkjasl i ] a da с тревогой, с волнением

apologetic [ a ^ o la 'd je t ik j а извиня­ющийся

appear [a 'p ia ] у появляться, казаться appearance [a 'p ia rans] п появление;

выступление; внешний вид apple f'aepl) п яблоко appointed (a 'p o ln tid | а назначенный area I'earia) п район, область, про­

странство

argue ['a:g ju :J v спорить, приводить доводы

a r is to c ra tic [^aerista'krsetikJ а арис­тократический

a rith m etic [o'riOm etik| n арифметика around fa 'raund] adv всюду, кругом;

prep вокруг; по, за , около a r re s t [a 'rest] п арест; арестовывать a rran g em en t [a 're ln d jm an tj п уст­

ройство, мероприятие a rr iv e [a 'ra iv ] v прибывать arrow ['aerou] n стрела a rtic le [ 'a : t ik l | n предмет, статья a r tif ic ia l ^ a i t i 'f i ja l ] а искусственный as [ftz) pron какой, который, что;

adv как; как например; в качестве a s ... as так ж е, как as far пока, еще. до сих пор as far as насколько; до, так далеко

какas foi что касается as well такжеas cj когда, в то время как; так как;

хотя as if как будто a s soon as как только as to относительно, что касается ask |a :sk] v спрашивать, просить assem ble [a 'sem bl] v собирать(ся) a ss is tan ce [a 's is tan s] n помощь association [a^ousi'e ijan | n общество,

союз, ассоциация assum e [a'sju-.m | v принимать (фор­

м у )a ssu re la'Jiia] у уверять, убеждать,

заверятьasto n ish m en t [a 'ston ifm an tj n удив­

ление, изумление a t fast) prep в, на, у , при, за a tta c h [a 'taetj] v присоединяться;

назначать, придавать a tte n d [a 'tend j v посещать, присут­

ствоватьatten d an ce [a 'tendansj n посещение a tte n d a n t [a 'tendan t] n обслуживаю­

щее лицо, служитель a tten tio n |a 'tenyan] n внимание, вни­

мательность a ttra c tiv e [a'traektiv] а привлекатель­

ныйaudience f 'o :d jans| n публика; ауди­

тория, слушатели A ustrian f 'o strian j а австрийский au th o r itie s fэ : 'Ooritiz| n власти au tom atica lly [^ ta 'm o e tik a lil adv ав­

томатически average ('a jvarid^] а средний, обыч­

ный

365